Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Aratura Si Echipamente Pentru Testarea Materialelor de Constructii
Aratura Si Echipamente Pentru Testarea Materialelor de Constructii
Aratura Si Echipamente Pentru Testarea Materialelor de Constructii
Copyright 2005
Gr oup
Cover Print INGLESE 2005 09-09-2004 12:35 Pagina 1
Drum Valea Ursului, Nr. 44, Cod postal 061993
Sector 6, Bucuresti, Romania
Tel/Fax: +40 21 440 14 42
Tel: +40 21 440 34 34
E-mail: office@tehcom.ro
Web site: www.tehcom.ro; www.controls.ro
2005
TESTING EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
Catalogue
6
th
Edition
Drying, Weighing and Grading
Soil Testing
Rock and Aggregates
Concrete
Cement
Steel
Asphalt
General
TESTING EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
List of Standards
Analytical index
Code index
General conditions of sale
Conversion factors
Controls Copyright 2005
No parts of this catalogue may be reproduced
without permission in writing of Controls
Drying, Weighing and Grading 10 page 16
11 23
15 30
Soil Testing 16 40
19 51
22 53
24 58
26 62
27 66
28 70
30 96
33 103
34 114
35 127
38 136
Rock and Aggregates 45 140
47 160
48 166
Concrete 50 178
54 218
55 226
58 241
Cement 62 266
63 273
64 279
65 284
Steel 70 298
Asphalt 75 326
76 342
77 361
80 371
81 380
General 82 398
83 416
86 420
List of stan 434
Analytical in 442
Code index 462
General con 476
Conversion f 478
Contents
5 4 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry
Our Company
Our pride and joy
Research & Development
A name, a meaning
Our R&D specialists,
often collaborating
actively with the
academic world, have
developed highly specialized
testing systems
and updated a number
of new products.
During the months preceding March 1968, when the com-
pany was founded, we were involved, among other things, with fin-
ding a company name related to our business.
A name that could be understood in all languages, or almost all, and
also easy to pronounce: CONTROLS.
From the beginning, we wanted to operate both domestically
and internationally, in order to best utilize our technical skills and to
best serve the needs of the market. Milan, being strategically located
and having a particularly favourable climate for industrial and com-
mercial growth, was chosen as our base of operation.
At the same time, our international network was taking form,
with the creation of agents, distributors, branches in France, Mexico,
Spain and the United Kingdom, while our R&D Service was developing
new and sophisticated testing systems that have placed us in the fore-
front worldwide.
The recent acquisition of Wykeham Farrance UK, world leader
in the field of advanced geotechnical testing system, has further
strengthened our organization.
Now CONTROLS is an international group and the major
world producer of testing equipment.
The growing demand for testing, prompted not only by all the
major works under construction (dams, highways, high speed railways
system, tunnels, bridges, etc.) but also by new Standards involving anti-
seismic construction, land protection, and building recovery, has crea-
ted new requirements for the automation of tests and the development
of advanced equipment.
The major contribution to this exceptional growth has been
given by our team of hardware and software specialists as, practically
all new machines and testing systems are electronically controlled.
7 6 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry
Our Industrial Production
Quality and efficiency
Our Industrial Production
Quality and efficiency
CONTROLS since its beginning, has been the designer and
manufacturer of its testing machines and accessories which, after
nearly forty years of activity, now numbers several thousands.
This impressive number and the series production are the
way to good quality products at an acceptable cost. This is due to
our production organization based on complete internal standardi-
zation, real time inventory management and a rigorous acceptance
inspection of all parts ordered from outiside suppliers.
A team of expert assembly technicians and meticulous
testing of the final products complete our effort.
9 8 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry
Our Products
A dynamic reply to todays testing requirements
Our Products
A dynamic reply to todays testing requirements
The automatic system
based on ADVANTEST 9
for testing under control of
load/stress, displacement
and strain.
Particularly suitable for fiber
reinforced concrete,
shotcrete, concrete and
rock testing.
The new VICAMATIC
digital recording
Vicat apparatus.
Up to 16 units can be
connected to PC
for remote control
and processing.
Selection of electronic
instruments
entirely designed and
produced by our
Electronics Department.
The ICT Gyratory Compactor
is one of the new apparatus for
road testing prescribed by
SHRP/SUPERPAVE and
EN Standards. CONTROLS is
the only European producer
of this machine.
More than 12000 CONTROLS
compression testers are used all over the world.
AUTOMAX 5:
one of the best selling automatic compression tester.
In this page we give you just few examples of some of our
advanced products included in this catalogue.
The same attention is given to the quality of our thousands of
testing apparatus from the simple slump cone to the most sophistica-
ted cyclic testing machine.
11 10 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry
Commercial Organization
Wherever in the World
The International Network
A constant presence in the market
On the top of the page
The Product Managers
A team of experts in testing
technology
entirely devoted to the tech-
nical assistance
of the clients
and interpretation
of their requirements.
Contact them for free
qualified support
CONTROLS France covers
the home market and the African
French speaking countries.
CONTROLS Mexico covers the
home market and some other
countries of Central America.
CONTROLS Spain covers
the home market and special
projects in Central and South
American countries
CONTROLS UK covers
the home market including
Ireland and the Commonwealth
countries
The Sales and Order Processing Team
This department follows orders
from their very beginning right up till their final
delivery.
Wykeham Farrance Ltd,
the world leader in
the field of soil mechanics
is now part of the
CONTROLS group.
We feel our customers are reassured to know that in wha-
tever part of the world they may be, they can meet with one of our
distributors or agents and receive all the cooperation they need
concerning testing on construction materials.
Our company also offers this valuable service. In most
countries we are present not only with salesmen and specialists but
also with warehouses well-stocked with the equipment most com-
monly requested.
The worldwide distribution network is completed by the following con-
trolled companies which cover an important part of the world market.
All of them provide as the mother company a complete service to the
customers including after sales, calibration service and technical-commercial coo-
peration.
UNITED KINGDOM
CONTROLS TESTING EQUIPMENT Ltd
SPAIN
EQUIPOS DE ENSAYO CONTROLS S.A.
MEXICO
EQUIPOS DE ENSAYE CONTROLS S.A.
FRANCE
CONTROLS S. r.l.
13 12 Testing equipment for the construction industry Testing equipment for the construction industry
After Sales Organization Quality assurance system
and Calibration Centre
An irreplaceable guarantee
The Service Team
A group of experienced professionals
who are capable not only to repair and install
the machines, but to suggest the best labora-
tory set up and train laboratory technicians.
Since November 1996 CONTROLS
has been accredited as a calibration cen-
tre for compression testing machines
conforming to EN 12390-4, BS 1610-
1881 by SIT which is a member of the
EUROPEAN ACCREDITATION LABORATO-
RIES (EAL) which comprises
Certificates and reports issued by bodies accredited by EAL
are considered to have the same degree of credibility and
are accepted by the above countries.
CONTROLS Calibration Centre
DENMARK : DANAK
FINLAND : FINAS
FRANCE : COFRAC
GERMANY : DKD
IRELAND : ILAB
ITALY : SIT
THE NETHERLAND : RVA
NORWAY : Norvegian Metrology
and accreditation service
SPAIN : ENAC
SWEDEN : SWEDAC
SWITZERLAND : SAS
UNITED KINGDOM : UKAS
Thanks to the quality of our products the need for repair is
not very frequent. However, in order to resolve such problems
quickly and efficiently CONTROLS not only has an in house team of
qualified technicians in Italy, France, Spain, Mexico and the UK, but
also has an extensive world wide network of distributors and agents
who also provide this service.
The Quality assurance system
A quality assurance system conforming to ISO 9001: 2000 has been
installed to ensure full confidence in a range of quality products and tech-
nical support.
As the major supplier of testing equipment used for quality control
it is essential for CONTROLS to operate the same principles in our own pro-
cedure and production methods.
On the top of the page
The on-site training
Our team of skilled
professionals are available
to carry out intensive
on-site training.
14
Drying, Weighing and Grading 10 / 11 / 15
Soil Testing 16 / 19 / 22 / 24 / 26 / 27
28 / 30 / 33 / 34 / 35 / 38
Rock and Aggregates 45 / 47 / 48
Concrete 50 / 54 / 55 / 58
Cement 62 / 63 / 64 / 65
Steel 70
Asphalt 75 / 76 / 77 / 80 / 81
General 82 / 83 / 86
Introducing the Catalogue
TESTING EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY
Testing equipment for the construction industry
I N T R O D U C T I O N
Ovens, balances and test sieves with related
accessories are common equipment that are indi-
spensable for all laboratories for construction mate-
rials. We propose a wide range of models which
satisfy the requirement of all main International
Standards and particularly the EN 932-5 Tests for
general properties of aggregates Part 5: Common
equipment and calibration.
Drying, Weighing and Grading
17
15
11
10
Drying Samples
Laboratory ovens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Hot plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Air drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Microwave oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Melting pot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Climatic chambers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Muffle furnaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Weighing Samples
Electronic analytical balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Standard calibration masses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Mechanical balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Sample grading
Sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Sieve shakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Riffle boxes and sample splitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Bar sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Drying, Weighing
and Grading
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Contents
18
10
Spare parts
s
10-D1390/1
Spare tray for 100 l cap. ovens
s
10-D1391/1
Spare tray for 200 and 400 l cap.
ovens
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Code Capacity Natural Forced Digital Voltage*
litres convec- convec- thermostat/
tion tion indicator
10-D1390 100 Yes - - 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1390/D 100 Yes - Yes 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1390/AD 100 - Yes Yes 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1390/A 100 - Yes - 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1391 220 Yes - - 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1391/D 220 Yes - Yes 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1391/AD 220 - Yes Yes 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1391/A 220 - Yes - 230V/50-60Hz
10-D1392/AD 400 - Yes Yes 230V/50-60Hz
* All single phase.
Available models
Drying Samples
General purpose drying ovens
GENERAL PURPOSE DRYING OVENS
General description
These ovens have been specially designed
for the testing laboratories of the construc-
tion industry. The interior is made from zinc
coated steel and the exterior is robustly con-
structed in enamelled steel insulated with
40 to 50 mm thick mineral wool.
Temperature control by precision analogue
or digital thermoregulator/indicator.
Supplied complete with 3 shelves.
The models we propose are available in the
following versions:
- 100 to 400 litres capacity
- Natural or forced convection
- Temperature range from ambient to
200C
- Analogue or digital thermostat /indicator
- 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
or 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. on request.
Nominal 100 l 220 l 400 l
capacity models models models
B Dimensions
- internal (mm) 436x435x500 984x435x500 984x435x935
- external (mm) 705x565x700 1235x565x700 1148x715x1320
Wattage (W) 1500 3000 4000
A Weight (kg) 75 125 185
10-D1391/D
General specifications
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
Detail of the digital control panel
10-D1390
19
10
Spare parts
s
10-D1396/1
Spare tray for 10-D1396 oven
s
10-D1397/1
Spare tray for 10-D1397 oven
s
10-D1398/1
Spare tray for 10-D1398 oven
Drying Samples
Laboratory ovens
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
HEAVY DUTY ALL STAINLESS STEEL
LABORATORY OVENS
qSTANDARD
EN 932-5, EN 1097-5
ASTM C127, C136 - D558, D559, D560,
D698, D1557, D1559
BS 1377:1 - 1924:1 / UNE 103300
Code Capacity Wattage Internal approx. External approx. No. of Weight
litres W dimensions dimensions doors / Trays approx. kg
mm (wxdxh) mm (wxdxh)
10-D1396 250 2000 600x600x700 800
(1)
x720x1000 1 / 3 70
10-D1397 450 3000 810x700x800 1015
(1)
x860x1130 2 / 3 100
10-D1398 780 4500 1000x650x1200 1200
(1)
x770x1500 2 / 3 160
Voltages: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. except 10-D1398, 380 V, 50-60 Hz, 3 ph.
(1) Except control panel
- Digital PID control system
- Over temperature protection
- Stainless steel internal
and external lining linen patterned
- Forced convection airflow
- 200C max. temperature
- High temperature uniformity
and precision
General specifications
10-D1397
Detail of external stainless
lining: linen patterned resistant
to scratches and shocks
General description
Especially suited for soil, aggregate and
asphalt testing, this advanced model featu-
res all stainless steel internal and external
lining, with 60 mm thick insulation, fast
heat up, easy to read digital control and
forced convection airflow for uniform tem-
perature throughout the oven chamber.
Easy to slide shelves. 200C maximum tem-
perature.
Three models available:
- 250 l cap. (code 10-D1396)
- 450 l cap. (code 10-D1397)
- 780 l cap. (code 10-D1398)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
20
10
10-D1401/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Drying Samples
Hot plates
GENERAL UTILITY HOT PLATES
10-D1402
Hot plate, 160 mm dia., multiposi-
tion switch. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1402/A
Hot plate, 160 mm dia., bimetallic
thermostat. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used in the laboratory for a large variety of
applications. Two versions available: tempe-
rature control by a multiposition switch
(10-D1402) or by bimetallic thermostat
(10-D1402/A).
Plate diameter: 160 mm
Wattage: 1000 W
B Overall dimensions:
260x260x135 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
AIR DRIER
10-D1425
Warm-air drier.
1100 W, 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to dry small quantities of soil and
aggregate particles and useful for other
general laboratory purposes. Specifically
used in the surface drying of aggregates.
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg
10-D1425
10-D1402, 10-D1402/A
CAST IRON RECTANGULAR HOT PLATES
10-D1401
Hot plate 200x300 mm.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1401/A
Hot plate 300x400 mm.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Strong and robust in construction. The cast
iron plate, non-deformable, feature long
lasting working life and better performances.
Fitted with bimetallic thermoregulator.
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
Specifications 10-D1401 10-D1401/A
Plate dimensions mm 200x300 300x400
Max. temperature C 400 400
Power, W 1500 2400
Overall dimensions mm 200x300x200 300x400x200
Weight approx. kg 15 20
21
10
Accessories
s
10-D1428/1 RS 232 serial output
for transmission of data
s
10-D1428/A1 RS 232 serial out-
put for transmission of humidity data
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Drying Samples
Microwave ovens / Air drier
Melting pot / Climatic chamber
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
10-D1403
10-D1424
CLIMATIC CHAMBERS
10-D1428
Climatic chamber 700 litres capa-
city, temperature range 25 +60C.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1428/A
Climatic chamber 700 litres capa-
city, temperature range 25 +60C,
humidity range from 10 to 95%
Used to condition the Duriez specimens.
General description and specifications
Stainless steel construction, isolation by
high density polyurethane, 4 internal shel-
ves, max. capacity 60 kg each.
Temperature range: -25 +60C
Temperature accuracy: 1C
Humidity range: from 10 to 95%
(10-D1428/A model only)
Humidity accuracy:
5% (10-D1428/A model only)
Control system: digital controller for
temperature and humidity (10-D1428/A
model only). Suitable for programming of
climatic cycles
Power: 2200 W approx.
B Dimensions (wxdxh):
- internal 600x670x1300 mm
- external 720x800x2020 mm
A Weight approx.: 180 kg
10-D1428
MICROWAVE OVEN
10-D1424
Digital microwave oven, 30 litres
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Particularly suitable for high speed drying
applications in the laboratory, such as
drying, conditioning, pre-heating and moi-
sture determination. They provide a fast
and accurate drying action.
Output power: 90 W / 900 W
Internal dimensions:
358x365x246 mm approx.
B Outside dimensions:
547x528x339 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 26 kg
MELTING POT
10-D1403
Melting pot. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to melt wax and similar materials. The
temperature is set and maintained at the
desired value. Adjustable electronic ther-
moregulator and pilot lamp fully isolated
conforming to CE requirements. Supplied
complete with cover.
Specifications
Capacity: 5 litres approx.
Temperature range: +30 / +150C
Power: 700 W
B Dimensions: internal 200 mm dia. x
160 mm high, external 285 mm dia. x
275 mm high
A Weight approx.: 2.7 kg
10-D1428
22
10
10-D1418/A
Muffle furnace 1200C max. tem-
perature. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
10-D1418/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
EN 196-2
General description and specifications
Used for determining the loss on ignition
of cement and building lime.
Max. temperature: 1200C
Inside dimensions:
210x280x145 mm (lxwxh)
Power: 4.2 kW
B Outside dimensions: 510x650x650 mm
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
10-D1419
Drying Samples
Muffle furnaces
10-D1418
10-D1419
Muffle furnace 1100C max.
temperature. High capacity, floor
mounting model.
220-380 V, 50-60 Hz, 3 ph.
Specifications
Max. temperature: 1100C
Inside dimensions:
300x220x500 mm (wxhxd)
Electronic thermoregulator and 24
hour timer
Power: 9 kW
B Outside dimensions:
750x1650x1100 mm (wxhxd)
A Weight approx.: 400 kg
MUFFLE FURNACES
10-D1418
Muffle furnace 1100C max.
temperature. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for high temperature heating and
drying.
Max. temperature: 1100C
Inside dimensions:
210x320x145 mm (lxwxh)
Power: 3.9 kW
B Outside dimensions: 510x750x660 mm
A Weight approx.: 89 kg
10-D1418/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
23
11
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Weighing Samples
Balances and scales
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
Introduction
Balances are a general pur-
pose laboratory apparatus used
either for soil, aggregates, cement,
concrete and asphalt testing.
Controls supply a wide range of
models suitable for different appli-
cations ranging from the central
laboratories field use, educational
etc. Electronic models are now
recommended assuring better
performance, with simplicity in use
for a reasonable cost.
Battery operated models are
particularly suitable for field use. We
also propose a range of accessories
and calibration weights to periodi-
cally check the balances.
How to select balances
Where not specified by the relevant stan-
dards, the tables given below may be used to
select the appropriate balance conforming
to the general specification for balances
given in the ASTM D4753-95, BS 1377:Part
1, and EN 932-5.
Very often a single specification requires
balances having a readability and tolerance
of 0.1% of the specimen mass to be mea-
sured which is another suitable choice cri-
teria.
Other standards covering aggregates and
granular materials in general give informa-
tion about the quantity of aggregate to be
tested depending upon its size (UNI 8520
part 5, BS 812: part 1, BS 598 etc.). The dif-
ferent standards give practically the same
recommendation so we have included this
information in a separate table.
Minimum mass of sample
for sieve analysis
(1)
Selection guide conforming to ASTM - BS - EN Standards
Weighing ranges Standards Readability Accuracy
(min. capacity) (scale interval (Tolerance)>
or digit)
20 to 200 g ASTM C114 0.2 mg 0.2 mg
(Cement Testing)
200 g ASTM D4753 (GP2) 0.1 g 0.2 g
BS 1377:1 0.001 g 0.005 g
EN 932-5 0.001 g 0.005 g
1200 g ASTM D4753 (GP2) 0.1 g 0.2 g
BS 1377 0.01 g 0.05 g
EN 932-5 0.01 g 0.05 g
2000 g ASTM D4753 (GP5) 1 g 2 g
BS 1377 0.1 g 0.3 g
EN 932-5 0.1 g 0.3 g
5000 g ASTM D4753 (GP10) 5 g 5 g
BS 1377 0.5 g 1 g
EN 932-5 0.5 g 1 g
10000 g ASTM D4753 (GP10) 5 g 5 g
BS 1377 1 g 3 g
EN 932-5 1 g 3 g
25000 g ASTM D4753 (GP10) 5 g 5 g
BS 1377 5 g 10 g
EN 932-5 5 g 10 g
50000 g ASTM D4753 (GP10) 50 g 50 g
BS 1377 10 g 20 g
EN 932-5 10 g 30 g
Nominal size Minimum mass
of material of sample
mm kg
63 50
50 35
40 15
28 5
20 2
14 1
10 0.5
6 0.2
5 0.2
3 0.2
<3 0.1
(1) BS 812:1
24
11
11-D0629
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Weighing Samples
Electronic analytical balances
Electronic precision top loading balances
ELECTRONIC ANALYTICAL BALANCE
The model we propose is particularly suita-
ble for cement - heat of hydration testing -
where a very high accuracy is requested.
11-D0613/B
Electronic analytical balance 210 g
capacity, 0.1 mg readability.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General specifications
Capacity: 205 g
Readability: 0.1 mg
Tolerance: 0.3 mg
Tare range: by subtraction up to full
capacity
Display: LCD seven segments
Data interface: bi-directional RS 232,
selectable baud rate
Facility for weighing underneath
the balance
Power supply:
230/115 V AC, 50-60 Hz
Pan dia.: 80 mm
B Dimensions: 194x325x315 mm
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
Code Capacity Readability Pan Weight
and tolerance dimension approx.
11-D0628 330 g 0.001 g 110 mm dia. 6.5 kg
11-D0629 2200 g 0.01 g 160 mm dia. 6.5 kg
11-D0629/A 4100 g 0.01 g 160 mm dia. 6.5 kg
11-D0630 4500 g 0.1 g 160 mm dia. 6.5 kg
11-D0630/B 8000 g 0.1 g 190x210 mm 7.5 kg
11-D0631/B 12000 g 0.1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0631/E 15000 g 1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0631/F 16000 g 0.1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
11-D0631/C 30000 g 1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
ELECTRONIC PRECISION
TOP LOADING BALANCES
Single pan analytical balance
digital reading
The models we propose, very simple to ope-
rate and ideal for central laboratories cover
a range from 330 g to 60000 g.
General specifications
Zero tare for the whole range
by push button
Percentage display of the tare used
Built-in calibrated mass for automatic
full scale calibrating operation
Data output RS 232 C
Under balance weighing facility
comprising specific gravity software
Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Automatic changeover of scale
sensitivity (dual range models only)
11-D0628
11-D0613/B
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
n o t e
For 110 V, 60 Hz voltage use adapter 11-D0628/3 (see accessories).
25
11
Code Capacity Readability Pan Weight
and tolerance dimension approx.
11-D0631/D 60000 g 1 g 400x500 mm 12 kg
Note. The platform balance can be fitted with hydrostatic weighing attachment.
See accessory 11-D0631/1
ELECTRONIC PRECISION PLATFORM BALANCE
11-D0631/L 11-D0631/D
Weighing Samples
Electronic precision top loading balances -
Dual range models / Electronic precision platform balance
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
11-D0630 with 82-P0172 printer
ACCESSORIES
Serial printers
These palm size light weight digital
printers are ideal either for laboratory
or field use. They are available in three
versions:
82-P0172
Digital printer mains operated
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/Z
Digital printer mains operated
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/A
Digital printer with rechargeable
internal battery or standard battery
82-P0172/1
Cable for RS 232 connections
General specifications
Printing method: serial dot impact
Font: 5x8 matrix
No. of columns: 24
Paper width: 57.5 mm
Interface: Serial RS 232 C
B External dimensions:
120x172x100 mm
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
11-D0631/1
Hydrostatic weighing attachment
for platform balance 11-D0631/D
11-D0628/3
Adapter for 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
- All models fitted with RS 232 C data
output and under balance weighing
facility and software (except platform
balances)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Code Capacity Readability Pan Weight
and tolerance dimension approx.
11-D0630/C 600/4500 g 0.01/0.1 g 160 mm dia. 7.5 kg
11-D0630/D 800/5500 g 0.01/0.1 g 160 mm dia. 7.5 kg
11-D0631/G 1000/10000 g 0.1/1 g 190x210 mm 7.5 kg
11-D0631/L 4500/30000 g 0.1/1 g 320x210 mm 8 kg
ELECTRONIC PRECISION TOP LOADING BALANCES - DUAL RANGE MODELS
(AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER OF SCALE SENSITIVITY)
82-P0172
26
11
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Weighing Samples
Battery operated balances
BATTERY OPERATED TOP PAN AND PLATFORM BALANCES
These precise, economical and very easy to use balances are ideal for both central and site
laboratories. Most of them are fitted with RS 232 C output so they can be connected to
digital printers or PC to process data. Using the AC adapter they can also be mains opera-
ted. Strong and robust, fitted with strain gauge cells with large backlit display, they can
operate from 0 to 40C. Other general specifications are given in the following table.
ACCESSORIES FOR BATTERY OPERATED
BALANCES AND SCALES
11-D0640/1Z
AC adapter 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
- Battery and mains operated
with adaptor
11-D0641
11-D0643 11-D0643/B
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
BATTERY OPERATED TOP PAN AND PLATFORM BALANCES
Strong and robust, fitted with strain gauge cells with large backlit display, they can opera-
te from 0 to 40C. Other general specifications are given in the following table.
s
Code Capacity Reada- Tolerance Pan dimension Weight Power RS 232 C
bility supply
11-D0641 600 g 0.01 g 0.02 g 115 mm dia. 0.9 kg (1) Yes
11-D0641/C 600 g 0.2 g 0.04 g 110 mm dia. 0.5 kg (1) No
11-D0641/E 1500 g 0.5 g 1 g 132x160 mm 0.5 kg (1) No
11-D0641/F 3000 g 0.1 g 0.2 g 115 mm dia. 0.9 kg (1) Yes
11-D0641/G 7500 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 200x200 mm 4 kg (2) Yes
11-D0643 10000 g 0.5 g 1.5 g 250x210 mm 3.5 kg (2) Yes
11-D0643/A 15000 g 0.5 g 1.5 g 210x210 mm 2.6 kg (2) Yes
11-D0643/B 20000 g 1 g 3 g 250x210 mm 3.5 kg (2) Yes
Note. All models are supplied complete with AC adapter for 230 V, 50-60 Hz. The batteries are not included.
(1) Alkaline batteries and AC adapter (2) Rechargeable batteries and AC adapter
s
Code Capacity Reada- Tolerance Platform Weight Power
bility dimension supply
11-D0645 30 kg 5 g 5 g 330x450 mm 11 kg (1)
11-D0646 30 kg 10/20* g 10 g 300x330 mm 5.25 kg (1)
11-D0646/A 60 kg 20 g 20 g 360x450 mm 11.5 kg (1)
11-D0646/B 60 kg 5 g 5 g 430x530 mm 13.2 kg (1) (3)
11-D0648 100 kg 10 g 30 g 430x530 mm 13.2 kg (2)
11-D0648/B 300 kg 50 g 150 g 500x600 mm 26.8 kg (2)
(1) Alkaline batteries and AC adapter (2) Rechargeable batteries and AC adapter
(3) Complete with RS 232 C serial port for PC or printer
Note 1. Models 11-D0645 and 11-D0648 are supplied with vertical support for
digital display. Note 2. All models are supplied complete with AC adapter for 230 V,
50-60 Hz. The batteries are not included
* 10 g up to 15 kg and 20 g from 15 to 30 kg
27
11
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Weighing Samples
Standard calibration masses
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
11-D0648 fitted with vertical support
11-D0646/A
STANDARD CALIBRATION MASSES
Used for the periodic checking of the balances. Class M1
(1)
, brass weights tolerance 50
ppm at 1 kg level.
The standard weights class M1 (code 11-D0700/C to 11-D0707/C) are supplied complete
with manufacturer certificate of conformity. The calibrated weights (code 11-D0700/C1 to
11-D0707/C1) are supplied complete with SIT (EAL) calibration certificate and wooden box.
WOODEN BOX FOR WEIGHTS
11-D0708
Wooden box for single weights up
to 500 g
11-D0708/1
Same as above but for 1 kg weight
11-D0708/2
Same as above but for 2 kg weight
11-D0708/3
Same as above but for 5 kg weight
11-D0708/4
Same as above but for 10 kg weight
11-D0700/C - D0707/C
11-D0708 - 11-D0708/4
Weight Class M1 Tole- Class M1
s
Code rance complete with SIT (EAL) calibration
(mg) certificate and wooden box
50 g 11-D0700/C 3 11-D0700/C1
100 g 11-D0701/C 5 11-D0701/C1
200 g 11-D0702/C 10 11-D0702/C1
500 g 11-D0703/C 25 11-D0703/C1
1 kg 11-D0704/C 50 11-D0704/C1
2 kg 11-D0705/C 100 11-D0705/C1
5 kg 11-D0706/C 250 11-D0706/C1
10 kg 11-D0707/C 500 11-D0707/C1
(1) Other calibration masses class F1 and F2 available on request.
Note. These weights are supplied with manufacturers certificate of conformity spe-
cifying characteristics class and tolerances. The certificate is traceable to SIT standard.
28
11
11-D0605
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Weighing Samples
Mechanical balances
MECHANICAL BALANCES
All these balances have been selected to meet the specifications concerning laboratories in
the construction industry. All models can be used for specific gravity determination.
WEIGHTS FOR BALANCES
11-D0750/1
Cast iron weight 0.5 kg
11-D0750/2
Cast iron weight 1 kg
11-D0750/3
Cast iron weight 2 kg
11-D0750/4
Cast iron weight 5 kg
11-D0750/5
Cast iron weight 10 kg
11-D0750/6
Brass weight 50 g
11-D0750/7
Brass weight 100 g
11-D0750/8
Brass weight 200 g
11-D0600 11-D0601
11-D0750/1-D0750/8
11-D0610 and 11-D0604
s
Code Description Capacity Accuracy Weight
11-D0600 Cent-O-Gram balance 311 g 0.01 g 2.5 kg
11-D0601 Dial O-Gram balance 310 g 0.01 g 3 kg
11-D0604 Harvard Trip balance 2000 g 0.1 g 3 kg
11-D0605 Triple beam balance 2610 g 0.1 g 3.5 kg
11-D0610 Heavy duty solution balance 20 kg 1 g 20 kg
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
29
11
Accessories and suitable balances
s
11-D0612/A1
Cradle for holding specimens
s
11-D0630
Digital top pan balance 4500 g x
0.1 g capacity
s
11-D0631/E
Digital top loading balance 15 kg x
1 g capacity
s
11-D0631/F
Digital top pan balance 16 kg x 0.1 g
capacity
s
11-D0631/C
Digital top pan balance 30 kg x 1 g
capacity
The above models incorporate a pro-
gram, which allows specific gravity
results to be calculated and displayed
immediately at the touch of a button.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Weighing Samples
Specific gravity / Density baskets
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-7 / BS 812:2, 1881:114 /
UNI 6394-2
11-D0612/A
Specific gravity frame
General description and specifications
Used in conjunction with a suitable elec-
tronic balance for specific gravity determi-
nation of fresh and hardened concrete and
aggregates. A purpose built robust frame
designed to support the electronic balance.
The lower part of the frame incorporates a
moving platform, which carries the water
container allowing the test specimens to be
weighed in both air and water. The balance
is not included in the apparatus and must
be ordered separately.
Any type of electronic balance fitted with
an under-bench weighing facility can be
used.
The models listed as accessories below are
ideally suited for use with this specific gra-
vity frame.
B Overall dimensions:
500x500x1200 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
DENSITY BASKETS AND TANK
qSTANDARD
ASTM C127 / AASHTO T85 / BS 812:2 /
NF P18-554
Description
Used in specific gravity tests. Made from
stainless steel. Complete with handles.
Fitted with 3.35 mm mesh size except the
NF model, 3 mm.
11-D0612
Density basket 200 mm dia. x 200
mm high
11-D0612/A with accessories
11-D0611/3
- Immediate calculation
and display of specific
gravity at the
touch of a button
11-D0612
11-D0612/1
Same as above but 250 mm dia.
x 250 mm high
11-D0612/2
Same as above but 200 mm dia. x
180 mm high conforming
to NF P18-554
11-D0611/3
Specific gravity tank
Made from plastic. Identical to that one fit-
ted in the 11-D0612/A Specific gravity
frame. Dimensions 400x400x330 mm
approx. (lxwxh). Weight 1.7 kg approx.
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
30
15
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Testing sieves
Introduction
SPECIFICATIONS
We propose a complete range of full
depth testing sieves with 200 mm,
8", 250 mm, 300 mm, 12", 315 mm
and 450 mm dia., with woven wire
cloth and perforated plate confor-
ming to the different standards. On
request we can also supply models
with round holes perforated plate
from 1 to 100 mm dia.
All frames except the 450 mm dia.,
and wire cloth sieves are manufactu-
red from stainless steel. Perforated
plates are made from tinned steel.
Sieves having the same nominal dia-
meter are designed to nest one in
each other. Using 200 mm (8") sie-
ves it is possible to test up to 1000
g of aggregates and 3000 g with
300 mm (12") dia.
STANDARDS
a) European
Conforming to the new European EN stan-
dards all sieves for the construction indu-
stry are specified by the following stan-
dards:
EN 933-2
Test for geometrical properties of aggregates
Determination of particle size distribution
Test sieves, nominal size of apertures
ISO 3310-1
Test sieves of woven wire cloth
ISO 3310-2
Test sieves of perforated metal plate
ISO 565
Nominal size of openings for woven wire
and perforated plate sieves.
The most common national standards
including BS 410, NF X11-504, DIN 4187-1,
UNI 2331 - 2333, UNE 7050 are practically
identical to the ISO 3310-1 and 2, except
for some missing openings which have
been included in the list for those users
who prefer to complete or substitute exi-
sting old sets. The new European standards
also specify that: "Sieves with aperture size
of 4 mm and above shall be perforated
plate square hole test sieves. Below that
size they shall be woven wire test sieves."
b) American
The sieves are conforming to the following
standards:
ASTM E11
Wire-cloth sieves for testing purposes.
Note. The sieve specifications are clearly
marked on the label comprising the serial
number and other information for the
identification and traceability of the pro-
duct as requested by the international spe-
cifications. On request each sieve can be
supplied with a calibration certificate.
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
31
15
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Test sieves
Nominal
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
aperture 200 mm dia. 250 mm dia. 300 mm dia. 315 mm dia. 450 mm dia.
38 m 15-D2360/J 15-D2360/F 15-D3360/J 15-D3360/F 15-D4360
40 m 15-D2355/J 15-D2355/F 15-D3355/J 15-D3355/F 15-D4355
45 m 15-D2350/J 15-D2350/F 15-D3350/J 15-D3350/F 15-D4350
50 m 15-D2345/J 15-D2345/F 15-D3345/J 15-D3345/F 15-D4345
53 m 15-D2340/J 15-D2340/F 15-D3340/J 15-D3340/F 15-D4340
63 m 15-D2335/J 15-D2335/F 15-D3335/J 15-D3335/F 15-D4335
75 m 15-D2330/J 15-D2330/F 15-D3330/J 15-D3330/F 15-D4330
80 m 15-D2325/J 15-D2325/F 15-D3325/J 15-D3325/F 15-D4325
90 m 15-D2320/J 15-D2320/F 15-D3320/J 15-D3320/F 15-D4320
100 m 15-D2315/J 15-D2315/F 15-D3315/J 15-D3315/F 15-D4315
106 m 15-D2310/J 15-D2310/F 15-D3310/J 15-D3310/F 15-D4310
125 m 15-D2305/J 15-D2305/F 15-D3305/J 15-D3305/F 15-D4305
150 m 15-D2300/J 15-D2300/F 15-D3300/J 15-D3300/F 15-D4300
160 m 15-D2295/J 15-D2295/F 15-D3295/J 15-D3295/F 15-D4295
180 m 15-D2290/J 15-D2290/F 15-D3290/J 15-D3290/F 15-D4290
200 m 15-D2285/J 15-D2285/F 15-D3285/J 15-D3285/F 15-D4285
212 m 15-D2280/J 15-D2280/F 15-D3280/J 15-D3280/F 15-D4280
250 m 15-D2275/J 15-D2275/F 15-D3275/J 15-D3275/F 15-D4275
300 m 15-D2270/J 15-D2270/F 15-D3270/J 15-D3270/F 15-D4270
315 m 15-D2265/J 15-D2265/F 15-D3265/J 15-D3265/F 15-D4265
355 m 15-D2260/J 15-D2260/F 15-D3260/J 15-D3260/F 15-D4260
400 m 15-D2255/J 15-D2255/F 15-D3255/J 15-D3255/F 15-D4255
425 m 15-D2250/J 15-D2250/F 15-D3250/J 15-D3250/F 15-D4250
500 m 15-D2245/J 15-D2245/F 15-D3245/J 15-D3245/F 15-D4245
600 m 15-D2240/J 15-D2240/F 15-D3240/J 15-D3240/F 15-D4240
630 m 15-D2235/J 15-D2235/F 15-D3235/J 15-D3235/F 15-D4235
710 m 15-D2230/J 15-D2230/F 15-D3230/J 15-D3230/F 15-D4230
800 m 15-D2225/J 15-D2225/F 15-D3225/J 15-D3225/F 15-D4225
850 m 15-D2220/J 15-D2220/F 15-D3220/J 15-D3220/F 15-D4220
1 mm 15-D2215/J 15-D2215/F 15-D3215/J 15-D3215/F 15-D4215
1.18 mm 15-D2210/J 15-D2210/F 15-D3210/J 15-D3210/F 15-D4210
1.25 mm 15-D2205/J 15-D2205/F 15-D3205/J 15-D3205/F 15-D4205
1.4 mm 15-D2200/J 15-D2200/F 15-D3200/J 15-D3200/F 15-D4200
1.6 mm 15-D2195/J 15-D2195/F 15-D3195/J 15-D3195/F 15-D4195
1.7 mm 15-D2190/J 15-D2190/F 15-D3190/J 15-D3190/F 15-D4190
2 mm 15-D2185/J 15-D2185/F 15-D3185/J 15-D3185/F 15-D4185
2.36 mm 15-D2180/J 15-D2180/F 15-D3180/J 15-D3180/F 15-D4180
2.5 mm 15-D2175/J 15-D2175/F 15-D3175/J 15-D3175/F 15-D4175
2.8 mm 15-D2170/J 15-D2170/F 15-D3170/J 15-D3170/F 15-D4170
3.15 mm 15-D2165/J 15-D2165/F 15-D3165/J 15-D3165/F 15-D4165
3.35 mm 15-D2160/J 15-D2160/F 15-D3160/J 15-D3160/F 15-D4160
4 mm 15-D2155/J 15-D2155/F 15-D3155/J 15-D3155/F 15-D4155
4.75 mm 15-D2150/J 15-D2150/F 15-D3150/J 15-D3150/F 15-D4150
5 mm 15-D2145/J 15-D2145/F 15-D3145/J 15-D3145/F 15-D4145
5.6 mm 15-D2140/J 15-D2140/F 15-D3140/J 15-D3140/F 15-D4140
6.3 mm 15-D2135/J 15-D2135/F 15-D3135/J 15-D3135/F 15-D4135
6.7 mm 15-D2130/J 15-D2130/F 15-D3130/J 15-D3130/F 15-D4130
8 mm 15-D2125/J 15-D2125/F 15-D3125/J 15-D3125/F 15-D4125
9.5 mm 15-D2120/J 15-D2120/F 15-D3120/J 15-D3120/F 15-D4120
10 mm 15-D2115/J 15-D2115/F 15-D3115/J 15-D3115/F 15-D4115
11.2 mm 15-D2110/J 15-D2110/F 15-D3110/J 15-D3110/F 15-D4110
12.5 mm 15-D2105/J 15-D2105/F 15-D3105/J 15-D3105/F 15-D4105
13.2 mm 15-D2100/J 15-D2100/F 15-D3100/J 15-D3100/F 15-D4100
14 mm* 15-D2096/J 15-D2096/F 15-D3096/J 15-D3096/F 15-D4096
16 mm 15-D2095/J 15-D2095/F 15-D3095/J 15-D3095/F 15-D4095
18 mm* 15-D2091/J 15-D2091/F 15-D3091/J 15-D3091/F 15-D4091
19 mm 15-D2090/J 15-D2090/F 15-D3090/J 15-D3090/F 15-D4090
20 mm 15-D2085/J 15-D2085/F 15-D3085/J 15-D3085/F 15-D4085
22.4 mm 15-D2080/J 15-D2080/F 15-D3080/J 15-D3080/F 15-D4080
25 mm 15-D2075/J 15-D2075/F 15-D3075/J 15-D3075/F 15-D4075
26.5 mm 15-D2070/J 15-D2070/F 15-D3070/J 15-D3070/F 15-D4070
31.5 mm 15-D2065/J 15-D2065/F 15-D3065/J 15-D3065/F 15-D4065
37.5 mm 15-D2060/J 15-D2060/F 15-D3060/J 15-D3060/F 15-D4060
40 mm 15-D2055/J 15-D2055/F 15-D3055/J 15-D3055/F 15-D4055
45 mm 15-D2050/J 15-D2050/F 15-D3050/J 15-D3050/F 15-D4050
50 mm 15-D2045/J 15-D2045/F 15-D3045/J 15-D3045/F 15-D4045
53 mm 15-D2040/J 15-D2040/F 15-D3040/J 15-D3040/F 15-D4040
56 mm 15-D2035/J 15-D2035/F 15-D3035/J 15-D3035/F 15-D4035
63 mm 15-D2030/J 15-D2030/F 15-D3030/J 15-D3030/F 15-D4030
75 mm 15-D2025/J 15-D2025/F 15-D3025/J 15-D3025/F 15-D4025
80 mm 15-D2020/J 15-D2020/F 15-D3020/J 15-D3020/F 15-D4020
90 mm 15-D2015/J 15-D2015/F 15-D3015/J 15-D3015/F 15-D4015
100 mm 15-D2010/J 15-D2010/F 15-D3010/J 15-D3010/F 15-D4010
125 mm 15-D2005/J 15-D2005/F 15-D3005/J 15-D3005/F 15-D4005
Pan and cover 15-D2004/J 15-D2004/F 15-D3004/J 15-D3004/F 15-D4004
Pan only 15-D2003/J 15-D2003/F 15-D3003/J 15-D3003/F 15-D4003
Cover only 15-D2002/J 15-D2002/F 15-D3002/J 15-D3002/F 15-D4002
Frame only 15-D2001/J 15-D2001/F 15-D3001/J 15-D3001/F 15-D4001
Receiver/Separator 15-D2000/J 15-D2000/F 15-D3000/J 15-D3000/F 15-D4000
* Apertures conforming also to BS, NF, DIN, UNE, UNI standards. See introduction (1) See next page
ISO 3310-1* TEST SIEVES OF WOVEN CLOTH
The new European standards also specify that: "Sieves with aperture size of 4 mm and above shall be perforated plate square hole test
sieves
(1)
. Below that size they shall be woven wire test sieves."
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
32
15
Test sieves of perforated metal plate
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Test sieves
Nominal
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
aperture 200 mm dia. 250 mm dia. 300 mm dia. 315 mm dia. 450 mm dia.
4 mm 15-D2550/J 15-D2550/F 15-D3550/J 15-D3550/F 15-D4550
4.75 mm 15-D2545/J 15-D2545/F 15-D3545/J 15-D3545/F 15-D4545
5 mm 15-D2540/J 15-D2540/F 15-D3540/J 15-D3540/F 15-D4540
5.6 mm 15-D2535/J 15-D2535/F 15-D3535/J 15-D3535/F 15-D4535
6.3 mm 15-D2530/J 15-D2530/F 15-D3530/J 15-D3530/F 15-D4530
6.7 mm 15-D2525/J 15-D2525/F 15-D3525/J 15-D3525/F 15-D4525
7.1 mm 15-D2520/J 15-D2520/F 15-D3520/J 15-D3520/F 15-D4520
8 mm 15-D2515/J 15-D2515/F 15-D3515/J 15-D3515/F 15-D4515
9 mm 15-D2514/J 15-D2514/F 15-D3514/J 15-D3514/F 15-D4514
9.5 mm 15-D2510/J 15-D2510/F 15-D3510/J 15-D3510/F 15-D4510
10 mm 15-D2505/J 15-D2505/F 15-D3505/J 15-D3505/F 15-D4505
11.2 mm 15-D2500/J 15-D2500/F 15-D3500/J 15-D3500/F 15-D4500
12.5 mm 15-D2495/J 15-D2495/F 15-D3495/J 15-D3495/F 15-D4495
13.2 mm 15-D2490/J 15-D2490/F 15-D3490/J 15-D3490/F 15-D4490
14 mm 15-D2485/J 15-D2485/F 15-D3485/J 15-D3485/F 15-D4485
16 mm 15-D2480/J 15-D2480/F 15-D3480/J 15-D3480/F 15-D4480
18 mm* 15-D2479/J 15-D2479/F 15-D3479/J 15-D3479/F 15-D4479
19 mm 15-D2475/J 15-D2475/F 15-D3475/J 15-D3475/F 15-D4475
20 mm 15-D2470/J 15-D2470/F 15-D3470/J 15-D3470/F 15-D4470
22.4 mm 15-D2465/J 15-D2465/F 15-D3465/J 15-D3465/F 15-D4465
25 mm 15-D2460/J 15-D2460/F 15-D3460/J 15-D3460/F 15-D4460
26.5 mm 15-D2455/J 15-D2455/F 15-D3455/J 15-D3455/F 15-D4455
28 mm 15-D2450/J 15-D2450/F 15-D3450/J 15-D3450/F 15-D4450
31.5 mm 15-D2445/J 15-D2445/F 15-D3445/J 15-D3445/F 15-D4445
37.5 mm 15-D2440/J 15-D2440/F 15-D3440/J 15-D3440/F 15-D4440
40 mm 15-D2442/J 15-D2442/F 15-D3442/J 15-D3442/F 15-D4442
45 mm 15-D2435/J 15-D2435/F 15-D3435/J 15-D3435/F 15-D4435
50 mm 15-D2430/J 15-D2430/F 15-D3430/J 15-D3430/F 15-D4430
53 mm 15-D2425/J 15-D2425/F 15-D3425/J 15-D3425/F 15-D4425
56 mm 15-D2426/J 15-D2426/F 15-D3426/J 15-D3426/F 15-D4426
63 mm 15-D2420/J 15-D2420/F 15-D3420/J 15-D3420/F 15-D4420
75 mm 15-D2415/J 15-D2415/F 15-D3415/J 15-D3415/F 15-D4415
80 mm 15-D2416/J 15-D2416/F 15-D3416/J 15-D3416/F 15-D4416
90 mm 15-D2410/J 15-D2410/F 15-D3410/J 15-D3410/F 15-D4410
100 mm 15-D2402/J 15-D2402/F 15-D3402/J 15-D3402/F 15-D4402
106 mm 15-D2405/J 15-D2405/F 15-D3405/J 15-D3405/F 15-D4405
125 mm 15-D2400/J 15-D2400/F 15-D3400/J 15-D3400/F 15-D4400
Pan and cover 15-D2004/J 15-D2004/F 15-D3004/J 15-D3004/F 15-D4004
Pan only 15-D2003/J 15-D2003/F 15-D3003/J 15-D3003/F 15-D4003
Cover only 15-D2002/J 15-D2002/F 15-D3002/J 15-D3002/F 15-D4002
Frame only 15-D2001/J 15-D2001/F 15-D3001/J 15-D3001/F 15-D4001
Receiver/Separator 15-D2000/J 15-D2000/F 15-D3000/J 15-D3000/F 15-D4000
* Apertures conforming also to BS and DIN standards. See introduction
ISO 3310-2* TEST SIEVES
OF PERFORATED METAL PLATE
- Each sieve
is supplied complete
with certificate
of conformity
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
33
15
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Test sieves
Aperture
s
Code
s
Code
mm/in. 8" dia. 12" dia.
100 mm 4 in. 15-D0100/2J 15-D0100/3J
90 mm 3 in. 15-D0101/2J 15-D0101/3J
75 mm 3 in. 15-D0102/2J 15-D0102/3J
63 mm 2 in. 15-D0103/2J 15-D0103/3J
53 mm 2.12 in. 15-D0104/2J 15-D0104/3J
50 mm 2 in. 15-D0105/2J 15-D0105/3J
45 mm 1 in. 15-D0106/2J 15-D0106/3J
37.5 mm 1 in. 15-D0107/2J 15-D0107/3J
31.5 mm 1 in. 15-D0108/2J 15-D0108/3J
26.5 mm 1.06 in. 15-D0109/2J 15-D0109/3J
25.0 mm 1 in. 15-D0110/2J 15-D0110/3J
22.4 mm 7/8 in. 15-D0111/2J 15-D0111/3J
19.0 mm 3/4 in. 15-D0112/2J 15-D0112/3J
16.0 mm 5/8 in. 15-D0113/2J 15-D0113/3J
13.2 mm .530 in. 15-D0114/2J 15-D0114/3J
12.5 mm in. 15-D0115/2J 15-D0115/3J
11.2 mm 7/16 in. 15-D0116/2J 15-D0116/3J
9.5 mm 3/8 in. 15-D0117/2J 15-D0117/3J
8.0 mm 5/16 in. 15-D0118/2J 15-D0118/3J
6.7 mm .265 in. 15-D0119/2J 15-D0119/3J
6.3 mm 1/4 in. 15-D0120/2J 15-D0120/3J
5.6 mm No. 3 15-D0121/2J 15-D0121/3J
4.75 mm No. 4 15-D0122/2J 15-D0122/3J
4.00 mm No. 5 15-D0123/2J 15-D0123/3J
Aperture
s
Code
s
Code
mm/in. 8" dia. 12" dia.
3.35 mm No. 6 15-D0124/2J 15-D0124/3J
2.8 mm No. 7 15-D0125/2J 15-D0125/3J
2.36 mm No. 8 15-D0126/2J 15-D0126/3J
2 mm No. 10 15-D0127/2J 15-D0127/3J
1.7 mm No. 12 15-D0128/2J 15-D0128/3J
1.4 mm No. 14 15-D0129/2J 15-D0129/3J
1.18 mm No. 16 15-D0130/2J 15-D0130/3J
1 mm No. 18 15-D0131/2J 15-D0131/3J
850 m No. 20 15-D0132/2J 15-D0132/3J
710 m No. 25 15-D0133/2J 15-D0133/3J
600 m No. 30 15-D0134/2J 15-D0134/3J
500 m No. 35 15-D0135/2J 15-D0135/3J
425 m No. 40 15-D0136/2J 15-D0136/3J
355 m No. 45 15-D0137/2J 15-D0137/3J
300 m No. 50 15-D0138/2J 15-D0138/3J
250 m No. 60 15-D0139/2J 15-D0139/3J
212 m No. 70 15-D0140/2J 15-D0140/3J
180 m No. 80 15-D0141/2J 15-D0141/3J
150 m No. 100 15-D0142/2J 15-D0142/3J
125 m No. 120 15-D0143/2J 15-D0143/3J
106 m No. 140 15-D0144/2J 15-D0144/3J
90 m No. 170 15-D0145/2J 15-D0145/3J
75 m No. 200 15-D0146/2J 15-D0146/3J
63 m No. 230 15-D0147/2J 15-D0147/3J
53 m No. 270 15-D0148/2J 15-D0148/3J
45 m No. 325 15-D0149/2J 15-D0149/3J
38 m No. 400 15-D0150/2J 15-D0150/3J
Pan and cover 15-D0151/2J 15-D0151/3J
Pan only 15-D0152/2J 15-D0152/3J
Cover only 15-D0153/2J 15-D0153/3J
Frame only 15-D0154/2J 15-D0154/3J
Receiver/Separator 15-D0155/2J 15-D0155/3J
Woven wire cloth sieves (coarse)
ASTM E11 US SIEVE SERIES
WOVEN WIRE CLOTH SIEVES (COARSE)
ASTM E11 US SIEVE SERIES
WOVEN WIRE CLOTH SIEVES (FINE)
Woven wire cloth sieves (fine)
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
34
15
Main features
- Multiple sieving motions
- Microprocessor digital control system
- Continuous or intermittent operation
- Adjustable vibration intensity
- Timer
- Antivibration damper system
- Fast clamping
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Sieve shakers
15-D0409
SIEVE SHAKERS
FOR SIEVES UP TO 315* MM (12") DIA.
Introduction
We propose three different models
which differ one to another, for the
sieving motion:
- Vertical only for the 15-D0407/B
model
- Vertical and rotational with con-
tinuous or intermittent operation
and adjustable vibration intensity
for the 15-D0409 model
- Vertical, orbital and jarring
motion for the electromechanical
model 15-D0411.
The 15-D0407/B can also be used,
removing the upper plate, as a vibra-
ting table for one concrete speci-
mens.
ELECTROMAGNETIC DIGITAL SIEVE SHAKER
15-D0409
Electromagnetic digital sieve shaker
for sieves up to 315 mm dia.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
EN 932-5, ISO 3310-1
This new and advanced sieve shaker fully
satisfy the standards, which require that
the test material on any given sieve pro-
gresses over the surface of the sieve when
it is agitated. Conforming to ISO 3310-1 it
can hold round sieves up to 315 mm dia.
The main features of this shaker consists in
the multiple vibration motion:
- Vertical by the electromagnet
- Rotational by the three laminated
suspension springs in both ways.
The shaker is provided with a microproces-
sor digital control system with display unit
for the following functions:
- Timer 0-99 min by 1 min steps or conti-
nuous operation
- Continuous or intermittent operation
(very important for critical products to
intensify the sieving action reducing the
duration of operation)
- Adjustable vibration intensity
The shaker is also fitted with antivibration
dampers, which totally isolate the machine
from work surfaces reducing the noise level.
Specifications
Sieve diameters and capacity: 200, 203,
250, 300, and 315 mm dia. up to 12 200
mm dia. and 9 300-315 mm dia. sieves
plus pan and cover
Power: 400 W approx.
B Overall dimensions (wxdxh):
420x405x1100 mm
A Weight approx.: 40 kg
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
35
15
15-D0411 with sieves
- Vertical two way jarring action
- Orbital action
- Quick release clamps
- Positive and efficient sieving motion
- Sieve timer
15-D0400/A1, 15-D0400/A2
TRIPLE MOTION SIEVE SHAKER
MOTOR OPERATED
15-D0411
Motorised sieve shaker for sieves up
to 315 mm diameter.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
15-D0411/Z
Motorised sieve shaker for sieves up
to 315 mm diameter.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
An adaptable sieve shaker designed for use
where large batch sizes, large particle sizes
or varied sieve sizes are required.
This sieve shaker features a unique combi-
nation of jarring and orbital action,
allowing the most positive sieving and gra-
ding. Upper and lower crosshead are adju-
stable to receive and firmly lock the diffe-
rent sizes of sieves. Includes a 30 minute
timer and a continuous-stop-timer opera-
tion switch.
- Sieve capacity:
Ten 200-203 mm (8) sieves plus pan and
cover
Eight 250 mm sieves plus pan and cover
Six 300 mm (12") or 315 mm sieves plus
pan and cover
- Max. sample weight: from 1500 to
4500 g, depending on sieve sizes
- Orbital action: 327 oscillations per minu-
te approx.
- Jarring action: 40 vertical blows per
minute
- Power: 250 W
B Overall dimensions:
540x372x1013 mm
A Weight approx.: Net 75 kg
ACCESSORIES -
WET SIEVING ATTACHMENTS
Used for washing fine materials throu-
gh the sieves without any loss of sam-
ple. Applicable to all sieve shaker. It
consists of:
Cover combining the locking plate
and spray nozzle / Stainless steel
pan with spout drainage plate
Location plate / Watertight seals
15-D0400/A1
Wet washing sieve attachment
for 200 mm dia. sieves
15-D0400/A2
Wet washing sieve attachment
for 203 mm dia. (8) sieves
A Weight approx.: net 2.5 kg
SIEVE SHAKER, ELECTROMAGNETIC
15-D0407/B
Electromagnetic sieve shaker for
sieves up to 315 mm dia.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
The vertical sieving motion is provided by a
very effective electromagnetic unit, which
is set to obtain the best result with sand
and aggregates. Complete with timer.
Specifications
Sieve capacity: up to 12, 200 mm (8")
and up to 8; 300/315 mm dia. sieves plus
pan and cover
Power: 400 W approx.
B Dimensions: 496x406x946 mm
A Weight approx: 30 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Sieve shakers
15-D0407/B
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
36
15
- Can separate up
to 30 litres (1 ft
3
)
of aggregate
- Fine mesh trays reinforced
15-D0420/A with trays
HIGH CAPACITY SCREEN SHAKER
15-D0420/A
High capacity mechanical screen
shaker. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
15-D0420/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Ideal for sizing large quantities of crushed
stones, sand, gravel, slag, coal, coke, ores,
pellets and similar materials. The screen
shaker has a capacity of about 30 litres (1
ft
3
) of sample. Enabling from two to seven
separations simultaneously. The vibrating
unit consists of interlocking spaces, which
support and separate the screen trays. An
equal clearance among trays allows an
independent removal of each tray. Holds six
screen trays and one dustpan. The screen
shaker is supplied complete with one dust-
pan tray. Screen trays have to be ordered
separately
Tray dimensions: 457x660x75 mm
Power: 250 W
B Dimensions: 584x787x850 mm
A Weight approx.: net 170 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
High capacity screen shaker
s
Code Sieve Alterna-
op. mm tive
15-D0425/01 101.6 4"
15-D0425/02 90.5 3"
15-D0425/211 80.0 -
15-D0425/03 76.1 3"
15-D0425/04 64.0 2"
15-D0425/41 56.0 -
15-D0425/05 53.8 2.12"
15-D0425/06 50.8 () 2"
15-D0425/07 45.3 1"
15-D0425/71 40.0 -
15-D0425/08 38.1 () 1"
15-D0425/09 32.0 1"
15-D0425/10 26.9 1.06"
15-D0425/11 25.4 () 1"
15-D0425/12 22.6 7/8"
15-D0425/121 20.0 -
15-D0425/13 19.0 () 3/4"
15-D0425/131 18.0 -
15-D0425/14 16.0 5/8"
15-D0425/141 14.0 -
15-D0425/15 13.5 .530"
15-D0425/16 12.7 () 1/2"
15-D0425/17 11.2 7/16"
15-D0425/171 10.0 -
15-D0425/18 9.51 3/8"
15-D0425/19 8.0 5/16"
15-D0425/191 7.1 -
15-D0425/20 6.73 .265"
15-D0425/21 6.35 1/4"
15-D0425/22 5.66 No. 3"
15-D0425/23 4.76 No. 4
() Standard set recommended by ASTM
SCREEN TRAYS ASTM E11*
* EN/ISO sieve series are available on request
Woven wire cloth type
s
Code Sieve Alterna-
op. tive
mm
15-D0426/01 4.00 No. 5
15-D0426/02 3.36 No. 6
15-D0426/21 3.15 -
15-D0426/03 2.83 No. 7
15-D0426/04 2.38 No. 8
15-D0426/05 2.00 No. 10
15-D0426/06 1.68 No. 12
15-D0426/61 1.60 -
15-D0426/07 1.41 No. 14
15-D0426/71 1.25 -
Intermediate series
s
Code Sieve Alterna-
op. tive
mm
15-D0427/01 1.19 No. 16
15-D0427/02 1.00 No. 18
15-D0427/03 0.841 No. 20
15-D0427/31 0.800 -
15-D0427/04 0.707 No. 25
15-D0427/41 0.630 -
15-D0427/05 0.595 No. 30
15-D0427/06 0.50 No. 35
15-D0427/07 0.420 No. 40
15-D0427/71 0.400 -
15-D0427/72 0.355 -
15-D0427/08 0.354 No. 45
15-D0427/73 0.315 -
15-D0427/09 0.297 No. 50
15-D0427/10 0.250 No. 60
15-D0427/11 0.210 No. 70
15-D0427/111 0.200 -
15-D0427/12 0.177 No. 80
15-D0427/121 0.160 -
15-D0427/13 0.149 No. 100
Fine series
15-D0420/A fitted with
15-D0420/A1 Dust cover
Accessories and spares
s
15-D0420/A1 Dust cover
s
15-D0428/9 Dustpan tray
s
15-D0428/10 Tray only
(without mesh)
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
15-D0425 Coarse series
37
15
Accessories
s
11-D0405/3 Cleansing liquid. 5 l cap.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Sieves brushes / Wet washing sieves
Ultrasonic cleansing apparatus
s
Code Sieve Alterna-
op. mm tive
15-D0428/01 0.125 No. 120
15-D0428/02 0.105 No. 140
15-D0428/21 0.100 -
15-D0428/03 0.088 No. 170
15-D0428/31 0.080 -
15-D0428/04 0.074 No. 200
Fine series with reinforcement mesh
WET WASHING SIEVES
Used for wet testing of fine granular mate-
rials. Two models available. Opening
0.075 mm. Weight approx. 1 kg net.
qSTANDARD
ASTM E11
15-D0160
Wet washing sieve 8" dia. by 4"
high
15-D0160/1
Wet washing sieve 200 mm dia. by
100 mm high
SIEVES BRUSHES
86-D1672
Soft hair brush 3 mm dia. BS 812
86-D1673/G1
Double ended, brass and nylon bri-
stle
86-D1675
Bristle round brush 30 mm dia.
86-D1685
Nylon sieve brush 33 mm dia.
86-D1685/G
Double ended nylon sieve brush
ULTRASONIC CLEANSING APPARATUS
Used to achieve a thorough cleaning of test
sieves without causing distortion. This
apparatus is particularly suitable for fine
mesh sieves which could be damaged using
ordinary cleaning methods (brushes or
shocks on frame). Complete with timer,
sieve rack and lid. Two models available sui-
table for sieves up to 200-203 mm dia. and
up to 400 mm dia.
Models Power Inner tank Voltage Weight
code W dimension mm approx.
(dia. x h) kg
15-D0405 240 245x130 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 6
15-D0405/B 500 410x200 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 10
Specifications
15-D0160
86-D1685, 86-D1675, 86-D1672,
86-D1673/G1, 86-D1685/G
15-D0405
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
38
15
16-D1179/A with 86-D1180/1
MINI SAMPLE SPLITTER
15-D0431
Mini sample splitter No. 16x5 mm
chutes. Stainless steel.
Weight 1.4 kg approx.
Accessories
s
86-D1180/1 Soil mortar
s
16-D1179/A Rubber headed pestle
s
15-D0439 Quartering canvas ASTM
C702. Used to reduce field samples of
aggregate to testing size. Size 2x2 m
s
Code Max. size Slot width No. Capacity Weight
sample (mm) (mm) of slots approx. (dm
3
) approx. (kg)
15-D0438 5 7 12 0.24 1.5
15-D0438/A 10 15 12 2 5
15-D0438/B 20 30 10 4.6 19
15-D0438/C 40 50 8 14 23.5
15-D0438/D 13 20 10 3 5.5
15-D0438/E 20 25 10 3.9 19
15-D0438/F 25 38 8 9.6 19
15-D0438/G 50 64 8 21 27
15-D0438/H 40 45 8 11.3 23.5
Each riffle box is supplied with 3 metal pans
RIFFLE BOXES (SAMPLE SPLITTERS)
qSTANDARD
EN 933-3, BS 812:1, 1377:2, 1924:1
15-D0438 D0438/H
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Riffle boxes (sample splitters)
15-D0431
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
39
15
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Sample grading
Large capacity sample splitter / Bar sieves
15-D0430
LARGE CAPACITY SAMPLE SPLITTER
15-D0430
Large capacity sample splitter.
UNI, NF and CNR model
Specifications
For aggregate up to 150 mm size
Adjustable openings from: 12.5 mm
with 12.5 mm increments
Clam shell hopper 26 dm
3
capacity
Complete with two pans
B Dimensions: Overall height: 991 mm
Hopper size: 737 mm long x 483 mm wide
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
DETERMINATION OF PARTICLE SHAPE
FLAKINESS INDEX
qSTANDARD
EN 933-1 / Also conforming to NF P18-
561, UNI 8520-18, NLT 354
Bar sieves
Used to determine the flakiness index of
the aggregates. Aluminium frame and steel
bars.
s
Code Aperture (mm)
47-D0418/01 2.50
47-D0418/02 3.15
47-D0418/03 4.00
47-D0418/04 5.00
47-D0418/05 6.30
47-D0418/06 8.00
47-D0418/07 10.00
47-D0418/08 12.50
47-D0418/09 16.00
47-D0418/10 20.00
47-D0418/11 25.00
47-D0418/12 31.50
47-D0418/13 40.00
A Weight approx.: 3 kg each
47-D0418/1 to 47-D0418/13
DRYING, WEIGHING AND GRADING
Spare parts
s
15-D0430/1 Spare material pan.
Weight 2.3 kg
choice for supplying advanced and high level equip-
ment in the important field of quality control.
The testing equipment in this catalogue has been
carefully designed and manufactured to conform to
the most recent specifications and standards.
By combining this with improved skill levels
the engineer can reach a higher degree of accuracy
and repeatability of test results resulting in total
confidence in the data produced.
Widely used in materials testing laboratories
around the world, the testing equipment of CON-
TROLS can also be seen in Universities and Technical
Institutes for the training and education of tomor-
row's geo-technical engineers and technicians.
I N T R O D U C T I O N
In all sections of civil engineering and par-
ticularly in soil mechanics, the engineer during the
design stage must ensure that the analysis of soil
properties relate directly to the relevant foundation
or structure. Using procedures involving extracting,
examining and testing representative samples the
engineer can compute a model very close to the real
situation. In recent years we have seen a significant
contribution to experimental analysis resulting from
more sophisticated testing procedures, updating of
many International Standards, and publication of
good testing manuals and procedures.
CONTROLS have been an active participant
in this approach to excellence and are recognised
both in Europe and Internationally as the partner of
Soil Testing
41
Soil Testing
Contents
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Soil sampling - Augers and samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Water level indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Pocket penetrometers and vane testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Field inspection kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Dynamic penetrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Extruders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Soil lathe and trimmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Sample mixers and soil cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Moisture content
Moisture determination balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Desiccators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Universal carbide meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Speedy moisture testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Classification
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Liquid, Plastic and shrinkage limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Sedimentation / Hydrometer and pipette methods . . . . . . .56
Chemical Tests
pH Papers and meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Chloride and Sulphate content determination . . . . . . . . . .58
Water test kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Soil colour charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Determination of soil resistivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Geotechnical: Consolidation
Front loading oedometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Continuous consolidation apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Geotechnical: Direct shear
Shear testing machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Automatic digital shear box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Triaxial load frames and cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Oil and water constant pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Stress path triaxial tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Pressure systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Pressure indicating panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Bladder type air/water pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
De-Airing tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Volume change measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Null indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Pore water pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Automatic volume change apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Pressure panel assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Consolidation load frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Cyclic triaxial testing apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Geotechnical soil testing data acquisition
Automatic data acquisition and processing system . . . . . .96
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Soil compaction
Proctor rammers and moulds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Automatic compactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Vibration compaction hammer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Compaction penetrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Relative density test set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Moisture condition Value (MCV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
CBR
CBR equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Load frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Multispeed tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Field CBR apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Accessories to perform Uniaxial and Unconfined
compression tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Impact soil tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Determination of strength of stabilised soil . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Field and laboratory density / bearing capacity
Sand replacement method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Balloon method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Surface soil sampler (core cutter) method . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Field density of undisturbed soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Plate load testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Measurement of a rolling load deflection by the modified
Benkelman beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Dynamic deformation module of soils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Permeability
Constant and falling head apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Compaction permeameters and stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Determination of dispersibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Hydraulic conductivity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Testing equipment for the construction industry
33
34
35
38
30
27
26
28
24
22
19
16
27
26
28
24
22
42
16
16-T0010/G
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Field soil classification
SOIL SAMPLING - HAND AUGERS
AND SAMPLERS
The items we propose are used to obtain
samples that adequately represent each
surface material that is significant to the
project design and construction.
qSTANDARD
ASTM D420, D1452 / AASHTO T86, T202 /
CNR a. VI n. 25
Used for general exploration in soil investi-
gation. Made of special plated steel. The "T"
handle with 1 m rod has to be ordered
separately.
s
Code Description Weight approx. (kg)
16-T0005/A Hand auger head 80 mm dia. 2
16-T0006/A Hand auger head 100 mm dia. 2.5
16-T0007/A Hand auger head 150 mm dia. 3
16-T0008/A Spiral soil auger head 25 mm dia. 3
16-T0008/B Dutch soil auger head, Edelman model,
70 mm dia., for soft fine soils 2
16-T0008/C Gravel auger head 150 mm dia. 1.3
16-T0010/6 Stainless steel sample tube dia. 38x230 mm 0.3
16-T0010
Sampling equipment to take undi-
sturbed soil sample 38 mm dia.
Used to take undisturbed soil sample in soft
and fine soils. The apparatus comprises T-
handle, Extension rod, Jarring link, Stainless
steel sample tube dia. 38x230 mm length.
The sample is obtained by percussion, lif-
ting all the upper assembly which slides
inside the jarring link and forces the sam-
ple tube into the soil.
A Weight approx.: 7 kg
16-T0005/A, 16-T0006/A, 16-T0007/A,
16-T0008/B, 16-T0008/C, 16-T0008/A, 16-T0010/6
16-T0010/G
Soil prospecting kit
It comprises all the most popular auger and
sampler housed in a practical carrying case.
It consists of:
s
16-T0005/A Hand auger head 80 mm dia.
s
16-T0006/A Hand auger head 100 mm dia.
s
16-T0007/A Hand auger head 150 mm dia.
Accessories
s
16-T0005/1 "T" handle
s
16-T0005/2 Extension rod 1 m
length
s
16-T0005/3 Chisel
16-T0010/8 with 16-T0010/6
s
16-T0008/A
Spiral soil auger head 25 mm dia.
s
16-T0008/B Dutch soil auger head,
Edelman model 70 mm dia.
s
16-T0008/C
Gravel auger head 150 mm dia.
s
16-T0010/6 Stainless steel sample
tubes dia. 38x230 mm (No. 6 pieces)
s
16-T0010/7 Plastic end caps for sam-
ple tubes dia. 38x230 mm (No. 12 pieces)
s
16-T0010/3 Jarring link
s
16-T0010/8 Hand extruder for sample
tubes dia. 38x230 mm
s
16-T0005/2 Extension rods, 1 m long
(No. 6 pieces)
s
16-T0005/1 "T" handle
s
16-T0005/5
Stillson wrenches (No. 2 pieces)
A Total weight: 50 kg approx.
Accessories
s
16-T0010/7 Plastic end cap for
38 mm dia. sample tube
s
16-T0010/8 Hand extruder for
38 mm dia. specimens. Weight 1 kg
16-T0010
SOIL TESTING
43
16
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Field soil classification
AUGER POWER HEAD
16-T0009/C
Auger power head, 1.5 kW
16-T0009/D
Auger power head, 4.5 kW
Used in conjunction with sampling tubes to
obtain disturbed or undisturbed samples of
soils. The augers are not included and have
to be ordered separately. (See accessories)
Drilling hole dia.:
from 60 to 200 mm for model 16-T0009/C
and from 100 to 350 mm for model
16-T0009/D
A Weight approx.:
8.5 kg for model 16-T0009/C and 22.5 kg
for model 16-T0009/D
Accessories for both models
s
16-T0009/C1 Auger 60 mm dia. x
1000 mm
s
16-T0009/C2 Auger 80 mm dia. x
1000 mm
s
16-T0009/C3 Auger 100 mm dia. x
1000 mm
s
16-T0009/C4 Auger 150 mm dia. x
1000 mm
s
16-T0009/C5 Auger 200 mm dia. x
1000 mm
s
16-T0009/C10 Extension rod for
above
WATER LEVEL INDICATORS
16-E0096
Water level indicator, 50 m cable
16-E0096/A
Water level indicator, 100 m cable
16-E0096/B
Water level indicator, 200 m cable
General description and specifications
Used for determination of the water level
in boreholes, wells and other open under-
ground structures. Drum mounted, with an
ON/OFF indicator and audio signal when
probe touches water. The sensing portion
of the probe has a stainless steel tip with
plastic shielding to prevent false readings.
Probe diameter of 10 mm allows an easy
passage through
1
/
2
" tubing. Cable is
marked at 1 cm intervals.
Battery operated: 9 V DC
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
16-T0009/C
16-T0009/D
16-E0096
SOIL TESTING
44
16
Accessories
s
16-T0174/B1
Extension rod 300 mm long
s
16-T0174/B2
Extension rod 1000 mm long
16-T0171
- 3 interchangeable tips: 4.5 6.35
8.98 mm dia.
- Long stem for up to 60 mm penetration
- All stainless steel construction
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Pocket penetrometers / Hand vane testers
POCKET PENETROMETERS
DIAL PENETROMETERS
They are offered in three different versions
as shown in the Table. The dial has a max.
value holding system with 0 setting by
push button.
Specifications
Dial diameter: 60 mm
Peak hold feature
s
Code Range kgf/cm
2
Plunger(s) dia. mm
16-T0160 0-5 6.35
16-T0162 3-15 6.35
16-T0161
(1)
0-6 6.35 10 15 20 25
(1) Used for evaluating the angle of internal friction of sandy soils and the cohesion
c in clay soils. Dual scale: 0-6 kgf/cm
2
for 6.35 mm dia. plunger and 0-11 kg.
16-T0160, T0162
16-T0161
16-T0163
POCKET HAND VANE TESTERS
16-T0174/B
Hand vane tester
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2573
A simple and portable instrument for use
by the geotechnical engineer to determine
in-situ shear strength of cohesive soils. The
device consists of a torque head with direct
reading scale into which is fitted one of
two vanes. A max. reading pointer makes
reading easy. The tester is supplied comple-
te with one 19 mm (range 0-120 kPa) and
one 33 mm (range 0-28 kPa) vane.
Extension rods are available separately as
accessories. A carrying case is also supplied.
A Weight approx.: 2.5 kg
16-T0163
Heavy duty pocket penetrometer
The pocket penetrometer is a world-wide
known instrument used by geotechnicians,
geologists, agronomists, etc. to obtain
quickly and easily an approximate measure
of the shear strength of cohesive and semi-
cohesive soils. The special feature of this
model is the design of the penetration rod,
which allows a relatively deep penetration
into the soil (up to 6 cm) thus reducing errors
and uncertainties typical of shallow measu-
res, which are often affected by remoulding,
STANDARD POCKET PENETROMETERS
16-T0171
Pocket penetrometer
range 0-5 kgf/cm
2
Designed for making field classification of
cohesive soils in terms of consistency, shear
strength and approximate unconfined
compressive strength.
B Dimensions:
20 mm dia. x 173 mm length
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
drying, etc. This penetrometer can be used
both for field and laboratory measures on
soils having UCS values (Unconfined
Compressive Strength) between 0 and 10
kgf/cm
2
. Three different sizes of penetration
tips are available: the small one for hard soils,
the medium one for soft and medium soil,
and the large one for soft soil.
Specifications
All stainless steel construction tip dia-
meters (interchangeable): 4.5 mm for
very hard soil; 6.35 mm for medium and
soft soil; 8.98 for soft soil.
Supplied complete with plastic case.
Measuring range: 0 to 10 kgf/cm
2
B Dimensions (assembled): 210 mm
length x 20 mm dia. approx.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
SOIL TESTING
45
16
16-T0174
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Hand vane testers / Field inspection kit
16-T0175/A
Pocket shear vane device
Can be used either in the field or in the
laboratory, at the end of sample tubes, etc.
Supplied complete with:
Standard 25 mm dia. vane,
range 0-10 N/cm
2
Sensitive vane adaptor,
range 0-2 N/cm
2
High capacity vane adaptor,
range 0-25 N/cm
2
Plastic container
Instruction manual.
16-T0174
Field inspection pocket vane tester
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2573
This tester, designed to measure the
undrained shear strength (Cu) of cohesive
soils, consists of a cylindrical body with a
torsional spring and three interchangeable
vanes of different sizes used depending
upon the expected strength of the soil.
The vanes have the following dimensions:
- small size 32x16 mm (height x dia.)
- medium size 40x20 mm (height x dia.)
- large size 50.8x25.4 mm (height x dia.).
The height/diameter ratio of all vanes is 2.
During operation the vane is driven for 5-6
cm into the soil and then turned with the
handle. Deep measures (i.e. on the top of
undisturbed samples) can be obtained
using the extension rod.
Specifications
All stainless steel construction
Vane dimensions (height x dia.): 32x16
40x20 50.8x25.4 mm
Measuring range: 0 to 240 kPa
(0 to 24 t/cm
2
approx.)
Torque value: 5 Nm
Extension rod: included
B Overall dimensions (assembled):
310x105 mm
The tester is supplied in a plastic case.
16-T0174/B
FIELD INSPECTION KIT
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2573
16-T0174/A
Field inspection testing kit
with case
Ideal for geotechnicians, geologists and
agronomists. It consists of the 16-T0163
Pocket penetrometer and of the 16-T0174
Field inspection pocket vane tester. The
instrument is contained in a practical
carrying case which has been designed to
contain other small accessories such as fol-
ding rule, pens, note book, etc.
B Case dimensions: 240x210x50 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.8 kg
16-T0174/A
Accessories
s
16-T0174/1
Extension rod 500 mm long
Spare parts
s
16-T0175/1
Sensitive vane adaptor 0-2 N/cm
2
s
16-T0175/2
High capacity vane adaptor
0-25 N/cm
2
s
16-T0175/3
Standard vane 0-10 N/cm
2
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Hand vane testers / Field inspection kit
16-T0174/A
SOIL TESTING
16-T0175/A
46
16
300
32
20
60
10
1965
575
DROP
1252
400
Spare parts
s
16-T0012/1
Spare cone for 16-T0012/A
s
16-T0012/2 Upper extension shaft
s
16-T0012/3 Lower extension shaft
s
16-T0012/4 Extension rod set
s
16-T0012/5 Spare anvil coupling
s
16-T0012/6 Handle guard
s
16-T0012/7 Handle
s
16-T0012/8 Hammer shaft
s
16-T0012/9 Standard shaft
s
16-T0012/10 Clevis block complete
s
16-T0012/11 Carry case
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Dynamic penetrometers
General description and specifications
The design of the DCP is similar to that
described by Kleyn, Maree and Savage
(1982) in that it uses an 8 kg weight drop-
ping through a height of 575 mm and a
60 cone having a diameter of 20 mm. It is
supplied with two 13-17 mm AF Spanners,
Tommy Bar, 3 mm AF Hex Wrench and a
bottle of adhesive used for securing hand-
le/top rod and bottom rod/cone joints.
B Case dimensions:
1200x350x200 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 30 kg
16-T0012/A
DYNAMIC PENETROMETERS
16-T0012/A
TRL* Dynamic Cone Penetrometer
(DCP)
The TRL DCP (Dynamic Cone Penetrometer)
is an instrument designed for the rapid in-
situ measurement of the structural proper-
ties of existing road pavements constructed
with unbound materials. Continuous mea-
surements can be made down to a depth of
approximately 850 mm or when extension
shafts are used to a recommended maxi-
mum depth of 2 m. Where pavement layers
have different strengths the boundaries can
be identified and the thickness of the layers
determined. Correlations have been establi-
shed in earlier work (Van Vuuren 1969,
Kleyn and Van Heerden 1983, Smith and
Pratt 1983) between measurements with
the DCP and CBR (California Bearing Ratio)
so that results can be interpreted and com-
pared with CBR specifications for pavement
design. A typical test takes only a few minu-
tes and therefore the instrument provides a
very efficient method of obtaining informa-
tion that would normally require the dig-
ging of test-pits.
*TRL-UK Transport Research Laboratory
SOIL TESTING
47
16
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Dynamic penetrometers (continued)
16-T0013 assembled
16-T0013
16-T0013/E
Motor operated dynamic penetro-
meter, 20/30 kg drop weight
The apparatus comprises a 4 stroke engine
which drives, through a flexible shaft, the
lifting mechanism, a 20 kg weight, a 10 kg
supplementary weight, 10 rods, 5 cones
each of 500 and 1000 mm
2
size, rod lifting
device and carrying case. The heaviest part
of this apparatus is 20 kg dropping weight
so it is very simple to use and easy to carry
on site. The apparatus satisfy DIN 4094
standards for medium weight test appara-
tus 30 kg mass x 20 cm drop height.
Specifications
1.9 kW 4 stroke engine
Driving rate: up to 45 blows/min
Fall height: 20 cm
Drop weight: 20 or 20 + 10 kg
A Total net weight: 70 kg approx.
(without sounding rods and accessories)
Spare parts and accessories
for both 16-T0013 and
16-T0013/E penetrometers
s
16-T0013/8 Drive conical point,
500 mm
2
area, 25.2 mm dia., 90 angle
(for 16-T0013 model)
s
16-T0013/9 Drive conical point,
1000 mm
2
area, 35.6 mm dia., 90
angle (for 16-T0013 model)
s
16-T0013/10 Spare expendable
conical point 500 mm
2
area, 25.2 mm
dia., 90 angle
s
16-T0013/11 Spare expendable
conical point 1000 mm
2
area, 35.6 mm
dia., 90 angle
s
16-T0013/L Rod lifting device
s
16-T0013/4 Sounding rod 22 mm dia.
s
16-T0013/6 Grooved rod to take
disturbed sample
s
16-T0013/7 Threaded nipple to
connect sounding rods
16-T0013/E
SOIL TESTING
DYNAMIC PENETROMETERS
qSTANDARD
DIN 4094
16-T0013
Lightweight dynamic penetrometer.
Hand operated
Penetrometers are used to establish the
thickness of different stratifications when
investigating the suitability of a site for
bridge, road and other construction works.
In general if the ground is not too compact,
penetration tests with the lightweight
penetrometer can be carried out to depths
of about 8 to 12 m. This apparatus is sup-
plied complete with No. 11 sounding rods,
No. 1 grooved rod, No. 2 drive points 90:
500 and 1000 mm
2
, lifting device for soun-
ding rods, couplings and carrying case.
Specifications
Weight of rammer: 10 kg
Rammer fall: 50 cm
B Carrying case dimensions:
1160x370x220 mm
A Weight approx.: 71 kg
48
16
Accessories
s
86-D0805 Paraffin wax. 1 kg
s
55-C0121/5 Ladle
16-T0082/1
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Extruding soil samples / Melting pot
s
Code For extruding a soil sample mm
16-T0082/1 38 100 101.6 106 and 152.4, total length 280 mm approx.
16-T0082/3 38
16-T0082/4 Frame and adaptor only for extruding three 38 mm dia.
tubes from a U4 tube
16-T0082/5 106 (for extruding a soil sample from a U4 tube)
16-T0082/A16 Extension for extruding up to 450 mm long samples
Adaptors for 16-T0082/A extruder
MELTING POT
10-D1403
Melting pot. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to melt wax to seal the soil samples
and other materials. The temperature is set
and maintained at the desired value.
Adjustable thermostat and pilot lamp fully
isolated conforming to CE requirements.
Supplied complete with cover.
Specifications
Capacity: 5 l approx.
Temperature range: +30 / +150C
Power: 700 W
B Dimensions: 200 mm internal dia. x
160 mm, 285 mm external dia. x 275 mm
A Weight approx.: 2.7 kg
16-T0082/A16
Extension
fitted
on the
16-T0082/1
10-D1403
16-T0080
16-T0010/8
Hand extruder
for 38 mm dia. samples
General description
Screw type, usable with the 16-T0010/6
stainless steel, 38 mm i.d., 230 mm long
sample tube.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
16-T0080
Universal extruder
Mainly used to remove 4" and 6"
samples from Marshall, Proctor and
CBR moulds.
Capacity: 30 kN
Ram travel:
197 mm (ram) + 68 mm screw
A Weight approx.: 25 kg
EXTRUDERS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D698, D1587, D1883
BS 598:107, 1377:4, 1924:2
16-T0082/A
Hand operated universal extruder
General description
This apparatus can accommodate standard
U4 sample tubes and a range of adaptors to
extrude soil samples 38, 101 and 151 mm
dia. It can also be used to remove Marshall,
Proctor and CBR specimens. Appropriate
accessories and adaptors are listed below,
and must be ordered separately.
Specifications
Max. load capacity: 60 kN (6000 kgf)
Ram travel: 480 mm
B Dimensions: 1140x300x370 mm
A Weight approx.: 50 kg (without
accessories)
SOIL TESTING
16-T0082/A
16-T0010/8 with 16-T0010/6
49
16
16-T0083/A
EXTRUDERS (CONTINUED)
16-T0083/A
Motorised hydraulic extruder.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.*
General description
Sampling tubes are held in place by an
adjustable "V" shape bearing which can
extrude either in the vertical or horizontal
position. Both the hydraulic cylinder
assembly and the receiving table can be
easily lowered along side the machine to
save space when not in use. The machine is
supplied without tube adaptors which have
to be ordered separately. See accessories.
* Other voltages available on request
Specifications
Max. load: 60 kN (6000 kgf)
Max. ram stroke: 900 mm
Max. external dia. of sample tubes: 160 mm
B Overall dimensions
- horizontal working position (lxwxh):
2730x409x1180 mm
- vertical working position (lxwxh):
1025x409x1080 mm
(without accessories)
A Weight approx.: net 160 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Extruding soil samples (continued) / Trimming and reducing samples
s
Code For extruding
from tube int.
16-T0083/A4 101.6 mm OD Shelby
16-T0083/A5 100 mm OD Shelby
16-T0083/A6 88.9 mm OD Shelby
16-T0083/A7 83 mm OD Shelby
Other sizes of extruder adaptors available
on request.
Accessories and adaptors
for 16-T0083/A
16-T0028/A
Die cutting soil sampler
Used to cut and prepare soil specimens for
shear, consolidation and triaxial tests from
35x70 to 50x100 mm.
Vertical daylight: 280 mm
Rack travel: 200 mm
Plate dia.: 100 mm
B Dimensions: 220x300x430 mm
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
16-D1179/A, 86-D1180/1
SAMPLING TOOLS
16-D1689 Open wire saw
16-D1690 Wire saw
16-D1691 Trimming knife
SAMPLE REDUCTION
The following items are used
to gently crush individual particles for
chemical tests.
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:2, 1924:1 / ASTM D421
86-D1180/1
Porcelain mortar 125 mm dia.
approx.
16-D1179/A
Rubber headed pestle
SOIL LATHE AND TRIMMERS
SAMPLE REDUCTION
16-T0028
Soil lathe/trimmer and extruder for
soil samples from 35 mm to 100
mm dia
General description
Soil samples from 35 mm to 100 mm dia.
can be trimmed and extruded with this
simple device. To reduce samples, an open
wire saw is required (model 16-D1689).
Specifications
Specimen lathe:
from 35x70 to 100x200 mm
Specimen trimming and extrusion:
from 35x70 to 50x100 mm
Vertical daylight: 260 mm
B Overall dimensions:
220x300x450 mm
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
16-T0028/A
16-T0028
SOIL TESTING
16-D1690, 16-D1689, 16-D1691
50
16
16-B0072
16-L0005/B
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field classification, sampling, and preparation
Sample preparation: Sample mixers / Soil cutter
16-T0004
Models 16-L0005/B 16-B0072
Capacity (litres) 5 10
Planetary 62-125 8 positions from
speeds (rpm) 50 to 150 rpm
Spindle 140-285 8 positions from
speeds (rpm) 180 to 540 rpm
Power (W) 120 370
Overall dimensions (mm) 570x340x580 570x340x585
Weight approx. (kg) 38 32
s
Codes
s
Codes
Spare bowl 16-L0005/2 16-B0072/6
Spare whisk 16-L0005/6 16-B0072/8
Spares parts
SAMPLE MIXERS
16-L0005/B
Laboratory mixer 5 litres capacity
complete with whisk.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
16-B0072
Laboratory mixer 10 litres capacity
complete with whisk.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to mix soil samples and bituminous
mixtures for compaction studies. Model
described on this page are with 5 and 10 l
capacity. The full range of mixers up to 30 l
capacity is detailed in section 76 including
electrically heated models.
All models are supplied complete with
whisk, which is ideal to mix granular mate-
rials as prescribed by BS 598 standards.
Other mixing paddles, beaters or hook are
available on order but we strongly recom-
mend not to use with granular materials
SOIL CUTTER
qSTANDARD
NF P94-093
16-T0004
Soil cutter 11 l cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Ideal to disgregate clay lumps to prepare
soil specimens to be compacted. Made in
anodised aluminium and stainless steel.
Power (W): 1500
B Dimensions (lxwxh):
680x515x430 mm
A Weight approx.: 45 kg
and large aggregates as to avoid serious
damage to the machines.
Operating principle
The planetary action ensures a complete
and uniform mixing of the material.
Variable speed drive. When lifting the tran-
sparent cover, a safety switch cuts off the
mixer to prevent accidents.
SOIL TESTING
Specifications
51
19
Accessories
s
86-D0819 Silica gel (desiccator
salts). 1000 g
s
19-D1113/A Desiccator cabinet.
Made from transparent plastic for a
clear view of content. The unit inclu-
des adjustable shelves. Overall dimen-
sions: 450x480x450 mm. Weight
approx.: 30 kg
UNIVERSAL CARBIDE METERS
qSTANDARD
BS 6576
The moisture content can be determined
using Moisture testers based on the cal-
cium carbide method. The soil sample is
introduced in the bottle with the reagent.
The water reacts with calcium carbide and
develops a gas pressure, which is indicated
on the manometer and easily converted in
percentage of moisture.
This model is offered as alternative to the
Speedy testers and can be used when the
presumed humidity content exceeds the
20% as the sample weight can be varied
from 3 to 100 g for the complete reaction
with the calcium carbide contained in the
glass ampoule. Furthermore the reaction
starts only when the bottle is closed and
shaken so the steel balls break the glass
ampoule containing calcium carbide with
no risk for the operator.
19-T0019
Standard moisture tester
General description
The model 19-T0019 comprises the testing
bottle with manometer, small balance, 20
ampoules of reagent, wooden case and
accessories.
Weight on balance: from 3 to 100 g
depending upon the presumed water content
B Dimensions: 520x340x140 mm
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Moisture content
Moisture determination balance / Calcium carbide meters / Desiccators
SOIL TESTING
DESICCATORS
86-D1110
Desiccator 200 mm dia.
86-D1110/A
Desiccator 250 mm dia.
86-D1111
Desiccator 300 mm dia.
86-D1112 Vacuum type desiccator
200 mm dia.
86-D1112/A Vacuum type
desiccator 250 mm dia.
86-D1113 Vacuum type desiccator
300 mm dia.
All models supplied with perforated plate.
19-D0602/B
- Simultaneous drying and weighing of
sample
86-D1113, 86-D1110/A
MOISTURE DETERMINATION BALANCE
19-D0602/B
Moisture determination balance
160 g capacity.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Automatically and simultaneously dries
and weighs solid samples for the determi-
nation of moisture content. Provides a con-
tinuous direct readout for both weight and
percentage moisture loss through the enti-
re cycle. Built-in timer 99 minutes with 1
minute intervals.
Specifications
Capacity/Resolution: 160 g x 0.001 g
Timer: 0 to 99 min
B Overall dimensions:
194x340x235 mm
A Weight approx.: 11.5 kg
Spare parts
s
19-T0019/1 Spare reagent ampou-
les. Pack of 100 pieces
19-D1113/A
19-T0019
52
19
Accessories
s
47-T0020/A Speedy calibration kit
s
47-T0021 Moisture tester reagent. 0.4 kg
s
47-T0021/1 Special approved package
for 47-T0021 reagent for up to 10 boxes
47-T0023/A with 47-T0021
19-T0024/A with 47-T0021
47-T0020/A
s
Code 47-T0024/A 47-T0023/A
Model S 2000 L 2000
Range 0-20% 0-20%
Gauge divisions 0.2% 0.2%
Standard weight on balance g 6 20
Case dimension mm 510x380x200 510x380x200
Weight kg 5.5 6
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SPEEDY MOISTURE TESTERS
qSTANDARD
AASHTO T217
A well established portable test method for
the determination of moisture content of
soils, sand and fine aggregates. The proce-
dure involves the reaction between water
and calcium carbide which when mixed
together give off a gas. The amount of gas
is directly proportional to the amount of
water present in the sample and results in
percentage moisture are taken from a pres-
sure gauge.
Supplied complete with electronic balance,
brushes and measure in a plastic carrying
case.
These models are available for moisture
determination on 6 and 20 g samples as
follows:
n o t e
When this item is for export there are limi-
tations on the method of transportation.
For export orders the reagent has to be
ordered separately in special packs accor-
ding to international flight regulations.
47-T0024/A with 47-T0021
47-T0023/A with 47-T0021
Moisture content
Calcium carbide meters method (continued) / Speedy moisture testers
SOIL TESTING
53
22
86-D1113/1
Accessories
s
86-D1113/1 Safety cage for glass
vacuum desiccators
s
86-D0819 Silica gel (Desiccator salts)
86-D1411/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Laboratory classification
Specific gravity and particle density
86-D1411/A
Circulating water bath. 20 litres
cap. Digital. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used for the determination of particle den-
sity, small pyknometer method conforming
to BS 1377:2.
Specifications
Working capacity (litres): 20
Max. water depth (mm): 150-180
Power (W): 1400
Temperature range (C) ambient to: +90
Accuracy (C): 0.1
Inside dimensions (mm): 500x300
B Outside dimensions (mm): 540x340
A Weight approx. (kg): 15
86-D2010
Aspirator pump
General description and specifications
Used with water current to produce a
moderate vacuum. It can be used on all
water pressures from approximately 0.7
kg/cm
2
.
A Weight approx.: 100 g
86-T0050/4P6
Rubber tube dia. 8x5x2100 mm
86-D1112/A, 86-D1110
86-D1125, D1126, D1127
86-D2010
PARTICLE DENSITY
LARGE PYKNOMETER METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:2
47-D0441
Large pyknometer
Used for the determination of specific gra-
vity of sands and fine aggregate. It consists
of a glass jar 1 litre capacity, complete with
metal cone and rubber seal.
A Weight approx.: 500 g
Soil classification
In view of the great diversity of soil
materials caused by the different
process of formations, engineers
have long recognised a need to cha-
racterise them simply, so that physi-
cal and mechanical properties may
be quickly assessed. For this purpose
a series of index tests have been
properly developed and internatio-
nally standardised. By performing
proper classification tests it is possi-
ble to describe accurately a soil in
such a way that its characterisation
is recognised internationally.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY.
PYKNOMETER METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:2, ASTM D854, AASHTO T100
NF P94 054
Specific gravity bottles
Used to determine the specific gravity of
fine soils. Glass bottle complete with capil-
lary vent stopper. Three sizes available:
86-D1125: 25 ml cap.
86-D1126: 50 ml cap.
86-D1127: 100 ml cap.
86-D1110
Desiccator 200 mm dia. complete
with plate
86-D1112/A
Vacuum desiccator 250 mm dia.
complete with desiccator plate
Accessories
s
86-D1408/A2 Cooling coil.
For connection to mains water
s
86-D1407/A3 Adjustable tray
47-D0441
SOIL TESTING
54
22
Accessories
s
22-T0029/1 Penetration test cone
35 mm long, 30 angle
s
22-T0029/2 Cone test gauge to
check the condition of the cone
s
22-T0029/3 Penetration sample cup
55 mm dia. x 40 mm deep
s
86-D1332 Penetration sample cup
75 mm dia. x 50 mm deep
Other test equipment to perform the test
s
22-T0040/4
Glass plate 500x500x10 mm
s
86-D1631
Flexible spatula 160 mm long
s
86-D1172
Evaporating dish 160 mm dia.
s
86-D1537 Wash bottle 500 ml cap.
s
86-D1346 Lever lid tin 1 l cap.
s
82-D1231 Stop watch
Accessories
s
86-D2004 Vacuum pump
s
86-D2064
Rubber tube for vacuum. 2 m length.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Laboratory classification
Specific gravity and particle density (continued) / Liquid limit: cone method
22-T0029 with 22-T0029/1, 22-T0029/2,
and 22-T0029/3
22-T0029/A with 22-T0029/1 and 22-T0029/3
Glass, 1 litre capa-
city, supplied com-
plete with rubber
bung and glass
cover. Weight: 1.3
kg approx.
22-D0445 with
22-D1132
22-D1132
22-D2050
with pycnometers
SOIL TESTING
PARTICLE DENSITY. GAS JAR METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:2
This method applies for soils containing up
to 10% of particles retained on a 37.5 mm
sieve.
22-D0445
End-over-end shaker.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to rotate two gas jars 22-D1132 at
approx. 50 r.p.m. Weight: 20 kg approx.
22-D1132
Gas jar
DE-AIRING SYSTEM
22-D2050
De-airing stand, 4 place
General description and specifications
A complete system for the evacuation of
air from volumetric flasks during the speci-
fic gravity test. Complete with all valves,
tubing, fittings and manometer capable of
distributing and monitoring the vacuum
supply for up to 4 volumetric flasks.
B Dimensions: 920x590x1880 mm
A Weight approx.: 40 kg
LIQUID LIMIT
CONE PENETROMETER METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 1337:2, NF P94-052-1
Cone penetrometers
Used to determine the moisture content at
which clay soils pass from a plastic to a
liquid state. Two versions available: the
standard one and the semiautomatic one
where the cone is allowed to free fall for a
period of 5 seconds. The apparatus featu-
res:
A cast iron base with levelling feet
A 130 mm dia. dial calibrated in
0.1 mm divs. with max. travel 40 mm
Electronic release mechanism
(22-T0029/A, model only)
Accessories must be ordered separately.
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
22-T0029 Penetrometer
22-T0029/A
Semiautomatic penetrometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
55
22
Spare parts and accessories
s
22-T0034 Spare brass cup. For all
models
s
22-T0034/1 Roughened cup. For
all models
22-T0031/E
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Laboratory classification
Liquid limit: Casagrande method
LIQUID LIMIT DEVICES
Used to determine the moisture content at
which clay soils pass from a plastic to a
liquid state
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4318 / BS 1377:2 / NF P94-051 /
DIN 18122 / UNE 7377, 7002 / UNI 10014
General description and specifications
Comprises: removable brass cup, adjustable
crank and cam mechanism, blow counter,
and base. Different models are available
conforming to the various specifications in
use. They are identical in shape and diffe-
rent generally according to type of base
and cup weight. Two versions available:
hand operated and motor operated. The
grooving tool has to be ordered separately.
s
Code Standards Grooving tool
s
Code
22-T0030/E BS 1377:2 22-T0032/P
22-T0030/F ASTM D4318 22-T0032/AP
and UNE 7377 22-T0032/A
22-T0030/F UNI 10014 22-T0033
22-T0030/G NF P94-051 22-T0032/A
Note. Grooving tool models 22-T0032/P and 22-T0032/AP are made of plastic
and supplied in pack of 10.
Hand operated models and corresponding grooving tool
s
Code Standards Voltage Grooving tool
s
Code
22-T0031/E BS 1377:2 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 22-T0032/P
22-T0031/F ASTM D4318 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 22-T0032/AP
and UNE 7377
22-T0031/F UNI 10014 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 22-T0033
22-T0031/FZ ASTM D4318 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. 22-T0032/AP
22-T0032/A
22-T0031/G NF P94-051 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 22-T0032/A
22-T0032/AP
22-T0040/4, 86-D1171/A,
86-D1329, 86-D1630,
86-D1631, 86-D1537
22-T0030/E
22-T0032/P 22-T0033, T0034/1 22-T0032/A
22-T0040/4, 86-D1631,
86-D1172, 82-D1231,
86-D1537, 86-D1346
Other test equipment to perform the test
s
22-T0040/4
Glass plate 500x500x10 mm
s
86-D1630
Flexible spatula 100 mm long
s
86-D1631 Flexible spatula 160 mm
long
s
86-D1537 Wash bottle 500 ml cap.
s
86-D1171/A Porcelain dish 120 mm
dia.
s
86-D1329
Moisture content tin 75 mm dia. x
30 mm
SOIL TESTING
Motor operated models and corresponding grooving tool
56
22
22-T0062/1,
22-T0062/2,
22-T0058/A,
22-T0062/3
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Laboratory classification
Shrinkage limit / Linear shrinkage / Plastic limit / Particle size analysis
LINEAR SHRINKAGE
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:2
22-T0037
Linear shrinkage
mould
Internal dimensions:
140 mm long, 12.5 mm radius
A Weight approx.: 300 g
PLASTIC LIMIT
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4318 / AASHTO T90 / BS 1377:2
UNE 103-104 / UNI 10014 / NF P94-051
22-T0041
Plastic limit test set
The set comprises:
s
22-T0040/1
Plastic limit plate 300x300 mm
s
22-T0040/2
Stainless steel rod 3 mm dia.
s
86-D1171 Mixing dish 120 mm dia.
s
86-D1630 Spatula
s
86-D1329/A Moisture tin 75 mm dia. x
30 mm (Q.ty 6).
Each item can be ordered individually.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION
BY THE PIPETTE METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:2
To perform the test the following specific
parts and apparatus are required:
22-T0062/1
Andreasen pipette
Used to extract precise quantities of the
soil suspension ready for analysis during
the particle size distribution test.
A Weight approx.: 300 g
22-T0041
22-T0062/5
SHRINKAGE LIMIT
qSTANDARD
ASTM D427 / AASHTO T92 / UNE 103-108
UNI 10014 / NF XP94-060-1
22-T0035
Shrinkage limit set
The set comprises:
s
22-T0035/4 Plastic carrying case
s
22-T0035/1 Shrinkage dish 45 mm dia.
x 12.7 mm high (Q.ty 2)
s
22-T0035/2 Crystallising dish 57 mm
dia. x 31 mm deep
s
22-T0035/3 Shrinkage prong plate.
Manufactured from transparent acrylic
and fitted with 3 metal prongs
s
86-D1171 Evaporating dish
s
86-D1630 Spatula
s
86-D1001 Graduated cylinder 25 ml.
Each item can be ordered individually.
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION
(CONTINUED)
22-T0062/5
Conical beaker 1000 ml
22-T0062/2
Pipette stand with millimetre scale
Used to precisely raise or lower the
Andreasen pipette to its required level
without disturbing the suspension under
test.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
22-T0062/3
Sedimentation cylinder 500 ml with
rubber bung
Used to contain the test suspension during
the pipette method particle size distribu-
tion test.
22-T0058/A
Constant temperature water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
SOIL TESTING
22-T0037
22-T0035
57
22
Accessories
s
22-T0058/3 Cooling coil with clam-
ps. Weight: 22 kg
Spare parts
s
22-T0060/21 Glass tank for
22-T0058/A water bath
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Laboratory classification
Particle size analysis by the Hydrometer method
SOIL TESTING
22-T0059/A
22-T0062/A
PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS OF SOILS
HYDROMETER METHOD
qSTANDARD
ASTM D422 / AASHTO T88 / UNE 103.102
To determine the particle size distribution
of very fine materials such as silt and clay.
To perform the test the following appara-
tus is required which can be selected as
single items or grouped in a complete set
(see 22-T0059/A).
22-T0059/A
Particle size analysis, hydrometer
method, ASTM D422 AASHTO
T88, complete set.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.*
* 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. version available on order.
Consisting of:
s
22-D1006/A
Hydrometer jar 1000 ml (No. 6 pieces)
s
22-T0060/31
Rubber bung for 22-D1006/A jar
s
22-T0060/A
(1)
Soil hydrometer 151 H. 0.995 1.038 g/ml
s
82-D1199
Glass thermometer 0-50C, div. 0.5C
s
22-T0058/A
Constant temperature water bath
Complete with heater, thermostat and cir-
culating unit. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.*
Capacity: up to 6 cylinders
B Dimensions: 600x300x380 mm
(1)
Soil hydrometer (alternative to 22-T0060/A)
22-T0060/B
Soil hydrometer 152 H - 5 to 60 g/l
(*) 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. versions available on
order
s
22-T0060/1 High speed stirrer, 10000 rpm,
with cup and baffle. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
86-D0802
Sodium hexametaphosphate 1000 g
s
86-D1073
Beaker 250 cc
A Total weight approx.: 25 kg
22-T0058/3 cooling coil fitted
to the glass tank
PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION
BY THE HYDROMETER METHOD
qSTANDARD: BS 1377:2
Substantially the test is very similar to that
one conforming the ASTM/AASHTO stan-
dards except for some specific test appara-
tus that are listed below.
22-T0062/A
Soil hydrometer, long stem. 0.995
1.030 g/ml. BS 1377/NF
22-D0445
End-over-end shaker.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
NF HYDROMETER ITEMS
qSTANDARD NF P94-057
22-D1007/A
Hydrometer jar 2500 cm
3
cap., 85
5 mm dia., graduated at 500,
1500 and 2000 cm
3
22-T0062/A
Soil hydrometer 0.995 to 1.030 g/ml
22-D1007/A1
Hand stirrer 600 mm long
58
24
Accessories
s
24-D1840/1 Ion exchange resin 500 g
24-D0852
Sulphate test strips. Pack of 100
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Chemical tests
pH Papers / Magnetic stirrer / Sulphate and Chloride content
PH PAPERS
24-D1858/1
pH Strips 1 to 12 pH
24-D1858/2
pH Indicator papers 0 - 14 pH
Supplied in 5 metre dispenser.
24-D1859/1
Litmus paper red 5 - 8 pH
Supplied in 5 metre dispenser.
CHLORIDE CONTENT
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:3, 812:117
This test method provides a measurement
of water soluble chloride salts present in an
aggregate. It is based on the Volhard
method. Pack of 50 strips.
48-D0543
Quantab chloride titrator, type 1175
(711195), range 0.005% to 0.1%
Na Cl. Pack of 50 strips
48-D0543/A
Quantab chloride titrator, type 1176
(711196), range 0.05% to 1% Na Cl.
Pack of 50 strips
A Weight approx.: 10 g
SULPHATE CONTENT DETERMINATION
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:3
24-D1840
Ion exchange apparatus
General description and specifications
This apparatus is used to determine the
sulphate content of ground water and
aqueous soil extracts. It consists of an ion
exchange column 400 mm long and 10 mm
dia., a swan-neck outlet and a 1500 ml
round bottom flask to give a constant
head. The apparatus is supplied assembled
on a stand.
B Dimensions:
200x100x600 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
MAGNETIC STIRRER
24-D0448
Magnetic stirrer.
Mixing capacity 1 l
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
24-D0448/B
Magnetic stirrer.
Mixing capacity 2.5 l
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used for titration and stirring. Variable
speed. Magnetic teflon coated follower
included.
B Dimensions:
120x120x45 mm approx. (24-D0448)
180x180x70 mm approx. (24-D0448/B)
A Weight approx.: 0.6 kg / 1.6 kg
24-D1840
24-D0448
SOIL TESTING
48-D0543, D0543/A
59
24
24-D1846
24-D1847
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Chemical tests
pH Meters
SOIL TESTING
PH METERS
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:3, ASTM D1067
24-D1845
Laboratory pH / mV / C meter.
Battery and mains operated
24-D1846
Portable pH / mV / C meter.
Battery operated
24-D1847
Pocket electronic pH tester.
Battery operated
Specifications: see table.
24-D1845 24-D1846 24-D1847
Range: pH 0.00 to 14.00 0.00 to 14.00 0.00 to 14.00
mV 1999 (ORP) 400 to 1999 (ORP) -
C 0.0 to 100.0 0.0 to 100.0 -
Resolution: pH 0.01 0.01 0.01
mV 1 (ORP) 1 (ORP) -
C 0.1 0.1 -
Accuracy at 20C pH 0.01 0.01 0.2
mV 1 (ORP) 1 (ORP) -
C 0.5 0.4 -
pH calibration Automatic 1 or 2 points Automatic 2 points Manual 2 points
with 5 memorised buffers with 3 memorised buffers through trimmer
Temperature Automatic or manual from Automatic from 0 to 100C -
compensation 0 to 100C or manual without
electrode temperature probe
Power supply * 12 V DC with 230 V 1 x 9 V battery 2 x 1.4 V batteries
adapter included (100 hours use approx.) (3000 hours use approx.)
B Dimensions 240x182x74 mm 185x82x45 mm 66x50x25 mm
A Weight 1.1 kg 0.5 kg 70 g
* Note. For use with 110 V ask for the 24-D1845/1 Adapter
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
Combination pH electrode 24-D1845/2 24-D1846/2 24-D1847/2
pH 4.01 buffer solution 24-D1845/3 24-D1845/3 -
pH 7.01 buffer solution 24-D1845/4 24-D1845/4 -
pH 9.18 buffer solution 24-D1845/5 24-D1845/5 -
Temperature probe 24-D1845/6 24-D1845/6 -
Kit of 5+5 pH 4 and 7.5 - - 24-D1847/7
110 V adapter 24-D1845/1 - -
Magnetic stirrer 24-D0448 - -
Accessories and spares
24-D1845 with magnetic stirrer
Specifications
60
24
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Chemical tests
Water test kits / Soil colour chart
WATER TEST KITS
24-D1870/A
Acidity test kit
Acidity is the quantitative capacity of a
water sample to neutralise a base to a set
pH. Therefore the greater acidity the more
potentially corrosive the water.
The kit is supplied complete with 30 and
100 ml calibrated vessels, reagents, gradua-
ted syringe with pipette tip and instruc-
tions.
B Dimensions: 260x120x60 mm
A Shipping weight: 910 g
SOIL COLOUR CHART
24-D1860/A
Soil colour chart. Set of 7
24-D1860/T
Tropical soil colour chart. Set of 2
General description and specifications
Used by civil engineers, agronomists, soil
scientists etc. for the determination of soil
colour.
For 24-D1860/A the set consists of 7 con-
stant hue charts showing 196 colours.
Chart and diagram are fitted in a pocket
size binder.
For 24-D1860/T the set consists of 2 charts
which can be fitted into the binder of 24-
D1860/A.
B Dimensions: 140x190 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 500 g
24-D1870/B and 24-D1870/C
24-D1870/A
24-D1860/A
24-D1870/B
Chloride test kit
Chloride ions are one of the major inorga-
nic anions in water and wastewater.
The kit is supplied complete with 30 and
100 ml calibrated vessels, reagents, gradua-
ted syringe with pipette tip and instruc-
tions.
B Dimensions: 200x120x60 mm
A Shipping weight: 460 g
24-D1870/C
Hardness test kit
In history, water hardness was defined by
the capacity of water to precipitate soap.
The ionic species in the water causing the
precipitation was later found to be calcium
and magnesium.
The kit is supplied complete with 30 and
100 ml calibrated vessels, reagents, gradua-
ted syringe with pipette tip and instruc-
tions.
B Dimensions: 200x120x60 mm
A Shipping weight: 460 g
SOIL TESTING
61
24
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Chemical tests
Determination of soil resistivity
DETERMINATION OF SOIL RESISTIVITY
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:3
The resistivity value indicates the relative
capability of the soil to carry electric cur-
rents from which the corrosiveness of the
soil can be deduced.
Wenner probe method
This procedure enables the electrical resisti-
vity of an undisturbed or disturbed soil
sample to be measured in the laboratory.
Four probes are inserted into the sample,
the two outer are connected to the source
of current and the resistance is measured
across the two inner probes. The test is not
recommended for soils containing an
appreciable amount of gravel-size particles.
Open container method
This procedure is for the measurement of
the electrical resistivity of a soil such as fill
material that has been compacted to a
specified density and then saturated by
adding water. It is suitable only for relati-
vely free-draining materials into which
water can percolate easily.
24-D1872
24-D1872 Complete set
Apparatus
24-D1872
4-Pin soil resistance meter
This meter is ideal for soil resistivity measu-
rement. Wide range, high sensitivity, and
the latest in integrated circuit technology.
It can be used with 4, 3, or 2-pin methods.
The unit is battery operated and has no
moving parts. It is supplied complete with a
set of 4 steel pins, resistivity test reels, dri-
ving head and rectangular compaction box.
Specifications
Range: from 0.1 ohm to 1.1 megohm in 8
ranges with 10% overlap on all ranges
Sensitivity: two position operating switch
for high and low balance sensitivity
Large 100 division dial:
for easy readability
Fully temperature stabilised: accuracy
maintained over temperature ranges
encountered under all field conditions
Insensitive to AC or DC ground cur-
rents: operates on 97 Hz for maximum
power line rejection
Rugged, lightweight, weatherproof
case: comes equipped with adjustable
snap-on carrying strap removable
Can be used with 4, 3, or 2 pin
methods
Complete with 12 V lantern battery
(clamped in the lower case)
B Meter dimensions:
225x150x150 mm (lxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 3.5 kg
24-D1875
Steel probe electrodes.
150 mm long. Set of 4
SOIL TESTING
62
26
Accessories
s
26-T0338/A Permeability attach-
ment with 50 ml graduated burette.
Complete with clamps, stand and rub-
ber hose for connection to the permea-
bility cell. Weight 4 kg
s
82-D1252 Dial gauge 10 mm travel
x 0.002 mm subdivision
s
82-D1255 Dial gauge 10 mm travel
x 0.01 mm subdivision
s
82-P0330 Electronic displacement
transducer 10 mm travel
s
26-T0312 Oedometer bench to
accept up to 3 oedometers. Supplied
complete with locking nuts
26-T0320 26-T0337
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Consolidation
Front loading oedometers
Introduction
This test determines the rate and
magnitude of consolidation of soil
when it is restrained laterally and
subjected to a number of successive
increments of vertical loads. This
measure is a requirement of the
foundation, road and soils engineer.
n o t e
The oedometer is supplied without dial
gauge, consolidation cells and weights,
which have to be ordered separately.
See consolidation cells and accessories
next page.
CONSOLIDATION CELLS /
FIXED RING AND PERMEABILITY
General description and specifications
The fixed ring models are open to the
atmosphere, which permits the saturation
of the sample, whereas in the permeability
cell models, the sample and the saturating
water are sealed from the atmosphere.
Complete with reservoir, hose connection,
upper and lower porous discs, pressure pad
and stainless steel sample cutting collar.
FRONT LOADING OEDOMETERS
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:5 / ASTM D2435, D3877, D4546
AASHTO T216 / NF P94 090-1, P94 091
UNE 103-405, 103-601, 103-602
26-T0302
Front loading oedometer
General description and specifications
The oedometer consists of a rigid alumi-
nium alloy frame to avoid any distortion
under load. The lever arm assembly is sup-
ported in precision self-aligning bearings
and has three hanger positions: 9:1, 10:1
and 11:1 ratio.
Max. loading using 11:1 beam ratio:
1848 kg corresponding to 90.61 kN/m
2
(92.40 kgf/cm
2
) on 20 cm
2
specimen
( 50.47 mm)
B Dimensions: 500x200x750 mm
(height less hanger x width x length)
A Weight approx.: 21 kg
Three oedometers 26-T0302,
complete with cell 82-P0330
displacement electronic tran-
sducer
(1)
, and 26-T0312 con-
solidation bench.
(1) As alternative to the
standard dial gauge in case
of connection to the data
acquisition and processing
system.
26-T0338/A fitted to the
26-T0302 with 26-T0320
- Compact and robust design
- 3 lever arm ratio
- Screw-jack support
SOIL TESTING
63
26
SLOTTED STEEL WEIGHTS
Geotechnical: Consolidation
Front loading oedometers
SOIL TESTING
Fixed ring Permeability Specimen Specimen Specimen Cell dim. Cell
s
Code
s
Code dia. area height dia. x height weight
26-T0320 26-T0322 50.47 mm 20 cm
2
20 mm 139x74 mm 1.3 kg
26-T0321 26-T0323 63.50 mm 31.67 cm
2
20 mm 139x74 mm 1.3 kg
26-T0325 26-T0327 71.40 mm 40 cm
2
20 mm 139x74 mm 1.3 kg
26-T0326 26-T0328 75 mm 44.16 cm
2
20 mm 139x74 mm 1.3 kg
26-T0335 26-T0337 112.80 mm 100 cm
2
25 mm 200x74 mm 3.0 kg
CONSOLIDATION CELLS
Standard cell code 26-T0320 26-T0321 26-T0325 26-T0326 26-T0335
Permeability cell code 26-T0322 26-T0323 26-T0327 26-T0328 26-T0337
Size 20 cm
2
31.67 cm
2
40 cm
2
44.16 cm
2
100 cm
2
Upper Porous disc 26-T0320/4 26-T0321/4 26-T0325/4 26-T0326/4 26-T0335/4
Lower Porous disc 26-T0325/10 26-T0326/10 26-T0325/10 26-T0326/10 26-T0335/4
Cutting ring 26-T0320/3 26-T0321/3 26-T0325/3 26-T0326/3 26-T0335/3
Accessories
Calibration disc 26-T0320/9 26-T0321/9 26-T0325/9 26-T0326/9 26-T0335/9
Spare parts
26-T0302 with cell and dial gauge
Slotted steel weights
Cell model 26-T0320 - 26-T0322 26-T0321 - 26-T0323 26-T0325 - 26-T0327 26-T0326 - 26-T0328 26-T0335 - 26-T0337
Beam ratio
(1)
1:10 1:11 1:10 1:9 1:10
Maximum pressure 32 kg/cm
2
64 kg/cm
2
20 t/ft
2
40 t/ft
2
16 kg/cm
2
32 kg/cm
2
16 kg/cm
2
32 kg/cm
2
8 kg/cm
2
16 kg/cm
2
Weight set 26- T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/C2 T0230/D2 T0230/D2 T0230/D2 T0230/D2
Additional weights - 8 x T0275/A - 8 x T0275/A - 8 x T0275/A - 8 x T0277/A - 8 x T0277/A
Total weight kg 64 128 64 128 64 128 80 160 80 160
(1) Hanger position on
the oedometer lever arm
WEIGHT APPLICATION GUIDE
s
Code Weight
(1)
27-T0270/A 0.250 kg
27-T0271/A 0.500 kg
27-T0272/A 1 kg
27-T0273/A 2 kg
27-T0274/A 4 kg
27-T0275/A 8 kg
27-T0276/A 5 kg
27-T0277/A 10 kg
(1) The weights can be supplied on
request with traceable certificate both in
N and/or kg.
26-T0230/C2 26-T0230/D2
Including Including
2x0.250 kg 2x0.250 kg
1x0.500 kg 3x0.500 kg
1x1 kg 1x1 kg
1x2 kg 1x2 kg
1x4 kg -
7x8 kg -
- 3x5 kg
- 6x10 kg
Total 64 kg Total 80 kg
WEIGHT SETS
Testing equipment for the construction industry
64
26
SOIL VOLUME CHANGE APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
UNE 103-600
26-T0375
Soil volume change apparatus
General description and specifications
This apparatus (originally developed by the
U.S. Federal Housing Administration) is
used for the determination of volume
change of soil when subjected to changing
moisture conditions, so it is ideal for eva-
luating the swelling or shrinking conditions
in clay soils.
The apparatus consists of a 69.85 mm dia.
mould with porous stones and loading cap,
a base and tie rods, a load ring 5 kN (or 500
kgf) cap. and a compaction hammer.
B Overall dimensions:
185 mm dia. x 394 mm high
A Weight approx.: 11 kg
26-T0375
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Consolidation
Front loading oedometers with electronic measurement
and data acquisition / Soil volume chage apparatus
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION OF AN ADVANCED TESTING SYSTEM WITH ELECTRONIC
MEASUREMENT AND DATA ACQUISITION
s
Code Description Q.ty
ITEM LIST
Consolidation apparatus
26-T0302 Front loading oedometer 3
26-T0320 Fixed ring consolidation cell for specimen 50.47 mm dia. 3
26-T0312 Oedometer bench to accept up to 3 oedometers 1
27-T0230/C2 Set of slotted steel weights for 26-T0320 for pressure up to 3.2 MPa 3
27-T0275/A Additional slotted steel weights for 26-T0320 for pressure
up to 6.4 MPa 24
Permeability measurement
26-T0338/A Permeability attachment with 50 ml graduated burette complete 3
with clamps, stand and rubber tube
26-T0322 Fixed ring consolidation cell for specimen 50.47 mm dia. for 3
permeability measurement (alternative to 26-T0320)
Electronic measurements with data acquisition
82-P0330 Electronic displacement transducer 10 mm travel 3
30-T0601/A Automatic data acquisition and processing system 8 channels cap. 1
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
30-T0601/KEY Software protection key 1
30-T0600/30 Transducers extension cable 6 m long, 6 pin connectors 3
30-T0600/31 Transducers extension cable 12 m long, 6 pin connectors 3
(alternative to 30-T0600/30)
30-T0601/P1 Consolidation test program, data acquisition and processing 1
30-T0601/R0 Additional software package for customised printout 1
Accessories for calibration of transducers
30-T0652 Calibration device for linear transducers 1
Note. For more information on the 30-T0601/A Data Acquisition and Processing
System see page 96.
30-T0601/A connected to three oedometers complete
with cells, linear transducers and accessories
SOIL TESTING
65
26
Geotechnical: Consolidation
Continuous consolidation apparatus
SOIL TESTING
CONTINUOUS CONSOLIDATION
APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4186
26-T0360
Continuous consolidation apparatus
for CRS* tests
* CRS = Constant Rate of Strain
CONFIGURATION OF A COMPLETE SYSTEM
s
Code Description Q.ty
ITEM LIST
28-T0360 Consolidation cell 1
28-T0360/1 Cutting ring and accessories for preparation of test specimen 1
28-T0401 Digital triaxial frame 50 kN, 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1
Cell pressure and back pressure
28-T0452 Control panel for pressure measurements 0-1100 kPa 1
28-T0478/9 Air pressure regulator 2
28-T0477/2 2-way distribution valve 3
28-T0477/15 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws for wall fitting 1
28-T0478 Bladder air/water pressure cylinder 2
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia., 20 m coil 1
86-D2015 Laboratory air compressor 10 bar max. pressure 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm dia., 10 m coil 1
De-aired water
28-T0491/A De-airing tank 7 litres cap. 1
28-T0492/A De-airing water apparatus. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm dia., 10 m coil 1
Data acquisition
82-P0330 Electronic linear transducer, 10 mm travel 1
28-T1048 Mounting bracket for displacement transducers 1
82-P0350 Pressure transducer 0-20 bar 1
28-T0477/4 De-airing block 1
82-P0375/T Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap. with adapters for triaxial machine 1
30-T0601/A Automatic data acquisition system 8 channels
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1
30-T0600/30 Extension cord, 6 m long, complete with 6-pins connectors 3
30-T0601/KEY Protection key 1
30-T0601/P3 Triaxial program UU, CU, CD for data acquisition and processing 1
30-T0601/S1 Excel data sheet for processing and printout
of CRS consolidation tests(*) 1
(*) Excel software package is a Microsoft product and is not included
26-T0360
Some diagrams obtained by the data
processing program
Main features
- Designed to perform continuous consoli-
dation tests in conjunction with a tradi-
tional compression machine generally
used for triaxial tests
- Double chamber cell, so that two diffe-
rent and independent water pressures
can be applied
- Pore pressure measured at the base of
the specimen with a strain gauge tran-
sducer
- Drainage circuit connected at the top of
the specimen for consolidation
- The unit must be connected to other
equipment and data acquisition and pro-
cessing unit (See configuration of com-
plete system).
Advantages
- Continuous monitoring of test parame-
ters (axial load, pore pressure, axial com-
pression) and detailed plotting of the
consolidation curve
- Relatively short time to perform the test
(less than half the time of a traditional
consolidation test, incremental loading
type)
- More accurate and reliable evaluation of
consolidation and compressibility para-
meters
- Particularly suitable for cohesive satura-
ted soils.
Specimen size: 25.4x63.5 mm (hxdia.)
Max. working pressure: 1700 kPa
Max. piston load: 45 kN
Max. height: 410 mm approx.
Max. length: 240 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
n o t e
For data processing a PC
and printer are requested.
Please see page 96 (30-T0601/A)
66
27
Accessories
Shear box assembly (see page 67)
s
27-T1002/SA
Load ring 2000 N capacity
s
82-D1255 Dial indicator for hori-
zontal displacement 10x0.01 mm
s
27-T0230/C3 or 27-T0230/C4
See page 68
s
27-T0225/A
Beam loading device, 10:1 ratio
s
27-T0206/7
Balancing frame to ASTM specs.
27-T0206/A with accessories
SOIL TESTING
Geotechnical: Direct / Residual shear
Shear testing machines
0.0087 to 0.133 mm/min; 3
rd
from 0.132
to 2 mm/min
Maximum shear force:
5000 N (3
rd
range 2000 N)
Maximum vertical load:
500 N / 5500 N using 10:1 lever
loading device 27-T0225/A
B Overall dimensions:
1050x250x1250 mm
A Weight approx.: 120 kg
- Reversable motor
for residual strength test
- Infinitely variable speed
drive from 0.00001 to
11.00000 mm/min
- Compact ergonomic design
- Safety device to prevent
overload and overtravel
27-T0206/A with accessories. Top view
n o t e
The machine is supplied with shear box
adaptor, vertical dial gauge, but without
load ring, dial gauge for horizontal displa-
cement, shear box apparatus, lever loa-
ding device 10:1 and weights. All these
items have to be ordered separately. See
accessories.
27-T0206/7 Balancing frame to ASTM specs.
27-T0225/A
Beam loading
device
BEAM LOADING DEVICE
27-T0225/A
Beam loading device 10:1 ratio
General description
Used to amplify the vertical load on the
shear testing machines. It can receive up to
50 kg of weight so that the total load on
the specimen can reach 550 kgf or 5500 N.
This device is supplied without weights,
which should be ordered separately.
A Weight approx.: 20 kg
Introduction
This test covers the determination of
the consolidated drained shear
strength of a soil material in direct
shear. Two different models of stan-
dard shear strength machines are
available: electromechanical and
digital, plus the pneumatic automa-
tic model in which the application of
the vertical load is actuated by an
advanced pneumatic system.
ELECTROMECHANICAL
SHEAR TESTING MACHINES
qSTANDARD
ASTM D3080, BS 1377:7, AASHTO T236
NF P094071-1/2
27-T0206/A
Motorised direct residual shear
machine complete with test timer.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
27-T0206/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
27-T0206/AY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This new machine can accommodate all
standard specimens up to 10 cm square
and 10 cm dia.
The vertical load is directly applied to the
specimen through a load frame carrying
weights and can be increased using the
beam loading device 27-T0225/A.
Power: 70 W
Speed drive ratio: 4000:1
Speed ranges (infinitely variable): 1
st
from 0.0005 to 0.0088 mm/min; 2
nd
from
Testing equipment for the construction industry
67
27
Components of the square shear boxes
Accessories
Extra to those listed for the 27-T0206/A
model:
s
27-P0376/S
Load cell 3 kN cap. with cable
s
27-P0377/S Load cell 5 kN cap. with
cable (suggested for the 10 cm square
or round shear box)
s
82-P0330 Linear potentiometric
transducer 10 mm travel
s
82-P0332 Linear potentiometric
transducer 25 mm. To be used with
10 cm square or round shear box
s
82-P0332/AS
Mounting bracket for 82-P0332
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SOIL TESTING
Geotechnical: Direct / Residual shear
Digital shear testing machine / Shear box assemblies
SHEAR BOX ASSEMBLIES
General description
All shear box assemblies are constructed of
non-ferrous and alloy metals and are desi-
gned to contain water that surrounds the
specimen. They consist of a non-ferrous
square box with a rigid walled round or
square hole complete with adapter loading
pad, retaining plate, 2 grids, 2 perforated
grids and 2 porous plates.
s
Code Size
27-T0215/A 6 cm
27-T0216/A 10 cm
27-T0217/A 5 cm
27-T0218/A 6 cm
27-T0219/A 6.35 cm
27-T0222/A 10 cm
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
Detail of load cell and linear transducer
27-T0207 with accessories
- Microprocessor controlled drive system
- Large LCD display
- Test speed, travel and cycles program-
mable by the keyboard
- Rapid approach and automatic home
positioning
- Infinitely variable speed drive from
0.00001 to 11.00000 mm/min
- Three analogic channels for load cell and
two displacement transducers
- Serial port RS 232 C for data transmis-
sion to PC in real time
- Standard load ring and dial gauges also
usable for manual recording
n o t e
The machine is supplied with shear box
adaptor, but without load cell, linear tran-
sducer for horizontal displacement, shear
box apparatus, lever loading device 10:1
and weights. All these items have to be
ordered separately. See accessories.
27-T1001/SAE fitted on a
shear testing machine as
alternative to the load
cell 27-P0376/S
Code Cap. Weight
(kN) approx. (kg)
27-T1001/SA 1 1.2
27-T1001/SAE 1 1.2
27-T1002/SA 2 1.5
27-T1002/SAE 2 1.5
27-T1003/SA 5 1.7
27-T1003/SAE 5 1.7
The suffix SAE denotes a load ring, which
has the added feature of an electronic
transducer.
DIGITAL SHEAR TESTING MACHINE
27-T0207
Digital direct/residual shear
machine. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
27-T0207/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This modern machine is similar in shape to
the 27-T0206/A model but is driven by a
stepper motor and controlled by a micro-
processor system. The machine, shown in
the picture with load cell and linear elec-
tronic transducers, can operate indepen-
dently to perform standard or cyclic tests
programmable by the keyboard and obtai-
ning all data concerning load, vertical and
horizontal displacements from the display.
For connection to our data acquisition and
processing system model 30-T0601/A, the
machine keyboard is used to set the testing
speed and number of cycles. The accesso-
ries are the same as the model 27-T0206/A
and have to be ordered separately.
Membrane keyboard
Display: 2x20 characters
RS 232 C output for connection to PC
Testing speed:
from 0.00001 to 2 mm/min
B Overall dimensions:
1050x250x1250 mm
A Weight approx.: 120 kg
ACCESSORIES
LOAD RINGS FOR DIRECT SHEAR TEST
The Controls load rings are supplied ready
for direct connection to the shear testing
machine. Electronic load rings (suffix SAE)
are only compatible with our data acquisi-
tion system 30-T0601/A. Gauges resolu-
tion: 0.001 mm
68
27
30-T0601/A connected to a 27-T0207 digital
shear testing machine with accessories
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Direct / Residual shear
Shear box assemblies (continued) / Spare parts and accessories
Determination of shear strength
SPARE PARTS
Code Description Q.ty for 1
shear box
ITEM LIST
Shear apparatus and accessories
27-T0207 Digital direct / Residual shear machine 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 1
27-T0225/A Beam loading device 10:1 ratio 1
27-T0215/A Shear box assembly 6x6 cm square 1
27-T0215/7 Sample cutter for 27-T0215/A 1
27-T0215/8 Extrusion dolly for 27-T0215/7 1
27-T0230/C3 Set of slotted steel weights total 37.5 kg 1
Electronic measurements with data acquisition
27-P0376/S Load cell 3 kN cap. complete with adaptors to be fitted 1
to the shear machine
82-P0330 Electronic displacement transducer 10 mm travel 1
(for horizontal displacement)
82-P0330 Electronic displacement transducer 10 mm travel 1
(for vertical displacement)
30-T0601/A Automatic data acquisition and processing system 1
8 channels cap. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
30-T0601/KEY Software protection key 1
30-T0600/30 Transducers extension cable 6 m long, 6-pin connectors 3
30-T0600/31 Transducers extension cable 12 m long, 6-pin connectors 3
(alternative to 30-T0600/30)
30-T0601/P2 Direct/residual shear (multireversal) program, data acquisition 1
and processing
30-T0601/R0 Additional software package for customised printout 1
Note. For more information on the 30-T0601/A Data Acquisition and Processing System
see on page 96.
DETERMINATION OF SHEAR STRENGTH
BY DIRECT SHEAR
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:7, 4 - ASTM D3080
NF P094071-1/2
Typical configuration of an advanced
testing system with electronic
measurement and data acquisition
s
Code Weight
(1)
Set 27-T0230/C3 Set 27-T0230/C4
27-T0270/A 0,250 kg q.ty 2 -
27-T0271/A 0,500 kg q.ty 2 -
27-T0272/A 1 kg q.ty 2 q.ty 2
27-T0273/A 2 kg q.ty 3 q.ty 1
27-T0274/A 4 kg q.ty 3 -
27-T0275/A 8 kg q.ty 2 -
27-T0276/A 5 kg - -
27-T0277/A 10 kg - q.ty 3
Tot. 37.5 kg Tot. 34 kg
(1) The weights can be supplied on request with traceable certificate both in N and/or
kg. (2) The weight sets 27-T0230/C3 and 27-T0230/C4 are suitable for all shear boxes to
apply the various load steps.
SLOTTED STEEL WEIGHTS AND WEIGHT SETS
(2)
SOIL TESTING
27-T0216/7,
27-T0220/7
Shear box models
Part description 27-T0215/A 27-T0216/A 27-T0217/A 27-T0218/A 27-T0219/ 27-T0222/A
and code 6 cm 10 cm 5 cm 6 cm 6.35 cm 10 cm
Loading pad 27-T0215/2 27-T0216/2 27-T0217/2 27-T0218/2 27-T0219/2 27-T0222/2
Retaining plate 27-T0215/3 27-T0216/3 27-T0217/3 27-T0218/3 27-T0219/3 27-T0222/3
Porous plate 27-T0215/4 27-T0216/4 27-T0217/4 27-T0218/4 27-T0219/4 27-T0222/4
Top grid 27-T0215/5 27-T0216/5 27-T0217/5 27-T0218/5 27-T0219/5 27-T0222/5
Perf. bottom grid 27-T0215/6 27-T0216/6 27-T0217/6 27-T0218/6 27-T0219/6 27-T0222/6
Sample cutter* 27-T0215/7 27-T0216/7 27-T0217/7 27-T0218/7 27-T0219/7 27-T0222/7
Extrusion dolly* 27-T0215/8 27-T0216/8 27-T0217/8 27-T0218/8 27-T0219/8 27-T0222/8
* Not supplied with the shear box. It must be ordered separately
69
27
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Direct / Residual shear
Automatic digital shear testing machine
AUTOMATIC DIGITAL SHEAR
TESTING MACHINE
27-T0208/A
Automatic digital shear machine.
110-220 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
This new and advanced model micropro-
cessor based, is driven by a high resolution
stepper motor with epicyclic reduction
gear with a reduced backlash. Incorporates
a pneumatic closed loop system for the
application of the axial pressure by a high
performance pressure regulator. This
system also apply to different types of
automatic shear tests since it is possible to
control the different parameters measured
during the test, for example the constant
volume shear test where it is necessary to
control/maintain the vertical deflection to
zero during shearing. The automatic appli-
cation of the vertical load eliminates the
manual loading of the dead weight when
performing standard tests.
For more information ask our sales depart-
ment.
Main features
- Microprocessor based system
- High resolution stepper motor with
epicyclic reduction gear with negligible
backlash
- Closed loop system for the application of
the axial load
- Pneumatic automatic loading
- Automatic control of parameters during
the test
- Performance of various shear test as the
constant volume test
- Variable speed from 0.00001 to
11.00000 mm/min. with horizontal loads
up to 5 kN
- Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- User-friendly software
- RS 232 output for PC data downloading
Legend
Stepper motor
Horizontal loading assembly
Compressed air supply
Proportional valve to control
the vertical load
Vertical loading assembly
Vertical load air pressure transducer
Vertical displacement transducer
Horizontal displacement transducer
Shear box
Load cell
Machine frame
Control console
27-T0208/A Top view
27-T0208/A automatic digital shear box apparatus. Schematic layout
Vertical displacement transducer
Load cell
Stepper motor (without
transparent cover)
SOIL TESTING
27-T0208/A Detail of control panel
Pneumatic
vertical
loading
assembly
70
28 Geotechnical: Triaxial
General information
qStandards
BS 1377:7, 8 / ASTM D2850, D4767, NF P94 070, P94 074
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SOIL TESTING
TRIAXIAL TESTS
General information
The settlement of soil-supported foundations and the change in earth pressure due to small movement of retaining walls or other earth
supports, the yield of soil caused by local application of load, are determined by the relation between stress and strain in soils. The expe-
rimental investigation used to determine the stress-strain relation is usually carried out with a triaxial compression test. During the test,
the undisturbed soil samples are gradually stressed up to failure, which corresponds to the maximum shear strength. The test is perfor-
med placing a cylindrical soil sample, enclosed in a rubber membrane, in a triaxial cell and subjecting it to an isotropic fluid pressure.
An axial load is subsequently applied on the specimen through a loading piston in such a way that the soil sample is deformed at a con-
stant rate of strain. Generally speaking, the triaxial tests are performed to simulate different types of stress and drainage conditions that
can occur in the subsoil because of the effect of building constructions, excavations, tunnelling etc.
Three different triaxial tests are usually performed (see page 71) for total and effective stress measurement.
Our production of triaxial equipment
Controls manufactures a large sophisticated state of the art range of triaxial equipment which is detailed below. Automatic machines for
compression and extension tests, computerised and integrated systems have also been developed for advanced testing laboratories, where
not only conventional tests are carried out.
71
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
General information
Total stress measurement
Unconsolidated Undrained (UU) tests
With this method the shear strength is measured with respect to
total stress. The soil specimen (assumed saturated) is not allowed
to consolidate, maintains its original structure and water content,
so that its resistance only depends on the level of geostatic stress
in the field.
Tests are usually carried out on three specimens of the same sam-
ple, subjected to different confining pressure. Provided that the
soil is fully saturated, the effective stresses at failure is the same
for each test.
The Mohr envelope, plotted with respect to total stress is horizon-
tal and the shear strength is constant and equal to Cu (undrained
shear strength).
Effective stress measurement
Consolidated Drained (CD) tests
This test method is similar to the CU test as the shear strength
can be related to the applied level of stress. At least three speci-
mens are allowed to consolidate at different levels of confining
pressure. The failure stage is carried out very slowly to prevent
the increase of pore pressure inside the specimen, which is
allowed to drain. The total and effective stresses are the same.
Mohr circles are drawn for effective stresses at failure and the
parameters c and are determined from the Mohr envelope.
Effective stress measurement
Consolidated Undrained (CU) tests
With this test method the shear strength is measured in terms of
effective stress. At least three specimens are allowed to consolida-
te (i.e. to change its structure and water content) at different level
of confining pressure before failure. Due to the fact that shear
strength increases raising the effective stresses the Coulombs
model can be applied in terms of effective stress:
= c +
n
tg
where: = shear resistance;
n
= effective normal stress
c, = parameters of Mohr envelope in terms of effective stress
During the failure stage the specimen is not allowed to drain and
pore pressure is measured, so that the effective stresses are calcula-
ted as the difference between the total stress and the pore pressure.
Total stress measurement
Unconsolidated Undrained (UU) tests
Effective stress measurement
Consolidated Undrained (CU) and
Consolidated Drained (CD) tests
Effective stress measurement
Consolidated Undrained (CU) and
Consolidated Drained (CD) tests
(electronic measurement). See pages 92.
For typical configuration of complete test system:
SOIL TESTING
TRIAXIAL TEST METHODS
a = porous stone
b = rubber membrane
c = cell fluid
Lateral pressure
SOIL
a = porous stone
b = rubber membrane
c = cell fluid
Lateral pressure
SOIL
No drainage
Pore pressure (transducer)
a = porous stone
b = rubber membrane
c = cell fluid
Lateral pressure
drainage
Pore pressure (transducer)
SOIL
Piston
Piston
Piston
72
28
28-T0401 with cell and accessories 28-T0403 28-T0401 with cell and accessories
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Triaxial load frames
TRIAXIAL LOAD FRAMES
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:8 / ASTM D2850, D4767
NF P94 070, P94 074
Two versions available: 50 and 100 kN
capacity. General specifications and featu-
res are identical except the capacity and
physical dimensions as specified.
28-T0401
Digital triaxial frame, 50 kN cap.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0403
Digital triaxial frame, 100 kN cap.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This versatile digital loading frame features
a microprocessor controlled drive system
with an advanced stepper motor enabling
the operator to easily set any test speed via
the keyboard. The machine can be fitted
with an optional RS 232 port so it can be
remotely controlled. The upper and lower
limits of platen travel are set by use of
automatic safety cut-out switches and by
an audible overtravel alarm. Other impor-
tant features include pause and speed reset
during the test and the automatic self
check diagnostic. All load rings, cells, dial
gauges, etc. have to be ordered separately.
Specifications 28-T0401 28-T0403
Load capacity 50 kN 100 kN
Max. sample size 100 mm dia. 150 mm dia.
Rate of strain from 0.00001 from 0.00001
to 9.99999 mm/min to 9.99999 mm/min
Rapid approach speed 25 mm/min 25 mm/min
Horizontal clearance 380 mm 458 mm
Max. vertical clearance 850 mm 1060 mm
Platen dia. 160 mm 160 mm
Max. platen travel 100 mm 100 mm
Motor power W 250 250
Overall dimensions 1266x500x273 mm 1390x590x450 mm
Weight approx. 95 kg 150 kg
Note. Upon request the machines can be supplied with RS 232 C output.
- Microprocessor controlled
- Advanced stepper motor drive
- Infinitely variable speed from 0.00001
to 9.99999 mm/min
- Audible overtravel alarm
- Automatic self check diagnostic
SOIL TESTING
- Waterproof membrane keyboard
- LCD 4-row by 20 character display
- Easy to operate via the membrane
keyboard
73
28
28-T0403/AC with triaxial
cell and accessories
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Automatic Triaxial Machines 50 and 100 kN capacity
SOIL TESTING
AUTOMATIC TRIAXIAL MACHINES
50 AND 100 KN CAPACITY
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2850-95 /
BS 1377: Part 7, Part 8: 1990
NF P94 070, NF P94 074
28-T0401/AC
Automatic digital triaxial frame
50 kN cap. 110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0403/AC
Automatic digital triaxial frame 100
kN cap. 110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Intoduction
This new series of automatic machine has
been designed to perform compression
triaxial tests both in consolidation and fai-
lure stage.
The consolidation stage can also be perfor-
med in anisotropic conditions, with k
0
< 1
(i.e. vertical stress higher than horizontal
stress).
All the tests are carried out automatically
either in controlled rate of displacement (as
the traditional compression machines) or in
controlled rate of load (particularly suitable
for consolidation stage) and terminated
automatically at pre-set test conditions.
The 28-T0403/AC machine can be upgra-
ded to perform also extension tests (exten-
sion-unload). See upgrading options.
General description
Two threaded column highly stable frame
with upper crosshead beam, adjustable in
height by means of a simple locking-nut
system, that assures correct application of
the axial stress within the triaxial chamber.
The lower box of the compression machine
contains the stepper motor with servo con-
trol drive, the control panel with large
graphic displays, for input of servo control
parameters, test data and calibration fac-
tors, the display of recorded data in real
time, the battery backed data storage and
the serial output to PC. Stand alone model
for automatic triaxial tests control
(Unconfined UU, CU, and CD) with store of
test data and possibility to download via
serial port in real time or deferred time for
data analysis, processing and printing.
The following triaxial tests can be automa-
tically performed:
- Pre-axial load before the failure stage, to
recreate or carry out the consolidation
stage in anisotropic conditions
(with K
0
< 1)
- Failure stage in conditions of compres-
sion (increasing axial pressure)
- Triaxial (UU, CU, CD) and unconfined
tests are carried out either in controlled
stress or in controlled strain conditions
and terminated automatically at pre-set
conditions.
Main features
- Servo controlled drive through stepper
motor
- Application for compression tests
- Test velocity adjustment from 0.00001
to 9.99999 mm/min
Main advantages compared to the stan-
dard models 28-T0401 and 28-T0403
- Stand alone machine (servocontrolled
with built in data acquisition unit)
- Automatically controlled rate of load
- Automatic anisotropic consolidation
and failure
- Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- Data recording and display in phisical
units in real time
- Temporary connection to PC via RS
232 port to download recorded data
in phisical units
- Special software available to down-
load and convert recorded data, to
be compatible with our GEOLAB
2000 package
- Upgradable for extension tests (see
28-T0403/UP1)
Detail of some screens
play on the large display of 248x124 pixel
74
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Automatic Triaxial Machines 50 and 100 kN capacity (continued)
TECHNICAL DATA
Same as model 28-T-T0401 and 28-T0403 shown on page 72
Characteristics common to both models 28-T0401/AC and 28-T0403/AC
Configuration - servo controlled drive through stepper motor
Servo-control parameters - Axial load (load controlled tests)
- Axial displacement (displacement controlled tests)
Control Unit - 4 channel built-in stand alone digital unit for data acquisition and control
of stepper motor
- Microprocessored based design with 16 bit A/D converter
Control panel - Incorporates a large graphic display (240x128 pixel), a touch sensitive
10 keys membrane keypad
- Use of programmed keys F1, F2, F3, F4 allows different menu to be activated and
linked together at different levels for immediate access to the required functions
Digital display - display in real time of test data in physical units: axial load (N), axial displacement
(mm compression/extension), pore pressure (kPa), volume change (cm
3
)
Resolution - 1/65.000 full range
Connection of transducers a) To the compression machine
for data acquisition
(1)
- Strain gauge load cell for axial load measurement
- Potentiometric transducer for axial displacement
b) To the triaxial cell
- Strain gauge transducer for pore pressure
c) To volume change control panel
- Potentiometric transducer for volume change measurement
Excitation supply of the transducers - built-in within the compression machine
Data storage - battery backed with real time clock
Scanning time of data - Data recording can pre-set by the operator:
- at intervals of time linear polynomial, exponential
- at intervals of recorded stress
- at interval of recorded displacement
Data maximum capacity - 2000 readings per channel for each test
Transducers calibration - Automatic linear calibration (5 points)
- Input of parameters of polynomial equation for non linear calibration
- Non-volatile storage of channels calibration data
RS 232 C Serial port - For temporarily connection to PC to download recorded data in physical units:
- with serial data communication program (e.g. Hyperterminal D Terminal code
82-P0800/TRM)
- with our Geolab 2000 dedicated software
(1) See accessories
Software application
The machine is fully automatic, controlled
via the front panel with digital display of
test measurements (axial pressure, axial
displacement, pore pressure and volume
change) in real time.
The computer is only temporarily connec-
ted for data transmission of stored data for
monitoring of the test in progress, proces-
sing and printing of results.
For complete processing according to the
International standards (BS 1377, ASTM,
ISSMGE) and customised printout of test
reports a special software, Windows com-
patible, is available for triaxial tests (see
Geolab 2000, code 30-T0601/P3).
The following diagrams and printouts are
available for a single or for a group of tests:
- Mohrs circle plots and Mohr-Coulomb
linear failure envelope
- Stress path plots and failure envelope
(according to MIT analysis)
- Axial stress vs. axial strain
- Pore pressure vs. axial strain (for CU
triaxial tests)
- Volume change vs. axial strain (for CD
triaxial tests)
- Stress ratio vs. strain
- Skemptons A parameter vs. axial strain
(for CU triaxial tests).
A special section of the software is devoted
to the customised printout, 30-T0601/R0.
The user can introduce all the information
and general data to printout each test cer-
tificate (logo of the laboratory, name of the
technicians involved in the tests, file of the
test, number of the certificate, reference
standards, etc.).
SOIL TESTING
75
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Automatic Triaxial Machines 50 and 100 kN capacity (continued)
Compression and extension test
UPGRADING OPTIONS
COMPRESSION AND EXTENSION TESTS
(EXTENSION-UNLOAD)
Introduction
The 28-T0403/AC machine can be upgraded
to perform extension tests (extension-
unloaded), where the axial stress can be
reduced below the horinzontal stress.
This condition (where the factor K
0
is >1)
can be automatically carried out either in
the consolidation or in the failure stage, at
constant rate of stress. The maximum tensi-
le capacity is 8 kN. Data recording, downloa-
ding to PC, processing and printing are car-
ried on in the same way described above.
Detail of the locking system of the triaxial cell
to the lower platen for extension tests
28-T0403/UP1
Upgrading system for the
28-T0403/AC machine to perform
extension test (extension-unload)
Including firmware and the following
mechanical accessories:
Extension testing kit comprising:
- Bidirectional spherical seat for upper
crosshead
- Fast clamping device load cell/triaxial cell
piston
- Clamping device triaxial cell/lower platen
to triaxial frame (suitable for models:
28-T0410/A, 28-T0411/A, 28-T0416/A).
The extension testing kit is also proposed
when using the 28-T0403 machine for
stress path triaxial tests with the code 28-
T0403/A1. See page 84.
Accessory
s
28-T0403/A2 Triaxial cell piston for
extension tests. It is interchangeable with
the standard piston part of 28-T0410/A,
28-T0411/A, 28-T0416/A cells
n o t e
To perform extension tests it is necessary
to substitute the porous caps model
T0420/A3, T0422/A3, T0425/A3, T0428/A3,
T0432/A3 respectively with the following
appropriate models: T0420/A3T,
T0422/A3T, T0425/A3T, T0428/A3T,
T0432/A3T, for dia. 35-38-50-70-100 mm.
Furthermore the modification of the upper
flange of the triaxial cell is also required.
This modification can be factory made on
your existing triaxial cells or programmed
in case of a complete laboratory supply.
For new modified triaxial cells ask for the
following codes:
28-T0410/AT Triaxial cell up to 50 mm dia.
28-T0411/AT Triaxial cell up to 70 mm dia.
28-T0416/AT Triaxial cell up to 100 mm dia.
Measurement accessories
Electronic transducer
Same as those shown on page 76.
SOIL TESTING
Detail of the triaxial cell and rigid connection to the piston for extension tests
28-T0403/A2
76
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Automatic Triaxial Machines 50 and 100 kN capacity (continued)
ACCESSORIES FOR TRIAXIAL FRAMES
Mechanical accessories
s
28-T1048 Mounting bracket to be con-
nected to the ram of the triaxial cell for
measurement of vertical strain.
Compatible with all models of transducers
s
28-T0477/4 De-airing block for pore
pressure measurement transducer. It must
be connected to the tiaxial cell
s
28-T0494/1 Panel with reversing valve
system, to reverse the water flow. Used in
conjunction with the 28-T0494 Automatic
volume change apparatus
Electronic accessories
All the transducers are fitted with 6-pins
male plugs for direct connection to the rear
panel of the compression machine. Linear
and polynomial calibration parameters can
be input directly via the keypad.
82-P0334 fitted to the triaxial cell by the
28-T1048 mounting bracket and
82-P0370/T load cell fitted to the frame by the
spherical attachment
Strain gauge load cells
Used to measure the axial force applied to the specimen in the triaxial cells:
sCode Full scale Thread
82-P0370/T 2.5 kN Female M20x1.5
82-P0373/T 10 kN Female M20x1.5
82-P0375/T 50 kN Female M30x2.0
82-P0376/T 100 kN Female M30x2.0
Displacement transducers
Used to measure the compression of the
specimen in the triaxial cells:
sCode Travel (mm)
82-P0332 25
82-P0334 50
82-P0336 100
Note. They are connected to the triaxial
cell by the accessory 28-T1048.
Pressure transducers
for pore pressure measurement
sCode Max
82-P0349 10 bar
82-P0350 20 bar
Note. They are connected to the triaxial
cell by the de-airing block 28-T0477/4.
Potentiometric transducers
for volume change measurement
sCode Capacity
28-T0494 100 cm
3
Note. The 28-T0494 Volume change
transducer has to be used with the
28-T0494/1 Panel with reversing valve
system.
PC software for data processing
sCode Description
30-T0601/P3 PC software Geolab: data acquisition and processing for
triaxial UU, CU, CD tests
30-T0601/R0 Additional software package for customised printout
82-Q0800/2 Serial cable for PC connection
SOIL TESTING
Note. All the load cells are supplied complete for connection to the upper beam of
the triaxial frame.
82-P0370/T, 82-P0375/T 28-T0494
PC software Geolab
77
28
Accessories
s
28-T0418/5 Extension rod for appli-
cation of submersible transducer on
triaxial frames (required only for com-
pression tests).
82-T1001/E to 82-T1009/E
Accessories
s
28-T1049 Connector with conical
seat for load rings. Screwed to the
lower base of the load ring to receive
the steel sphere. Weight approx. 50 g
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Load rings / Submersible precision load transducers
Accessories for Triaxial frames
AXIAL STRAIN MEASUREMENT
82-D1257
Dial indicator 30x0.01 mm
82-D1259
Dial indicator 50x0.01 mm
General description
58 mm dia. clockwise rotation. Supplied
complete with mounting bracket. For con-
nection to load rings.
A Weight approx.: 200 g
LOAD RINGS
General description
All Controls load rings are supplied ready
for direct connection to the adapter sup-
plied with our triaxial load frames and by
the simple fixing of a 28-T1049 connector
can be adapted for use with our complete
range of triaxial cells.
Models
s
Code Max. load capacity kN
1 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 50
Standard 82-T1001 82-T1002 82-T1003 82-T1004 82-T1005 82-T1006 82-T1007 82-T1008 82-T1009
Electronic 82-T1001/E 82-T1002/E 82-T1003/E 82-T1004/E 82-T1005/E 82-T1006/E 82-T1007/E 82-T1008/E 82-T1009/E
s
Code Description Max. load
28-T0418/1 Submersible load transducer 10 kN
28-T0418/2 Submersible load transducer 26.5 kN
28-T0418/1 with 28-T0418/5 fitted inside the
triaxial cell
82-T1001 to 82-T1009
Detail of the
28-T1049 fit-
ted on top of
a load ring
SUBMERSIBLE PRECISION
LOAD TRANSDUCERS
Mounted inside the triaxial cells models
28-T0410/A, 28-T0411/A, and 28-T0416/A
provide an electrical signal proportional to
the axial load assuring accurate strength
measurement. Supplied complete with loa-
ding piston.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
82-D1257 fitted to the load ring
AXIAL STRAIN TRANSDUCERS
AND MOUNTING BRACKET
82-P0332
Axial strain transducer 30 mm
displacement
82-P0334
Axial strain transducer 50 mm
displacement
82-P0336
Axial strain transducer 100 mm
displacement
28-T1048
Mounting bracket for axial strain
transducers
General description
The axial strain transducers are used to
measure the deformation of the sample
during the triaxial test. They need the
mounting bracket 28-T1048 to fit the
triaxial cell.
A Weight approx.: 575 g
SOIL TESTING
78
28
28-T0420/9
28-T0416/A, 28-T0411/A, 28-T0410/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Triaxial cells and accessories
TRIAXIAL CELLS FOR SPECIMENS
UP TO 100 MM DIA.
General description and specifications
The cell essentially consists of a transparent
polycarbonate chamber, which has a piston
assembly fitted to the top and a double
flange base fitted to the bottom. Three
simple thumbscrews are used to clamp the
upper part of the cell to the base, which
make assembly and disassembly a very
quick and simple operation.
The base of the cell has four inlet points for
top drainage/back pressure, cell pressure
and bottom drainage/pore water pressure.
Two of these are supplied with special no-
volume change valves.
The cell can receive the submersible tran-
sducer (see model 28-T0418 series), base
adaptors, plinths, top caps, porous discs,
rubber membranes and sealing rings (not
included). See accessories.
s
Code 28-T0410/A 28-T0411/A 28-T0416/A
Max. specimen size ( x h mm) 50x100 70x140 100x200
Max. working pressure(kPa) 1700 1700 1700
Max. piston load (kN) 45 45 45
Max. height (mm) 380 440 515
Diameter (mm) 140 174 200
Weight (kg) 4 7.3 14.3
Triaxial cells
TRIAXIAL CELL ACCESSORIES
Specimen base adaptors
Each cell has to be completed with the base adaptor corresponding to the specimen size
as shown in the following table. All adaptors are perforated for bottom drainage/pore pres-
sure measurement and are supplied complete with a solid disc for use in undrained tests.
Specimen 28-T0410/A 28-T0411/A 28-T0416/A
dia. mm
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
35 28-T0410/A1 28-T0411/A1 -
38 28-T0410/A2 28-T0411/A2 -
50 28-T0410/A3 28-T0411/A3 -
70 - 28-T0411/A4 28-T0416/A1
100 - - 28-T0416/A2
HAND SAMPLERS
Comprising cutter, wooden dolly and receiver.
s
Code Size Spare cutter tube Spare dolly
(complete set) (dia.xh mm)
s
Code
s
Code
28-T0420/9 35x70 28-T0420/91 28-T0420/92
28-T0422/9 38x76 28-T0422/91 28-T0422/92
28-T0425/9 50x100 28-T0425/91 28-T0425/92
28-T0428/9 70x140 28-T0428/91 28-T0428/92
28-T0432/9 100x200 28-T0432/91 28-T0432/92
SOIL TESTING
28
28
PWL
5
2
4
3
1
6
5
3
PWL
PWU
PWL
CW
79
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Triaxial cell accessories (continued)
Description For specimens
35 mm 38 mm 50 mm 70 mm 100 mm
Base adaptors 28-T0410/A1
(1)
28-T0410/A2
(1)
28-T0410/A3
(1)
28-T0411/A4
(1)
28-T0416/A2
28-T0411/A1 28-T0411/A2 28-T0411/A3 28-T0416/A1 -
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
Plain top cap 28-T0420/A2 28-T0422/A2 28-T0425/A2 28-T0428/A2 28-T0432/A2
Porous top cap 28-T0420/A3 28-T0422/A3 28-T0425/A3 28-T0428/A3 28-T0432/A3
Porous discs (2 pcs) 28-T0420/A4 28-T0422/A4 28-T0425/A4 28-T0428/A4 28-T0432/A4
Rubber membrane (10 pcs) 28-T0420/A5 28-T0422/A5 28-T0425/A5 28-T0428/A5 28-T0432/A5
Sealing ring (10 pcs) 28-T0420/7 28-T0422/7 28-T0425/7 28-T0428/7 28-T0432/7
Membrane stretcher 28-T0420/8 28-T0422/8 28-T0425/8 28-T0428/8 28-T0432/8
Filter paper drains (50 pcs) 28-T0420/A9 28-T0422/A9 28-T0425/A9 28-T0428/A9 28-T0432/A9
Split sand former 28-T0420/A6 28-T0422/A6 28-T0425/A6 28-T0428/A6 28-T0432/A6
O-ring placing tool 28-T0420/10 28-T0422/10 28-T0425/10 28-T0428/10 28-T0432/10
Drainage burette 28-T0420/11 28-T0420/11 28-T0420/11 28-T0420/11 28-T0432/11
(2)
No-volume change valve
(3)
28-T0420/12 28-T0420/12 28-T0420/12 28-T0420/12 28-T0420/12
Split mould 28-T0420/13 28-T0422/13 28-T0425/13 - -
Spares
Spare tube and connector 28-T0420/20 28-T0420/20 28-T0420/20 28-T0428/20 28-T0432/20
for porous top cap
(1) Depending upon cell model (2) 50 ml model (3) Complete with connection for 6 mm dia. plastic hose
TRIAXIAL CELL ACCESSORIES (CONTINUED)
Other accessories
s
86-D0822 Vaseline oil. 1 kg bottle
Top view
Base adaptor
Porous top cap
Porous disc
Rubber membrane
Sealing rings
No-volume change valve
s
86-D0845
Water-repellent grease. 1 kg box
s
28-T0420/15 Greaser for triaxial cell
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SOIL TESTING
28
28
80
TRIAXIAL CELL ACCESSORIES
(CONTINUED)
Legend
Base adaptor
Used to adapt the triaxial cell for use with
the selected sample size. Manufactured
from anodised aluminium. Supplied com-
plete with a plain base cap.
Porous top cap
Used to evenly apply the loading over the
whole cross sectional area of the sample
when drainage to the top of the sample is
required. Manufactured from a light alloy.
Includes a nylon tube and connector for
the base drainage line.
Porous disc
Used as a filter ensuring that the passage
of water into and out of the sample is
evenly spread over the whole cross sectio-
nal area. Two required.
Rubber membrane
Provides a protective water proof sheath
around the sample. Made of rubber latex
and supplied in packs of 10.
Sealing rings
Used to seal the membrane against the
plinth and the top cap at either end of the
sample. Supplied in packs of 10.
Membrane stretcher
Used to pull open the membrane to allow it
to be easily placed over the specimen
without any disturbance.
SOIL TESTING
81
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure system
Introduction
The pressure system provides two
separate lines for the desired con-
stant pressure inside the triaxial cell
(cell pressure system) and in the spe-
cimen drainage line (back pressure
system).
A specimen volume change indicator
(burette or electric transducer type)
is also provided.
The system is completed by a de-
aired water apparatus and by all
other accessories such as tubing,
valves etc.
Different solutions are available
depending on the type of test to be
performed.
- Air/water bladder system actuated by
a pneumatic compressor
- Motorised oil and water system
- Automatic digital controllers
connectable to PC.
For clarity we propose first the most
common layout systems and then all
single components.
All single components can however
be combined to provide different
solutions conforming to the users
requirements.
Triaxial pressure system for three triaxial cells (see also page 82)
Triaxial pressure system for one triaxial cell (see also page 82)
SOIL TESTING
82
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems and related apparatus (continued)
Pressure system 28-T0474/B with triaxial
machine and cell
Item list
28-T0474/B Oil and water constant pressure apparatus complete
with precision test gauge 0-1700 kPa
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia. 20 m coil
Typical configuration of a pressure system for Unconsolidated Undrained test (UU)
Item list Q.ty
28-T0477/L Control panel for 1 triaxial cell 1
28-T0478 Bladder air/water pressure cylinder 2
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia. 20 m coil 1
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool 1
28-T0491/A De-airing tank 7 litres capacity 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm dia. 10 m coil 2
28-T0492/A De-airing water apparatus 1
86-D2018 Air compressor, working constant pressure up to 10 bar 1
86-D2018/1 Auxiliary air reservoir 1
28-T0478/10 Quick coupling 1
Note. Digital pressure readout unit, pore pressure transducer and de-airing block
are all included on 28-T0477/L.
Typical configuration of a pressure system
for Consolidated-Undrained and Drained test (CU/CD) on one specimen
Pressure system for CU/CD test on one specimen with triaxial machine and cell
Accessories
s
28-T0475/2 High viscosity oil. 5 kg
OIL AND WATER CONSTANT
PRESSURE SYSTEM
28-T0474/B
Oil and water constant pressure
apparatus for pressures up to 1700
kPa. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0474/C
Oil and water constant pressure
apparatus for pressures up to 3500
kPa. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This apparatus provides an infinitely variable
constant pressure using an adjustable spring
type dead weight pressure feedback system
connected in line with a pump and an
oil/water interchange vessel. The apparatus
comprises: hydraulic pump (motorised);
honed piston/spring assembly; cylindrical
oil/water interchange vessel; precision dial
gauge 100 mm dia.; valves; 2 kg of oil.
Pressure range: 0-1700 (model 28-T0474/B)
and 0-3500 kPa (model 28-T0474/C)
Power: 35 W
B Dimensions: 310x300x400 mm
A Weight approx.: 16 kg
SOIL TESTING
83
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems and related apparatus (continued)
Item List Q.ty.
28-T0477/C Control panel for 3 triaxial cells (cell pressure and back pressure) 2
28-T0477/E1 Control panel for three burettes for volume change measurement
with distribution valves 1
28-T0477/E2 Control panel for automatic volume change measurement 1
28-T0478 Bladder air-water pressure cylinder 6
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia. 20 m coil 4
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool 1
28-T0491 De-airing tank 33 l capacity 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm. 10 m coil for compressed air
and water connection 2
28-T0492/A De-airing water apparatus 1
86-D2018 Air compressor 1
86-D2018/1 Auxiliary air reservoir 1
28-T0478/10 Quick coupling 1
82-P0349 Pressure transducer 0-10 bar 3
28-T0477/4 De-airing block 3
Typical configuration of an advanced 3 cells Pressure System
for Consolidated-Undrained and Drained test (CU/CD) for connection
to Automatic Data acquisition and processing system
Typical pressure system for CU/CD tests on three cells (see layout on page 80)
SOIL TESTING
84
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems and related apparatus (continued)
28-T0462
Automatic air / water pressure
controller. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
The unit includes:
- One air-pressure regulator 1000 kPa full
range with stepper motor control
- One pressure transducer 1000 kPa full
scale for the closed loop control
- One RS 232 C serial port for remote con-
trol
The unit can automatically provide an
accurate control of the hydraulic pressure
within a range of 0.5% via a remote con-
trol by PC. The unit must be connected to
an air/water cylinder mod. 28-T0478.
28-T0464
Stress path control unit
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
The unit includes:
- Conditioning unit of the transducers and
A/D converter.
- Interface for direct control of stepping
motor of the compression machine, pres-
sure regulating valves and on/off valves.
- RS 232 C serial port for remote control
via PC.
- Software packages for automatic tests
management (compression machine
drive, pressure controllers, drainage val-
ves).
STRESS PATH TRIAXIAL TESTS
WITH AUTOMATIC PRESSURE
CONTROLLERS
Introduction and application
The automatic pressure controllers can be
used to control or to manage both cell
pressure and back pressure in the triaxial
tests (UU, CU or CD), in order to perform
the different stages: saturation, consolida-
tion and failure. The controllers are associa-
ted to a triaxial compression machine to
automatically control a complete test via a
p.c. With this system it is possible to
perform either compression or extension
tests (varying horizontal or vertical stress
as well) on the soil specimen up to 100 mm
diameter, using standard type triaxial cells
(see page 75).
Proper application software packages are
available to automatically perform the dif-
ferent stage of triaxial tests.
Automatic test system. (Air compressor and de-airing tank not shown)
MAIN ADVANTAGES
- Suitable for both compression or
extension tests
- Easily mounted on a laboratory bench,
reducing the working space of the
traditional systems
- Very accurate control and measure-
ment of hydraulic pressures applied to
the soil samples
- Completely automatic management of
the tests through p.c.
A typical configuration of an automatic system
for stress path triaxial tests with standard triaxial cell consisting of:
1 28-T0403 100 kN Digital Triaxial machine
1 82-P0373/T 10 kN capacity load cell
1 28-T0403/A1 Extension testing kit
1 28-T0403/A2 Triaxial cell piston for extension test
1 28-T0411/A Triaxial cell for 70 mm dia. specimen with accessories, pore
pressure and displacement transducers
1 28-T0428/A3T Extension porous cap for specimens 70 mm dia
2 28-T0462 Automatic air-water controllers
2 28-T0478 Air / water bladders
1 28-T0463 Stress path control unit complete with software package
2 28-T0477/B1 Control panel with volume change transducer
1 86-D2018 Air compressor 10 bar continuous working pressure
1 28-T0492/A System for de-aired water
1 28-T0491/A De-airing tank
1 P.C.
General layout
SOIL TESTING
85
28
28-T0478/9
Accessories
s
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm
dia. 10 m coil. For connecting the labo-
ratory air compressor
s
28-T0478/10 Quick coupling. For
connecting 28-T0478/6 nylon tubing to
the distribution valves of the control
panels
s
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia.
20 m coil. For connecting 28-T0478
air/water pressure cylinders to the
distribution valves of the control panels
s
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool for cutting
nylon tubing
s
28-T0478/9 Air pressure regulators.
To adjust the required air pressure up to
1000 kPa (see following pages: control
panels)
Spare parts
s
28-T0478/4 Spare rubber membra-
ne for 28-T0478. Pack of 6
28-T0453
28-T0454
28-T0452
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems and related apparatus (continued)
PRESSURE INDICATING PANELS
Specifically designed for the measurement
of either confining or back pressure but
may be used for other pressure measuring
applications.
28-T0452
Pressure measurement panel
0-1100 kPa
General description and specifications
The unit comprises a steel panel onto
which are mounted a 200 mm dia. preci-
sion pressure gauge, and four inlet/outlet
no-volume change valves.
B Dimensions: 450x340x92 mm
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
28-T0453
Pressure measurement panel with
screw pump 0-1100 kPa
General description and specifications
Specifically designed for the measurement
of pore pressure where the built-in screw
pump is used to balance the pore pressure
generated inside the specimen and indica-
ted by the null indicator. Through the use of
the selector valves the unit may also be used
NYLON TUBING
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm
dia. 10 m coil
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm
dia. 20 m coil
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool
for setting and measuring cell or back pres-
sures.
The unit comprises a steel panel onto
which are mounted a 200 mm dia. preci-
sion gauge, five inlet/outlet no-volume
change valves, a small reservoir, the screw
pump and three selector valves.
B Dimensions: 540x340x92 mm
A Weight approx.: 7 kg
28-T0454 Distribution panel
General description
Consists of 5 no-volume change inlet/outlet
valves fitted on a wall mounted panel.
B Dimensions: 310x135x55 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
28-T0478
BLADDER TYPE AIR/WATER
PRESSURE SYSTEM
28-T0478
Bladder air/water pressure cylinder.
General description and specifications
For delivery of pressurised water to triaxial
cells up to 1000 kPa. The main advantages
from using this apparatus are:
- High degree of accuracy
- Extremely simple to operate
- Future expansion of system very easy and
relatively low cost
- Bladder enables the use of de-aired water
- Large reservoir to cope with long term
tests and large samples.
This unit acts as a reservoir/interface
between compressed air, used as a pressure
source, and water used as the pressurising
medium in the triaxial cell.
Max. pressure:
1000 kPa
B Dimensions:
178 mm dia.
x 297 mm
height
A Weight approx.:
8 kg
SOIL TESTING
86
28
AIR COMPRESSORS AND ACCESSORIES
We propose two different models for con-
tinuous working pressure up to 800 kPa
(model 86-D2015) or up to 1000 kPa
(model 86-D2018). An auxiliary air reservoir
50 litres cap. is recommended for use with
the 86-D2018 model. The use of an Air
dryer (model 86-D2019) is also recommen-
ded to avoid damage to valves, machine
components etc.
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems and related apparatus (continued)
Air compressors
86-D2015
Laboratory air compressor, 10 bar
max. pressure, 50 l cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2015/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018
Laboratory air compressor, 14 bar
max. pressure, 8 l cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2018/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Specifications 86-D2015 86-D2018
Max. pressure (kPa) 1000 1400
Continuous working pressure (kPa) 800 1000
Reservoir capacity (l) 50 8
Max. air delivery (l/min) 246 40
Dimensions (lxwxh) mm 850x355x620 510x270x400
Power (W) 1500 550
Weight (kg) 44 21
WATER TRAP
28-T0491/2
Water trap
To collect condensed water vapour. For use
with 28-T0491 and 28-T0491/A tanks in
conjunction with 86-D2001.
86-D2019
86-D2018 and 86-D2018/1
28-T0491/2
86-D2001
VACUUM PUMPS
86-D2001
Vacuum pump.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2001/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Specifications
Free air displacement (l/min): 75
Ultimate vacuum (mbar): 0.1
Power (W): 180
B Dimensions (mm): 345x155x215
A Weight (kg): 12
86-D2064
Rubber tube for vacuum
16.5 mm x 6.5 mm, 2 m long
86-D2018/1
Auxiliary air reservoir, 14 bar max.
pressure, 50 l cap.
Air dryers
86-D2019
Compressed air dehumidifier,
350 l/min. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
B Dimensions: 455x240x197 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 18 kg
86-D2019/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
SOIL TESTING
86-D2015
Testing equipment for the construction industry
87
28
28-T0459
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems: water de-airing / Volume change measurement
Water de-airing systems
We propose two different systems,
both completed with a de-airing
tank 7 or 33 litres cap.:
- Suitable vacuum pump and
water trap to collect condensed
water vapour. The water tank has
to be fitted at a high level to fill
the system by gravity.
- Integrated model incorporating
vacuum pump/compressor, and
valves. The vacuum pump is used
as a little compressor to force de-
aired water from the de-airing
tank (that can be placed anywhe-
re) to the system (pressure panels,
bladders etc.).
DE-AIRING TANKS
28-T0491
De-airing tank 33 litres cap.
28-T0491/A
De-airing tank 7 litres cap.
General description and specifications
Used in conjunction with a vacuum source
(ex. 28-T0492/A apparatus) this item provi-
des a very efficient and therefore quick
means of removing the air from water. The
de-airing tank consists of a perspex cylin-
der fitted with a water spray inlet, an air
outlet and a water outlet. A suitable
vacuum supply is connected to the air
outlet and water is sucked into the cylinder
in a fine spray via the water inlet. The
vacuum draws the air out of the water. The
larger 28-T0491 model is suggested for 3
triaxial cell system.
A Weight approx.: 14 kg for model
28-T0491 and 3 kg for model 28-T0491/A
DE-AIRING WATER APPARATUS
28-T0492/A
De-airing water apparatus.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0492/AZ
De-airing water apparatus.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This apparatus incorporates a vacuum
pump compressor, a water trap and valves.
It has to be connected to the De-airing
tank (28-T0491 or 28-T0491/A). The double
function of this unit gives the important
advantage of placing the de-airing tank
anywhere and quickly filling the de-aired
water to the system by a simple valve.
B Dimensions: 375x240x250 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
VOLUME CHANGE MEASUREMENT
We propose two different models: standard
28-T0459 and electronic 28-T0494 suitable
for connection to digital display or data
acquisition and processing system as for
example our model 30-T0601/A.
28-T0459
Double burette volume change
apparatus
General description and specifications
The apparatus comprises two measurement
28-T0491
28-T0491/A
28-T0492/A
tubes, which have a 25 ml
burette mounted internal-
ly and an acrylic tube
externally. The burette
tubes are connected direc-
tly to a reversing valve
system, which is used to
reverse the direction of
travel of the interface in
the measurement tubes
without affecting the
direction of flow of water
to or from the triaxial cell.
The unit also includes a
by-pass valve system
when volume change
measurement is not requi-
red. Max. working pressure
10 bar.
B Dimensions:
130x682x87 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
Accessories
s
28-T0459/5
Red dye hydrocarbon
soluble pack for
500 ml
SOIL TESTING
88
28
Accessories
s
28-T0494/1
Panel with reversing valve system
Used to reverse the water flow in the
28-T0494 apparatus and to measure
the water flow in both directions.
Consists of 4 no-volume change valves
fitted on a wall mounted panel.
Dimensions 135x310x55 mm. Weight
approx. 2 kg
Spare parts
s
28-T0494/2
Spare rubber membrane
LOW PORE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
NULL INDICATOR
28-T0458
Null indicator
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:5 / ASTM D2435, D3877, D4546 /
AASHTO T216
General description
Used to act as a balancing manometer to
measure the pore pressure of the sample
without allowing any flow of water either
into or out of the sample. Generally used in
conjunction with 28-T0453 Control panel
and 28-T0457 Differential mercury mano-
meter.
B Dimensions: 95x70x40 mm
A Weight approx.: 120 g
28-T0494/1
28-T0457
28-T0458
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems: volume change (continued) / Pore pressure measurement
DIFFERENTIAL MANOMETER
28-T0457
Differential mercury manometer
-100 to +100 kPa range
General description
Used for measuring both small positive and
negative pressures. Particularly useful
when measuring small or negative pore
pressures. Consists of a U tube manome-
ter calibrated to read directly in kPa when
filled with mercury, fixed on a wall moun-
ted steel panel. Supplied without mercury.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
Accessories
s
28-T0457/1 Mercury trap. When fit-
ted to 28-T0457 provides a safety trap
for mercury pushed out of the top of
the manometer
28-T0494
SOIL TESTING
VOLUME CHANGE MEASUREMENT
(CONTINUED)
28-T0494
Automatic volume change apparatus
General description and specifications
When connected with a suitable display or
data acquisition system provides an electri-
cal signal directly proportional to the volu-
me of water flowing through the unit. The
apparatus comprises a piston connected to
a linear transducer and sealed against a
precision machined calibration chamber so
that the linear movement of the piston is
exactly proportional to the volume of
water in the calibration chamber.
Basic capacity: 90 cm
3
Transducer input: up to 12 V DC
B Dimensions: 100x270x135 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
89
28
28-T0477/4
PORE WATER PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
Pore pressure can be measured by the hand
operated method comprising the Null indi-
cator 28-T0458 with the Differential
manometer 28-T0457 and the Pressure
measurement panel 28-T0453 shown on
page 85 or with the Electronic readout unit
28-T0461/B battery operated connected to
the pressure transducer 82-P0349 with the
de-airing block 28-T0477/4 fitted directly
to the triaxial cell. We recommend this last
solution, which is more practical, modern
with a reasonable cost.
82-P0349
Pressure transducer, 10 bar
82-P0350
Pressure transducer, 20 bar
28-T0477/4
De-airing block for pressure
transducer
28-T0461/B with three 82-P0350
- Programmable
in Imperial
or metric units
- Battery operated
- Peak function
(positive
and negative)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pore pressure measurement
28-T0461/B
3 channel digital readout system for
pore pressure measurement. Battery
operated
General description and specifications
This digital pressure gauge of new genera-
tion consists of a long term steady analogic
section, and of a 16 bit converter A/D
which guarantees 65000 internal divisions.
The unit has internal batteries with 1 year
autonomy which is also guaranteed by the
auto-power-off function, which activates
if in 30 minutes any measurement change
is not detected. It has to be connected to
a suitable pressure transducer such as our
model 82-P0349 with the de-airing block
28-T0477/4.
The 3 channel version 28-T0461/B is fitted
with a multiplexer selector switch.
Specifications
Displays:4 x 20 characters display
Measuring units (programmable):
mbar, bar, MPa, kPa, psi
Accuracy: 0.20% full scale
Scanning rate: 50 readings per sec
RS 232 C output: standard
B Dimensions (lxdxh): 120x130x75 mm
SOIL TESTING
90
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems: pressure panel assemblies
Different type of panels are available
conforming to the measurement to be
performed, to the number of triaxial
cells and to the selected system: stan-
dard or electronic. All parts are fitted
on an aluminium panel. The main
advantages are the following:
- More attractive and functional
arrangement of all parts
- Less time required to set up the
laboratory
- Verification and testing of all
connected parts before delivery
- Easy to use.
28-T0477/L
28-T0477/B
28-T0477/E2
1 TRIAXIAL CELL CU/CD STANDARD SYSTEM MEASUREMENT
OF LATERAL PRESSURE, BACK PRESSURE, PORE PRESSURE, VOLUME CHANGE
28-T0477/L
Control panel assembly
This assembly is designed for managing
triaxial tests with 1 cell and measurement
without automatic data recording.
Comprising:
28-T0452 No. 1 Pressure measurement panel
28-T0478/9 No. 2 Air pressure regulators
28-T0459 No. 1 Double burette volume change apparatus
28-T0461/B No. 1 3 channel Digital readout system for pore pressure measurement
82-P0349 No. 1 Pressure transducer, 10 bar for 28-T0461/B
28-T0477/4 No. 1 De-airing block for pressure transducer
28-T0477/2 No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws
and anchors for wall fitting
A Total weight: 21 kg approx.
Note. Pressure transducer and de-airing
block have to be fitted to the triaxial cell.
1 TRIAXIAL CELL CU/CD SYSTEM MEASUREMENT OF LATERAL PRESSURE,
BACK PRESSURE AND ELECTRONIC VOLUME CHANGE
28-T0477/B
Control panel assembly
This system is designed for managing
triaxial tests with 1 cell and measurement
with automatic data recording.
Comprising:
28-T0452 No. 1 Pressure measurement panel
28-T0478/9 No. 2 Air pressure regulators
28-T0494 No. 1 Automatic volume change apparatus
28-T0494/1 No. 1 Panel with reversing valve system
28-T0477/2 No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
A Total weight: 20 kg approx.
Note. For connection to Automatic data
acquisition and processing unit (ex. 30-
T0601/A). Pore pressure measurement is
not included.
3 TRIAXIAL CELLS CU/CD SYSTEM. ADDITIONAL PANEL
FOR ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT OF THE VOLUME CHANGE.
28-T0477/E2
Control panel assembly for automa-
tic volume change measurement
Consisting of:
28-T0477/3 No. 2 Three-way distribution valve
28-T0494 No. 1 Automatic volume change apparatus
28-T0494/1 No. 1 Panel with reversing valve system
28-T0477/16 No. 1 Aluminium panel 400x1000 mm complete
with screws and anchors for wall fitting
A Total weight: 10 kg approx.
Together with two Panels 28-T0477/C, and
one 28-T0477/E1, represents a system for
connection with the Data acquisition and
processing system 30-T0601/A. See also the
pressure system included in the general
layout on page 80.
n o t e
All panels with the exception of those fit-
ted with pressure regulator, which are sui-
table for the Bladder air/water method
only, can be used with other pressure
systems (e.g. oil/water).
SOIL TESTING
91
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Pressure systems: pressure panel assemblies (continued)
28-T0477/M
28-T0477/C
28-T0477/E1
3 TRIAXIAL CELLS CU/CD SYSTEM WITH MEASUREMENT OF LATERAL PRESSURE,
BACK PRESSURE AND VOLUME CHANGE.
28-T0452 No. 1 Pressure measurement panel
28-T0478/9 No. 3 Air pressure regulators
28-T0477/2 No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
28-T0477/3 No. 1 Three-way distribution valve
28-T0477/1 No. 1 Two-way (180) distribution valve
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
A Total weight: 20 kg approx.
The system comprises three panels: two
28-T0477/C and one 28-T0477/E1 descri-
bed hereunder.
28-T0477/C
Control panel assembly for three
triaxial cells
Comprising:
28-T0459 No. 3 Double burette volume change apparatus
28-T0477/2 No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
28-T0477/E1
Control panel assembly for volume
change measurement of three
triaxial cells
A Total weight: 16 kg approx.
Comprising:
1 TRIAXIAL CELL SYSTEM FOR PERMEABILITY TEST
28-T0452 No. 1 Pressure measurement panel
28-T0478/9 No. 3 Air pressure regulators
28-T0477/2 No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
28-T0477/3 No. 1 Three-way distribution valve
28-T0477/1 No. 1 Two-way (180) distribution valve
28-T0461/B No. 1 3 channels digital readout system for pore pressure
measurement
82-P0349 No. 3 Pressure transducer, 10 bar for 28-T0461/B
28-T0474/4 No. 3 De-airing blocks
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel 700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
28-T0477/M
Control panel assembly for one
permeability cell
(1)
with electronic
pressure measurement
Comprising:
SOIL TESTING
A Total weight: 20 kg approx.
Note. Pressure transducers and de-airing
blocks have to be fitted to the triaxial cell.
(1) See page 138.
92
28
Typical configuration of a basic standard
testing set for the determination of the
Undrained Shear Strength (Total stress - UU)
in triaxial compression on 38 mm dia. speci-
mens. Oil and water pressure system.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Typical configuration of triaxial testing systems
Code Description CU/CD tests UU test
1 cell 3 cells 1 cell
Triaxial cell and accessories
28-T0401 Digital triaxial frame 50 kN, 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1 1 1
28-T1049 Connector with conical seat for load ring 1 1 1
82-T1002 Load ring 2 kN cap. 1 1 1
82-D1257 Dial gauge 30 mm x 0.01 mm with bracket 1 1 1
28-T0410/A Universal triaxial cell for sample sizes from 35 to 50 mm dia. 1 3 1
28-T0410/A2 Base adaptor for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 1
28-T0422/A2 Plain top cap for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 1
28-T0422/A3 Porous cap for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 -
28-T0422/A4 Pair of porous discs for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 -
28-T0422/A5 Rubber membranes for 38 mm dia. samples (pack of 10) 1 3 1
28-T0422/A6 Split sand former dia. 38 mm 1 1 -
28-T0422/7 Seal rings for 38 mm dia. samples (pack of 10) 1 3 1
28-T0422/8 Membrane stretcher for 38 mm dia. samples 1 1 1
28-T0422/A9 Filter paper drain for 38 mm dia. samples (pack of 50) 1 3 -
28-T0422/10 O-ring placing tool 38 mm dia. 1 1 -
28-T0420/12 No-volume change valves 2 6 -
28-T0420/11 Drainage burette 10 ml 1 3 -
28-T0422/9 Hand sampler 1 1 1
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6 x 4 mm dia. 20 m. coil 1 4 1
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool 1 1 1
86-D0845 Water-repellent grease. 1 kg box 1 1 -
28-T0420/15 Greaser for triaxial cell 1 1 -
De-airing water system
28-T0491/A De-airing tank 7 l cap. 1 - -
28-T0491 De-airing tank 33 l cap. - 1 -
28-T0491/2 Water trap 1 1 -
86-D2001 Portable vacuum pump, 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1 1 -
86-D2064 Rubber tube dia. 16.5 x 6.5 mm, 2 m long, for vacuum pumps 1 1 -
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12 x 6 mm dia. 10 m coil 1 1 -
Lateral and back pressure system with volume change measurement
86-D2015 Laboratory air compressor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 50 l capacity 1 1 -
max. working pressure 800 kPa
86-D2018 Laboratory air compressor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 8 l capacity 1 1 -
max. working pressure 1000 kPa (alternative to 86-D2015)
86-D2018/1 Additional tank 50 l cap. for 86-D2018 1 1 -
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 6 x 10 mm dia. 10 m coil 1 1 -
28-T0477/L Control panel for 1 triaxial cell 1 - -
28-T0477/C Control panel for 3 triaxial cells - 2 -
28-T0477/E1 Three burette panel for volume change apparatus - 1 -
28-T0459/5 Red dye, hydrocarbon soluble pack for 500 ml 1 1 -
28-T0478 Bladder air-water pressure cylinder 2 6 -
28-T0478/4 Spare membrane for 28-T0478 (pack of 6) 1 1 -
28-T0478/10 Quick coupling for 28-T0478/6 1 1 -
28-T0474/B Oil/water constant pressure apparatus 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. - - 1
complete with precision test gauge 0-1700 kPa
28-T0460/B Air / water pressure system for cell pressure up to 1000 kPa - - 1
28-T0460/6 Foot pump for up to 700 kPa with connecting hose - - 1
Note: 28-T0460/B with 28-T0460/6 is alternative to 28-T0474/B
Pore pressure measurement
82-P0349 Pressure transducer 0-10 bar 1 3 -
28-T0477/4 De-airing block 1 3 -
28-T0461/B Three channels digital readout system for pore pressure 1 1 -
measurement. Battery operated
Total and effective stress measurements
qSTANDARD: BS 1377: Part 8: 1990 - ASTM D2850, D4767 - NF P04 070, NF P94 074
Typical configuration of triaxial testing systems with bladder type air/water pressure supply:
- For CU and CD tests with 1 or 3 triaxial cells - For UU tests with 1 triaxial cell
Typical configuration of a testing set
for the determination of the Consolidated
Undrained (CU) and Consolidated Drained
(CD) triaxial test with measurement of pore
pressure and volume change. Bladder type
air/water pressure system and de-airing
water system 28-T0492/A
Typical configuration of an advanced
single cell Triaxial Testing System with
electronic measurement and data
acquisition and processing.
Bladder type air/water pressure system.
SOIL TESTING
93
28
Code Description CU/CD tests UU test Automatic
Stand alone
1 cell 3 cells 1 cell UU/CU/CD tests
for 1 triaxial cell
Triaxial cell and accessories
28-T0401 Digital triaxial frame 50 kN, 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1 1 1 -
28-T0401/AC Automatic digital triaxial frame 50 kN, 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. - - - 1
28-T1049 Connector with conical seat for load ring 1 1 1 1
28-T0410/A Universal triaxial cell for sample sizes from 35 to 50 mm dia. 1 3 1 1
28-T0410/A2 Base adaptor for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 1 1
28-T0422/A2 Plain top cap for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 1 1
28-T0422/A3 Porous cap for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 - 1
28-T0422/A4 Pair of porous discs for 38 mm dia. samples 1 3 - 1
28-T0422/A5 Rubber membranes for 38 mm dia. samples (pack of 10) 1 3 1 1
28-T0422/A6 Split sand former dia. 38 mm 1 1 - 1
28-T0422/7 Seal rings for 38 mm dia. samples (pack of 10) 1 3 1 1
28-T0422/8 Membrane stretcher for 38 mm dia. samples 1 1 1 1
28-T0422/A9 Filter paper drain for 38 mm dia. samples (pack of 50) 1 3 - 1
28-T0422/10 O-ring placing tool 38 mm dia. 1 1 - 1
28-T0420/12 No-volume change valves 2 6 - 2
28-T0420/11 Drainage burette 10 ml 1 3 - 1
28-T0422/9 Hand sampler 1 1 1 1
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6 x 4 mm dia. 20 m. coil 1 4 1 1
28-T0490/1 Flaring tool 1 1 1 1
86-D0845 Water-repellent grease. 1 kg box 1 1 - 1
28-T0420/15 Greaser for triaxial cell 1 1 - 1
De-airing water system
28-T0491/A De-airing tank 7 l cap. 1 - - 1
28-T0491 De-airing tank 33 l cap. - 1 - -
28-T0492/A System for de-airing water 1 1 - 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12 x 6 mm dia. 10 m coil 1 1 - 1
Lateral and back pressure system
86-D2015 Laboratory air compressor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 50 l capacity max. working pressure 800 kPa 1 1 - 1
86-D2018 Laboratory air compressor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 8 l capacity 1 1 - 1
max. working pressure 1000 kPa (alternative to 86-D2015)
86-D2018/1 Additional tank 50 l cap. for 86-D2018 1 1 - 1
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12 x 6 mm dia. 10 m coil 1 1 - 1
28-T0477/B Control panel for 1 triaxial cell with automatic volume change 1 - - 1
28-T0477/C Control panel for 3 triaxial cells - 2 - -
28-T0478 Bladder air-water pressure cylinder 2 6 - 2
28-T0478/4 Spare membrane for 28-T0478 (pack of 6) 1 1 - 1
28-T0478/10 Quick coupling for 28-T0478/6 1 1 - 1
28-T0474/B Oil/water constant pressure apparatus. - - 1 -
Equipment for anisotropic consolidation
28-T0493 Three place consolidation bench - 1 - -
28-T0493/1 Set of weights for specimens from 35 to 70 mm dia. - 3 - -
28-T0493/3 Beam loading device - 3 - -
82-D1257 Dial gauge 30 x 0.01 mm - 3 - -
28-T1048 Mounting bracket for dial gauges and displacement transducers - 3 - -
28-T0410/A4 Holding lock to maintain the piston of the triaxial cell in contact to the spec. - 3 - -
Electronic measurements with data acquisition
82-P0370/T Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN capacity 1 1 1 1
82-P0332 Electronic displacement transducer 25 mm travel 1 1 1 1
28-T1048 Mounting bracket for dial gauges and displacement transducers 1 1 1 1
28-T0477/E1 Three burette panel for volume change measurement with - 1 - -
distribution valves for connection to automatic volume change 28-T0477/E2
28-T0459/5 Red dye, hydrocarbon soluble pack for 500 ml - 1 - -
28-T0477/E2 Automatic volume change apparatus panel with distibution - 1 - -
valves for connection to three burette panel 28-T0477/E1
82-P0349 Pressure transducer 0-10 bar 1 3 - 1
28-T0477/4 De-airing block 1 3 - 1
30-T0601/A Automatic data acquisition and processing system 8 channels cap. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 1 1 1 -
30-T0601/KEY Software protection key 1 1 1 1
30-T0600/30 Transducers extension cable 6 m long, 6 pin connectors 4 6 2 4
30-T0600/31 Transducers extension cable12 m long, 6 pin connectors (alternative to 30-T0600/30) 4 6 2 -
30-T0601/P3 Unconfined and triaxial test program UU, CU, CD data acquisition and processing 1 1 1 1
30-T0601/R0 Additional software package for customised printout 1 1 1 1
30-T0601/IMP Software to import data from 28-T0401/AC to get data compatibe - - - 1
with the 30-T0601/P3 software
82-Q0800/2 Serial cable for PC connection - - - 1
Accessories for calibration of transducers
30-T0652 Calibration device for linear transducers 1 1 1 1
82-P0402 Signal simulator for strain gauge transducers (pressure and load cells) 1 1 1 1
Note: For more information on the 30-T601/A Data Acquisition and Processing System see on page 96.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Typical configuration of triaxial testing systems (continued)
Typical configuration of advanced triaxial testing systems with bladder type air/water pressure supply, electronic measure-
ment, data acquisition and processing:
- For UU, CU and CD tests with 1 or 3 triaxial cells
- For automatic stand alone UU, CU and CD tests with 1 triaxial cell
SOIL TESTING
94
28
28-T0493 complete with
triaxial cells, dial gauges beam
loading device and weights
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Specimens consolidation
Detail of the 28-T0493/3 10:1 beam loading device
28-T0493 Detail of
the upper frame
with the top knob
to adjust and level
the position of the
beam device
conforming to the
different triaxial
cells. The base plate
is also suitable for
other makes of
triaxial cells provi-
ded that they are
equipped with a
centring hole
13 mm dia. by
3 mm deep
Code Description
Slotted weights
28-T0493/1
Set of weights for specimen from 35 to 70 mm dia. Each set, suitable
for a single frame complete with beam loading device, consists
of the following:
No. 4 27-T0270/A Slotted steel weight 250 g
No. 4 27-T0271/A Slotted steel weight 500 g
No. 4 27-T0272/A Slotted steel weight 1 kg
No. 4 27-T0273/A Slotted steel weight 2 kg
No. 4 27-T0274/A Slotted steel weight 4 kg
28-T0493/2
Additional set of weights for specimen up to 100 mm dia. Each set, suitable for a
single frame complete with beam loading device, is used in addition to the other
set of weights 28-T0493/1 for anisotropic consolidation of large size specimens. It
consists of the following:
No. 4 27-T0275/A Slotted steel weight 8 kg
Beam loading device
28-T0493/3
Beam loading device 10:1 ratio. Used to amplify the axial load to be applied on the
specimens contained in the triaxial cells. The lever is completed with a screw-jack
support with handle
Dial gauges and axial transducers
82-D1256/C Dial gauge 25x0.01 mm
82-D1259 Dial gauge 50x0.01 mm
82-P0332 Axial strain transducer 25 mm displacement
82-P0334 Axial strain transducer 50 mm displacement
28-T1048 Mounting bracket for dial gauges and axial transducers
Holding device
28-T0410/A4 Holding lock to maintain the piston of the triaxial cell in contact with
the specimen
Accessories
SPECIMENS CONSOLIDATION
qSTANDARD ASTM D4767-95,
D2850-95 / BS 1377:Part 7, Part 8: 1990
28-T0493
Three places consolidation
load frame
General description
This apparatus has been designed to redu-
ce the testing time for triaxial tests, where
only one compression machine is available.
With this equipment it is possible to
perform the consolidation stage of three
triaxial specimens at the same time
for CU and CD tests, where:
- Vertical compression of
specimen must be measured
- Anisotropic consolidation has to be
performed.
It consists of a steel bench complete with
three load frames and centring platens, for
all our triaxial cells (28-T0410/A,
28-T0411/A and 28-T0416/A), for triaxial
specimens from 35 to 100 mm dia.
The apparatus can also be used for other
make of triaxial cells, provided that they are
equipped with a centring hole 13 mm dia.
x 3 mm deep. Each consolidation frame can
be equipped with a beam loading device to
reduce the number of dead weights requi-
red for anisotropic consolidation (see acces-
sories). Weights can be placed on both the
centre hanger and on the lever hanger.
The weights of the loading frames have
been reduced to minimum so that a coun-
terbalance of the frame is not required.
Bench dimensions: 1300x585 mm
B Overall dimensions (hxdxl):
1300x800x970 mm
A Total weight: 145 kg approx.
- To perform simultaneously the aniso-
tropic consolidation stage of three
triaxial specimens
- To reduce the testing time where only
one triaxial compression machine is
available
- For triaxial cells up to 100 mm dia.
specimens
- Ergonomic design for better use of
space in the laboratory
SOIL TESTING
95
28
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: Triaxial
Cyclic triaxial testing apparatus
CYCLIC TRIAXIAL TESTING APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D3999
Introduction
This apparatus has been developed
for the determination of the modu-
lus and damping properties of soil in
either undisturbed or reconstituted
states by either load or stroke con-
trolled cyclic triaxial techniques.
The complete test system includes:
77-B0310/A
Servo-pneumatic testing frame
Base system capable of applying loads up
to 5 kN at frequencies up to 50 Hz com-
prising:
- Test frame
- Pneumatic actuator with integral displa-
Testing frame and triaxial cell
Layout of the dynamic triaxial apparatus complete
with data acquisition system
Applications
- Investigation of liquidification poten-
tial for sandy saturated deposits.
- Modulus and damping properties of
soils.
- Investigation of wave effects on off-
shore structures.
- Simulation of stress and strain condi-
tion of soil during earthquakes
n o t e
Due to the diversities of the tests we will
be happy to quote to your individual
needs.
cement transducers. Maximum force
10 kN. Stroke 50 mm fitted with fati-
gue rated load cell transducer 10 kN
capacity and servo-valve
- Pneumatic fittings, filters, regulator and
tubing to connect equipment to com-
pressor
- National Instruments E Series 16 bit A/D
multifunction I/O board for interfacing
equipment to host computer.
B Overall dimensions:
850x350x320 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 44 kg
- Load frequency up to 50 Hz
- Load up to 10 kN
- For specimens up to 100 mm dia.
- 6 channels data acquisition
- Closed loop control
- Graphics in real time
- Easy software management
- Force or displacement control
- Standard and user defined wave forms
- Compression and extension testing
- Isotropic and anisotropic stress condition
SOIL TESTING
96
30
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
30-T0601 Automatic data acquisition and processing system
AUTOMATIC DATA ACQUISITION AND PROCESSING SYSTEM
GEOLAB 2000
Software integrated system
assuring the Highest flexibility
Processing
and printout of test
certificates
30-T0601/A
8 channels expandable to 32
with suitable strain gauge, LVDT or potentiometric transducers
(supplied by Controls or any other compatible source)
To measure
Force
Displacement
Pressure
Volume change
to perform
Consolidation
Direct shear
Multireversal residual shear
Unconfined
Triaxial UU-CU-CD
CBR
with the
Controls make,
new or existing machine
Other makes of existing machines
with simple mechanical adapter
connectable to
SOIL TESTING
30-T0601/A
- 8 channels capacity expandable to 32
- Recording and monitoring in real time
of test data
- Easy calculation of test parameters
- Independent access to recorded data
from the different type of tests in pro-
gress at the same time
- Diagrams in real time of tests in pro-
gress
- Display and printout of test data and
graphs
- Transducer calibration by software by
polynomial equations
- Help key option available at any time
to provide screen display of instruction
- Export of recorded data in ASCII code
for further analysis
- Customised printout of test reports by a
proper dedicated graphical editor
Ask for the GEO2000-DEMO CD software
with customised printout
97
30
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
30-T0601 Automatic data acquisition and processing system(continued)
30-T0601/A
AUTOMATIC DATA ACQUISITION
AND PROCESSING SYSTEM (CONTINUED)
General description and specifications
Hardware
- 8 measuring channels
- Compatible input signals: mV, V and mA
- Power output for transducers excitation:
10 V (mod. 82-P0908/A and 30-T0601/A)
or 2 V (mod. 82-P0908/B). If needed
power output can be adjusted at other
rates by jumpers setting
- Individual jumper setting of transducer
type (differential or single ended)
- A/D converter 32000 divisions
- Individual trimmer adjusting of zero
point and slope (gain) for each channel
- RS 232 programmable serial output
- Real time clock and date
- 256 kB data memory
- 128 kB RAM memory
- 128x64 pixel back-light graphic display
- Easy operation with 4 function keys and
numerical keypad
- Rigid case isolated for H.F. electric noise
- PS/2 sockets for transducers connection
- Sampling rate: up to 3 Hz (3 readings per
channels per second)
- Power supply 110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Software: The new GEOLAB 2000 system
All the available programs: from 30-
T0601/P1 to 30-T0601/P10 described below
have been designed conforming to the
latest requirement of the modern advanced
laboratories.
They can be used for:
Consolidation tests Triaxial tests (UU,
CU, CD) controlled at each step (satu-
ration, consolidation, failure) Direct
shear test Residual shear test (multi-
reversal test) Unconfined compressi-
ve strength CBR test.
The programs for the above tests have been
specifically designed to incorporate the
majority of test procedures carried out
throughout the world according to the
International Standards.
The system, which is housed in a special
console, is supplied as standard to accept
up to 8 signals coming from as many tran-
sducers. Each one of these signals can be
independently calibrated and reset. The
monitor shows graphically the course of
each selected test.
Complete configuration
The system is supplied for connection to a
high resolution graphic printing unit. A
typical system comprises:
- Computer
- Software programs. See 30-T0601/P1 to
30-T0601/R0
The system can be expanded by up to four
units connected through a serial cable, cor-
responding to 32 channels. This new appa-
ratus also has the advantage of being used
without PC for manual processing of data
or for using other processing systems. It is
possible:
- To select the unit for each channel (e.g.
N, kPa, mm, etc.)
- To select full range of every channel thus
changing the transducer type
- To select different acquisition scanning
- To monitor channels involved in each
test
- To print in real time the stored data of
each test
- To display stored data of each channel.
PC and printer are not included.
30-T0601/KEY
Protection key.
To be installed in the parallel port of
PC to use the software.
i m p o r t a n t n o t e
The new 30-T0601/A can be connected to
the previous model 30-T0601 for a multi-
ple system of up to 32 channels. Please
contact our technical-commercial Dept.
for more information.
n o t e
The system 30-T0601/A, complete with
Geolab 2000 software package, requires a
personal computer where Windows
package (from 95 Release) must be avai-
lable. The data transmission is carried out
via the serial port RS 232.
All the recorded data and the general
information of each test can be exported
in ASCII code in order to be compatible,
readable and processed by many software
package MS-DOS or Windows compatible
(Excel, Winword, Grapher, etc.).
A proper software package (see
30-T0601/R0) is devoted to customised
printout of test reports, so that most high
resolution printers are compatible. The
system has to be completed with the pro-
tection key.
SOIL TESTING
98
30
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
30-T0601 Automatic data acquisition and processing system(continued)
CBR test
Unconfined test
Triaxial tests
UU-CU-CD
Consolidation tests
Direct/Residual
shear tests
THE NEW GEOLAB 2000 SOFTWARE
The software programs have been develo-
ped and conform to the recommendations
of the most important International
Geotechnical Institutions (eg.: UK Imperial
College, MIT, ISSMFE, etc.) and provide the
following diagrams and tables:
30-T0601/P1
Consolidation test program, data
acquisition and processing
1) Time/settlement data for each consoli-
dation stage
2) Graphical representation of log time (or
square root time)/settlement data, inclu-
ding the procedure to read off t100 (or t90)
3) Summary table of consolidation para-
meters calculated for each step of
load/unload
4) Plot of the following final data
- Vertical strain /log p'
- Void ratio e/log p'
- Constrained modulus log M/log p'
- Coefficient of consolidation
log Cv/log p'
- Coefficient of permeability log K/log p'
- Coefficient of secondary compression
C/log p'
30-T0601/P2
Direct/residual shear (multireversal)
program, data acquisition and pro-
cessing
1) Time/settlement data for each consoli-
dation stage
2) Graphical representation of square root
time/settlement data, including evalua-
tion of t100
3) Displacement/shear stress data for the
failure stage (direct and residual) for
evaluation of peak and residual strength
4) Graphical representation of up to 6
shear/displacement curves from diffe-
rent shear tests
5) Plot of peak and residual shear stress
against normal stress for up to 6 diffe-
rent tests with evaluation of both peak
and residual failure envelopes formula-
ted on the video display.
30-T0601/P3
Unconfined and triaxial test pro-
gram UU, CU, CD, data acquisition
and processing
1)Time/pore pressure data and diagram for
each saturation stage of CU and CD tests
2)Summary table of saturation data and
computation of Skempton's B
3)Time/pore pressure, parameter time/volu-
me change and time/settlement data
and diagrams for each consolidation
stage of CU and CD tests
4)Tabulated data for the failure stage of
UU, CU, CD tests
5) For up to 6 different specimens tested at
different effective (or total) confining
pressure of UU, CU and CD tests, plots of
the following data:
- Stress/strain
- Pore pressure/strain (CU tests)
- Volume change/strain (CD tests)
- Stress ratio/strain
- Stress path
- Mohrs circles
- Evaluation of the shear strength para-
meters with the failure envelope for-
mulated on the video display.
When used with 28-T0401/AC and
28-T0403/AC automatic triaxial machines,
complete the software package with the
following:
30-T0601/IMP
Software to import data from auto-
matic triaxial machines models
28-T0401/AC and 28-T0403/AC
It is required to make data compatible with
the 30-T0601/P3 Software.
30-T0601/P5
CBR test program, data acquisition
and processing
1) Load and penetration table
2) Graphical representation of load versus
penetration with the facility of correc-
tion of initial curve for determining CBR
index at 2.5 and 5 mm.
SOIL TESTING
99
30
Displacement transducer 82-P0334 during
calibration using the 30-T0652 device
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
30-T0601 Automatic data acquisition and processing system(continued)
ACCESSORIES
CALIBRATION DEVICE
FOR LINEAR TRANSDUCERS
30-T0652
Calibration device for linear
transducers
It consists of a stainless steel frame with
two holders: one for the transducer and
the other for the micrometer gauge head.
The holder can receive transducers having
nominal diameter of 8, 12, 19 or 22 mm.
Traceable calibration certificate available
upon request.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
EXTENSION CABLES
30-T0600/30
Transducer extension cable, 6 m
30-T0600/31
Transducer extension cable, 12 m
CONNECTION BOX
30-T0601/LINK
Connection box for multiple system
Connection box and cable, to connect from
2 to 4 30-T0601/A Dataloggers to PC.
SIGNAL SIMULATOR
82-P0402
Signal simulator
For load cells and pressure transducers
strain gauge type. It can be used for
checking the linearity of measuring instru-
ments with digital display (e.g. Digimax,
Datamatic, Dataloggers, etc.).
The simulator applies four levels of unba-
lance of Wheastone bridge in order to
simulate pressures or loads: 0 0.50 1.00
2.00 mV/V.
In this way it is possible to control the cali-
bration without applying any pressure or
load. Supplied complete with 6-pins adapter.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
82-P0402
30-T0601/P10
Hydraulic consolidation cell test,
data acquisition and processing
1) Summary table of volume change and
pore pressure data
2) Graphical representation curve of volu-
me change and pore pressure versus log
time (or square root of time) including
the procedure to identify the end of
consolidation.
30-T0601/R0
Additional software package for
customised printout
This package includes a dedicated editor
specially designed as a tool for customised
printout. The user can introduce and posi-
tion on each certificate all the subsidiary
information and data that he requires to
print. E.g.: logo of the laboratory, name of
the technicians, test code, certificate num-
ber, reference standards, different format
and physical units of data, etc.
Different printout configurations can be
easily set up, stored and recalled for auto-
matic customised printout.
The most important advantage of this
package is that, provided the main softwa-
re is displayed in English (or French, or
Spanish, or Italian), each single certifica-
te can be stored and printed in local
language directly by the user.
The package is supplied complete with
examples of customised certificates that
for the majority of application do not need
any change (only translation may be requi-
red by the customer).
SOIL TESTING
Accessories
s
82-P0402/1 Adapter 5/6-pins suita-
ble for all our instruments
Note. Special adapters and connections
are available on order.
PC software sample screen
100
30
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
30-T0601 Automatic data acquisition and processing system (continued)
SOFTWARE (CONTINUED)
EXAMPLES OF CUSTOMISED PRINTS
SOIL TESTING
101
30
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
30-T0601 Automatic data acquisition and processing system (continued)
SOIL TESTING
102
30
Legend
Base apparatus
Alternative
transducer models and
accessories
Optional package for custo-
mised test certificate prin-
tout (also in local
language)
Quantity depending upon
measuring points
SUMMARY
These items are needed to
complete the testing machines
and apparatus for connection
to 30-T0601/A Geolab 2000.
They can be fitted to all
Controls apparatus and to
most other makes provided
that we receive the necessary
information.
Consolidation test with hydraulic cell
Consolidation test by oedometers
Direct and residual (multireversal) shear test
Triaxial test CD
Triaxial test CU
Triaxial test UU/unconfined
CBR test
Data acquisition
Automatic data acquisition 30-T601/A
and processing unit, 8 channels
Personal computer
High resolution printer
Extension cable for transducer, 6 m 30-T600/30
Extension cable for transducer, 12 m 30-T600/31
Transducer
Electronic load ring for triaxial, 2 kN 82-T1002/E
Electronic load ring for triaxial, 5 kN 82-T1003/E
Electronic load ring for triaxial, 10 kN 82-T1004/E
Electronic load ring for CBR, 50 kN 82-T1009/E
Strain gauge load cell for triaxial, 2.5 kN 82-P0370/T
Strain gauge load cell for triaxial, 10 kN 82-P0373/T
Strain gauge load cell for triaxial, 50 kN 82-P0375/T
Strain gauge load cell for CBR, 50 kN 82-P0375
Submersible load cell, 3 kN 28-T0418/1
Submersible load cell, 5 kN 28-T0418/2
Submersible load cell, 10 kN 28-T0418/C1
Submersible load cell, 26.5 kN 28-T0418/D2
Electronic linear transducer, 10 mm 82-P0330
Electronic linear transducer, 25 mm 82-P0332
Electronic linear transducer, 50 mm 82-P0334
Pore pressure transducer, 10 bar 82-P0349
Pore pressure transducer, 20 bar 82-P0350
Volume change apparatus, 90 cm3 28-T0494
Elect. load ring for shear testing, 1 kN 82-T1001/SAE
Elect. load ring for shear testing, 2 kN 82-T1002/SAE
Elect. load ring for shear testing, 5 kN 82-T1003/SAE
Strain gauge load cell for shear testing, 3 kN 27-P0376/S
Strain gauge load cell for shear testing, 5 kN 27-P0377/S
Transducer accessories
Conical seat for triaxial load rings 28-T1049
Mounting bracket for displacement transducers 28-T1048
Panel with reversing valve system 28-T0494/1
De-airing block for pressure transducer 28-T0477/4
Extension rod for submersible transducer 28-T0418/5
Mounting bracket for 25 mm displ. transducer 27-P0332/AS
Mounting bracket for CBR displ. transducer 34-T0104/8
Connecting adaptor for CBR load cell 82-P0375/C
Software
CBR (California Bearing Ratio) 30-T0601/P5
Triaxial (UU, CU, CD, Unconfined) 30-T0601/P3
Direct and residual (multirev.) shear test 30-T0601/P2
Consolidation (Oedometer) 30-T0601/P1
Consolidation (Hydraulic cell) 30-T0601/P10
Customised printout (1 common for all packages) 30-T0601/R0
Protection key (1 unit common for all packages) 30-T0601/KEY
1 4 5 6 2 3
Code
7
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Geotechnical: electronic instrumentation
Summary of transducers, accessories, software
and electronic instrumentation for geotechnical tests
SOIL TESTING
103
33
W (%)
d(g/cm
3
)
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
2.40
2.30
2.20
2.10
2.00
1.90
1.80
1.70
1.60
1.50
1.40
1
2
3
S = 100% (G=2.70)
Introduction
When highway or railway
earthworks, bases, subbases and
dams are constructed and subgrades
are prepared, it is necessary to com-
pact the material mechanically, to
confer a high degree of density.
This procedure increases the
shear strength, reduces the permea-
bility and water absorption, and
reduces the tendency to settle under
repeated loading.
Compaction is therefore defined as
the process of increasing the density
of a material by mechanical means.
To simulate the procedure adop-
ted in the earthworks to obtain a
defined level of compaction in the
field, several laboratory tests have
been developed over the years; they
only differ for the different level of
energy applied to the soil sample.
The terms "percent compaction"
or "relative compaction" usually
refer to the ratio of the dry weight
per unit volume of a field-compac-
ted soil, compacted with mechanical
equipment, to the maximum dry
weight per unit volume of the same
soil, compacted in the laboratory in
accordance with a standard proce-
dure, at the "optimum moisture
content".
The new EN and pr EN standards:
pr EN 13286 Unbound and hydraulically
bound mixtures. Test methods for labora-
tory dry density and water content
A number of new EN standards have
been developed or are under deve-
lopment covering this subject. The
test methods are practically identical
to those of the other standards
except for some dimension and spe-
cification of testing apparatus. For
this reason we prefer to propose
separately all the EN testing appara-
tus even if, very often, they are iden-
tical to those referring to other stan-
dards.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Compaction
SOIL TESTING
Typical compaction diagram
104
33
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
pr EN 13286-2 Unbound and hydraulically bound mixtures. Proctor compaction
PROCTOR MOULDS
Used for determining the relationship
between the moisture content and density
of compacted soil. Made of plated steel.
Includes collar, mould body and base plate.
Different models are available conforming
to the various specifications in use. They
are identical in shape and slightly differ in
diameter and capacity.
PROCTOR RAMMERS
Used to compact the soil sample in the
Proctor moulds. Made of plated steel.
Guide sleeve with vent holes. Different
models are available conforming to the
various specifications in use.
SOIL TESTING
Compaction equipment EN Compaction equipment
s
Code Description Int. dia. mm Int. height mm Weight approx. kg
33-T0070/E EN Proctor mould 100 1 120 1 5
33-T0071/E EN Proctor mould (large) 150 1 120 1 8.9
EN PROCTOR MOULDS
s
Code Description Mass of Diameter of Height of
rammer kg base mm fall mm
33-T0075/E EN Proctor rammer, low energy 2.50 0.02 50.0 0.05 305 3
33-T0076/E EN Proctor rammer, medium energy 4.50 0.04 50.0 0.05 457 3
EN PROCTOR RAMMERS
s
Code Description Diameter mm Thick mm Weight approx. kg
33-T0070/E1 EN Steel plate 99.5 10 0.6
33-T0071/E1 EN Steel plate (large) 149.5 10 1.3
EN PROCTOR STEEL PLATES
105
33
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
Proctor compaction (continued)
PROCTOR MOULDS
SOIL TESTING
s
Code Description Standards Capacity Int. dia. Body Weight
cm
3
mm height mm approx. kg
33-T0070 Standard Proctor ASTM D558, D698, 944 101.6 116.4 7
mould D1557 - AASHTO T99,
T134, T180 - CNR N69
33-T0071 Modified Proctor ASTM D698, D1557 2124 152.4 116.4 9
mould AASHTO T99, T180
CNR N69
33-T0073 Split modified / 2124 152.4 116.4 9.5
Proctor mould ASTM
33-T0070 Standard Proctor mould NF P94-093 944 101.6 116.4 7
33-T0072 Split standard NF P94-093 944 101.6 116.4 7.5
Proctor mould
34-T0089 Modified Proctor NF P94-093 2758 152 152 9
mould NF P98-231-1
34-T0089/1 Split modified NF P94-093 2758 152 152 10
Proctor mould NF P98-231-1
33-T0071/C Modified NLT-108/91 2320 152.4 127 10
Proctor mould, NLT
33-T0070/C UNE Standard UNE 103-500 1000 102 122.4 7
compaction mould
33-T0070/B BS Standard BS 1377:4, 1924:2 1000 105 115.5 7
compaction mould
ASTM, AASHTO, CNR models
NF models
NLT UNE models
BS model
s
Code Description Standards Rammer Free fall Rammer Weight
mm dia. height mm weight kg approx. kg
33-T0075 Proctor Standard ASTM D558, D698, D1557 50.8 305 2.49 3
compaction rammer AASHTO T99, T134, T180
CNR N69
33-T0076 Modified compaction ASTM D698, D1557 50.8 457.2 4.54 5.3
rammer AASHTO T99, T180, CNR N69
33-T0075 Proctor Standard NF P94-078, P94-093 51 305 2.49 3
compaction rammer NF P98-231-1
33-T0076 NF modified NF P94-093, P94-078 51 457 4.535 5.3
compaction rammer
33-T0075 Proctor Standard UNE 103-500 50.8 305 2.49 3
compaction rammer
33-T0076 NLT modified NLT-108/91 51 457 4.535 5.3
compaction rammer
33-T0075/B BS Standard BS 1377:4, 1924:2 50 300 2.5 3
compaction rammer
33-T0076/B BS modified BS 1377:4, 1924:2 50 450 4.5 5.3
compaction rammer
PROCTOR RAMMERS
ASTM, AASHTO, CNR models
NF models
NLT UNE models
BS models
106
33 Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
Compacto 33-T8500 Series / Automatic Proctor/CBR compactors
COMPACTO 33-T8500 SERIES
AUTOMATIC PROCTOR/CBR COMPACTORS
Introduction
This new and advanced digital model can
be supplied in two versions:
Standard models 33-T8502 (230 V, 50 Hz,
1 ph.), 33-T8503 (220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.), 33-
T8504 (110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.)
Programmable model 33-T8532 (230 V,
50 Hz, 1 ph.)
The two versions are identical except for
the digital control: the standard model is
factory programmed to perform all stan-
dard compaction conforming American
ASTM/AASHTO and European pr EN, BS, NLT
whilst the programmable model can also be
set to suit special compaction cycles for
research purposes and can perform the
central compaction blows in the 6" (150
mm) dia. moulds conforming the French NF
and the Dutch RAV standards.
The 33-T8502, 33-T8503, and
33-T8504 compactors do not include
the internal rammer, which has to be
ordered separately conforming the
selected standards.
All models can be supplied complete with
noise reduction cabinet (See Upgrading
option code 33-T8500/XUP).
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13286-2, -47
CNR UNI 10009 - CNR 69 - ASTM D698,
D1557 - AASHTO T 99, T 180, T 193 - BS
1377:4, 1990 - NF P94-093
(2)
- NLT 107/91,
108/91, 111/87 - DIN 18127
(1)
- RAV 2000
(2)
(1) Conforming to DIN, 100 mm dia.
moulds only
(2) With models 33-T8532 only
STANDARD MODELS
33-T8502
Digital automatic Proctor/CBR com-
pactor (without rammer).
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8503
Digital automatic Proctor/CBR com-
pactor (without rammer).
220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8504
Digital automatic Proctor/CBR com-
pactor (without rammer).
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The Compacto digital compactors provide a
fully automatic uniform compaction assu-
ring repeatable test results and eliminating
any operator fatigue. The unique original
lifting mechanism of the rammer features a
constant and precise fall height much more
reliable than models using the technique of
the two rotating lifting discs causing fre-
quent sliding effect. The high quality of
materials particularly for those parts
subjected to wear and the latest micropro-
cessor technology adopted assures long life
of the Compacto digital compactors.
Technical specifications
Usable for moulds diameter: from 100
to 102 and from 150 to 152.4 mm
Selectable rammer drop: 300, 305, 450,
457 mm (adjustable)
Blow rate: 30 blows/min
Power: 740 W
B Overall dimensions:
490x340x1410 mm
A Weight approx.: 150 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SOIL TESTING
s
Code Description Standards
33-T8500/1 Rammer for 33-T8500 Series ASTM D698, D1557
Automatic compactors, 50.8 mm dia., AASHTO T99, T180, T193
2495/4535 g weight CNR UNI 10009
CNR 69
33-T8500/2 Rammer for 33-T8500 Series pr EN 13286-2, -47
Automatic compactors, 50 mm dia., BS 1377:4, 1990
2491/4535 g weight NF P94-093
NLT 107/91, 108/91, 111/87
DIN 18127
RAV 2000
Compaction rammers
33-T8502, 33-T8503, 33-T8504 models
33-T8502, 33-T8503, 33-T8504. Detail of the
control panel. The display counts the number
of blows selected by the operator, the number
of layers and the diameter of mould. An emer-
gency stop button is included as standard.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e s
a) The 33-T8502, T8503, and T8504 compac-
tors have to be completed with the suita-
ble rammer conforming to the selected
standards. See compaction rammers.
b) All compactors can be supplied fitted
in the noise reduction cabinet (See
Upgrading option code
33-T8500/XUP).
Main features
- Automatic control
- Compaction cycles conforming to pr EN
ASTM, AASHTO, BS, NLT, CNR-UNI
- User defined compaction sequence
- Protection guards for operator safety (CE)
- Noise reduction cabinet available
- Digital touch button console
- Unique hammer lifting device to gua-
rantee correct drop height
- Easy use and maintenance
- Modern and reliable design to ensure
long working life
- Compaction energies and distribution in
accordance with standards
107
33
UPGRADING OPTIONS:
NOISE REDUCTION
AND SAFETY CABINETS
33-T8500/XUP
Noise reduction and safety cabinet
for Compacto 33-T8500 and
33-T8600 Series automatic compactors
General description
All compactors can be supplied complete
with the above cabinet, which is essential
for use in the laboratory conforming to the
CE prescriptions. Selecting this option, the
compactor is supplied without safety
guards, the control panel is fitted external-
ly and the safety switch fitted to the cabi-
net door.
The complete arrangement (compactor and
cabinet) has to be factory installed. When
ordering the compactor, code number has
to be followed by the code of this option.
Example: compactor model 33-T8502 plus
upgrading option Noise reduction and
safety cabinet 33-T8500/XUP.
B Overall dimensions:
820x820x2165 mm
A Weight (cabinet only): 180 kg
approx.
PROGRAMMABLE MODEL
33-T8532
Digital programmable automatic
Proctor/CBR compactor.
Complete with rammer 50 mm dia.
2491/4535 g weight. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
This research model is substantially similar
to the standard model except for the more
sophisticated compaction technique, which
features all methods of the standard
models plus the performance of the central
blow prescribed by the French NF and
Dutch RAV standards. Furthermore the
hand held control panel features a large
digital display of 240x128 pixel. The user
friendly software is set out to follow logical
sequences to lead the operator through
each stage of the compaction. At the start
of the test cycle the operator selects the
Standard (ASTM, NF, etc.) and the mould
size and the test automatically proceeds.
The display shows the current state of the
test in real time. The end of each layer
compaction is indicated by a visual and
acoustic signal.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
Compacto 33-T8500 Series / Automatic Proctor/CBR compactors (continued)
33-T8532 model
Extra features of the 33-T8532 program-
mable model
- User defined compaction sequence for
research work
- Microprocessor controlled
- Hand held digital control panel
- Display in English, French, German,
Spanish, and Italian
- Central blow conforming to NF and
RAV standards
Automatic compactor fitted in noise reduction
cabinet.
33-T8532. Detail of the hand held control
panel. The user-friendly software is set out in
an easy to follow logical sequence through
each stage of the compaction. The end of each
compaction stage is indicated by a visual and
acoustic signal.
33-T8532. Detail of the large 240x128 pixel
display. The displayed information can be pre-
set in English, French, German, Spanish and
Italian. The above are just some of various
possibilities that the system offers.
SOIL TESTING
108
33
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
Compacto 33-T8500 Series / Automatic Proctor/CBR compactors (continued)
COMPACTO 33-T8532. DISTRIBUTION BY CENTRAL BLOW
REQUIRED BY NF AND SELECTABLE BY SOFTWARE.
33-T8500 Series with CBR mould. View with open doors. Closing the doors all moving parts are
shielded and micro switches prevent operation with the doors open. This design makes maintenan-
ce extremely easy. The upper frame housing the rammer mechanism moves automatically angularly
for the total surface compaction of the 152.4 mm dia. (6") moulded specimens. The rammer pick-up
has a cam system for accurate height release and is made of highly resistant material for trouble
free long life. The rammer portion is moved across the sample surface by a cogged gear whilst the
mould rotates on the lower table.
COMPACTO 33-T8500 SERIES (ALL MODELS).
DISTRIBUTION OF DROP PATTERN.
SOIL TESTING
Mould Mould Mould Mould
101.6 105 mm 150 152.4 mm 101.5 mm 152 mm
109
33
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
Automatic compactors (continued)
Technical specifications
Diameter of moulds that can be used:
from 100 to 102 mm and from 150 to
152.4 mm
Selection of hammer drop height:
300, 305, 450, 457 mm
Drop frequency: 30 blows/min
Power: 900 W approx.
B Dimensions: 521x403x1438 mm
A Weight approx.: 140 kg
33-T8612
Main features
- Automatic control
- Protection guards for operator
safety (CE)
- Noise reduction cabinet version
available
- Digital touch button console
- Unique hammer lifting device
to guarantee correct drop height
- Easy use and maintenance
- Modern and reliable design features to
ensure long working life
33-T8612 with CBR mould. Shown with protec-
tion guards open. Maintenance and use opera-
tions are very simple. When guard doors are
opened the machine stops automatically
Detail of the mechanical rammer sector face
with the interchangeable circular face to com-
pact both 6" and 4" dia. moulds
Control panel of the Automatic Compactor
33-T8612. The display counts the number of
blows conforming to the select standard.
SOIL TESTING
COMPACTO 33-T8600 SERIES
AUTOMATIC PROCTOR/CBR
(1)
COMPACTOR
qSTANDARD
Conforming to:
ASTM D698, D1557
AASHTO T99, T180, T193
(1)
BS 1377:4, 1990
(2)
NLT 107/91, 108/91, 111/87
(1) Conforming to AASHTO T193 only
(2) For 100 mm dia. moulds only
Available models
33-T8612
Automatic Proctor/CBR digital com-
pactor conforming to ASTM/AASH-
TO complete with CE protection.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8613
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T8614
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Automatic compactors allow uniform and
correct compaction of Proctor and CBR (1)
samples. This new line of compactors assu-
res strict conformity to standards both in
terms of compaction distribution and ham-
mer drop height. All moving parts, the
hammer-lifting device and the rotating
mould table are fitted with safety guards
that, if open, stop the machine automati-
cally for operator safety.
The operator can easily select, by the con-
trol panel, the number of drops in confor-
mity with the reference standard, or user
defined. The compactor is provided with a
2495/4535 g hammer with double inter-
changeable tip (50.8 mm circular face, for
4" moulds, and sector face, for 6" moulds),
conforming to ASTM/AASHTO standards
but it is possible to convert the 33-T8612
to BS and NLT standards (only for 100 mm
moulds) simply by changing the hammer
(33-T8500/2 see page 106) and the drop
height.
The compactor can be used with all 4" and
6" Controls moulds, and the use of other
make is also possible, with a simple modifi-
cation of the mould base to fit the table of
the compactor.
All models can be supplied complete with
noise reduction cabinet. See upgrading
option code 33-T8500/XUP on page 107.
110
33
Accessories
s
33-T0087 Supporting frame for
vibrating hammer. Weight 70 kg approx.
s
33-T0087/7 CBR tamping foot 145
mm dia. Weight 2.1 kg
s
33-T0087/8 Shank 300 mm long
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
Vibration compaction hammer / Unbound and hydraulically bound mixtures
- New EN, pr EN
- also conforming to BS 1377:4
33-T8700 with 33-T0087/7 and 33-T0087/8
33-T8700 with 33-T0087, and 33-T0087/7,
33-T0087/8 and mould
65-L12G2/C Compression testing machine
250 kN cap.
70-S16C2 Compression testing machine 250 kN cap.
complete with 86-D2999 PC cabinet
SOIL TESTING
VIBRATION COMPACTION HAMMER
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13286-4
BS 1377:4-3.7, 1924:2
33-T8700
Vibrating hammer.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for the compaction of Proctor and
CBR soil specimens. Using the appropriate
tamping foot it can also be used for com-
pacting asphalt in the percentage refusal
density test (see page 349). Double insula-
ted motor, plastic trigger handle.
Power: 750 W
Length: 445 mm
B Overall dimensions (wxlxh):
104x430x270 mm
A Weight approx.: 7 kg
The hammer is supplied without support
frame and tamper which have to be orde-
red separately.
UNBOUND AND HYDRAULICALLY
BOUND MIXTURES
Determination of compressive strength
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13286-41, 12390-4
The compression test on soil-cement mix-
tures cylindrical specimens can be perfor-
med with compression testing machines
normally used for cement or concrete
testing depending on the expected
strength. The following machines should be
suitable to perform the test. Further
description and technical information are
given on pages 200 and 300.
111
33
MOULD AND ACCESSORIES: PR EN 13286-4, BS 1377:4, 1924:2 VERSION
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Moisture / Density relationship
CBR mould and accessories
s
Code Description Weight approx. (kg)
34-T0090/B1 CBR mould body, plated steel, with both ends threaded to fit the base 3
or collar. 152 mm ID. x 127 mm high
34-T0090/B2 Extension collar. 152 mm IDx 50 mm high 1
34-T0090/B3 Perforated base plate 1.8
34-T0090/B4 Solid base or top plate 1.8
34-T0090/B5 Cutting collar 1
34-T0090/B6 C spanner. To mount and to dismount the collar from the mould body. 1
Two are required for the operation
34-T0090/B7 Tool for base plate. To remove or mount the solid or perforated 1
base plate from the mould
34-T0091/B Compaction plug with handle. 150 mm dia. x 50 mm high 7.2
34-T0094/B Annular surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/B Split surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/C Tamping bar. 12.7 mm dia. x 380 mm long 0.4
86-D1800 Whatman filter paper or correspondent No. 1x150 mm dia. Pack of 100 /
34-T0099 Straightedge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
82-D1694 Steel rule, 500 mm long /
16-T0080* Universal Proctor/CBR/Marshall extruder 25
* See description on page 48.
34-T0090/B1
34-T0090/B2
34-T0090/B3
34-T0090/B4
34-T0090/B5
34-T0090/B6
34-T0090/B7
34-T0091/B
34-T0094/B
34-T0095/B
SOIL TESTING
112
33
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Unbound and hydraulically bound mixtures / Moisture/Density relationship
Relative density of cohesionless soil
35-T0063
VIBRATING TABLE
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13286-5
33-T0063/A
Relative density test.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This method covers the determination of
the maximum dry density and water con-
tent of cohesionless materials when com-
pacted using a vibrating table.
Materials for which this method is applica-
ble may contain up to 12% by mass fines
(< 0.063 mm). The maximum particle size
of the materials to be tested is 80 mm. This
method applies to mixtures to be used in
road construction.
The test set comprises:
s
33-T0063/1 Vibrating table having the
following specifications:
- Vibration frequency: 3600 r.p.m.
- Amplitude range: 0.05 to 0.64 mm
(0.002 to 0.025 in.)
- Vibrator type: electromagnetic
- Separate amplitude control panel
- Table dimensions: 762x762 mm (30x30
in.)
- Table capacity: 250 kg
s
33-T0063/3 14200 cm
3
(0.5 cu. ft.)
mould set
s
33-T0063/4 Relative density gauge set
s
33-T0063/5 25 mm pouring device
A Total weight approx.: 289 kg approx.
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4253, 4254
33-T0063
Relative density set.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T0063/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
33-T0063/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used for the determination of the relative
density of cohesionless soil for which
impact compaction will not produce a well
defined moisture-density relationship
curve and where the maximum density by
the impact method will generally be less
than by vibratory method.
General specifications
(see 33-T0063/A)
The set comprises:
s
33-T0063/1
Vibrating table. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Weight: 180 kg approx. or
s
33-T0063/1Z
Vibrating table. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Weight: 180 kg approx. or
s
33-T0063/1Y
Vibrating table. 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Weight: 180 kg approx.
s
33-T0063/2
0.1 cu. ft. relative density mould set
Weight: 37 kg approx.
s
33-T0063/3
0.5 cu. ft. relative density mould set
Weight: 106 kg approx.
s
33-T0063/4
Relative density gauge set
Weight: 2 kg approx.
s
33-T0063/5
25 mm pouring device
Weight: 1 kg approx.
s
33-T0063/6
12.5 mm pouring device
Weight: 0.5 kg approx.
Each part can be ordered individually.
33-T0063/5, 33-T0063/6
SOIL TESTING
113
33
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Soil compaction
Unbound and hydraulically bound mixtures / Moisture/Density relationship
Relative density of cohesionless soil
33-T0165
33-T0166
33-T0064
DETERMINATION OF COMPACTABILITY.
MOISTURE CONDITION VALUE. MCV
MOISTURE CONDITION
AND CHALK CRUSHING VALUE
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13286-46
BS 1377, TRL approved
33-T0064
Moisture condition apparatus
Used in the assessment of earthworks for
construction by comparison of compaction
characteristics at various moisture con-
tents, to determine Moisture condition
value and Chalk crushing value. A robust
apparatus designed for use in the con-
struction laboratory and incorporating
rammer, scale, counter, and mould.
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
COMPACTION PENETROMETERS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1558
33-T0165
Proctor penetrometer
Used for establishing the moisture-pene-
tration resistance relationship of fine-grai-
ned soil.
Spring type model
Load scale: 0-55 kg, 1 kg subdiv. with
max. load indicator
Diameter of interchangeable needles:
28.55, 24.79, 20.22, 16.54, 12.83, 9.07,
6.40, 5.23, and 4.52 mm
Supplied in a wooden carrying case
A Weight approx.: 3.5 kg
33-T0166
Load ring penetrometer
Used for measuring the bearing strength
and compaction degree of soils. The appa-
ratus consists of a "T" shaped handle con-
nected to a load ring 1 kN (100 kgf) cap.,
with max. load pointer and of an extension
rod with five 100 mm graduations. The 30
degree end cone has 645 mm2 area (1 sq.
in.). Supplied complete with calibration
chart.
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
SOIL TESTING
Accessories
s
33-T0064/2 Fibre discs. Pack of 6
114
34
34-T0096
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
CBR equipment
s
Code Description Weight approx. (kg)
34-T0090 CBR mould complete with collar and perforated base plate. 7.8
Plated steel, 6 in. (152.4 mm) dia. x 7 in. (177.8 mm) body height
34-T0090/1 Split CBR mould complete with collar and perforated base plate.
Same dimension of 34-T0090. Split longitudinally on one side to
permit easy withdrawal of sample 8.5
34-T0090/3 Filter screen. Stainless steel woven mesh, No. 100 (150 m),
144 mm dia. /
34-T0091 Spacer disc with "T" handle.
5
15
/
16
in. dia. (150.8 mm) x 2.416 in. (61.4 mm) high 7.5
34-T0091/1 Spacer disc conforming to UNE standards 7.5
34-T0094 Annular surcharge weight, 2.27 kg 2.27
34-T0095 Slotted surcharge weight, 2.27 kg 2.27
34-T0096 Sliding weight rammer. Rammer face 2 in. (50.8 mm) dia.
free fall height 18 in. (457.2 mm), sliding weight 10 lb. (4.54 kg) 8
34-T0098 Cutting edge 0.5
34-T0099 Straight edge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
34-T0097 Solid CBR base 1
86-D1801 Whatman filter paper. No. 5x150 mm dia. Pack of 100 /
ASTM D1883 AASHTO T 193 UNE 103-502 CNR UNI 10009
CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO - CBR
This method is used for the laboratory evaluation of subgrade and subbase coarse materials in road construction. The apparatus compri-
ses moulds with accessories, compaction rammers (the automatic models are the same used for the compaction of Proctor moulds - see
Compacto 33-T8500 and T8600 Series) loading testing machines with accessories, etc. Different models are available conforming to the
various specifications in use.
s
Code Description Weight approx. (kg)
33-T0071/E Large Proctor mould 8.9
33-T0071/1 Perforated base plate 1
34-T0094 Annular surcharge 2.27
34-T0099 Straight edge 0.3
pr EN version: Unbound and hydraulically bound mixtures pr EN 13286-47
34-T0091
34-T0090
34-T0094
34-T0095
34-T0099
34-T0097
34-T0098
34-T0098
34-T0089
34-T0091/1
34-T0095/F
34-T0099
34-T0094/F
ASTM, AASHTO, UNE, UNI, CNR version
NF version
pr EN version
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SOIL TESTING
115
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
CBR equipment (continued)
s
Code Description Weight approx. (kg)
34-T0089 NF CBR mould. 2758 cm
3
cap., complete 9
with collar and perforated base plate.
152 mm ID x 152 mm body height.
Plated steel
34-T0089/1 Split NF CBR mould, dimension as above 9
34-T0091/1 Spacer disc with handle. 4.5
151 mm dia. x 36 mm high
34-T0091/F Spacer disc 25.4 mm high 3.8
34-T0094/F Annular surcharge weight, 2.3 kg 2.3
34-T0095/F Split surcharge weight, 2.3 kg 2.3
34-T0098 Cutting edge 0.5
34-T0099 Straightedge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
NF French version, NF P94-078, P94-093, P98-231-1
s
Code Description Weight approx. (kg)
34-T0090/B1 CBR mould body, plated steel, with both ends threaded to fit the base 3
or collar. 152 mm ID. x 127 mm high
34-T0090/B2 Extension collar. 152 mm IDx 50 mm high 1
34-T0090/B3 Perforated base plate 1.8
34-T0090/B4 Solid base or top plate 1.8
34-T0090/B5 Cutting collar 1
34-T0090/B6 C spanner. To mount and to dismount the collar from the mould body. 1
Two are required for the operation
34-T0090/B7 Tool for base plate. To remove or mount the solid or perforated base plate from the mould 1
34-T0091/B Compaction plug with handle. 150 mm dia. x 50 mm high 7.2
34-T0094/B Annular surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/B Split surcharge weight, 2 kg 2
34-T0095/C Tamping bar. 12.7 mm dia. x 380 mm long 0.4
86-D1800 Whatman filter paper or correspondent No. 1x150 mm dia. Pack of 100 /
34-T0099 Straightedge. 3x30x300 mm 0.3
82-D1694 Steel rule, 500 mm long /
16-T0080* Universal Proctor/CBR/Marshall extruder 25
* See description on page 48.
BS Version, BS 1377:4, 1924:2
34-T0090/B1
34-T0090/B2
34-T0090/B3
34-T90/B4
34-T0090/B5
34-T0090/B6
34-T0090/B7
34-T0091/B
34-T0094/B
34-T0095/B
34-T0090/1, 34-T0089/1
BS version
SOIL TESTING
116
34
Accessories
s
82-D1256 Dial gauge 25 mm range,
0.01 mm subdiv. or
s
82-D1253 Dial gauge 1 in. range,
0.001 in. subdiv. or
s
82-D1255 Dial gauge 10 mm range,
0.01 mm subdiv.
34-T0093 with 82-D1255, 34-T0092
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
CBR equipment (continued) / CBR Loading frames and presses
SWELL TEST APPARATUS
34-T0092
Perforated plate with adjustable
stem (swell plate)
34-T0092/F
Same as above conforming to NF
standards
Placed on top of the soil sample to enable
monitoring of swelling. Manufactured from
plated steel except disc of 34-T0092/F in
plastic with 3 mm dia. holes.
B Diameter: 34-T0092: 149.2 mm
(5
7
/
8
in.); 34-T0092/F: 150 mm
A Weight approx.:
34-T0092: 1 kg; 34-T0092/F: 0.3 kg
34-T0093
Dial gauge tripod
Used to support the dial gauge for monito-
ring the swelling of CBR samples. Made
from a special non-corrodable alloy.
A Weight approx.: 0.3 kg
34-T0100/B
Large soaking tank
In this plastic water tank the CBR moulds
are immersed during the swelling test.
Supplied complete with supporting base,
which allows free water circulation.
Capacity: 6 CBR moulds
B Dimensions:
- ex. 800x600x550 mm
- in. 680x490x540 mm
A Weight approx.: 9.1 kg
34-T0100/B with CBR moulds
CBR LOADING FRAMES AND PRESSES
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12286-47
ASTM D1883
AASHTO T193
NF P94-078
NLT 111
CNR-UNI 10009
BS 1377-4
Introduction
The CBR penetration test
can be performed with different
testing machines:
- Specific model 34-T0106 Series,
single speed
- Multispeed testing machine also
used to perform other tests (e.g.
Marshall test), 34-T0107 Series
(see page 120)
- Universal Uniframe tester
working either in speed or load
control 70-T0108/E Series (see
page 317)
- Universal high capacity
Multiensayo tester 70-S16 and
70-S17 Series (see page 300)
All the above have to be
completed by the suitable accesso-
ries, which may change conforming
to the standard in use and the level
of sophistication preferred.
For instance, the specific model
Series 34-T0106 can be equipped
either with a standard load ring and
dial gauge or with an electronic load
cell, displacement transducer, digital
data acquisition and software for PC
connection.
The specific testing machine Series
34-T0106 is also proposed in the BS
version 34-T0106/BS with a testing
speed of 1 mm/min instead of 1.27
mm/min. Finally, to simplify your
selection we also propose the above
models complete with CBR accesso-
ries in the analogic version (see 34-
T0106/A and 34-T0106/B models).
Hand operated models for field use
are also available (see page124).
34-T0106
SOIL TESTING SOIL TESTING
117
34
34-T0106 with accssories listed next page (digital mode) and CBR mould
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
CBR Loading press (continued)
CBR LOADING PRESS
Versions
Two versions available: 34-T0106-T0106/A
with testing speed of 1.27 mm/min. and
34-T0106/BS-T0106/B with testing speed
of 1 mm/min.
The relevant standards are indicated in the
next page.
Frame only
(to be completed with CBR accessories)
34-T0106
CBR mechanical loading frame, 50
kN cap., testing speed 1.27
mm/min. Frame only.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
(1)
34-T0106/BS
CBR mechanical loading frame, 50
kN cap., testing speed 1 mm/min.
Frame only. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Frame and CBR accessories
(analogic version see next page)
34-T0106/A
CBR mechanical loading press, 50
kN cap., testing speed 1.27
mm/min. Complete with CBR acces-
sories. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
(1)
Same as the 34-T0106 model plus the
82-T1009 Load ring and the 34-T0103/3
Penetration piston and gauge
34-T0106/B
CBR mechanical loading press, 50
kN cap., testing speed 1 mm/min.
Complete with BS accessories.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Same as the 34-T0106/BS model plus the
34-T0103/10 Guide, 82-T1009 Load ring
and the 34-T0103/2 Penetration piston
with gauge.
General description
The machine features a rigid two-column
frame with upper crossbeam, which can be
adjusted in height and locked in position
with locknuts. The drive force is provided by
a mechanical jack housed in the base cabi-
net, which also accommodates the motor
and the electric panel.
Specifications
Maximum load: 50 kN
Test speed: 1 mm/min (BS model),
1.27 mm/min (ASTM/EN model)
Max. ram travel: 120 mm
Horizontal span: 270 mm
Power rating: 300 W
B Dimensions (dxwxh):
392x495x1194 mm
A Weight approx.: 78 kg
(1) For 220 V, 60 Hz models add the
suffix /Y after the code number (e.g.
34-T0106/Y); for 110 V, 60 Hz models
add the suffix /Z after the code num-
ber (e.g. 34-T0106/Z).
34-T0106/B with accessories and mould
34-T0103/1
Detail of
adjustable
piston
34-T0106/A with accessories and CBR mould
SOIL TESTING SOIL TESTING
118
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
CBR configurations / CBR Accessoires
s
Machine Conforming to CBR accessories
code standards Analogic mode Digital mode
(1) For more information on the 76-Q0802/C Digimax Plus data acquisition and processing see page 122.
CBR CONFIGURATIONS / ACCESSORIES
CBR ACCESSORIES
Description and specifications
34-T0103/3
CBR penetration assembly including
34-T0103/1 Adjustable penetration
piston, 34-T0104/7 Dial gauge hol-
der, and 82-D1257 Dial gauge
The piston, 49.6 mm dia. with hardened
surface is fitted with a locking collar and a
threaded extension for the connection to
the load ring. The dial gauge holder can be
easily laterally adjusted to fit any type of
moulds or reference anvil.
A Weight approx.: 2.8 kg
34-T0103/10
Guide bracket and ball seating
Cast aluminium with ball seating arrange-
ment. Required by the BS 1377-4 standards
but also suitable for the digital versions.
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg
34-T0103/3 including:
34-T0103/1, T0104/7 and 82-D1257
(all assembly)
34-T0103/10
SOIL TESTING
34-T0106
Frame only
34-T0106/BS
pr EN 13286-47
ASTM D1883
AASHTO T193
NF P94-078
NLT 111
CNR-UNI 10009
BS 1377-4
82-T1009 50 kN load ring
34-T0103/3 CBR penetration
assembly including 34-T0103/1
Adjustable penetration piston,
34-T0104/7 Dial gauge holder,
and 82-D1257 Dial gauge
34-T0103/10 Guide bracket and
ball seating
82-T1009 50 kN load ring
34-T0103/3 CBR penetration
assembly including 34-T0103/1
Adjustable penetration piston,
34-T0104/7 Dial gauge holder,
and 82-D1257 Dial gauge
Common to the 34-T0106 and 34-T0106/BS models:
34-T0103/10 Guide bracket and ball seating
82-P0375/C Adapter to fit load cell
82-P0375 Load cell 50 kN cap.
34-T0108/2 Connector load cell/accessory
34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration piston
34-T0104/8 Adjustable transducer holder
82-P0332 25 mm displacement transducer
76-Q0802/C
(1)
Digimax Plus data acquisition and
processing system
76-S0110/C CBR test, PC software (optional)
119
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
CBR Accessories (continued)
82-P0375/C
Adapter to fit load cell
To connect the load cell with the ball sea-
ting arrangement of the 34-T0103/10
guide bracket.
A Weight approx.: 0.2 kg
82-P0375
Load cell 50 kN cap.
Dimensions 82 mm dia. x 110 mm length.
M30x2 thread.
A Weight approx.: 4.45 kg
34-T0108/2
Connector load cell/accessory
A Weight approx.: 1.3 kg
82-T1009
50 kN load ring
Fitted with high resolution dial gauge 0.001
mm, accuracy 1%, supplied complete
with calibration certificate.
A Weight approx.: 3.9 kg
82-D1257
Dial gauge 30x0.01 mm
58 mm dia., complete with rear mount.
A Weight approx.: 0.1 kg
82-P0375/C, 82-P0375, and 34-T0108/2
34-T0103/1, 34-T0104/8, and 82-P0332
82-T1009
34-T0103/1
Adjustable CBR penetration piston
49.6 mm dia. with hardened surface.
Comprising a locking collar and a threaded
extension for the connection to the load
ring or to the load cell connector.
A Weight approx.: 2.2 kg
34-T0104/7
Adjustable dial gauge holder
To fit the 34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR pene-
tration piston or compression device and to
hold the dial gauge, which can be adjusted
conforming to the mould or to the referen-
ce anvil.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
34-T0104/8
Adjustable transducer holder
To fit the 34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR pene-
tration piston or compression device and to
hold the displacement transducer, which
can be adjusted conforming to the mould
or to the reference anvil.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
82-P0332
25 mm displacement transducer
Linear potentiometric transducer, 25 mm
travel, infinite resolution, accuracy 0.5%.
A Weight approx.: 0.15 kg
SOIL TESTING
120
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
Loading frames and presses (continued)
Multispeed
MULTISPEED TESTER
qSTANDARD
CBR
pr EN 13286-47
ASTM D1883, BS 1377:4, NF P94-078,
UNI CNR 10009
Marshall
pr EN 12697-34
ASTM D1559, BS 598, NF P98-251,
DIN 1996, CNR No. 30
34-T0107
Multispeed compression tester 50
kN capacity, testing speeds adjusta-
ble from 0.1 to 51 mm/min.
Frame only. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
(1)
General description
The machine features a very rigid two-
column frame with the upper crossbeam,
which can be adjusted in height and locked
in position with locknuts. The base cabinet
houses the load jack, D.C. motor and elec-
tronic controls. The machine, which is sui-
table for wide range of tests such as CBR,
MARSHALL, QUICK TRIAXIAL, UNCONFINED,
SPLITTING TENSILE TESTS, etc. can be com-
pleted with accessories in the analogic and
digital version as shown in the pictures.
In the digital version, the load and displa-
cement transducers have to be connected
to the Digimax Plus 76-Q0802/C.
Furthermore, the displacement transducer
to measure the penetration (CBR) and flow
(Marshall) can be fitted in two different
ways:
- Internally to the machine (see Upgraded
option 34-T0107/UP)
- Externally (see accessories 82-P0332 and
34-T0104/8).
The internal option is more suitable for
general use including CBR and Marshall
tests but has to be factory installed and
specified at time of order.
The external option can be fitted at any
time to all CBR machines without arrange-
ments and/or modifications.
A limit cut-off switch stops the machine at
the maximum platen travel.
(1) For the 110 V, 60 Hz model add the suf-
fix /Z to the code (e.g. 34-T0107/Z).
Specifications
Max. capacity: 50 kN
Testing speed range: infinitely variable
from 0.1 to 51 mm/min
Max. ram travel: 100 mm
Horizontal span: 380 mm
Max. vertical span:
800 mm (without accessories)
Power rating: 1100 W
B Dimensions approx.:
500x570x1300 mm (dxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 110 kg
- Ideal for Road Testing labs
- Suitable for CBR, Marshall and various
other tests
- Fully variable test speed from 0.1 to 51
mm/min
- High versatility: full range of accesso-
ries available
- Digital or analogic sensors
- Digital versions connectable to PC
- Various testing software available
34-T0107 34-T0107 with accessories and mould
conforming to ASTM and pr EN standards
Detail of upgrading 34-T0107/UP
Internal transducer option:
The internal displacement transducer
As specified in the general description, the
machine can be upgraded when used in the
digital version, by a displacement transdu-
cer which has to be factory installed.
Choosing this option please specify when
ordering:
34-T0107/UP
Installation of the displacement
transducer, 100 mm travel, inter-
nally on the machine base cabinet
This option has to be factory installed.
SOIL TESTING
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
Using the Multispeed 34-T0107 for the
Marshall test too, to avoid accessories
duplication see page 355.
121
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
Loading frames and presses (continued)
Multispeed
Standards Analogic mode Digital mode
Accessories Accessories for all standards including BS 1377-4
pr EN 13286-47 82-T1009 50 kN load ring a) Version with internal displacement transducer
ASTM D1883 34-T0103/3 CBR penetration 34-T0107/UP Installation of the displacement transducer
AASHTO T193 assembly including 34-T0103/1 34-T0103/10 Guide bracket and ball seating
NF P94-078 Adjustable penetration piston, 82-P0375/C Adapter to fit load cell
NLT 111 34-T0104/7 Dial gauge holder, 82-P0375 Load cell 50 kN cap.
CNR-UNI 10009 and 82-D1257 Dial gauge 34-T0108/2 Connector load cell/accessory
70-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration piston
76-Q0802/C
(1)
Digimax Plus data acquisition and processing system
76-S0110/C CBR test, PC software (optional)
b) Version with external displacement transducer
Same as the above version except for the 34-T0107/UP,
which is substituted by the following:
34-T0104/8 Adjustable transducer holder
82-P0332 25 mm displacement transducer
BS 1377-4 34-T0103/10 Guide bracket and
ball seating
82-T1009 50 kN load ring
34-T0103/3 CBR penetration
assembly including 34-T0103/1
Adjustable penetration piston,
34-T0104/7 Dial gauge holder,
and 82-D1257 Dial gauge
(1) For more information on the 76-Q0802/C Digimax Plus data acquisition and processing see page 122.
Multispeed 34-T0107 CBR configurations / Accessories
34-T0107 with accessories and mould
conforming to BS standard
34-T0107 digital version fitted with accessories and mould (see above)
conforming to all standards
SOIL TESTING
122
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
Data acquisition and processing
for 34-T0106 and 34-T0107 CBR testing machines
Introduction
The digital versions of the
above CBR machines include the 76-
Q0802/C Digimax Plus system,
which is fully described below. The
digital version can be completed by
the 76-S0110/C CBR software for
use with PC.
76-Q0802/C
Digimax Plus, CBR/Marshall version
As specified in the general description, the
Multispeed 34-T0106 and the 34-T0107 can
be fitted with load cell and displacement
transducer connected to the Digimax Plus
data acquisition and processing system.
Load and penetration are displayed in real
time on the large graphic screen together
with the curve. The Digimax Plus can be
connected, by the RS 232 port, to a PC and
printer to provide, using the specific
software (code 76-S0110/C), the calculation
of test parameters, the completion of the
test data (client name, weight and density
of the specimen) and the test certificate.
76-S0110/C
PC, CBR test software
The Digimax Plus 76-Q0802/C can be con-
nected to a PC by the RS 232 port and this
specific software is provided to process all
data producing the test certificate and
tables as shown in the examples. The
software is suitable for use with Windows
95/98/ME 2000 and M2000/XP.
Hardware specifications
- Microprocessor Hitachi
- Chip clock calendar
- 8 KB large permanent memory to store
test data and results
- No. 2 RS 232 serial ports for connection
to PC and printer for real time transmis-
sion of data
- No. 4 analogic channels: No. 2 for strain
gauge transducers and No. 2 for linear
transducers
- Resolution of each channel: 130000
points
- Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- No. 10 keys membrane keyboard: No. 4 of
which interactive with the specific
software
Firmware
- Choice of language: English, French,
Spanish, Germany, and Italian
- Input of operator name
- Automatic or manual zeroing option.
Displacement reading taken only above
the pre-load input value and simulta-
neous display of load and displacement
- Simultaneous display of load, displace-
ment and graph option
- CBR real time transmission of load and
displacement by the RS 232 port (38400
band) at 14 readings per second. Same as
for general tests.
Marshall test: differed data transmission
at the end of test
- Permanent memory to store up to 30
CBR (or general) tests or 12 Marshall
tests including date, time, test number,
operator, test type, load and displace-
ment, and curves
- File management including test display,
print, test certificate to printer by the
dedicated serial port, downloading data
to PC by the RS 232 port, delete single or
all files
- Calibration function using different coef-
ficient for the two channels 76-Q0802/C
Print preview
The Elaboration Menu allows to move
the straight line on the graph (to set the
origin of the penetration) and to discard
a certain number of acquisitions at the
beginning of the test if containing
non-significant data
The Test Data Menu allows to enter
the client name, the specimen volumetric
and swelling data
SOIL TESTING
123
34
Main features
- Load and displacement control by clo-
sed loop logic
- Two channel for load cells
- Two channel for displacement transdu-
cers
- Large graphic display 128x240 pixel
- Can store in memory up to 50 tests
- RS 232 port to download simultaneou-
sly to PC and printer
- Graphic display available in real time
- Unique low cost tester working on load
and/or displacement control
- Extensive range of accessories and
dedicated software packages available
- Built-in firmware for CBR, Marshall,
general load and displacement control
testing
- Suitable for any compression test strain
and/or load controlled
- Ideal for testing wires and reinforce-
ment bars in tension
- For testing cement, asphalt, plastics,
wood, etc. in compression, flexure,
shear
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Immediate Bearing Index (IBI)
Universal testers suitable for CBR test (continued)
UNIFRAME
70-T0108/E
UNIFRAME, digital universal com-
pression tester 50 kN cap. strain
controlled from 0.01 mm/min to 51
mm/min and load rate controlled
from 0.01 to 99.99 N/s. Frame only.
110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
The machine is fully described on Section
70, page 317.
s
Code Description
34-T0103/10 Guide bracket and ball seating,
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter load cell/crosshead
82-P0375 Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration piston
34-T0108/2 Connector load cell-accessory
CBR test accessories
MULTIENSAYO
Universal electromechanical testers 200
and 300 kN cap., load, elongation and
displacement controlled. The machines,
available in different versions, can be
equipped to perform the CBR test. For more
information please see page 300.
70-T0108/E with accessories for CBR test 70-S16C2 with CBR accessories and 86-D2999 PC cabinet
SOIL TESTING
124
34
34-T0114/A with CBR mould
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Loading frames and presses / Field CBR tests set
FIELD CBR APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:7, BS 1924:2, ASTM D4429,
UNI 10009, NF
34-T0115/A
Field CBR test set
Used for the in-situ determination of the
bearing capacity of soils used in road con-
struction.
The complete set is housed in a strong
carrying case and includes:
34-T0112 50 kN capacity mechanical
jack. Weight 8.5 kg
34-T0112/1 Ball seating for 34-T0112
82-T1008 40 kN capacity load ring.
Weight 4 kg
34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration
piston. Weight 2.2 kg
34-T0104/7 Adjustable dial gauge holder
HAND OPERATED LOADING PRESSES
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1883, AASHTO T193, CNR-UNI,
BS 1377:4, NF P94-078, UNI 10009
34-T0114/A
CBR mechanical loading assembly,
40 kN capacity
This system is obtained by the assembly of
the conversion frame plus some compo-
nents, which are part of the 34-T0115/A
field CBR test set.
This apparatus represents the most practi-
cal and economical solution when both
laboratory and in-situ CBR have to be
performed. The assembly comprises the
conversion frame 34-T0114, mechanical
jack 34-T0112, adapter 34-T0112/1, load
ring 82-T1008, 40 kN capacity, adjustable
penetration piston 34-T0103/1, penetration
dial gauge 82-D1257 and adjustable dial
gauge holder 34-T0104/7.
Specifications
Max. load: 40 kN
B Dimensions approx.:
360x240x1060 mm
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
34-T0115/A
34-T0112
34-T0114
Accessories
s
34-T0115/9 Vehicle bracket. For
fixing loading jack to a vehicle
34-T0115/3 Set of extension rods: 2x102
mm long; 1x305 mm long; 1x610 mm
long; 1x915 mm long;
2 adapters. Total weight 33 kg
34-T0115/41 Datum bar assembly inclu-
ding two tripod stands and a 1220 mm
length aluminium bar. Weight 7 kg
82-D1257 Penetration dial gauge
30x0.01 mm graduation
34-T0115/5
9 kg slotted surcharge weight
34-T0115/6
4.5 kg slotted surcharge weight
34-T0115/7
4.5 kg annular surcharge weight
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
SOIL TESTING
125
34
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Accessories for Uniaxial and Unconfined compression tests
34-T0112
50 kN capacity mechanical jack
Used to perform in-situ CBR test, or to be
fitted to the 34-T0114 conversion frame for
laboratory tests. The body, which is made
from aluminium alloy, houses the worm
and wheel. The plunger can be adjusted in
height by a quick release device and the
load can be easily applied by rotating the
handle.
B Total height: 254 mm
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
34-T0114
Conversion frame for laboratory
CBR test
Used to perform the laboratory CBR test
using part of the components of the 34-
T0115/A field CBR test set. Made of steel
protected against corrosion.
B Dimensions: 360x240x1060 mm
A Weight approx.: 26 kg
LOADING FRAMES ACCESSORIES:
UNIAXIAL AND UNCONFINED
COMPRESSION TESTS
The load frames described in this catalogue
can be equipped with many accessories to
perform different tests and for connection
to PC for data acquisition and processing.
We describe as follows some of the most
important accessories.
Accessories to perform Uniaxial and
Unconfined compression tests using
34-T0114/A, 34-T0106, 34-T0107 and
70-T0108/E testing frames
Uniaxial compression test
34-T0104/3
Lower and upper compression pla-
ten with spherical seat for compres-
sion tests
Used to perform unconfined compression
tests on CBR and triaxial loading frames.
Consists of two platens made of plated
steel with a spherical seat fitted to the top
of the upper platen. Must be used with 34-
T0104/9 extension collar.
B Platen dia.: 120 mm
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
Unconfined compression test
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2166, AASHTO T208, BS 1337:7
34-T0104/4
Upper and lower compression platen
Used to perform compression tests on CBR
and triaxial loading frames. Consists of two
platens made of plated steel. The lower one
is fitted with an adjustable datum disc for
use with the dial gauge. Must be used with
34-T0104/9 extension collar.
B Platen dia.: 120 mm
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
Various
34-T0103/10
Guide bracket and ball seating
34-T0104/9
Extension collar
Used to connect the load ring to the upper
compression platen for compression and
unconfined test. Made of plated steel.
A Weight approx.: 300 g
34-T0104/7
Adjustable dial gauge holder
82-D1255
Dial gauge 10x0.01 mm
82-D1257
Dial gauge 25x0.01 mm
82-T1001/F
Load ring 1 kN capacity complete
with stem brake device to hold the
max. reading
Used as alternative to the 30 and 50 kN
models for uniaxial and unconfined tests.
34-T0104/4 with 34-T0104/9, 34-T0104/7,
82-D1257, 82-T1001/F
34-T0104/3 with 34-T0103/10, 82-T1001/F,
34-T0104/9
34-T0103/10
34-T0104/3
34-T0104/4
34-T0104/9
34-T0103/10
82-D1257
SOIL TESTING
34-T1001/F
34-T0104/7
126
34
35-T0133
34-T0123, 34-T0124
Testing equipment for the construction industry
California Bearing Ratio (CBR)
Impact soil tester / Strength of stabilised soil
DETERMINATION OF STRENGTH
OF STABILISED SOIL
Two versions available: BS and NF.
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13286-53, BS 1924:2, NF P98-230-2
pr EN and BS version
34-T0123
Stabilised soil mould test for fine
and medium grained soils. Specimen
size 100x50 mm dia.
34-T0124
Stabilised soil mould test for
medium and coarse-grained soils.
Specimen size 200x100 mm dia.
Used to prepare specimens for determina-
tion of the Unconfined compressive
strength of fine and medium grained soils.
The BS set comprises:
- Mould
- Set of two end plugs
- Set of two plug displacing collars
- Plunger
- Specimen collector.
A Weight approx.:
10 kg (34-T0123) and 53 kg (34-T0124)
NF version
34-T0123/A
Stabilised soil mould test set for
fine and medium grained soils.
Specimen size 50x50 mm dia.
34-T0123/B
Stabilised soil mould test set for
medium and coarse-grained soils.
Specimen size 100x50 mm dia.
The sets consists of the following: mould
(50x50 or 50x100 mm), two end plugs, two
displacing collars 25 mm high, two 12.5
mm high, two 6 mm high, plunger and spe-
cimen collector. Each item can be ordered
individually as proposed in the following
table.
s
Code Description
34-T0123/10 Mould
dia. 50x50 mm high
34-T0123/11 Mould
dia. 50x100 mm high
34-T0123/12 End plug (two required)
34-T0123/13 Set of two displacing
collars 25 mm high
34-T0123/14 Set of two displacing
collars 12.5 mm high
34-T0123/15 Set of two displacing
collars 6 mm high
34-T0123/16 Plunger
34-T0123/17 Specimen collector
NF version
IMPACT SOIL TESTER
34-T0168/A
Impact soil tester
Used to obtain an indication of the degree
of compaction of soil used in road con-
struction. Results can be directly correlated
to the CBR test. The unique microprocessor
in this Soil Impact Tester automatically
checks all readings throughout the test and
displays the fourth reading as the Impact
Value. No calculation and no need to
record any readings other than the final
test result. An essential trench control tool
for all cable and pipe laying service con-
tractors.
B Dimensions:
140x140x700 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 6.5 kg
34-T0168/A
35-T0128, 35-T0129
SOIL TESTING
127
35
Accessories
s
35-T0127/1 Standard sand 0.4 2
mm, CNR No. 22
s
35-T0130/8 Calibrating container,
6". For use with 35-T0129 apparatus.
Internal dia. 165 mm, depth 187 mm.
Weight approx. 5 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Field density
Sand replacement method
The verification of the
degree of compaction can be deter-
minate on site by a simple procedu-
re consisting essentially in removing
and weighing a part of compacted
soil and replacing it in the hole with
sand by a simple apparatus recor-
ding the volume of sand and then
calculating the density of the remo-
ved soil. Two versions are available:
BS and ASTM. The principle of ope-
ration is the same but parts and
sizes are different.
SAND REPLACEMENT METHOD -
BS VERSION
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:9, 1924:2
Complete sets: pouring cylinder, cali-
bration container and metal tray.
35-T0125
100 mm sand replacement
complete set
35-T0125/A
150 mm sand replacement
complete set
35-T0126
200 mm sand replacement
complete set
Description and specifications
The sand pouring cylinder and calibration
can are made of cast aluminium and preci-
sely machined.
The tray is made of plated sheet steel. Each
part can be ordered individually.
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
Models (mm dia.) 100 150 200
Complete set 35-T0125 35-T0125/A 35-T0126
Weight (kg) 7.7 13 27.5
Sand pouring cylinder 35-T0125/1 35-T0125/A1 35-T0126/1
Weight (kg) 4 7.5 16
Calibration can 35-T0125/2 35-T0125/A2 35-T0126/2
Weight (kg) 2.2 3.5 8.5
Density tray 35-T0125/3 35-T0125/A3 35-T0126/3
Size (mm) 305x38 300x40 457x38
Weight (kg) 1.5 2 3
Sand replacement set parts (BS versions)
SAND REPLACEMENT METHOD -
ASTM, AASHTO, CNR, NF VERSIONS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1556, AASHTO T191, CNR No. 22
NF P94-061-3
Complete sets: double cone, 2 plastic
sand jar
(1)
5 l cap. and metal tray
35-T0128
4" (101.6 mm) sand density cone
apparatus
35-T0129
6.5" (165.1 mm) sand density cone
apparatus
s
Code
s
Code
s
Code
Models (in./mm dia.) 4"/101.6 6.5"/165.1 12"/304.8
Complete set 35-T0128 35-T0129 35-T0133
Weight approx. kg 3 3 20
Double cone 35-T1028/1 35-T0129/1 /
Plastic sand jar 5 l cap. 35-T0130/2 35-T0130/2 /
Metal base plate with 35-T0128/2 35-T0129/2 /
flanged (rimmed) hole
Sand replacement set parts (ASTM, AASHTO, CNR versions)
35-T0125, 35-T0125/A, 35-T0126
35-T0133
12" (304.8 mm) sand density cone
apparatus
(1) Except the 12" model supplied with only
1 acrylic sand container
Accessories
s
35-T0127 Standard sand 600/300
micron, 50 kg bag
SOIL TESTING
n o t e
In the 12", 35-T0133 model, the two cones
are connected by a valve with pouring
hole 25 mm dia. The clear plastic 15 litres
container is fitted to the cone with two
clamps. Supplied complete with 700 mm
dia. baseplate. This model is recommended
for gravel and coarse-grained soil.
128
35
Spare parts
s
35-T0134/A2
Spare 6000 ml reinforced membranes.
Pack of 6
Spare parts
s
35-T0134/2
Spare reinforced 3000 ml membranes.
Pack of 6
Spare parts
s
35-T0131/1 Spare graduated cylin-
der 1596 ml capacity
s
35-T0131/2 Reversible pump com-
plete with connections
s
35-T0131/3
Density plate 9 inches square
s
35-T0131/4
Rubber balloons. Pack of 12
BALLOON METHOD:
ASTM - AASHTO - CNR VERSION
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2167, AASHTO T205, CNR No. 22
methods
35-T0131
Balloon density apparatus
Used to determine the in-situ density of
compacted or firmly bonded soils. The test
set consists of a graduated cylinder 1596
ml capacity housed inside an aluminium
guard, a reversible rubber aspirator pump, a
density plate 9 inches square, and 12 rub-
ber balloons.
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Field density
Balloon method
The principle of operation is
similar to the sand replacement but
the hole is filled by a rubber balloon
where water is pumped. The amount
of water can be easily determined by
the graduation of the cylinder model
35-T0131 or by the graduated stem
model 35-T0134 and 35-T0134/A
and then the density of removed
soil. Two versions are available: the
ASTM - AASHTO - CNR 1.6 litre
capacity for 35-T0131 and the NF
version 3 and 6 litres capacity for
35-T0134 and 35-T0134/A.
BALLOON METHOD: FRENCH VERSION
qSTANDARD
NF P94-061-2
35-T0134
3000 ml balloon density apparatus
For the determination of the in-situ density
of well bonded soil according to French
specifications. This method is similar to the
ASTM D2167 apparatus but with a capacity
of 3000 ml. A metal cylinder is filled with
water, which is then pumped into a rubber
membrane mounted on the base of the
cylinder. The water pressure is controlled by
a pressure gauge and the volume of the
balloon is measured on the graduated
piston stem. The apparatus is supplied
complete with base plate, 6 reinforced
membranes and 3 locking clamps.
A Weight approx.: 9.5 kg
35-T0134/A
6000 ml balloon density apparatus
Similar as principle of operation and design
to the 35-T0134 model. Supplied complete
with base plate, 3 locking clamps and six
reinfored membranes.
A Weight approx.: 11.5 kg
35-T0134
35-T0131
35-T0134/A
SOIL TESTING
129
35
35-T0135
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Field density
Surface soil sampler (core cutter) method / Field density of undisturbed soil
In this method a sampling
tube is driven into the soil to take a
standard volume sample, which is
then removed, trimmed and wei-
ghed. Two different versions are
available: the ASTM/CNR and the BS
1377 apparatus.
SURFACE SOIL SAMPLER (CORE CUTTER)
METHOD: ASTM AND CNR VERSION
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2937, CNR No. 22
35-T0135
Surface soil sampler
Used to take a standard volume sample
from the ground in order to establish the
in-situ density of the soil. The apparatus
consists of a 5 kg sliding weight drop ham-
mer, which falls freely onto the driving
head situated on top of the sampling tube.
The sampling tube is 73 mm ID x 66 mm
high and is the thin wall type. Produced in
steel and plated for corrosion protection.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
FIELD DENSITY OF UNDISTURBED SOIL
35-T0164
Piston volumeter
An easy to use pocket device very useful to
determine the in-situ density of undistur-
bed soil. A stainless steel tube is driven into
the soil and the volume is read on the stem
marked from 0 to 30 cm
3
.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
SURFACE SOIL SAMPLER (CORE CUTTER)
METHOD: BS VERSION
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:9
35-T0137
100 mm dia. core cutter set
35-T0138
150 mm dia. core cutter set
FIELD DENSITY TOOLS
Used to dig, level and remove the soil
during the field density tests.
s
35-T0140 Metal dibber. Weight 300 g
s
35-T0141 Scraper. Weight 600 g
s
35-T0142
Steel pointed rod. Weight 100 g
s
35-T0143 Density spoon. Weight 150 g
s
35-T0144
Rubber mallet 50 mm dia. Weight 1 kg
s
35-T0145 Hammer 300 g
s
35-T0145/G Club hammer. Weight 2 kg
s
35-T0146 Density pick. Weight 1 kg
s
35-T0147 Chisel 300 mm long x 25 mm
wide. Weight 1 kg
s
86-D1348 Lever lid tin 5 litres cap.
35-T0137
35-T0140, 35-T0141, 35-T0142, 35-T0143,
35-T0144, 35-T0146, 35-T0147
35-T0164 86-D1348
The core cutter is driven into the soil using
the driving rammer. Then the core cutter is
dug out, trimmed, weighed, and dried and
the density and moisture content calcula-
ted. Made of plated steel.
The set 35-T0137 includes:
s
35-T0137/1 100 mm dia. x 130 mm
long core cutter. Weight 1 kg
s
35-T0137/2 Driving dolly for 100 mm
dia. core cutter. Weight 1 kg
s
35-T0137/3 Driving rammer for 100
mm dia. core cutter. Weight 13.5 kg
The set 35-T138 includes:
s
35-T0138/1 150 mm dia. x 180 mm
long core cutter. Weight 4.5 kg
s
35-T0138/2 Driving dolly for 150 mm
dia. core cutter. Weight 4 kg
s
35-T0138/3 Driving rammer for 150
mm dia. core cutter. Weight 16 kg
A Weight approx.: 15.5 kg for 35-T0137
and 24.5 kg for 35-T0138
Spare parts
s
35-T0135/1 Spare thin wall sam-
pling tube. 73 mm int. dia. x 66 mm
long. Minimum order: 6 pieces
SOIL TESTING
130
35
Accessories
s
35-T0116/11 Pressure gauge for 100
kN jack, range 0-100 kN, div. 0.5 kN
s
35-T0116/49 Dial gauge 30x0.01
mm complete with support assembly
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Bearing Capacity - Plate load testing
Plate bearing test apparatus, 50/100 kN capacity
PLATE BEARING TEST APPARATUS,
50/100 KN CAPACITY
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1194, D1195, D1196 BS 1377:9
CNR No. 92 and No. 146 DIN 18134
These test methods are used to estimate
the bearing capacity of a soil under field
loading conditions for a specific loading
plate and depth of embedment (ASTM
D1194) but also for load tests of soil and
flexible pavement components for use in
evaluation and design of airport and
highway pavements (ASTM D1195, D1196 -
BS 1377 - CNR No. 92 and No. 146 - DIN
18134). We propose a complete range of
plate load testing equipment conforming
to the different standards.
35-T0116/A
Plate bearing test apparatus 50/100
kN capacity, 300 mm dia. plate, 1
dial gauge
qSTANDARD
CNR No. 146 method "a"
General description and specifications
Consisting of:
- Load plate 300 mm dia.
- Intermediate plate 160 mm dia. with
spherical seat
- Hydraulic jack 100 kN cap.
- Hand pump
- Pressure gauge 200 mm dia., range 0-50
kN, div. 0.25 kN (or 0-100 kN, div. 0.5 kN
as alternative - See accessories)
- Housing for centre dial gauge anvil
- No. 1 dial gauge 30x0.01 mm
- Datum bar assembly 2.5 m long comple-
te with dial gauge support (packed sepa-
rately)
- Carrying case.
The apparatus can be easily converted
conforming to method "b" - three dial gau-
ges-removing the housing for centre dial
gauge anvil and requiring other two dial
gauges 30x0.01 mm with two dial gauge
supports. See accessory 35-T0116/49.
Supplied complete with wooden carrying
cases.
A Total weight: 70 kg approx.
35-T0116/B, model with three dial gauges
SOIL TESTING
35-T0116/A: detail of dial gauge housing
131
35
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Bearing Capacity - Plate load testing
Plate bearing test apparatus, 50/100 kN capacity (continued)
35-T0116/B
Plate bearing test apparatus 50/100
kN capacity, 300 mm dia. plate, 3
dial gauges
35-T0116/BE
100 kN digital apparatus for plate
bearing tests on 300 mm dia. plate.
Three linear displacement transdu-
cers 50 mm travel, pressure tran-
sducer fitted to pump and data log-
ger for data acquisition and display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. or 12 V
qSTANDARD
CNR No. 146 method "b" - BS 1377:9
The 35-T0116/B version is identical to the
35-T0116/A model but complete with 3 dial
gauges less the housing for centre dial
gauge housing.
The 35-T0116/BE digital version is fitted
with three displacement transducers 50
mm travel instead of the dial gauges, pres-
sure transducer connected to the pump
and the 82-P0908/A Datalog, 8 channels
for data acquisition and processing of load
and penetration data. The 82-P0908/A
Datalog can also be powered by the 12 V
car lighter. Supplied complete with wooden
carrying cases.
A Total weight: 70 kg approx.
Detail of the linear displacement transducers 50 mm travel with
support and adjustable reference anvil
35-T0116/BE digital version with datalogger, power by 12 V via Auto cigar lighter
SOIL TESTING
132
35
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Bearing Capacity - Plate load testing
Plate bearing test apparatus, 200 kN capacity / Plate bearing test. Swiss method
35-T0116/C
35-T0121
PLATE BEARING TEST. SWISS METHOD
qSTANDARD
SNV 70312
35-T0121
Plate bearing test apparatus,
100 kN capacity, 300 mm dia.
loading plate
35-T0121/B
Plate bearing test apparatus,
200 kN capacity, 300 mm dia. loa-
ding plate
The main feature of this apparatus, which is
available in the 100 kN and 200 kN cap.
version, is the lightweight and practicality
in use. Being the basic parameters of this
method identical to those of the ASTM, BS,
qSTANDARD
CNR No. 92 - ASTM D1195, D1196
General description and specifications
The 36-T0116/C model comprises:
- Set of loading plates 300, 450, 600, and
760 mm dia.
- Intermediate plate 160 mm dia. with
spherical seat
- Hydraulic jack 200 kN cap.
- Hand pump
- Pressure gauge 200 mm dia., range 0-
200 kN, div. 0.5 kN
- Three dial gauges 30x0.01 mm
- Datum bar assembly 5.5 m long comple-
te with dial gauge supports
- Carrying case (for all items excluding
450, 600, 760 mm plates and datum bar
assembly).
The 35-T0116/CE digital version is fitted
with three displacement transducers 50
mm travel instead of the dial gauges, pres-
sure transducer connected to the pump
instead of the pressure gauge, and the 82-
P0908/A Datalog, 8 channels for data
PLATE LOAD TESTING (CONTINUED)
35-T0116/D
Plate bearing test apparatus 200 kN
capacity, 300 mm dia. plate, 3 dial
gauges
35-T0116/DE
200 kN digital apparatus for plate
bearing tests on 300 mm dia. plate.
Three linear displacement transdu-
cers 50 mm travel, pressure tran-
sducer fitted to pump and data log-
ger for data acquisition and display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. or 12 V
qSTANDARD
CNR No. 146 method "b" - BS 1377:9
The 35-T0116/D model is identical to the
35-T0116/B model but complete with a 200
kN cap. jack and 0-200 kN pressure gauge.
The 35-T0116/DE digital version is fitted
with three displacement transducers 50
mm travel instead of the dial gauges, pres-
sure transducer connected to the pump
and the 82-P0908/A Datalog, 8 channels
for data acquisition and processing of load
and penetration data. The 82-P0908/A can
also be powered by the 12 V car lighter.
Both models are supplied complete with
wooden carrying cases.
35-T0116/C
Plate bearing test apparatus 200 kN
capacity, loading plates 300, 450,
600, and 760 mm dia.
35-T0116/CE
200 kN digital apparatus for plate
bearing tests on 300, 450, 600, and
700 mm dia. plates. Three linear
displacement transducers 50 mm
travel, pressure transducer fitted to
pump and data logger for data
acquisition and display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. or 12 V
Specifications
s
Models
35-T0121 35-T0121/B
Loading ram kN 100 200
Gauge range MN/m2 0 0.8 0 0.8
Dial indicator 30x0.01 mm 3 3
Load plate dia. mm 300 300
Carrying case dim. mm 1080x360x200 1080x360x200
920x360x200 990x360x250
Total weight approx. kg 68 85
acquisition and processing of load and
penetration data. The 82-P0908/A can also
be powered by the 12 V car lighter. Both
models are supplied complete with wooden
carrying cases.
SOIL TESTING
Light alloy bridge for ease of location
133
35
Accessories and upgrading option
s
82-P0908/SOF Data soft software
and serial cable for connection to PC
s
82-P0908/UP1 Battery operated
upgrading option allowing double
power supply 12 to 24 V battery and
mains. Includes car cigar lighter cable
Main features
- 8 channels
- High stability of electric signals
- Individual electrical calibration of all
channels with trimmer correction of
slope (gain) and zero point
- Polynomial software calibration of all
channels assuring excellent precision of
the readings
- Large graphic display 128x64 pixel
- Data storage of readings and test para-
meters
- Multitasking operating way
- 4 languages: English, French, Italian,
and Spanish
- Software available for PC data acquisi-
tion and memory download
- 256 KB data memory
- 128 KB RAM memory
- RS 232 programmable serial output
Accessories
s
82-P0172/1
Connection cable for RS 232
82-P0908/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Bearing Capacity - Plate load testing
Electronic instrumentation
500 KN CAP. PRESSURE SYSTEM
FOR PLATE BEARING TEST
35-T0116/33
500 kN capacity pressure system
Including hydraulic jack 500 kN capacity,
spherical seat, hand pump and pressure
gauge. This assembly can fit all standard
load plates, datum bar dial gauges and
electronic equipment. See Table of the
Plate bearing test equipment.
Supplied complete with wooden carrying
case.
A Weight approx.: 40 kg
35-T0116/33 less carrying case
ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION
82-P0908/A
DATALOG 8 channels data acqui-
sition and storing unit. 110-240 V,
50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This advanced microprocessor apparatus is
part of the digital version of load plate. It
can operate at 12 V cc using a normal bat-
tery (see upgrading option 82-P0908/UP1)
or mains. One channel is used for the pres-
sure transducer (load) and the others for
penetration measurements or other purpo-
ses. The unit can be connected to PC by the
RS 232 port to process all data by the 82-
P0908/SOF software (see accessories).
B Dimensions: 295x260x150 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.7 kg
82-P0172/A
Serial printer
82-P0172/A
Characteristics
Print method: impact with moving head
Font: matrix 5x8
Columns: 24
Paper width: 57.5 mm
Interface: serial RS 232
B Dimensions: 120x172x100 mm
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
CNR, etc. standards, and the typical Y
measuring system well known worldwide,
it may be used instead of the 35-T0116
Series apparatus even if the requirement
are slightly different.
General description and specifications
The relatively lightweight and small dimen-
sions of the apparatus make it very easy to
use and to move from one place to another.
The measuring bridge made from alumi-
nium alloy, is very light and has telescopic
extensions so it can be positioned in a few
minutes with minimum effort.
The remote load control and gauge are
mounted on the pump and it is not neces-
sary to go near the platen for recording the
load.
The deformations are measured with three
dial indicators so it is possible to verify the
uniformity of deformation on 360.
SOIL TESTING
134
35
Testing equipment for the construction industry
s
Code Dia. x thickness Weight approx. (kg)
35-T0116/22 300x25 mm 17
35-T0116/23 450x25 mm 32
35-T0116/24 600x25 mm 60
35-T0116/25 760x25 mm 90
LOAD PLATES
s
Code Description For jack cap.
(kN)
35-T0116/35 Hand pump with gauge range 0-50 kN 100
35-T0116/36 Hand pump with gauge range 0-100 kN 100
35-T0116/37 Hand pump with gauge range 0-200 kN 200
s
Code Description Weight (kg)
35-T0116/41 Datum bar, 5.5 m long with 3 dial gauge supports 40
DATUM BAR (DEFLECTION BEAM)
Very rigid structure, complete with support for dial gauges. Supplied in two parts for easy
transport.
s
Code Description
82-D1259 Dial gauge 50x0.01 mm
82-D1257 Dial gauge 30x0.01 mm
82-D1255 Dial gauge 10x0.01 mm
s
Code Description
35-T0116/57 Linear displacement
transducer, 50 mm travel
35-T0116/55 Pressure transducer,
0 700 bar
82-P0908/A 8 channels data
acquisition and
processing system
MEASUREMENT OF A ROLLING
LOAD DEFLECTION BY THE MODIFIED
BENKELMAN BEAM
qSTANDARD
NF P94-117
80-B0180/B
Bearing plate 600 mm dia. and
Benkelman beam test set apparatus
Used for the determination of the static
deformation of road pavement (EV2). The
apparatus consists of:
s
80-B0180/B1 An aluminium bearing
plate 600 mm dia. with reinforcing ribs.
Weight 30 kg
s
80-B0180/B2 A hydraulic jack 200 kN
capacity. Weight 10 kg
s
80-B180/B3 An adjustable extension
set with spherical seated foot.
Weight 12 kg
s
80-B0180/B4 A hand pump with pre-
cision dial gauge 150 mm dia. Calibrated
in bar (0 to 3.5) and in daN (0 to 10000).
Complete with connecting hose. Weight
11 kg
s
80-B0180/B5 A carrying case for all of
the above items except for the bearing
plate 80-B0180/B1. Weight 10 kg
s
80-B0180/A Benkelman beam appara-
tus. Weight 25 kg
s
80-B0181 Wooden carrying case for
80-B0180
Note. All parts can be ordered separately.
A Total weight approx.: 100 kg
80-B0180/B
80-B0180
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Bearing Capacity - Plate load testing
Spare and accessories for plate bearing test apparatus
PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Comprising hand pump, pressure gauge 200 mm dia., flexible hose and couplings. To be
connected to the appropriate jack.
DIAL GAUGES
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
SOIL TESTING
135
35
Electronic gauge
Dimensions: 210x80x25 mm
Settlement measuring range:
0.10 2.0 mm 0.02 mm
Temperature range: from 0 to 40C
Power supply:
4xR6 (rechargeable) batteries
Accessories
s
35-T0120/1 Transport cart
s
35-T0120/2 Base plate with
magnet. Used for easy positioning
of the apparatus
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Field and laboratory density / Bearing capacity
Bearing Capacity - Plate load testing
Dynamic deformation module of soils
DYNAMIC PLATE LOAD TEST USING
THE LIGHT DROP-WEIGHT TESTER
qSTANDARD
As per German technical test code for soil
and rock in road construction TP BF StB
part B 8.3/1997
35-T0120
Light drop-weight tester
Introduction
The dynamic plate load test employing the
Light drop-weight tester is used in
earthwork and road construction to deter-
mine the soil bearing capacity and the
compaction or consolidation of soils and
non-cohesive subbases, as well as for soil
improvement applications. The test method
is suited for coarse-grain and mixed-grain
soils having a maximum grain size of 63
mm. The test method may be used to
determine the dynamic modulus of defor-
mation of soil in the range Evd = 15 80
MN/m
2
.
Further fields of application include:
- Road construction
- Testing of pavement bedding
- Quality assurance in canal construction
- Compaction test in ducts and trenches
- Backfill of foundations
- Railway construction.
The Light drop-weight tester being easy to
handle is specifically suited for monito-
ring intra-company operations.
Advantages over the plate load tester
- Time-saving immediate evaluation of
each measurement
- Testing in locations not readily accessible
- Low tester weight
- No vehicle required for loading.
The dynamic plate load test using the Light
drop-weight tester has been approved as
an indirect test method for determining
the degree of ramming, in:
ZTVEStB 94
ZTVEStB 95
ZTVEStB 97
NGT 39
Function
Place the load plate on the prepared surfa-
ce to be tested and position the loading
unit on the load plate. Connect the settle-
ment meter. The drop weight is allowed to
drop onto the spring element, the loading
unit produces a defined impact load and
the overall amount of compaction (or set-
tlement) of the soil under the load plate is
measured. Once the measuring routine is
started perform three impact cycles for the
measurement. Following each cycle the
meter displays the amount of settlement in
millimetres. Upon completion of a series of
measurements, the settlement is averaged,
and the dynamic modulus of deformation
is determined and displayed. Results can be
printed out on a micro-printer or on a prin-
ter connected to a PC as necessary.
Specifications
Loading unit
Total weight: 15 kg
Drop weight: 10 kg
Max. impact force: 7.07 kN
Duration of impact: 18 ms
Spring element: cup springs
Load plate with integral
acceleration transducer
Diameter: 300 mm
Plate thickness: 20 mm
Total weight: 15 kg
35-T0120
35-T0120 with 35-T0120/1
35-T0120/2
SOIL TESTING
136
38
Accessories
s
38-T0184/A2 Stand with 3 mano-
meter tubes. The metal stand comprises
3 constant bore tubes, metre scale, nip-
ple and connecting tubing. Dimensions
1150x200x50 mm. Weight approx. 3 kg
s
38-T0184/A3 Constant level tank.
Manufactured from acrylic plastic.
Complete with inlet, outlet, overflow,
connecting tubing for the cell and atta-
chment for wall mounting. Dimensions
250x155x160 mm. Weight approx. 2.6
kg
s
38-T0184/A11
Tamping rod dia. 8x300 mm
38-T0185/1 with 38-T0185/3 and 38-T0185/2
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Permeability
Constant and falling head apparatus
Introduction
The soil permeability is a
very important factor to study the
behaviour of soil in its natural condi-
tions with respect to water flow.
Two different methods of
testing are proposed: constant head
and falling head. The first one is par-
ticularly suitable for relatively coarse-
grained soil such as sands and gravel
and the second is more appropriate
for fine-grained soils such as clay-
like or silty soils.
38-T0184/A3, 38-T0184/A2, 38-T0184/A1
Accessories
s
38-T0185/2 Stand with 4 manometer
tubes. The wooden stand panel is fitted
with four different glass tubes 1500 mm
long, having 21, 12, 5, and 3.5 mm inside
diameter. Panel dimensions 1680x280 mm
approx. Weight approx. 3.6 kg
s
38-T0185/3 Soaking reservoir. Made
from plated steel, complete with overflow
tube. Dimensions 230 mm dia. x 230 mm
high approx. Weight approx. 2.3 kg
s
28-T0491/A De-airing tank 7 litres cap.
Made from transparent plastic and fitted
with spray water inlet, air outlet and water
outlet. Supplied complete with bracket for
wall mounting. Weight approx. 7 kg
s
28-T0491/2 (1) Water trap. Used with
the de-airing tank 28-T0491/A and the
vacuum pump to collect the water con-
densation. Weight approx. 1 kg
s
86-D2001 (1) Portable vacuum pump.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s
86-D2064 (1) Rubber tube 16.5x6.5
mm dia., 2 m long
(1) As alternative the 28-T0492/A de-airing
apparatus can be used. See page 87.
CONSTANT HEAD APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:5
General description
The apparatus consists of a perspex per-
meability cell mounted on a detachable
aluminium base and head. The cylinder has
pressure points at different levels, which
have to be connected to the manometer
stand and to the constant level tank. Two
models are available: 75 and 114 mm cell
nominal diameter.
38-T0184/A1
Constant head permeability cell
75 mm dia., 3 pressure points.
Weight approx. 2.7 kg
38-T0184/B1
Constant head permeability cell
114 mm dia., 6+6 (blanked) pressu-
re points. Weight approx. 2.7 kg
FALLING HEAD APPARATUS
This method is particularly suitable for
fine-grained soils such as clay-like or silty
soils in the range of 1x10
-2
to 1x10
-6
cm/s.
The test is performed with a permeability
cell, which has to be connected to a mano-
meter stand. During the test the cell is pla-
ced in a soaking tank fitted with overflow
tube. As an option the apparatus can be
completed with a suitable de-airing tank to
fill the system with de-aired water along
with a vacuum control panel, water trap
and vacuum pump. All these items are
listed below.
38-T0185/1
Falling head permeability cell
General description and specifications
The cell is made of plated steel and has an
inside diameter of 100 mm. The base and
the top cap are clamped with stainless steel
rods. Complete with 75 micron gauze. It
can be connected to a vacuum pump to
saturate the sample before testing.
Supplied complete with 2 m tubing.
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
SOIL TESTING SOIL TESTING
137
38
Accessories
s
38-T0184/A3 Constant level tank
s
38-T0184/A5 PVC tubing dia.
10x8 mm, 10 m coil
Spare parts
s
38-T0186/1 Spare porous stone
63.5 mm dia. x 12.7 mm thick.
Pack of 5
Tamping rod dia. 8x300 mm
38-T0186
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Permeability
Determination of dispersibility / Compaction permeameters
and stands / Combined constant or falling head permeameter
COMBINED CONSTANT
OR FALLING HEAD PERMEAMETER
38-T0186
Combined constant or falling head
permeameter for 63.5 mm dia.
specimens
General description and specifications
Used for both constant or falling head
methods for determining the soil permeabi-
lity. The apparatus consists of a two section
plastic chamber, a plated steel top with
gaskets, a plastic funnel reservoir 55 cm max.
head with reservoir upright, a 100 cc pipette,
100 cc max. head, and two porous stones
63.5 mm dia. x 12.7 mm thick, 300 micron
average pore size.
A Weight approx.: 4.5 kg
38-T0189/A and detail of 38-T0189/A
38-T0180
DETERMINATION OF DISPERSIBILITY
qSTANDARD
BS 1377:5, ASTM D4647
Certain fine-grained soils with high sodium
content are highly erodible by the water flowing
through them. The test is performed using the
pinhole apparatus in which the flow of water
under a high hydraulic gradient through a
cavity in the soil is reproduced.
38-T0189/A
Pinhole test apparatus
It consists of a cylindrical metal container
fitted one end with water inlet and the
other end with an outlet connection, of a
standpipe tube with scale and a stand to
support the pinhole apparatus.
A Weight approx.: 3.5 kg
COMPACTION PERMEAMETERS
AND STANDS
38-T0179/B
Permeameter stand, 4 cell capacity.
Wall mounting
General description and specifications
Used to control the water supply in the
constant or falling head permeability tests
on compacted soils. Aluminium panel,
complete with perspex tubes and gradua-
ted rules for falling head permeability tests
and water tank adjustable in height for
constant head permeability tests, including
plastic tubing and valves.
Max. adjusting height of constant
head tank: 3850 mm
B Dimensions: 1050x700x2000 mm
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
38-T0180
Compaction permeameter 4" dia.
38-T0181
Compaction permeameter 6" dia.
General description and specifications
Used for determining permeability to water
of soil specimens (clay, sand, gravel etc.).
Comprising valve, water inlet or outlet,
mould and collar, filter baseplate.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg for model
38-T0180 and 16 kg for model 38-T0181
38-T0179/B
SOIL TESTING
138
38
Accessories
s
38-T0188/A1 Extension kit. To add
800 mm depth capability
38-T0187/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Permeability
Hydraulic conductivity test
Determination of permeability in a triaxial cell
DETERMINATION OF PERMEABILITY
IN A TRIAXIAL CELL
qSTANDARD
ASTM D5084, BS 1377:6
Permeability testing system
for water-saturated porous materials
This system has been developed for the
laboratory measurement of the hydraulic
conductivity (coefficient of permeability)
of water-saturated porous materials.
The test is performed using a special
triaxial cell equipped with 5 no-volume
change valves: 2 for upper drainage, 2 for
lower drainage, 1 for cell pressure. The cell
is connected with three independent pres-
sure system for the cell fluid, the drainage
line to the top of the specimen and the
drainage line to the base of the specimen.
The complete test system comprises:
- Permeability cell for 70 or 100 mm speci-
mens
- Pressure control panel
- Three burette panel
- Bladder pressure system
- De-aired water system and accessories.
The test can also be performed using three
permeability cells. Please refer to the table
for a complete list of items.
Permeability cells
Two models available, for 70 and 100 mm
dia. specimens. Supplied complete with 5
no-volume change valves, base adapter
and porous top cap with two drainage con-
nections, platen set and two porous discs.
38-T0411/P
Triaxial cell for permeability
up to 70 mm dia. specimens
38-T0416/P
Triaxial cell for permeability 100
mm dia. specimens
Description
s
Codes
s
Codes
for 38-T0411/P cell for 38-T0416/P cell
Rubber membrane. Pack of 10 28-T0428/A5 28-T0432/A5
Sealing rings. Pack of 10 28-T0428/7 28-T0432/7
Membrane stretcher 28-T0428/8 28-T0432/8
O-ring placing tool 28-T0428/10 28-T0432/10
Split sand former 28-T0428/A6 28-T0432/A6
Hand sampler 28-T0428/9 28-T0432/9
Accessories
PRESSURE CONTROL PANEL
28-T0477/M
Control panel assembly for one per-
meability cell with electronic pres-
sure measurement
Including:
s
28-T0452
No. 1 Pressure measurement panel
s
28-T0478/9
No. 3 Air pressure regulators
s
28-T0477/2
No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
s
28-T0477/3
No. 1 Three-way distribution valve
s
28-T0477/1 No. 1 Two-way (180)
distribution valve
s
28-T0461/B
No. 1 3 channels digital readout system
for pore pressure measurement
s
82-P0349
No. 3 Pressure transducer, 10 bar
s
28-T0474/4 No. 3 De-airing blocks
s
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel
700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
A Total weight: 20 kg approx.
Various
s
28-T0490
Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia., 20 m coil
HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY TEST
qSTANDARD
ASTM D5126
Hydraulic conductivity, soil sorptivity and
soil matrix flux potential are quickly calcu-
lated from steady state waterflow rates
measured from two constant head levels
using the Guelph permeameter.
38-T0188/A
Guelph permeameter test kit
The kit is supplied complete with permea-
meter, tripod stand, soil auger, sizing auger,
well prep brush, vacuum test hand pump,
water container, data sheets and carrying
case.
A Shipping weight: 17 kg approx.
28-T0477/M
SOIL TESTING
38-T0416/P
139
38
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Permeability
Determination of permeability in a triaxial cell (continued)
VOLUME CHANGE BURETTE PANEL
28-T0477/E1
Control panel assembly
for three triaxial cells
Comprising:
s
28-T0459 No. 3 Double burette volu-
me change apparatus
s
28-T0477/2
No. 3 Two-way distribution valve
s
28-T0477/15 No. 1 Aluminium panel
700x1000 mm complete with screws and
anchors for wall fitting
A Total weight: 16 kg approx.
AIR-WATER PRESSURE SYSTEM
Including:
s
28-T0478 Bladder air-water pressure
cylinder (No. 3 needed for each permeabi-
lity cell)
s
86-D2015 Laboratory air compressor
s
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm
dia., 10 m coil
DE-AIRED WATER SYSTEM
Including:
s
28-T0491 De-airing tank, 33 l cap. or
s
28-T0491/A De-airing tank, 7 l cap.
s
28-T0492/A De-airing water apparatus
s
28-T0478/6 Nylon tubing 12x6 mm
dia., 10 m coil
n o t e
For more detail on the Air-water pressure
system and De-aired water system see
pages 85 and 87.
s
Code Q.ty
s
Code Q.ty
28-T0477/M 1 38-T0425/A3P 1
28-T0477/E1 1 28-T0425/A4 1
28-T0491/A 1 28-T0425/A5 1
28-T0492/A 1 28-T0425/7 1
28-T0478/6 2 28-T0425/8 1
86-D2015 1 28-T0425/A6 1
28-T0478/10 1 28-T0425/10 1
28-T0490 2 28-T0425/13 1
28-T0478 3 28-T0425/9 1
28-T0411/P 1 28-T0420/12 3
28-T0411/A3 1
Typical configuration of a system for permeability test
on one triaxial cell for 50 mm dia. spec.
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
FOR ONE PERMEABILITY CELL ACCORDING TO ASTM D5084
28-T0477/E1
SOIL TESTING
Vacuum
Compressed Air
Back Pressure
De-aired Water
Tap Water
fields of the construction industry to produce bitu-
minous mixtures, concrete, mortars to be used in
structures, fill materials, railway ballast, etc. For this
reason we have given particular attention to all
testing methods. The new EN standards have grou-
ped all tests on aggregates in five main subjects:
- Tests for general properties of aggregates - Tests
for geometrical properties of aggregates - Tests for
mechanical and physical properties of aggregates-
Tests for thermal and weathering properties of
aggregates - Tests for chemical properties of aggre-
gate.
In the majority of cases the new EN Standards cor-
respond to some existing National Standards and,
apart from a few exceptions there is almost no dif-
ference in the specifications of test apparatus.
I N T R O D U C T I O N
Rock According to the Committee on Rock
Mechanics, National Academy of Sciences rock
mechanics is a theoretical and applied science concer-
ning the physical behaviour of rocks subjected to stress
conditions of different origin. In general terms, rock
mechanics involves the study of underground works
such as tunnels, and surface construction such as open
quarries or dam foundations.
When a rock sample is subjected to defined stress
conditions in the laboratory, the stress-strain dia-
gram can show behaviours of non linearity also for
very small strains, hysteresis, anisotropy, fluage con-
ditions, etc. All these phenomena can be mathema-
tically described.
Aggregates Mineral aggregates are used in all
Rock and Aggregates Testing
141
Rock mechanics
Rock sampling and sample preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Strength and deformability tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Automatic tests systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Elastic modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions . . . . .146
Loading frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Hoek cells for triaxial tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Semi-automatic test systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Splitting tensile test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Slake durability index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Permeability of rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Measurement of shear strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Strength index. Rock classification hammer . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Roughness measurement. Profilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Aggregates
New EN standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Riffle boxes (sample splitters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Sieving method. Test sieves, nominal size of apertures . . .162
Determination of particle shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Flakiness and elongation index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Shape index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Assessment of fines. Sand equivalent test . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Assessment of fines. Methylene blue test . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Determination of clay, silt, and dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Determination of the efflux index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Aggregates
Resistance to fragmentation (Los Angeles) . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
Crushing resistance of lightweight aggregate . . . . . . . . . .166
Abrasion resistance of natural stones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Resistance to wear (Micro-Deval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Aggregate crushing value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Deval apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Scratch hardness ASTM method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Aggregate impact value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Determination of the voids of dry compacted filler . . . . . .168
Determination of loose bulk density and voids . . . . . . . . . .169
Determination of the particle density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Determination of particle density and water absorption . .170
Aggregate density by water displacement. BS method . . . .170
Determination of the Polished Stone Value . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Skid resistance and friction tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Surface moisture of fine aggregate. ASTM method . . . . . .172
Moisture measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172
Determination of resistance to freezing and thawing . . . .173
Magnesium sulphate test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Boiling test for "Sonnenbrandt Basalt"
and disintegration of steel slag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Determination of drying shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Determination of resistance to thermal shock . . . . . . . . . .174
Chloride content BS 812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Organic impurities in fine aggregates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Carbonate content of aggregates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Potential reactivity of aggregates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Sample reduction. Laboratory crushers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Rock and Aggregates
Testing
Contents
48
47
45
Rock and Aggregates
Testing
Contents
45-D1710, 45-D1711
142
45
Accessories for 45-D0536
core trimmer and cut-off machine
s
45-D0536/1
Cooling recirculating pump complete
with reservoir. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s
45-D0536/1Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
45-D0536/1Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
45-D0536/2
Diamond cutting blade. 200 mm dia. x
2.7 mm thickness. Maximum cutting
area 110x70 mm
s
45-D0536/3
Double-faced diamond cup wheel. 200
mm dia. x 16 mm thickness. Used for
finishing sample ends parallel and at
right angles to the axis
s
45-D0536/4
Clamping device for irregular pieces
max. dim. 57x104x102 mm (length) and
core from 15 to 60 mm dia.
45-D0529
Mohs hardness scale set.
Mohs hardness scale set.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Rock mechanics
Rock sampling / Sample preparation
45-D0529
Detail of 45-D0536 with double-faced cup
wheel 45-D0536/3 during surface grinding of
cylindrical specimens ends
Detail of 45-D0536 with cutting blade
45-D0536/2 during operation
45-D0536/3, D0536/2
ROCK PICKS
Used for preliminary rock
identification.
45-D1710
Rock pick pointed tip
Fully polished, leather grip.
A Weight approx.: 650 g
45-D1711
Rock pick chisel edge
Fully polished, nylon vinyl grip.
A Weight approx.: 550 g
CORE TRIMMER AND CUT-OFF MACHINE
45-D0536
Laboratory core trimmer and cut-
off machine, complete with water
inlet. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
45-D0536/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
45-D0536/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4543
General description and specifications
Used to obtain rock samples perfectly
machined (cubes, prisms, etc.) from irregu-
lar rock or core pieces. It is supplied com-
plete with a proper vice to hold irregular
pieces firmly in place up to 70x140 mm
approx. Another V vice is used to cut
cores to a maximum size 75 mm dia. x 140
mm height. Longer cores can be obtained
by turning the samples upside down in the
vice. It is supplied complete with cooling
water inlet. Blade cup wheel and water
pump must be ordered separately.
Power: 1100 W
Speed of the blade: 3000 r.p.m.
B Dimensions: 730x1050x590 mm
A Weight approx.: 100 kg
- Usable for both trimming and surface
grinding
- Usable to obtain cube specimens from
irregular pieces
- Transparent protection cover confor-
ming to CE directive
45-D0536 with 45-D0536/4
45-D1710, 45-D1711
143
45
Accessories
s
45-C0331
Clamping device for cores max. dia. 100
mm complete with transparent protec-
tion
s
45-C0342 to 45-C0346
Drill bits and spigot adaptors
Accessories
s
50-C0211/1
Diamond blade 350 mm dia.
s
50-C0210/1
Diamond blade 450 mm dia.
s
45-D1717
Clear safety goggles
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Rock sampling / Sample preparation
CUTTING SAWS
45-C0210/C
Rock and masonry saw.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
45-C0210/CZ
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
This rock and masonry saw has been spe-
cially developed to cut rock or core sam-
ples. The machine is supplied complete
with a special clamp to allow irregular spe-
cimens to be held firmly in place during the
cutting operation. Supplied complete with
base frame, and water pump. The blade
must be ordered separately (see accesso-
ries).
Power: 2250 W
B Dimensions:
with base 1200x800x1400 mm
A Weight approx.: 125 kg
45-C0210/C with 50-C0211/1
CORING MACHINES AND BITS
45-C0330
Laboratory coring machine, 2-
speed, complete with water inlet.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
45-C0330/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This machine is specifically used in the
laboratory for cutting core samples from
hard material such as rock and concrete. A
clamp is provided to firmly secure the
material during the cutting cycle. A special
tool is also available (see accessories) to
prepare rock samples from core pieces.
Power unit: 1800 W
Coring speed: 1485/2720 r.p.m.
Coring range: dia. 8 60 mm
B Dimensions of the base tray assembly:
450x450x300 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 80 kg
s
Code D.C.D.M.A. specimen
mm inches
45-C0342 EX 21.46 0.845
45-C0343 AX 30.10 1.185
45-C0344 1.5 in. 38.10 1.500
45-C0345 BX 42.04 1.655
45-C0346 NX 54.74 2.155
Models of core drill bits
45-C0330 with
core bit taking
sample from a
large stone
45-C0330 with
core bit taking
sample from a large
rock core
Transparent
acrylic protection
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
45-C0331
144
45
Accessories and spares
s
82-D1250 Dial gauge 5x0.001 mm
- Ideal for concrete specimens, for rock
samples and concrete cores
- Accept cubes up to 300 mm size and
cylinders and cores up to
160x320/360 mm
- Automatic radial displacement
Accessories
s
55-C0201/2 Set of 8 diamond
impregnated sectors
s
55-C0201/3 Clamping device for
concrete cylinders from dia. 100x200 up
to dia. 160x320 mm
Spare parts
s
55-C0201/1 Set of 8 abrasive sectors
Rock mechanics
Sample preparation / Dimensional verification
SPECIMEN GRINDING
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4543
55-C0201
Specimen grinding machine.
220-380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
55-C0201/Z
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to grind and polish concrete speci-
mens, natural stones, ceramic materials,
rock samples etc.
The cube cylinder and core specimens can
be easily locked on the table and the grin-
ding head 330 mm dia. can be radially
moved either manually or automatically in
both directions so the only manual opera-
tion requested is the lowering of the grin-
ding head by the top hand wheel. The
machine is supplied complete with chip
guard, coolant tank, motor pump, one set
of abrasive sectors and instruction manual.
Diamond grinding sectors are available on
request (see accessories). The machine is
supplied complete with clamping element
for 100, 150 and 200 mm cubes. Clamping
devices for cylinders are also available on
request (see accessories).
55-C0201
SPECIMEN DIMENSIONAL VERIFICATION
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4543, ISRM Sugg. Method
45-D0539
Rock sample verification apparatus
General description and specifications
Used to verify the dimensional and shape
tolerances of rock core specimens up to 50
mm dia. by 100 mm length. The straightness
of the cylindrical surface can be easily verified
by the top dial gauge as well as flatness and
verticality of end surfaces by the same dial
gauge fitted to the lateral magnetic articula-
ted dial gauge holder.
The apparatus comprises a base support with
column and dial gauge holder that can be
adjusted precisely vertically, a precision dial
gauge 5x0.001 mm, a V block, a magnetic
articulated dial gauge holder and small circu-
lar magnets to fit the V block on the base.
Support base dimensions:
135x170x250 mm
Column height : 200 mm
V block dimensions: 45x45x100 mm
Dial gauge: 5x0.001 mm
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
The 45-D0534 Core face preparation jig
can be easily fitted by the clamping ele-
ment supplied with the machine.
Table dimensions: 680x300 mm
Grinding wheel dia.: 330 mm
Max. vertical daylight between table
and wheel head: 375 mm
Max. specimen size: up to 300 mm
cubes and cylinders or cores up to 350-
360 mm height
Vertical travel of the wheel head: 230 mm
Grinding wheel speed: 1400 r.p.m.
Automatic cross feed in both directions
Grinding spindle motor: 1000 W
Feed motor: 250 W
B Overall dimensions:
1300x1100x1500 mm (lxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 380 kg
45-D0534
Core face preparation jig
General description and specifications
For preparation of parallel and flat core
faces using horizontal surface grinders (e.g.
55-C0201). Consisting of a 4 place locking
device capable of clamping core samples
from 20 to 55 mm dia. It can be mounted
on most grinding machines with or
without magnetic chuck.
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
45-D0539 with a supplementary
82-D1250 gauge
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
45-D0534
Testing equipment for the construction industry
145
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Strength and deformability tests
Strength and deformability tests
Most of the information obtained
from laboratory tests are substan-
tially related to the stress and strain
characteristics of the tested mate-
rials.
The tests generally performed on
cylindrical rock samples are the fol-
lowing:
- Evaluation of the compressive
strength and strain in uniaxial
conditions
- Evaluation of the compressive
strength and strain in triaxial
conditions.
UNIAXIAL TEST
qSTANDARD
ASTM D3148, D2938
ISRM: Suggested methods for determining
the uniaxial compressive strength and
deformability of rock materials
The uniaxial test is performed applying an
increasing load at a constant rate of stress
between 0.5 and 1.0 MPa/s. Axial and radial
strain are measured with high sensitivity
(about 5x10
-6
). Subsequent load-unload
cycles are also carried out to obtain a cor-
rect evaluation of the compressibility pro-
perties.
TRIAXIAL TEST
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2664, D5407
ISRM: Suggested methods for determining
the strength of rock materials in triaxial
compression
The triaxial test is performed on test rock
samples, contained in a rubber sealing
membrane, placed within a triaxial cham-
ber and subjected to an isotropic pressure
(generally between 5 and 60 MPa), kept
constant during the test. An axial load is
subsequently applied; tests and measure-
ments are carried on in the same way as for
uniaxial tests.
Triaxial test on rock materials with measurement of axial strains
Typical Peak Strength Envelope (diagram
1
s.
3
)
Triaxial test on rock materials with measurement of axial strains
Typical Failure Envelope (diagram s. )
From the measurements recorded
during the test the following informa-
tion is obtained:
- Rate of stress versus axial and radial
strain
- Maximum or failure stress
- Tangent and secant Youngs modulus
measured on the stress-axial strain
curve
- Rate of radial strain versus axial
strain to obtain the Poissons ratio
- Maximum stress versus applied cell
pressure (in the triaxial tests) to
define the failure envelope and the
corresponding properties (cohesion
and friction).
Another important parameter investigated
in the triaxial tests concerns the permeabi-
lity characteristics of rocks and rock beha-
viour when subjected to high water pressu-
re, especially for the study of dam founda-
tions, and generally for underground tun-
nels and cavities.
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
146
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions
DETERMINATION OF ELASTIC MODULUS
AND STRENGTH CHARACTERISTICS OF
ROCK SPECIMENS IN UNIAXIAL AND
TRIAXIAL CONDITIONS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2664, D2938, D3148, D5407, ISRM
Sugg. Method
Introduction
Controls rock mechanics automatic test
systems are designed to test various mate-
rials from soft sandstone to high strength
basaltic samples. The complete test system
includes:
- Servohydraulic control console for
load application conforming the relevant
standards (see ADVANTEST code
50-C9842)
- High stiffness testing frame to be
selected conforming to the size of the
sample and the expected strength (see
load frames from 50-C3600/* to
50-C6600/* model page 206)
- Servohydraulic control console for
lateral pressure control (see SERCOMP
7 code 45-C7022/S). This unit which is
derived from the standard SERCOMP 7
code 50-C7022, has been specifically desi-
gned for rock testing (Uniaxial tests only)
- Hoek triaxial cell to be selected confor-
ming the specimen size (Triaxial tests only)
- Strain gauges and accessories
- Test software.
Operating principle
According to the reference standards,
during the test the compression load on
the rock specimen shall be applied conti-
nuously without shock, in such a manner
to produce a strain rate as constant as pos-
sible, so that failure will occur within 5-10
min of loading or alternatively at a con-
stant rate of stress, within the limits of 0.5-
1.0 MPa/sec. Moreover, for triaxial tests, the
confining pressure has to be maintained
constant to within 1%. Our new System
has been designed to completely fulfil
these strict specifications of the test proce-
dures. The ADVANTEST 9 is driven by a
sophisticated micro-processed servo-control
and both uniaxial and triaxial tests can be
carried on at very stable rate of stress,
displacement or strain. The SERCOMP 7 pro-
vides the automatic control and managing
of cell pressure within the limits prescribed
by the Standards. Strain measurements are
performed by means of strain gauges
applied directly to the specimen, both in
axial and radial direction, so that Poissons
ratio and compressibility parameters are
easily and properly evaluated during the
test.
Axial load and cell pressure are also moni-
tored by means of load cells and/or pressu-
re transducers at high levels of sensitivity
and accuracy.
All the test data are graphically displayed in
real time, and stored in ASCII files for further
analysis with appropriate software packages.
Note. For a complete list of suggested
items to perform Triaxial and Uniaxial test
see Table on page 151.
Interactive control
of cell pressure and vertical load
The remarkable performances of the
Automatic Test System can be further
improved for research purposes, by a custo-
mised software expansion concerning the
bi-directional communication between the
ADVANTEST 9 and SERCOMP 7 units with
interactive control of triaxial cell pressure
and vertical load.
50-C5902/* Frame with Hoek cell, 50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9, 45-C7022/S SERCOMP 7, and 86-D2999 PC cabinet
Main features of the complete
system
- Automatic Uniaxial and
Triaxial compression tests
- P.I.D. closed loop control
- Control up to 4 different
hydraulic frames
- Tests performed under control of:
- Load/Stress
- Displacement
- Strain
- Easy access to graphical and
numerical monitoring in real
time of all the measurements:
axial load and displacement,
cell pressure, axial and hori-
zontal strain
- Automatic control of
cell pressure for triaxial tests
- Particularly suitable for
investigation of the past
failure behaviour of rocks
(displacement controlled tests)
- Real time variation of the
settings, including the control
method (load, displacement
or strain)
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
147
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
Sercomp 7 Advantest 9
45-C7022/S 50-C9842
Hydraulic port 2* 4*
Power W 750 750
Max. working pressure, bar 700 700
Test performance with PID closed loop control with PID closed loop control
Resolution up to 1/65000 up to 1/262000
Current specs. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
or 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. or 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
(please specify) (please specify)
Overall specs. mm (lxdxh) 470x410x1000 470x410x1000 + PC
Weight approx. kg 120 140 (including PC and printer,
which are supplied with the unit)
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
* The SERCOMP 7 and ADVANTEST 9 con-
soles can control respectively from to 2 up
to 4 loading frames for compression
and/or flexural tests on cement and con-
crete (see page 208 and 214)
ADVANTEST 9:
AN ADVANCED FLEXIBLE TESTING
SYSTEM IDEAL FOR STANDARD AND
ADVANCED AUTOMATIC TESTS
ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
P.I.D. Closed loop control
Control up to 4 different hydraulic
frames
Perform tests under control of:
- Load/Stress
- Displacement
- Strain
For connection of pressure transdu-
cer, load cells, displacement and
strain transducers
Particularly suitable to test
Deformability and Ductility (from
post-peak test path) of
- Rock samples
- Fiber reinforced concrete
- Shotcrete
- Concrete with polymer
fibre lining
High flexibility: can control very
low capacity hydraulic frames up
to 5000 kN
Advanced
Quality-Performance/Price ratio.
The system is fully described on page
214.
Triaxial test on rock core performed with
50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9 and 50-C7022/S
SERCOMP 7. Top diagram: axial load applied
to the specimen. Bottom diagram: example
of lateral pressure application conforming
to a cycle programmable by the operator.
Example of displays
Uniaxial test on rock core performed with 50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9.
Results are shown both in graphical and numerical format. Top diagram stress vs.
time; bottom diagram stress vs. strain
Detail of rock sample fitted with strain gauges
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
General specifications of the SERCOMP 7 and ADVANTEST 9 consoles
(For more details and specifications see pages 208 and 214)
Hoek cell pressure
148
45
1
.
5
E
-
3
1
.
0
E
-
3
0
.
5
E
-
3
-
0
.
5
E
-
3
-
1
.
0
E
-
3
-
1
.
5
E
-
3
-
2
.
0
E
-
3
-
2
.
5
E
-
2
-
3
.
0
E
-
2
-
3
.
5
E
-
2
150
100
50
0
400
350
300
250
200
Diametral Strain m S
Axial Strain
F
o
r
c
e
(
k
N
)
Strain (mm/mm)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
UNIAXIAL AND TRIAXIAL TESTS:
TEST SOFTWARE
- Set-up of load/displacement/strain ramp
and cycles
- Diagrams in real time of:
- Stress, displacement, average or single
strain vs. time
- Stress vs. displacement
- Stress vs. strain
- Multi-diagrams display.
- Display in real time of recorded data:
1
3
P
1
3
kN MPa -
1729 74 219.30 95.05 0.043
1858 101 239.53 103.82 0.054
1967 122 246.65 106.90 0.062
1968 128 253.55 108.89 0.065
2109 156 261.13 113.18 0.074
2216 158 273.78 118.66 0.071
2345 194 291.48 126.33 0.083
2463 225 302.97 131.31 0.091
2510 236 314.69 136.40 0.094
2567 253 316.30 137.09 0.099
2684 283 329.64 142.87 0.105
2792 308 342.05 148.25 0.110
2796 310 345.96 149.95 0.111
2918 338 357.22 154.83 0.116
2935 345 367.33 159.21 0.118
3039 348 371.70 161.10 0.115
3146 375 384.81 166.78 0.119
Uniaxial test: example of printout
Uniaxial test: detail of rock sample fitted with
strain gauges
UNIAXIAL TEST
Uniaxial test: the test is performed on a cylindrical rock core with strain sensors
measuring the vertical and diametral strain
- Load and displacement
- Cell pressure (triaxial test only)
- Axial or radial strain (single strain
gauge or average).
- Easy calibration procedure and control
- Store of recorded data in ASCII file
- Direct access during the test to the list of
the data recorded from the beginning
- Possibility to pause the test, change set-
up and continue with the new parame-
ters.
Processing and printout
We propose two MS EXCEL data sheets
that, by the readings of the ADVANTEST 9,
perform:
- Uniaxial tests
- Stress-strain analysis
- Poisson ratio vs. strain plot
- Secant and tangent modulus calculation
- Triaxial tests
- Stress-strain analysis
- Poisson ratio vs. strain plot
- Failure envelope analysis.
Uniaxial test on a cataclasite rock specimen.
The vertical cracks are typical of the post peak.
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
149
45
Rock mechanics
Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
TRIAXIAL TEST
The lateral pressure is increased by pro-
gramming steps and the corresponding
axial load is determined. Substantially the
failure point is continuously varied by
changing the lateral pressure.
HOEK CELLS FOR TRIAXIAL TESTS
General description and specifications
Hoek triaxial cells are offered in four
models of different size; each one consists
of the following:
- A cell body , complete with two quick
release self sealing couplings, for the
introduction of the hydraulic oil and cell
pressure, and for air outlet and satura-
tion of the chamber respectively.
- Two end caps , screwed into the cylin-
drical cell body.
- Upper and lower loading caps with
spherical coupling
- Two female spherical seatings connec-
ted to the loading caps and for the
correct transmission of the axial load
from the loading frame of the compres-
sion machine to the specimen.
- A rubber sealing sleeve to separate the
specimen from the cell fluid.
Although each sleeve can be used for seve-
ral tests, an order of five spare sleeves is
recommended (see accessories).
Measurements of axial and radial strain are
carried out with the use of electric strain
gauges , both in vertical and horizontal
direction, directly glued on the lateral sur-
face of the specimen. The wiring connec-
tions are passed within the rubber sleeve
through the cell body and loading cap.
Each strain gauge must be connected to a
proper electric device (see 82-P0070/1) to
complete and balance the Wheatstone
bridge. The strain gauge measurements can
be performed by automatic testing systems
described on page 146 or by suitable
Datalog described on page 153. The cell
pressure and saturation pressure for per-
meability tests are carried out by the use of
appropriate equipment (see page 156).
Hoek cells for triaxial tests
Rock specimen
Oil inlet
Strain gauges
Cell body
s
Code D.C.D.M.A. Specimen size Weight Total height
(1)
reference d x h (mm) (kg) mm
45-D0553 AX 30.10 x 60 2.50 213
45-D0554 1.5 in. 38.10 x 75 4.00 264
45-D0555 BX 42.04 x 85 6.50 263
45-D0556 NX 54.74 x 100 13.00 304
(1) Specimen plus loading caps plus spherical seatings
Hoek cells
s
Code D.C.D.M.A. Specimen size
reference d x h (mm)
45-D0553/1 AX 30.10 x 60
45-D0554/1 1.5 in. 38.10 x 75
45-D0555/1 BX 42.04 x 85
45-D0556/1 NX 54.74 x 100
Hoek cells for triaxial tests
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Hardened steel spherical seat
Rubber sealing sleeve
Spare rubber sleeves
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Triaxial test on rock core performed
with 50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9
and 50-C7022/S SERCOMP 7.
Top diagram: axial load applied
to the specimen.
Bottom diagram: example
of lateral pressure application
conforming to a cycle
programmable by the operator.
Up to 100 pressure steps can be
programmed for consequent
automatic testing.
Hoek cell pressure
150
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Rock mechanics
Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
ACCESSORIES FOR UNIAXIAL TESTS
45-C9034
Compression device for rock core
specimens 50 to 55 mm dia., 100 to
110 mm high
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2938
General description and specifications
The apparatus consists of a two-column
frame fitted with an upper platen with
spherical seat that moves vertically sustai-
ned by a spring. The lower platen is fitted
to the base.
45-C9034
ACCESSORIES FOR UNIAXIAL AND
TRIAXIAL TESTS: STRAIN GAUGES
82-P0070/1
Electric device to complete and
compensate the Wheatstone bridge.
For axial (or radial) strain measurements. A
minimum quantity of 2 units is required.
Used in conjunction with each strain
gauge. Reusable.
82-P0354
Pressure transducer 0-700 bar
range
82-P0390
Strain gauge grid width 4.53 x
gauge length 9.53 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0391
Strain gauge grid width 3 x gauge
length 20 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0392
Strain gauge grid width 2 x gauge
length 30 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0399/A
Strain gauge application kit
Comprising bonding and catalyst agent,
thermocompensated wire (30 m coil), sol-
der and general accessories
LOADING FRAMES
Various models of high stiffness frames
available ranging from 1500 to 4000 kN
capacity.
The model 50-C5902/* features four pre-
stressed column with strain gauge load cell
incorporated in the piston for very accura-
te and precise load measurement.
All frames are tested for stability to EN/BS
and are fitted with transparent safety
guard, base (except 4000 kN model) and
connection kit for console.
All frames have to be fitted with suitable
distance pieces depending on the size of
the specimens.
For more information see page 202.
50-C3600/*
1500 kN cap. EN compression frame
50-C4600/*
2000 kN cap. EN compression frame
50-C5600/*
3000 kN cap. EN compression frame
50-C6600/*
4000 kN cap. EN compression frame
50-C5902/*
3000 kN cap. EN four prestressed
column compression frame with
load cell incorporated in the piston
45-C9098
Lower and upper platen compres-
sion device for rock core specimens
100 mm dia.
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2938
General description and specifications
This device comprises a lower and upper
platen 105 mm dia., 55 mm thick, mini-
mum hardness 58 HRC and a clamping
device to fit the upper platen of the EN
series compression machines. The lower
platen can be easily centred on the piston
or on a suitable distance piece instead of
the standard compression platen of the
machine.
A Weight approx.: net 5 kg
Platen dimensions:
55 mm dia., 28 mm thick
Platen minimum hardness: 58 HRC
Vertical daylight: 112 mm
Total height: 250 mm approx.
B Overall dimensions:
145 mm dia. x 250 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
Frame model 50-C5902/*
Detail of the electronic load cell incorporated
in the ram and assuring Class 1 accuracy star-
ting from 1% of full scale.
45-C9098
151
45
86-D2999
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Automatic test systems
Determination of Elastic Modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION OF AN AUTOMATIC SYSTEM FOR UNIAXIAL
AND TRIAXIAL TESTS ON ROCK SPECIMENS
s
Code Description Q.ty
TX UNX
ITEM LIST
Automatic system
50-C5902/* 3000 kN cap. four series prestressed columns frame for 1 1
cubes up to 200 mm and cylinders up to
160x320 mm. Strain gauge load cell. Vertical daylight 352 mm
50-C9083 Distance piece dia. 200x68 mm 2 -
50-C9082 Distance piece dia. 200x50 mm 1 -
50-C9080 Distance piece dia. 200x30 mm 1 -
45-C9098 Auxiliary platens for rock specimens 100 mm dia. - 1
45-C9034 Compression device for rock specimens 50-55 mm dia. - 1
x 100-110 mm height
45-C9842 ADVANTEST 9 servohydraulic control console for load application 1 1
45-C7022/S SERCOMP 7 Automatic control console for constant 1 -
pressure system in triaxial rock testing
45-D0558 Low friction pressure maintainer for constant cell pressure 1 -
(alternative to 45-C7022/S) complete with
high pressure flexible hose with 90 quick coupling 3 m long
Hoek cells for triaxial test
45-D0556 Hoek triaxial cell NX 54.7 mm dia. total height 304 mm 1 -
45-D0556/1 Spare sealing sleeve for 45-D0556 5 -
45-D0556/A Pair of load spreaders (15 mm thick) 1 -
45-D0556/B Distance pad (25 mm thick) 1 -
System for load cell pressure and strain measurements
82-P0070/1 Compensation device for the Wheatstone bridge 4 4
82-P0392 Strain gauge 30 mm gauge length (pack of 10) 1 1
82-P0399/A Strain gauge application kit 1 1
82-P0070/3 Excel data sheet for stress-strain analysis and elastic moduli 1 1
processing for uniaxial tests
82-P0070/4 Excel data sheet for stress-strain analysis and failure envelope 1 -
for triaxial tests
82-P0354 Strain gauge transducer 700 bar cap. for cell pressure 1 -
measurement
82-P0354/C 1/4 " bonded sealing rings (set of 10 pieces) for connecting 1 -
82-P0354 to 45-C7022/S or to 45-D0558
Reference Standards: ISRM Suggested methods; ASTM D2664, D2938, D3148, D5407
Adapter For specimen For use Weight
set code size with cell approx. (kg)
45-D0577/1 AX 45-D0553 1.7
45-D0577/2 1.5 inch. 45-D0554 1.7
45-D0577/3 BX 45-D0555 1.5
45-D0577/4 NX 45-D0556 1.5
Extruder adapters set
Comprising back plate adapter, two support cell body and shaft head.
45-D0577/A
ACCESSORIES FOR HOEK CELLS:
ROCK SAMPLE EXTRUDER
45-D0577/A
Specimen extruder
Used to extrude the rock sample from its
jacket thus avoiding to empty the confi-
ning fluid. It consists of a steel frame with
a rack and pinion mechanism. Supplied
without adapters, which should be ordered
separately. See adapters set.
A Weight approx.: 11 kg
PC ACCESSORY
PC cabinet
86-D2999
PC cabinet for testing systems.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This PC cabinet is a purpose built accessory
for use in many laboratory applications,
where a PC is required in a testing environ-
ment. It is designed to provide PC system
protection from airborne contamination
such as cement dust. Filtration is achieved
by two vented filters in the cabinet. The
monitor can be fitted on top of the cabinet
and three extractable shelves holds key-
boards, printer and mouse.
B Overall dimensions:
500x550x915 mm (lxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
152
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Elastic modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
45-D0556/A, 45-D0556/B
Schematic view of the Hoek cell with load
spread and distance pads within the compres-
sion platen of the testing frame
s
Cell model No. of 45-D0556/B
pieces required
45-D0553 4
45-D0554 2
45-D0555 2
45-D0556 1
MANUAL LATERAL
PRESSURE SYSTEMS
45-D0558
Low friction manual pressure main-
tainer for lateral pressure in the
Hoek triaxial cells
Used for maintaining constant the desired
lateral pressure in the Hoek triaxial cells.
The unit comprises a hand pump connec-
ted to a special oil reservoir, a precision
pressure gauge, a pressure maintainer and
a flexible hose 3 m long with 90 quick
release coupling.
Max. working pressure: 70 MPa
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
COMPRESSION TESTING MACHINE,
DISTANCE PADS AND LOAD SPREADERS
50-C46B2
2000 kN cap. compression machine
complete with Wizard digital display
and processing system.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This machine is used to apply the axial load
with fine control for accurate load pacing.
Fitted with the Wizard digital display fea-
turing high resolution (32.000 points),
64x128 pixel large graphic display, large
memory and RS 232 serial port for PC or
printer. Other models of compression
machines may be suitable for the same
application (see Section 50).
45-D0556/A
(1)
Pair of load spreader for uniform
load distribution
45-D0556/B
(1)
Distance pad to reduce the vertical
clearance of the compression
machine
(1) Please refer to the right hand sketch to
define the number of required parts depen-
ding on the Hoek cell size.
SEMI-AUTOMATIC TEST SYSTEM
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2664, D2938, D3148, D5407
ISRM Sugg. Methods
Introduction
The above test can be performed combi-
ning the following apparatus:
- Compression testing machine of suffi-
cient capacity (e.g. our digital model
50-C46B2 2000 kN cap.) with additio-
nal pressure transducer
- Manual or automatic lateral pressure
system (e.g. our models 45-D0588 or
45-D7022/S Sercomp 7)
- Stress and strain rock measurement
device by electric strain gauges (e.g.
82-P0908/B Datalog with accessories,
pressure transducer, electric strain gau-
ges, etc.)
- Hoek cell with distance pads and load
spreaders (e.g. 45-D0553, 45-D0556/A,
45-D0556/B, etc.).
The uniaxial test conforming to ASTM
D3148 and D2938 is performed without
the lateral pressure system.
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
50-C46B2 with 82-P0908/B, 45-D0558,
Hoek cell and accessories for triaxial test
Hoek cell
153
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Elastic modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Accessories
82-P0908/SOF
Software for PC data acquisition
and graphical display compatible
with Windows 98 and later ver-
sions. Complete with serial cable
82-P0070/1
Electric device to complete and
compensate the Wheatstone bridge.
For axial (or radial) strain measurements. A
minimum quantity of 2 units are required.
Used in conjunction with each strain
gauge. Reusable.
82-P0354
Pressure transducer 0-700 bar
range
82-P0390
Strain gauge grid width 4.53 x
gauge length 9.53 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0391
Strain gauge grid width 3 x gauge
length 20 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0392
Strain gauge grid width 2 x gauge
length 30 mm. Pack of 10
82-P0399/A
Strain gauge application kit
Comprising bonding and catalyst agent,
thermocompensated wire (30 m coil), sol-
der and general accessories
82-P0070/3
Excel data sheet for stress strain
analysis and elastic moduli proces-
sing in uniaxial tests
For printout of test data and processing the
following diagrams:
- Stress strain curves with axial, radial and
volume strain
- Secant and tangent moduli vs. axial
strain
- Poissons ratio vs. axial strain
- Radial strain vs. axial strain.
82-P0070/4
Excel data sheet for stress strain
analysis and failure envelope for
triaxial tests
For printout of test data and processing the
same data of the 82-P0070/3 data sheet
plus the following:
- Strength values vs. confining pressures
and strength envelope
- Mohr circles and failure envelope.
STRESS AND STRAIN MEASUREMENT
AND RECORDING
82-P0908/B
8 channel automatic data acquisi-
tion and conditioning unit.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This system is used to measure stress and
strain characteristics of rock samples. In the
standard configuration 6 channels are set
for strain measurements with electric strain
gauges; 2 channels are set for load/pressure
measurements with transducers.
Supplied complete with RS 232 serial com-
munication cable.
No. of channels: 8
RS 232 serial output for data tran-
smission to PC
Display: 4 rows of 20 digits
Resolution: 1 for strain
measurements; 20000 digits full scale
for load/pressure
Keyboard: numeric with
6 function keys
Transducers/extensometers supply: 2 V DC
B Dimensions: 320x250x110 mm
Detail of rock sample fitted with strain gauges
154
45
50-C46B2 with 82-P0908/B, 45-D0558,
accessories and rock core specimen
with strain gauges for triaxial tests
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Elastic modulus and strength characteristics
of rock specimens in uniaxial and triaxial conditions (continued)
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION OF A STANDARD SEMIAUTOMATIC SYSTEM FOR UNIAXIAL
AND TRIAXIAL TESTS ON ROCK SPECIMENS
s
Code Description Q.ty
(1) (2)
Reference Standards ASTM ASTM
D2938 D3148
Hydraulic compression machine
50-C46B2 2000 kN cap. compression machine for cubes up to 1 1
200 mm and cylinders up to 160x320 mm, with
WIZARD digital display unit. Vertical daylight 350 mm
50-C9083 Distance piece dia. 200x68 mm 2 2
50-C9082 Distance piece dia. 200x50 mm 1 1
50-C9080 Distance piece dia. 200x30 mm 1 1
45-C9098 Auxiliary platens for rock specimens 100 mm dia. 1 1
45-C9034 Compression device for rock specimens 50-55 mm dia. 1 1
x 100-110 mm height
Stress and strain measurements
45-R0023 High pressure T attachment for testing machine/transducer - 1
82-P0354 Strain gauge transducer 700 bar cap. for axial - 1
load measurement
82-P0070/1 Compensation device for the Wheatstone bridge - 4
82-P0392 Strain gauge 30 mm gauge length (pack of 10) - 1
82-P0399/A Strain gauge application kit - 1
82-P0908/B 8 channels Datalog for strain gauge measurement complete - 1
with RS 232 serial port communication cable to PC
82-P0800/TRMTerminal software for capture of testing data - 1
82-P0070/3 Excel data sheet for stress-strain analysis and elastic - 1
moduli processing in uniaxial tests
Additional equipment for Triaxial tests (1) (2)
Reference Standards ASTM ASTM
D2664 D5407
Hoek cells for triaxial tests
45-D0556 Hoek triaxial cell NX 54.7 mm dia. total height 304 mm 1 1
45-D0556/1 Spare sealing sleeve for 45-D0556 2 2
45-D0556/A Pair of load spreaders (15 mm thick) 1 1
45-D0556/B Distance pad (25 mm thick) 1 1
System for constant cell pressure
45-D0558 Low friction pressure maintainer complete with 1* 1
flexible tubing 3 m long with 90 quick coupling
82-P0354 Strain gauge transducer 700 bar cap. for cell pressure - 1
measurement
82-P0354/C 1/4" bonded sealing rings (set of 10 pieces) - 1
for connecting 82-P0354 to 45-D0558
Stress and strain measurements
82-P0070/4 Excel data sheet for stress-strain analysis and failure - 1
envelope for triaxial tests
Reference Standards: ASTM D2664, D2938, D3148, D5407
ISRM Suggested method
Equipment for Uniaxial tests:
- with measurement of maximum strength only (1)
- with evaluation of elastic modulus and stress-strain parameters (2)
Semi-automatic uniaxial test system
comprising 50-C46B2 machine,
82-P0908/B Datalogger and accessories
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
155
45
45-D0546
Accessories
s
45-D0546/1 Pair of mesh drums,
complete with coupling and tanks
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Splitting tensile strength / Classification tests
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
SPLITTING TENSILE TEST
OF INTACT CORE SPECIMENS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D3967
Introduction
This test method has been developed to
measure the uniaxial tensile strength of
rock specimens by the diametral compres-
sion of a disk. The splitting tensile strength
is calculated as follows:
2 P
t
=
___
_________
L D
where:
P maximum compressive force
L, D thickness and diameter of rock disk.
The test specimens shall be a circular disk
with a thickness-to-diameter ratio (L/D)
between 0.2 and 0.75. The diameter of the
specimen shall be at least 10 times greater
than the largest mineral grain constituent.
A diameter of 54 mm (NX) will generally
satisfy this criterion. We propose, as an
accessory to a suitable compression frame,
the 50-C9032 Compression device.
Considering the average splitting strength
value of different types of rock ranging
from 3 to 14 MPa, a load frame of 50 kN
max. capacity should be suitable.
A suitable testing machine is our Universal
tester 70-T0108/E, 50 kN cap. that can ope-
rate either with load or displacement con-
trol.
Our Sales Dept. is at your complete dispo-
sal for any assistance you may need.
50-C9032
Compression/splitting device for 54
mm dia. rock specimens
This apparatus can be used for splitting
tensile strength on rock disk 54 mm dia.
Platen dia. is 75 mm. Total height 188 mm.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
70-T0108/E equipped
with the 50-C9032 device
for splitting testing
of rock disk
CLASSIFICATION TESTS:
SLAKE DURABILITY INDEX
qSTANDARD
ASTM D4644
45-D0546
Slake durability apparatus.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
45-D0546/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
45-D0546/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This test method has been developed to
assess the deterioration of rocks over a
period of time when subjected to water
immersion. The apparatus consists of a
motorised drive unit which is mounted on
a baseplate and which can rotate two or
four drums at a speed of 20 r.p.m. The tank
assemblies are filled with water to a level
20 mm below the drum axis. The test drums
are manufactured from 2.00 mm mesh, 140
mm dia. x 100 mm long.
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
156
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Permeability of rock
PERMEABILITY OF ROCK.
CONSTANT HEAD TYPE
Introduction
This test is performed to measure
the water flow through the rock spe-
cimen contained in the Hoek cell
and subjected to high confining
pressure. The hydraulic gradient
within the rock sample is supplied by
a constant pressure apparatus and
the water permeating the sample is
collected in a burette. A couple of
end caps are also necessary to fit the
Hoek cell.
CONSTANT PRESSURE APPARATUS
28-T0474/C
Oil and water constant pressure
apparatus for pressure up to 3500
kPa. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This apparatus provides an infinitely varia-
ble constant pressure and is used in
conjunction with the Hoek cell fitted with
the permeability end caps, for the investi-
gation of the permeability of rock at high
confining pressures in the laboratory.
The apparatus comprises: motorised
hydraulic pump; honed piston/spring
assembly; precision test gauge 0-3500 kPa
range; cylindrical oil/water interchange
vessel; valves; 2 kg of high viscosity oil.
Pressure range: 0-3500 kPa
B Dimensions: 310x300x390 mm
A Weight approx.: 16 kg
45-D0588 45-C7022/S
28-T0474/C with Hoek cell, permeability end caps, burette, support base and metal/glass sleeve
Typical configuration of a Rock permeability test set
PERMEABILITY END CAPS
s
45-D0553/3
Permeability end cap AX size
s
45-D0554/3
Permeability end cap 1.5 in. size
s
45-D0555/3
Permeability end cap BX size
s
45-D0556/3
Permeability end cap NX size
GLASS BURETTE AND ACCESSORIES
s
86-D1160
Graduated glass burette 25 ml cap. x 0.1
ml div.
s
86-D1445
Support base 200x130 mm
s
86-D1451
Double sleeve metal/glass
HOEK CELLS (SEE PAGE 149)
Accessories
s
28-T0474/5
Connecting hose to the Hoek cell
s
28-T0475/2 High viscosity oil. 5 l can
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
s
Code Description Q.ty
Rock permeability within Hoek cells
28-T0474/C Oil and water constant pressure apparatus for pressure 1
up to 3500 kPa. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
28-T0490 Nylon tubing 6x4 mm dia., 20 m coil 1
45-D0556
(1)
Hoek cell NX size 1
45-D0556/3
(1)
Permeability end caps for NX Hoek triaxial cell 45-D0556. 1
Set of two
86-D1160
(1)
Graduated glass burette 25 ml cap. x 0.1 ml div. 1
86-D1445 Support base 200x130 mm complete with rod 10 mm dia. 1
x 500 mm long
86-D1451 Double sleeve metal/glass 1
45-D0558
(2)
Low friction pressure maintainer or 1
45-C7022/S
(2)
Automatic control console for constant pressure system 1
in the Hoek triaxial cell. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
(alternative to 45-D0558, suggested for long term tests)
(1) Or other sizes (2) Normally required/available for the triaxial test (see pages 147 and 152)
157
45
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Behaviour of joints
Another important section of rock
mechanics involves the study of
discontinuities within the rock mass,
where the compression and shear
strength is lower.
The behaviour of joints is particu-
larly investigated: they are origina-
ted from geological failures,
breaking off the rock mass conti-
nuity, along which no sliding
mechanism is shown.
From the rock mechanics point of
view the discontinuities are charac-
terised by mechanical strength lower
than the original rock matrix and
require detailed test investigations.
STRENGTH OF THE JOINT WALLS
It is conventionally investigated with the
Schmidt Hammer (L model). A series of 10
measurements is performed both on the
joint walls and on a new failure surface.
From the 10 values obtained the 5 lower
are rejected and the compression strength
is given by the average value of the last 5.
This parameter is generally indicated as JCS
(Joint Wall Compressive Strength), expres-
sed in MPa.
SURFACE ROUGHNESS OF THE JOINT
This parameter is defined on the joint sur-
face with the Barton comb (Profilometer
45-D0556) used to reproduce the rough-
ness profile. The line obtained is compared
with a scale of roughness profiles, proposed
by Barton, each of them is specified with a
classification number JRC, variable from 0
to 20 (JRC = Joint Roughness Coefficient).
TILT TEST
An empirical method for an immediate
evaluation of the JRC index is obtained
with the tilt test (model 45-B0096). It
essentially consists of a horizontal plane,
upon which the two parts of the sample
are placed, laid one upon the other along
the joint surface. Then the plane is gradual-
ly tilted until the relative displacement of
the upper piece of the sample on the lower
one is observed.
The equipment is fitted with a lower edge,
to stop the lower specimen from sliding,
and one goniometer. The tilting angle
measured is related to the JRC index with
the following:
-
R
JRC =
______________
Log (JCS/)
SHEAR STRENGTH OF THE JOINT
It is obtained from the direct shear test.
The peak resistance of a rough joint is cal-
culated from the following relationship
(Barton, 1973):
= tg ( + i
eff
)
with
JCS
i
eff
= JRC log
______
R
angle of residual shear friction (obtai-
ned from the shear test)
normal pressure acting on the joint
surface, generated by the weight of
the upper piece of the sample
JCS joint resistance (measured with the
Schmidt Hammer)
Therefore the shear test is performed:
- on a smooth joint to directly obtain
the shear friction angle
- on a rough joint to calculate from
JCS and JRC.
From the above expression it is interesting
to observe that, when the normal stress
equals JCS (compression strength of the
joint itself), i
eff
becomes 0. The mechanical
explanation is that, when the joint walls
are fractured for the applied high normal
pressure, the shear resistance of the rock
only depends from the shear strength
angle and not from the surface rough-
ness of the joint.
For the measurement of the residual shear
strength of the joint the direct shear test is
also used. The mathematical expression
representing the behaviour of residual
strength is the Coulombs linear failure
envelope without cohesion:
= tg
R
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Typical roughness profiles
158
45
Accessories
s
45-D0548/9 High alumina cement
for the cementation of the sample in
the shear box. 50 kg bag
s
82-D1256 Dial gauge 25 mm travel
x 0.01 mm
s
45-D0548/10 Set of 4 dial gauges
10x0.002 mm complete with mounting
brackets
Spare parts
s
45-D0548/8 Mould former
s
45-D0548/1
Load gauge, range 0-50 kN x 1 kN
45-D0548
45-D0566
One of the pumps is
fitted with a pressure
maintainer to assure
auniform load during
the test
Detail of the shear box apparatus fitted with
the 45-D0548/10 accessory to perform the test
conforming to the ASTM D5607 standard.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Behaviour of joints
Measurement of shear strength
Roughness measurement. Profilometers / Tilt test
MEASUREMENT OF SHEAR STRENGTH
qSTANDARD ASTM D5607
(1)
ISRM: Suggested method for determining
shear strength (1974)
(1) To perform the test conforming to
ASTM standard, four dial gauges for verti-
cal displacement are requested. See acces-
sory 45-D0548/10
45-D0548
Rock shear box apparatus.
Hand operated
General description and specifications
This apparatus was originally developed at
Imperial College, London, by Professor E. Hoek.
It is a simple and practical method of determi-
ning the strength and slope stability of rock,
both in the field and in the laboratory. The
apparatus consists of a shear box designed to
accept rock samples not larger than 115x125
mm, or alternatively cores up to 102 mm dia.
The shear box consists of two halves, the
upper being connected to two rams for rever-
sible shearing action and the lower connected
to a ram for normal load application. The loads
are recorded by Bourdon tube load gauges.
The normal loading system is complete with
an adjustable low friction pressure maintainer
to absorb volume changes of the specimen
during the shearing action and to ensure a
constant vertical stress.
The apparatus is supplied complete with two
50 kN pumps and manometers and two
mould forms used for the correct alignment
of the sample before the test with cementa-
tion.
Gauge range: 50 kN x 1 kN
B Dimensions: 460x250x600 mm
A Weight approx.: 45 kg
ROUGHNESS MEASUREMENT.
PROFILOMETERS
Used for measurement of the roughness
profile of rock samples.
45-D0566
Profilometer (Barton comb).
300 mm length
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
45-D0566/A
Profilometer (Barton comb). 150
mm length
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
TILT TEST
45-B0096
Apparatus for measurement of the
joint roughness coefficient (Tilt Test)
General description and specifications
It is used to calculate the JRC of a rock or
of a joint. The equipment consists of an
adjustable inclined plane, on which the
rock sample (100 mm dia. max.) is placed,
separated along the surface where the rou-
ghness is to be measured. Then the plane is
slowly tilted until sliding of the upper part
of the sample on the lower one occurs.
From the measured inclination angle it is
possible to evaluate the roughness index.
Inclination angle: 0-50
B Overall dimensions:
265x170x260 mm
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
45-B0096
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
159
45
Accessories
s
45-D0550/D5 Set of lower and
upper platen 52 mm dia. with spherical
seat for compression tests
s
45-D1717 Clear safety goggles
Spare parts
s
45-D0550/A7 Set of hardened coni-
cal platens
s
45-D0550/A8 Set of gaskets for
cylinder and pump
45-D0550/D
45-D0561
with 45-D0562/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rock mechanics
Classification
Classification tests: Compression strength / Strength index
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
STRENGTH INDEX
qSTANDARD
ASTM D5731 - ISRM: Suggested method.
45-D0550/D
Digital rock strength
index apparatus
General description and specifications
This apparatus, also named Franklin Press
(1970), is used to obtain quick information
concerning rock strength. A rock core piece
is subjected to a compression load along its
diameter with two opposite conical pla-
tens. The index of rock strength is calcula-
ted from the following:
P
IS =
__
D
2
where P is the maximum applied load and
D the core diameter.
The apparatus consists of a load frame 60 kN
capacity with a hydraulic loading ram actua-
ted by a hand pump. The frame is adjustable
to allow for testing sample up to 102 mm
dia. A ruler assembled on the frame allows
for direct measurement of the distance D
between the conical platens before and after
the test. The compression load is measured
by a pressure transducer with an advanced
digital display unit assuring the best accu-
racy and resistance to the failure shocks. The
machine, fitted with the accessory 45-
D0550/D5, can also be used for compression
tests on small cores or cylindrical specimens.
The apparatus is contained in an easyly tran-
sportable plastic case.
Load range: 0-60 kN
Resolution: 65.000 div.
Accuracy: 1%
B Case dimensions: 800x500x280 mm
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
COMPRESSION STRENGTH
qSTANDARD: ASTM D5873
ISRM: Suggested method
45-D0561
Rock classification hammer (Schmidt
hammer Low impact energy model)
General description and specifications
Used to measure the rebound index on rock
cores and samples. The apparatus is simple,
easy to use, and is similar to the one used for
testing concrete. The level of impact energy
only is different: 0.74 Nm. Rock cores are
positioned horizontally and the rebound
index is obtained from the average of seve-
ral measurements performed perpendicu-
larly to the longitudinal axis. The unit is sup-
plied complete with carrying case.
B Dimensions of case:
78 mm dia. x 335 mm
Accessories
45-D0562/A ASTM rock cradle
Universal model, can hold all standard rock
core sample from EX to NX size (21.46 to
54.74 mm dia.) and even more. The appara-
tus comprises a vertical hammer guide fit-
ted to a steel plate of minimum mass
conforming to ASTM D5873, and a magne-
tic V block that can be easily fitted to the
steel plate.
B Dimensions:
220 mm dia. x 420 mm high approx.
A Weight approx.: 27 kg
58-C0184
Calibration anvil
qSTANDARD
EN 12504-2
ASTM C805, D5873
Used for calibration of concrete test ham-
mer (models 58-C0181/N) and Rock classi-
fication hammer (model 45-D0561). Made
of special alloy steel and supplied comple-
te with traceable hardness certificate. It is
essential for the periodical laboratory veri-
fication of the Rock classification hammer.
B Dimensions:
150 mm dia. x 230 mm height
A Weight approx.: 16 kg
- Light and
portable unit
- Sample size up to
102 mm dia.
- Accepts irregular
shaped samples
- High resolution
digital display
battery operated
- Resistant
to failure shocks
160
47
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
New EN European Standards
and relation with the existing National Specifications
EN Correspondent or comparable Title
National Standards
EN 932-1 BS 812, 1377, 1924 Tests for general properties of aggregates.
ISO 4847-78 Methods for sampling
UNI 8520-3
CNR No. 93
ASTM C702
NF P18-551, 552, 553
UNE 83 109
EN 932-2 BS 812, 1377, 1924 Tests for general properties of aggregates.
ISO 4847-78 Methods for reducing laboratory samples
UNI 8520-3, CNR No. 93
ASTM C702
NF P18-551, 552, 553
UNE 83 109
EN 932-5 BS 812 Tests for general properties of aggregates.
Common equipment and calibration
EN 932-6 NF ISO 5725 Tests for general properties of aggregates.
Definitions of repeatability and reproducibility
EN 933-1 UNI 8520-5* Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
BS 812 Determination of particle size distribution.
ASTM C136 Sieving method
UNE 7050
NF P18-560
EN 933-2 UNI 8520-5* Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
BS 812 Determination of particle size distribution. Test sieves,
ASTM C136 nominal size of apertures
UNE 7050
NF P18-560
NF X11-504
EN 933-3 NF P18-561* Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
UNI 8520-18* Determination of particle shape. Flakiness index
BS 812, NLT 354
EN 933-4 DIN 4226 Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
CNR No. 95 Determination of particle shape. Shape index
NLT 354
EN 933-5 Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
Assessment of surface characteristics.
Percentage of crushed and broken surfaces in coarse aggregates
EN 933-7 BS 812 Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
Determ. of shell content. Percentage of shells in coarse aggregates
EN 933-8 ASTM D2419* Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
NF XP18-598, NF P18-597 Assessment of fines. Sand equivalent test
UNI 8520-15*, CNR No. 27*
UNE 83131
B
y the time this catalogue has been printed a number of new European Standards concerning aggregates will have been published and
the correspondent National Standards are automatically superseded.
The new EN Standards for aggregates have been grouped in five main subjects:
Standards
- Tests for general properties of aggregates from EN 932-1 to EN 932-6
- Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates from EN 933-1 to EN 933-10
- Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates from EN 1097-1 to EN 1097-10
- Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates from EN 1367-1 to EN 1367-5
- Tests for chemical properties of aggregates from EN 1744-1 to EN 1744-3
In the majority of cases the new EN Standards correspond to some existing National Standards and, apart from a few exceptions there is
almost no difference in the specifications of test apparatus.
In order to allow clients the choice to update, if necessary, their laboratory equipment, we list below all the new EN Standards with cor-
responding National Standard.
Considering that in many countries outside Europe the National Standards such as BS and NF will still be adopted, we continue to sup-
ply the relative apparatus.
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
161
47
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
New EN European Standards
and relation with the existing National Specifications (continued)
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
EN 933-9 NF P94-068 Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
UNI 8520-15*, UNE 83 130 Assessment of fines. Methylene blue test
EN 933-10 Tests for geometrical properties of aggregates.
Assessment of fines. Grading of fillers (Air jet sieving)
EN 1097-1 NF P18-572 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
CNR No.109, UNE 83 115 Determination of the resistance to wear (Micro-Deval)
EN 1097-2 ASTM C131* Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
NF P18-573* (1) Impact testing machine only
UNI 8520-19*, CNR No. 34* Methods for the determination of resistance to fragmentation
DIN 52115-1(1), UNE 83 114
EN 1097-3 BS 812* Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
ISO 6782*, UNI 8520-6* Determination of loose bulk density and voids
CNR No. 62*, 63*, 64*
NLT 156
EN 1097-4 BS 812, CNR No.123 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
NF P18-565, NLT 177 Determination of the voids of compacted filler
EN 1097-5 BS 812 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
NF P18-554 Det. of the water content by drying in a ventilated oven
EN 1097-6 ISO 6783, UNI 8520-13*, 16* Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
NF P18-555, NLT 154 Determination of particle density and water absorption
EN 1097-7 BS 812 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
NF P18-558, NLT 155 Det. of the particle density of filler. Pyknometer method
EN 1097-8 BS 812, CNR No. 105, 140 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
NF P18-575, NLT 174 Determination of the Polished Stone Value
EN 1097-9 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
Method for the determination of the resistance to wear by
abrasion from studded tyres: Nordic test
EN 1097-10 Tests for mechanical and physical properties of aggregates.
Determination of water suction height
EN 1367-1 ASTM C682* Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates.
UNI 8520-20*, CNR No. 80* Determination of resistance to freezing and thawing
BS 812
EN 1367-2 UNI 8520-10* Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates.
ASTM C88, UNE 7136 Magnesium sulphate test
EN 1367-3 Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates.
Boiling test for "Sonnenbrandt Basalt" and disintegration of steel slag
EN 1367-4 BS 812 Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates.
Determination of drying shrinkage
EN 1367-5 Tests for thermal and weathering properties of aggregates.
Determination of resistance to thermal shock
EN 1744-1 BS 812* Tests for chemical properties of aggregates.
UNI 8520-11*, 12*, 14* Chemical analysis
NF P18-582, 583, 584,
585, 586, 587, 588
EN 1744-3 Tests for chemical properties of aggregates.
Preparation of eluates by leaching of aggregates
EN 12620 NF P18-541, NF P18-101 Aggregates for concrete
EN 13043 Aggregates for Bituminous mixtures and surface treatments
EN 13055-1 Lightweight Aggregate for concrete
EN 13055-2 Lightweight Aggregate for bound and unbound
EN 13139 NF P18-101 Aggregates for mortar
EN 13179-1 Tests for filler aggregate used in bituminous mixture.
Delta ring and ball test
EN 13179-2 Tests for filler aggregate used in bituminous bound.
Bitumen number
EN 13242 Aggregates for unbound and hydraulically bound materials
for use in civil engineering work and road construction
EN 13383-1 Armour stone Part 1: Specification
EN 13383-2 Armour stone Part 2: Test methods
EN 13450 Aggregates for railway ballast
Legend
EN = European Standard (Mandatory); BS = British Standard; ASTM = USA Standard; NF = French Standard; DIN = German Standard;
UNE = Spanish Standard; NLT = Spanish "Norma de Laboratorio Transporte"; UNI = Italian Standard; CNR = Italian Road Standard; ISO
= International Organization for Standardization
Note. The asterisk * after the National Standard means that the testing apparatus does not completely correspond to the EN Standard.
162
47
Spare parts
s
15-D0430/1 Spare material pan.
Weight 2.3 kg
Aggregates
General and Geometrical properties
Methods for sampling / Sampling tools
Riffle boxes (sample splitters)
RIFFLE BOXES (SAMPLE SPLITTERS)
qSTANDARD
EN 932-1, 932-2 ASTM C702
To divide aggregates into a representative
sample increment for testing.
Riffle boxes
s
Code Max. size Slot width No. Capacity Weight
sample (mm) (mm) of slots approx. (dm
3
) approx. (kg)
15-D0438 5 7 12 0.24 1.5
15-D0438/A 10 15 12 2 5
15-D0438/B 20 30 10 4.6 19
15-D0438/C 40 50 8 14 23.5
15-D0438/D 13 20 10 3 5.5
15-D0438/E 20 25 10 3.9 19
15-D0438/F 25 38 8 9.6 19
15-D0438/G 50 64 8 21 27
15-D0438/H 40 45 8 11.3 23.5
Each riffle box is supplied with 3 metal pans
15-D0430
Large capacity sample splitter
Specifications
For aggregate up to 150 mm size
Adjustable openings from: 12.5 mm
with 12.5 mm increments
Clam shell hopper 26 dm
3
capacity
Complete with two pans
B Dimensions: Overall height: 991 mm
Hopper size: 737 mm long x 483 mm wide
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
SAMPLING TOOLS
86-D1645 Shovel
A Weight approx.: 1.6 kg
s
Code Capacity Size
(approx.)
86-D1601 325 ml 245x80 mm
86-D1602 1000 ml 335x120 mm
86-D1603 2600 ml 420x160 mm
Round aluminium scoops
86-D1645
86-D1601 to 86-D1603
Perforated metal plate sieves
SIEVING METHOD. TEST SIEVES,
NOMINAL SIZE OF APERTURES
qSTANDARD
EN 933-1, 933-2
Please refer to the Section 15 concerning
ISO 3310-1 and 3310-2 test sieves and
sieve shakers. Conforming to the above
standards the following openings should
be used:
Woven cloth sieves ISO 3310-1
0.063 0.125 0.250 0.500 1 2 mm
Perforated metal plate sieves ISO 3310-2
4 8 16 31.5 63 125 mm
15-D438 to 15-D438/G
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Woven cloth sieves
15-D0430
163
47
47-D0541, D0540
Aggregates
General and Geometrical properties
Flakiness and elongation index / Efflux index
DETERMINATION OF PARTICLE SHAPE.
FLAKINESS INDEX
qSTANDARD
EN 933-1 / Also conforming to NF P18-
561, UNI 8520-18, NLT 354
Bar sieves
Used to determine the flakiness index of
the aggregates. Aluminium frame and
stainless steel bars.
s
Code Aperture (mm)
47-D0418/1 2.50
47-D0418/2 3.15
47-D0418/3 4.00
47-D0418/4 5.00
47-D0418/5 6.30
47-D0418/6 8.00
47-D0418/7 10.00
47-D0418/8 12.50
47-D0418/9 16.00
47-D0418/10 20.00
47-D0418/11 25.00
47-D0418/12 31.50
47-D0418/13 40.00
A Weight approx. : 3 kg each
47-D0418/1 to 47-D0418/13
FLAKINESS AND ELONGATION INDEX.
BS 812 METHOD. EFFLUX INDEX
47-D0415
Flakiness sieves test set
General description and specifications
Used to determine if aggregate particles
are to be considered flaky, i.e. their thick-
ness is less than 0.6 of their nominal size.
Each sieve is made from heavy gauge steel
and each one can also be ordered separa-
tely.
The set comprises the following sieves:
Flakiness sieve set
s
Code Slot width Slot length Passing/Retained
(mm) (mm) (mm)
47-D0415/1 4.9 30 10/6.3
47-D0415/2 7.2 40 14/10
47-D0415/3 10.2 50 20/14
47-D0415/4 14.4 60 28/20
47-D0415/5 19.7 80 37.5/28
47-D0415/6 26.3 90 50/37.5
47-D0415/7 33.9 100 63/50
A Weight approx. : 15 kg (total set)
47-D0540 Thickness gauge
Description
Used to determine if aggregate particles
are to be considered flaky, i.e. their thick-
ness is less than 0.6 of their nominal size.
A Weight approx.: 200 g
47-D0541 Length gauge
Description
Aggregate particles are considered elonga-
ted when their length is more than 1.8 of
their nominal size.
A Weight approx.: 1.1 kg
SHAPE INDEX
qSTANDARD
EN 933-4
Also conforming to DIN 4226, CNR No. 95,
NLT 354
47-D0542
Aggregate shape gauge
Used to determine the shape factor of
aggregates.
B Dimensions: 320x160 mm
A Weight approx.: 450 g
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
47-D0415
47-D0542
164
47
Accessories for both
47-T0050/B and 47-T0050/C models
s
47-T0056/B Motorised shaker
s
47-T0056/C Motorised shaker with
safety cover
s
47-T0050/7 Sand equivalent stock
solution, 1 l bottle
s
47-T0050/7B Sand equivalent stock
solution, 125 cc bottle. Pack of 20
s
47-T0050/8 Clamp stand set. Holds
syphon assembly in place during the
test
s
47-T0050/11 Tube brush
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Geometrical properties
Assessment of fines. Sand equivalent test
47-T0050/C
Sand equivalent test set ASTM
D2419 - AASHTO T176 model
Same as the 47-T0050/B except the four
measuring cylinders which are totally gra-
duated.
SAND EQUIVALENT SHAKERS
47-T0056/B
Motorised sand equivalent shaker.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
47-T0056/BZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
47-T0056/BY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
47-T0056/C
Motorised sand equivalent shaker
with safety cover (CE directive).
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
47-T0056/CZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
47-T0056/CY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
To provide a completely uniform shaking
action at the specified rate and also elimi-
nating any operator fatigue. Supplied com-
plete with timer.
Stroke: adjustable 200 10 mm
Rate: 175 strokes/min
B Dimensions: 720x420x450 mm
A Weight approx.: 20 kg
In the model 47-T0056/C the machine
stops automatically when the safety cover
is opened.
s
Code Description
47-T0050/1 Measuring cylinder (ASTM)
47-T0050/1A Measuring cylinder (EN)
47-T0050/2 Rubber stopper
47-T0050/3 Measuring can
47-T0050/4 Irrigator tube
47-T0050/5 Siphon assembly
with bottle
47-T0050/6 Weighted foot (ASTM)
47-T0050/61 Weighted foot (EN)
86-D1546 Funnel
82-D1694 Graduated rule, 500 mm
47-T0050/10 Plastic case
Spare parts for 47-T0050/B
and 47-T0050/C apparatus
47-T0056/B
47-T0056/C
47-T0050/C with 47-T0050/7
47-T0050/B with 47-T0050/7
ASSESSMENT OF FINES.
SAND EQUIVALENT TEST
qSTANDARD: EN 933-8
Also conforming to NF P18-598,
UNI 8520-15, UNE 83131, CNR No. 27
47-T0050/B
Sand equivalent test set EN model
EN 933-8
The set comprises: four measuring cylin-
ders, two rubber stoppers, measuring can,
irrigator tube, siphon assembly with bottle,
weighted foot, funnel, graduated rule 1 l
bottle of stock solution (packed separately)
and plastic carrying case.
Each item can be ordered individually. All
items are housed in the 47-T0050/10
Plastic carrying case except the Siphon
assembly with bottle 47-T0050/5 which is
packed separately.
A Weight approx.: 12 kg
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
165
47
Accessories
s
47-D0439/C13 Automatic bottle
top dispenser 0-10 ml, 0.1 ml gradua-
tions complete with glass bottle.
Note: replaces the 47-D0439/C1 and
47-D0439/C2 burette with support base
s
47-D0439/C15 Plastic pan
Accessories
s
47-D0439/1
Airtight glass container 1 litre capacity
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASSESSMENT OF FINES.
METHYLENE BLUE TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 933-9
Also conforming or comparable to NF P94-
068, UNE 83 180, UNI 8520-15
The test is performed for determining the
clay content in the fines fraction of the
aggregates.
47-D0439/C
Methylene blue test set.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Comprising:
s
47-D0439/C1
50 cc burette with stopcock
s
47-D0439/C2
Support base with clamp
s
47-D0439/C3
Filter paper. Pack of 100 discs
s
47-D0439/C4
Glass rod 300x8 mm dia.
s
47-D0439/C5
3000 ml cap. plastic beaker
s
47-D0439/C9
Methylene blue. 250 g
s
47-D0439/C10
Kaolinite. 1000 g
s
47-D0439/C11
Electric agitator, 400 to 700 r.p.m., 75 mm
dia. impeller. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
(1)
Complete with support base and double
sleeve.
Each item can be purchased individually.
(1)
Other voltages available on request.
DETERMINATION OF CLAY, SILT, AND
DUST IN FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES.
BS 812 SEDIMENTATION METHOD
47-D0439/A
Bottle roller. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Used for rotating the glass bottle contai-
ning samples as described in BS 812 at a
speed of 80 20 r.p.m.
Power: 90 W
B Dimensions:
424x195x275 mm (lxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
47-D0439/C (Sieves not included)
47-D0439/A with 47-D0439/1
22-T0062/2 with 47-D0439/B
47-D0516
DETERMINATION OF THE EFFLUX INDEX
OF FINE AGGREGATES
qSTANDARD
EN 933-6
NF P18-564, CNR No. 113
47-D0516
Efflux index apparatus
Used to obtain information about the
shape and the angularity of grains of the
0.075 4 mm fraction of aggregates. It
consists essentially of a container, which
ends in a funnel 12 or 16 mm dia. with 60
opening. Supplied complete with both fun-
nels.
B Dimension approx.:
200x200x420 mm
A Weight: 9 kg approx.
Aggregates
Geometrical properties
Assessment of fines. Methylene blue test / BS 812 sedimentation method
Shape index
47-D0439/B
Andreasen pipette
25 ml capacity
Used to extract precise
quantities of suspen-
sion ready for analysis.
Made from glass.
A Weight approx.:
700 g
22-T0062/2
Pipette stand
Used to precisely adju-
st the vertical move-
ment of the
Andreasen pipette. For
full details please refer
to the Soil Section 22.
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
166
48
Abrasive charges
s
48-D0505 Set of 12 abrasive char-
ges conforming to ASTM/UNI/CNR
Standards
s
48-D0505/A Set of 11 abrasive
charges conforming to EN Standards
48-D0500/D with 48-D0505
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Determination of the resistance and fragmentation
DETERMINATION OF RESISTANCE
TO FRAGMENTATION (LOS ANGELES)
Los Angeles
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-2
Also conforming to NF P18-573, UNE 83
114, UNI 8520-19, CNR No. 34, ASTM C131
48-D0500/D
Los Angeles abrasion machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
48-D0500/DZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
48-D0500/DY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The machine consists of a rolled steel drum
having an inside diameter of 711 mm and
internal length 508 mm. The drum is rota-
ted by a speed reducer driven by an electric
motor at a speed of between 31 and 33
r.p.m. The machine is equipped with an
automatic counter, which can be preset to
the required number of revolutions of the
drum. The unit is supplied without the
abrasive charge, which has to be ordered
separately depending on the standard in
use.
Conforming to the CE directive, the machi-
ne should be housed in a soundproof and
protection cabinet.
Our standard model can be upgraded for
this requirement by the 48-D0500/XUP
Soundproof and protection cabinet, which
has to be specified at time of order and
factory installed. See Upgrading options.
Power: 740 W
B Dimensions approx.:
- 48-D0500/D: 975x785x937 mm
A Weight approx.: 350 kg
Upgrading option
Soundproof and security cabinet
48-D0500/XUP
Soundproof and security cabinet
General description and specifications
This option includes the supply of the cabi-
net for the Los Angeles machine. The cabi-
net is manufactured from sheet steel lined
internally with soundproofing material to
reduce noise and electric safety device,
which automatically stops the rotation of
the drum when opening the door confor-
ming to the CE directive. The control panel
is fitted externally.
B Overall dimensions:
933x1052x1250 mm
A Weight approx. (less Los Angeles):
180 kg
48-D0500/D upgraded with the 48-D0500/XUP cabinet
48-D0500/XUP
Detail of
the external
control panel
CRUSHING RESISTANCE
OF LIGHTWEIGHT AGGREGATES
qSTANDARD
EN 13055-1
48-D0512
Apparatus for the determination
of the crushing resistance
of lightweight aggregate
Made of steel
B Total height: 260 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
48-D0512
167
48
Accessories
s
48-D0471/1 Abrasive white corun-
dum sand 80 grade. Pack of 5 kg
- Stainless steel jars
- Preset revolution
counter
- Safety guard (CE)
48-D0524
Accessories and spares
s
48-D0524/1 Steel spheres, 30 mm dia.
Pack of 10. Conforming to NF P18-576
s
48-D0524/2
Steel spheres, 18 mm dia. Pack of 50.
Conforming to NF P18-576
s
48-D0524/4
Spare standard cylinder. Stainless steel
s
48-D0524/5
Steel spheres, 10 mm dia. Pack of 25 kg
s
48-D0524/6
Stainless steel cylinder 200 mm dia. x 400
mm length. Conforming to NF P18-572
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ABRASION RESISTANCE OF NATURAL
STONES AND CONCRETE TILES FOR
EXTERNAL PAVING
qSTANDARD
EN 1341, 1342, 1343
48-D0471
Abrasion testing machine for natu-
ral stones and concrete tiles.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This machine has been developed for
determining the resistance to
abrasion/wear of natural stones and con-
crete products. Easy to use, electronic con-
trol of the disc speed with auto shut-off of
the machine at the selected number of
revolutions. Complete with aspirator to
collect powders. The abrasion disc wheel is
70 mm thick. Supplied complete with 5 kg
of white corundum FEPA grit size 80.
B Overall dimensions:
620x670x850 mm
A Weight approx.: 85 kg
48-D0471
AGGREGATE CRUSHING VALUE.
BS METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 812:110
48-D0510
Standard aggregate crushing value
apparatus. 150 mm dia.
48-D0511
Aggregate crushing value apparatus.
75 mm dia.
General description and specifications
The aggregate crushing value provides a
relative measure of the resistance of an
aggregate to crushing under a gradually
applied compressive load. Supplied com-
plete with cylinder, plunger, base plate,
tamping rod, and measure.
A Weight approx.: 16.5 kg for
48-D0510 and 3.5 kg for 48-D0511
48-D0510, D0511
DETERMINATION OF THE RESISTANCE
TO WEAR (MICRO-DEVAL)
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-1
Also conforming to NF P18-572, P18-576,
CNR No. 109, UNE 83 115
48-D0524
Micro-Deval testing machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to determine the resistance to wear of
aggregates. The machine consists of a steel
frame, four stainless steel cylinders, and 25
kg of 10 mm diameter stainless steel sphe-
res. The machine stops automatically at the
preset number of revolutions. The machine
can also be supplied without stainless steel
spheres. Ask for code 48-D0524/A.
Power: 1100 W
B Dimensions: 1000x450x920 mm
A Weight approx.: 130 kg
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Methods for the determination of resistance to wear and fragmentation
(continued)
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The ACV test can be performed with our
automatic test systems. See page 144.
168
48
Accessories
s
48-D0447/1 Blow counter kit. To fit
the filler compaction apparatus
s
48-D0447/2 Filter paper 25 mm dia.
Pack of 100
DETERMINATION OF THE VOIDS
OF DRY COMPACTED FILLER
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-4. Also conforming to BS 812,
CNR No. 23, NLT 177
48-D0447
Filler compaction apparatus
General description and specifications
This apparatus is used for the determina-
tion of the void content of dry compacted
filler. The apparatus essentially consists of
three components:
- A metal base size 100 mm x 150 mm
- A cylinder of 25 mm internal diameter
- A plunger of a diameter allowing it to slide
freely in the cylinder without lateral play.
A Weight approx.: 3.5 kg
48-D0515
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Methods for the determination of resistance to wear and fragmentation (continued)
Determination of the voids
DEVAL APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
NF P18-577
48-D0523
Deval attrition test machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for testing the abrasion resistance of
aggregates. The machine consists of a rota-
ting frame to support two steel cylinders
complete with covers and locking device.
The rotating frame is driven by a
motor/speed reducer and an automatic
counter is included to preset the required
number of revolutions.
Rotation speed: 33 r.p.m.
Motor: 736 W
B Dimensions: 1500x500x700 mm
A Weight approx.: 190 kg
48-D0447
AGGREGATE IMPACT VALUE.
BS AND NF METHODS
qSTANDARD
BS 812 - NF P18-574
48-D0515
Impact testing machine.
General description and specifications
This machine is robustly designed to deter-
mine the aggregate impact value of aggre-
gate, which provides a relative measure of
the resistance of an aggregate to sudden
shock or impact. Manufactured from plated
steel for protection against corrosion and
provided with an automatic counter to
check the number of blows delivered to the
sample. Supplied complete with cylindrical
measure and tamping rod.
B Dimensions: 444x300x879 mm (lxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 58 kg
SCRATCH HARDNESS. ASTM METHOD
48-D0518
Scratch hardness test apparatus
qSTANDARD
ASTM C235
General description and specifications
This apparatus is
used in the field to
determine the quan-
tity of soft particles
in coarse aggregate.
Consisting of a
metal rod with a
rounded point of 1.6
mm diameter, which
is mounted in a
device so that a load
of 8.9 0.4 N is
applied to the test
specimen.
B Dimensions:
150x200x320 mm
A Weight approx.:
8 kg
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
48-D0523
48-D0518
169
48
Accessories
s
86-D1004
Graduated glass cylinder 250 ml
Accessories
s
11-D0612/A1
Cradle for holding specimens
s
11-D0630 Digital top pan balance
4500 g x 0.1 g capacity
s
11-D0631/E Digital top loading
balance 15 kg x 1 g capacity
s
11-D0631/F Digital top pan balance
16 kg x 0.1 g capacity
s
11-D0631/C Digital top pan balance
30 kg x 1 g capacity
Accessories
s
34-T0099 Straight edge
s
22-T0040/1 Glass plate 300x300 mm
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Particle density / Loose bulk density and voids
The above models incorporate a specialised
feature, which allows specific gravity
results to be calculated and displayed
immediately at the touch of a button.
11-D0612
Density basket 200 mm dia. x 200
mm high
Description
Used in specific gravity tests. Made from
stainless steel. Complete with handles.
Fitted with 3.35 mm mesh size.
A Weight approx.: 1.3 kg
48-D0445/1 and
48-D0445/3
11-D612/A with accessories
DETERMINATION OF LOOSE
BULK DENSITY AND VOIDS
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-3
Also conforming as operating principle to
BS 812, NLT 156, UNI 8520-6, CNR No. 62-
63-64, ISO 6872
Bulk density measures
(Unit weight measures)
Machined cast aluminium construction
with handles. The top rim is smooth and
plane and parallel to the bottom confor-
ming to the standards.
Four models available:
DETERMINATION OF THE PARTICLE
DENSITY AND WATER ABSORPTION
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-6, EN 12390-7
BS 812:2, 1881:14 - UNI 6394-2
11-D0612/A
Specific gravity frame
General description and specifications
Used in conjunction with a suitable elec-
tronic balance for specific gravity determi-
nation of fresh and hardened concrete and
aggregates. The lower part of the frame
incorporates a moving platform, which
carries the water container allowing the
test specimens to be weighed in both air
and water. The balance is not included in
the apparatus and must be ordered separa-
tely. Any type of electronic balance fitted
with an under-bench weighing facility can
be used.
B Overall dimensions:
500x500x1200 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
AGGREGATE DENSITY BY WATER
DISPLACEMENT. BS METHOD
qSTANDARD
BS 812
48-D0442
Apparatus for measuring coarse
aggregate density by water displa-
cement
General description and specifications
Used to determine the density of coarse
aggregate. The apparatus consists of a
cylindrical metal container 163 mm dia.
and 370 mm high, fitted with a siphon tube
at 250 mm from the base.
A Weight approx.: 2.5 kg
48-D0445/1
Bulk density
measure
1 litre cap.
48-D0445/2
Bulk density
measure 5
litres cap.
48-D0445/3
Bulk density
measure
10 litres cap.
48-D0445/4
Bulk density
measure
20 litres cap.
48-D0442
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
170
48
Accessories
s
86-D1408/A2 Cooling coil. For con-
nection to mains water
s
86-D1407/A3 Adjustable tray
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Determination of the particle density of filler. Pyknometer method
Determination of particle density and water absorption
DETERMINATION OF THE PARTICLE
DENSITY OF FILLER. PYKNOMETER
METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-7
Also conforming to BS 812, NF P18-558
Note. We propose just the specific appara-
tus as the test requires much other general
laboratory equipment such as balances,
oven, sieve, etc. For more information ask
for our Buyers Guide.
86-D1411
Circulating water bath. 20 litres
cap. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D1411/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Specifications
Working capacity (litres): 20
Max. water depth (mm): 150-180
Power (W): 1400
Temperature range: ambient to +90C
Accuracy (C): 1
Inside dimensions (mm): 500x300
B Outside dimensions (mm): 540x340
A Weight approx. (kg): 15
DETERMINATION OF PARTICLE DENSITY
AND WATER ABSORPTION
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-6
Also conforming to BS 812, UNI 8520-13-
16, NLT 154, ASTM C127-C128, DIN 12039
Note. We propose just the specific appara-
tus as the test requires much other general
laboratory equipment such as balances,
oven, sieves, containers, etc. Furthermore
the new EN 1097-6 standard groups more
than the single methods specified by the
National Standards. For more information
ask for our Buyers Guide which mentions
each single standard.
Pyknometers. Borosilicate glass, complete
with stopper, capillary tube, and funnel
These pyknometers are available in two
sizes and are used for determining the bulk
density and voids of aggregates.
86-D1037
Pyknometer 500 ml cap. complete
with stopper, capillary tube, and
funnel. Weight 500 g approx.
86-D1038
Same as above but 1000 ml cap.
48-D0440
Sand absorption cone and tamper
Description
Cone and tamper manufactured according
to the specifications and used in determi-
ning the specific gravity and absorption of
fine aggregates.
A Weight approx.: 250 g
DETERMINATION OF RELATIVE DENSITIES
AND WATER ABSORPTION FOR
AGGREGATES 10 MM NOMINAL SIZE
AND SMALLER. BS 812 METHOD
48-D0441
Pyknometer
Description
Glass jar supplied complete with cone and
rubber seal.
Capacity: 1 kg
A Weight approx.: 500 g
86-D1126,
D1127
86-D1037
48-D0440
86-D1411
48-D0441
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
s
Code Capacity
86-D1126 50 ml
86-D1127 100 ml
Specific gravity bottles (Gay-Lussac type)
48
48
171
Accessories and spare parts
s
48-B0190/1 Mounted rubber slider
for Polished Stone Value tests (laboratory)
s
48-B0190/2 Spare mounted rubber
slider for site use
s
48-B0190/4 Metal base plate for
Polished Stone Value specimen clamping
s
48-B0190/5 Metal base plate for
surface friction properties
s
48-B0190/41 Metal base plate for
tests on stones
Accessories and spare parts
s
48-D0525/12 Corn emery 6 kg pack
s
48-D0525/13 Flour emery 6 kg pack
s
48-D0525/14 Control stone
(ungraded) 50 kg bag
s
48-D0525/15 Friction tester reference
stone* (ungraded) 50 kg bag.
* Criggion stone
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Determination of the polished stone value
Skid resistance and friction tester
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Testing equipment for the construction industry
48-D0525
DETERMINATION OF THE POLISHED
STONE VALUE
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-8, EN 1341, 1342, 1343
(paving stones and paving blocks)
48-D0525
Accelerated polishing machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to measure the resistance of road stone
to the polishing action of vehicle tires on a
road surface. This machine provides a method
of preparing polished stone specimens for use
with the friction tester 48-B0190 when used
in a laboratory environment.
Road wheel speed: 315 to 325 r.p.m.
Electric motor: 370 W fan-cooled
B Dimensions:
1520x720x740 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.:
net 175 kg; shipping 250 kg
Supplied complete with road wheel, side
plate, rubber rings, tired wheels, drive belt,
abrasive feed mechanism, corn emery, flour
emery, tool kit, set of 4 specimen moulds,
and 2 mould plates.
SKID RESISTANCE AND FRICTION TESTER
48-B0190
Skid resistance and friction tester
(Skid Tester)
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-8, ASTM E103, BS 812:144,
NLT 174, CNR No. 105, 140, NF P18-578,
NF P18-575
General description and specifications
Used for the measurement of surface fric-
tion properties, the apparatus is suitable for
both site and laboratory applications and for
Polished Stone Value tests using curved spe-
cimens from accelerated polishing tests.
The test equipment is supplied complete with:
- Additional scale for tests on Polished
Stone Value specimens.
- 6 rubber sliders for site use, complete
with conformity certificate.
- Thermometer -10 to +110 C for surface
temperature measurement.
- 1 litre washing bottle, for surface wetting.
- Tool set with case, for machine assembly.
- Rule for sliding length verification.
- New low frictionrelease mechani-
sm of the pendulum arm for bet-
ter accuracy.
- Extremely light pointer, for high
precision results.
- Slider lifting system integrated in
the pendulum foot, that guaran-
tees reliable adjustment opera-
tions.
- Stiff and stout twin column
structure.
- Easy and reliable height adjusting
system.
- Integrated additional scale
for tests on PSV specimens.
- Provided complete with certificate
set, as required by standards.
- Controls calibration certificate
conforming to EN 1097-8.
- Carrying case.
- Calibration certificate conforming to EN
1097-8 issued by Controls.
It is also possible to use it for Polished
Stone Value specimens, by a metal base
plate and of the small rubber sliders (see
Accessory List).
B Case dimensions:
790x760x320 mm
A Weight approx. (including case):
34 kg
48-B0190 skid tester
48-B0190 complete set
48
48
172
Accessories
s
86-D1672 Soft hair brush 3 mm dia.
s
48-D0522/2 Graded sand
Aggregates
Mechanical and physical properties
Aggregete abrasion value (AAV) / Surface moisture of fine aggregate / Moisture measurement
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SURFACE MOISTURE
OF FINE AGGREGATE. ASTM METHOD
qSTANDARD
ASTM C70, AASHTO T142
48-D0460
Chapman flask
General description and specifications
Used for determining the amount of surfa-
ce moisture in fine aggregate. The flask is
graduated to 200 ml between the two
bulbs and from 375 ml up to 450 ml above
the second bulb.
A Weight approx.: 500 g
MOISTURE MEASUREMENT
48-D0462
Microlance, instant moisture and
temperature tester
General description and specifications
The instrument measures moisture and
temperature of building materials at
depths up to 1 m approx., simply by inser-
tion. The digital readings are shown
instantly. The microlance has a built-in
computer, which gives it the flexibility to
handle a wide range of materials and
water contents. The meter comes with
standard calibration for sands and aggre-
gates, but is easily recalibrated in the field
for virtually any material or mixture using
the built-in "Autocal" facility.
48-D0460
48-D0462 in different working position
48-D0462 Detail
DETERMINATION OF AGGREGATE
ABRASION VALUE (AAV)
qSTANDARD
EN 1097-8, BS 812
48-D0522
AAV Abrasion machine
General description and specifications
The test provides a measure of the resistan-
ce of aggregate to surface wear by abra-
sion.
The abrasion machine consists of a flat cir-
cular cast iron grinding lap 600 mm dia.
which rotates in a horizontal plane at a
speed of 28/30 r.p.m. The abrasive sand is
fed across the surface of the specimen
samples through a special funnel. The
machine is supplied complete with two
specimen moulds, two trays, two flat pla-
tes, weights and clamps.
A Weight approx.:
net 200 kg; shipping 260 kg
48-D0522
Battery: 4x1.5 V AA cells
Range: Typically: Moisture 0-35%,
Temperature -20 to 60C
Resolution:
Moisture 0.1%; Temperature 0.1C
Accuracy: Moisture: better than 0.5%
over a given range; Temperature: better
than 0.5C
Measurement principles:
- Moisture: temperature compensated
electric field
- Temperature: BS 1904 DIN 751
- Platinum resistance detector
Total length: 1.2 m approx.
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
- For sands, aggregates, building
materials and mixes
- For quick on-site moisture measurement
from small batches to hundreds of tons
- Ideal in the processes of concrete manu-
facture, brick making, ceramics etc.
173
45 48
Accessories
s
55-C0211/1
Diamond blade 350 mm dia.
s
55-C0210/1
Diamond blade 450 mm dia.
Accessories
s
10-D1428/1 RS 232 serial output
for transmission of temperature data
MAGNESIUM SULPHATE TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 1367-2
Also comparable to ASTM C88, UNI 8520-
10, UNE 7136
Note. We propose just the specific appara-
tus as the test requires much other general
laboratory equipment such as balances,
oven, sieves, etc. For more information ask
for our Buyers Guide.
48-D0612/11
Stainless steel mesh basket, 120
mm dia. x 160 mm high, 3.35 mm
openings
86-D1348
Lever lid container 180x240 mm dia.
48-D0452
Hydrometer range 1200 to 1300
g/ml, accuracy 0.001 g/ml
BOILING TEST FOR "SONNENBRANDT"
BASALT" AND DISINTEGRATION
OF STEEL SLAG
qSTANDARD: EN 1367-3
The sawing machine is one of the test
apparatus required to perform the test and
it is used to cut the rock piece to give test
portions.
45-C0210/C
Rock and masonry saw.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
45-C0210/CZ
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
See page 234 (55-C0210/B).
Power: 2250 W
B Dimensions:
with base 1200x800x1400 mm
A Weight approx.: 125 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Thermal and weathering properties
Resistance to freezing and thawing / Magnesium sulphate test / Boiling test
10-D1428
DETERMINATION OF RESISTANCE
TO FREEZING AND THAWING
qSTANDARD
EN 1367-1
Also comparable to ASTM C671 - C682, UNI
8520-20, CNR No. 80 and to BS 812:124
10-D1428
Climatic chamber 700 litres capa-
city, temperature range 25 +60C.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Stainless steel construction, isolation by
high density polyurethane, 4 internal shel-
ves, max. capacity 60 kg each.
Temperature range: -25 +60C
Temperature accuracy: 1C
Control system: digital controller for
temperature. Suitable for programming of
test cycles
Power: 2200 W approx.
Voltage: 230 V; 50 Hz; 1 ph.
B Dimensions (wxdxh):
- internal 600x670x1300 mm
- external 720x800x2020 mm
A Weight approx.: 180 kg
45-C0210/C with 55-C0211/1
n o t e
Climatic chamber for both temperature
and humidity control also available. See
model 10-D1428/A page 21.
48-D0612/11
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
Rock clamp
86-D1348
174
48
62-L0035/A
Accessories
s
48-D0454/1 Metal test plate
440x240x4 mm thick with 12 mm high
turned lip
s
48-D0454/2 Metal support frame
for metal test plate
s
48-D0454/3 Fire proof plate
450x250x10 mm thick
s
48-D0454/4 Stainless steel sieve
fabric, 2 mm aperture, 250x445 mm size
Accessories
s
62-L0034/3
Reference rod, 205 mm long
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Thermal and weathering properties
Determination of drying shrinkage and resistance to thermal shock
48-D0453
62-L0035 Detail of the analogic version
DETERMINATION OF DRYING SHRINKAGE
qSTANDARD
EN 1367-4
The scope of this test is the determination of
the effect of aggregates on the drying
shrinkage of concrete. The test is based on
the testing of concretes of fixed mix propor-
tions and aggregates of 20 mm max. size.
48-D0453
Prism mould 50x50x200 mm com-
plete with steel inserts. Three gang
model
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
62-L0035
Length comparator
62-L0035/A
Length comparator. Digital version
General description and specifications
This apparatus is used to determine the
changes in length of cement prisms in the
accelerated soundness test. It is also used
to measure length changes of 40x40x160
mm, and other sizes of cement and concre-
te specimens. The instrument consists of an
analogic or digital dial gauge, which is
mounted on a steel frame. The top anvil is
adjustable to suit the required specimen.
B Overall dimensions:
180x180x490 mm
A Weight approx.: 10.5 kg
DETERMINATION OF RESISTANCE
TO THERMAL SHOCK
qSTANDARD
EN 1367-5
This test involves heating soaked aggrega-
tes to 700C for 3 min and comparing the
loss in fines, and the strength loss, determi-
ned in accordance with EN 1097-2, before
and after the heat test.
10-D1419
Muffle furnace 1100C max. tempe-
rature. High capacity, floor mounting
model. 220-380 V, 50-60 Hz, 3 ph.
Specifications
Max. temperature: 1100C
Electronic thermoregulator
and 24 hour timer
Power: 9000 W
Inside dimensions:
300x220x500 mm (wxhxd)
B Outside dimensions:
750x1650x1100 mm (wxhxd)
A Weight approx.: 400 kg
10-D1419
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
175
48
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Chemical properties
Chloride, carbonate content / Potential reactivity / Organic impurities
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
48-D0545
CHLORIDE CONTENT BS 812
48-D0543
Quantab chloride titrator, type 1175
(711175), range 0.005% to 0.1%
Na Cl. Bottle of 40 strips
48-D0543/A
Quantab chloride titrator, type 1176
(711176), range 0.05% to 1% Na
Cl. Bottle of 40 strips
General description and specifications
A simple and quick method to determine
the chloride content of fine aggregates.
The silver dichromate strip will react with
any chloride in the solution and the cali-
brated column will indicate the proportio-
nal concentration of chloride. Bottle con-
taining 40 strips and calibration chart.
CARBONATE CONTENT OF AGGREGATES
48-D0570
Gasometer Dietrich-Frling
General description and specifications
Used for the determination of CaCO
3
espe-
cially in limestone and lime marl. It consi-
sts of a glass container in which the reac-
tion between the calcium carbonate con-
tained in the products and a solution of
hydrochloric acid takes place. The gas given
off is collected and measured with a suita-
ble device connected with the container.
Being measured the volume of gas (CO
2
)
given off it can be related with the quan-
tity of CaCO
3
contained in the sample.
B Dimensions of gasometer
(assembled):
400x200x1100 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 12 kg
ORGANIC IMPURITIES
IN FINE AGGREGATES
qSTANDARD
ASTM C40, UNI 8020-14
Test bottles
48-D1090
Graduated impurities test bottle
500 ml. ASTM C40
48-D1091
Graduated impurities test bottle
1000 ml
48-D0850/A 48-D0570
48-D0543, D0543/A
POTENTIAL REACTIVITY OF AGGREGATES
qSTANDARD
ASTM C289, UNI 8520-22 (Oct. 86),
NF P94 048
48-D0545
Reaction container
Used in the test method for the chemical
determination of potential reactivity of
aggregates with alkalies in Portland
cement concrete. Manufactured from cor-
rosion-resistant metal and fitted with an
airtight cover.
Capacity: 59 cm
3
approx.
Colour scale
48-D0850/A
Colour standard with 5 organic glass
scales mounted in plastic holder
48-D1090,
48-D1091
176
48
Accessories
s
48-D0535/A1
Screen of 4 mm opening
s
48-D0535/A2
Screen of 5 mm opening
Spare parts
s
48-D0535/A3
Screen of 1 mm opening
s
48-D0535/A4
Screen of 2 mm opening
s
48-D0535/A5
Screen of 3 mm opening
Spare parts
s
48-D0530/1 Spare switch
s
48-D0530/2 Set of jaws
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Chemical properties
Sample reduction
SAMPLE REDUCTION
48-D0530
Laboratory crusher.
220-380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to crush aggregates, core samples,
and similar materials when a reduction in
sample size is necessary. The crusher has a
jaw opening of 100x60 mm and can produ-
ce from 100 to 400 kg of material per hour.
The movement of the jaws can be regula-
ted from 5 to 15 mm.
Motor: 736 W
B Dimensions: 650x550x500 mm
A Weight approx.: 90 kg
48-D0535/A
Hammer mill for laboratory.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
General description
The hammer mill executes the grinding
operation using the principle of the combi-
nation of three efforts: impact, shear and
rebound. Once entered into the grinding
chamber through the hopper, the material
reaches the wished fineness and trough the
filtering hoses arrives to the collector.
General specifications
- Grinding chamber dia. 180 mm
- 3,4 interchangeable fixed hammers
- Output grain size: "rise" type (45 mm)
- Possibility of installing screens with
various opening size according to the
wished grain size
- Max. hardness of the material to grind:
67 mohs
- Maximum capacity: 50 kg/h
- 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph., 500 W
48-D0530
The machine is supplied complete with:
- screens of 1, 2 and 3 mm opening
- safety microswitch
- electric control board
- filtering hose
- powder collector
B Dimensions: 500x600x900 mm
A Weight: 64 kg
48-D0535/A
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
177
48
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Aggregates
Memorandum
ROCK AND AGGREGATES TESTING
I N T R O D U C T I O N
Concrete structures are a great deal more
than sand, gravel, cement and water stirred up and
left to harden into usefully shaped lumps.
Considerable care and knowledge are required to
produce quality concrete. We propose a complete
range of testing equipment to satisfy practically all
the EN and other National Standards.
Concrete Testing
179
Concrete Testing
Contents
50
54
55
Compression and flexural testing machines
EN Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
Compression and flexural testing machines . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Semi-automatic ASTM models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Semi-automatic ASTM/AASHTO/NF/UNE/UNI models . .186
Semi-automatic EN models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
AUTOMAX, Automatic EN models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Flexural testing machine and frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Load testing frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
Automatic testing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
SERCOMP 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
MCC 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
ADVANTEST 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Fresh concrete testing
Workability and consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Slump test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Flow table test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
SCC Self compacting concrete test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
Degree of compactability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Veb test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Kelly ball method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
K-Slump method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Flow table test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Analysis of freshly mixed concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Water testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Density of fresh concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Unit weight measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Gyratory compactor for NO Slump concrete . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Air content of fresh concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Setting time by penetration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Hardened concrete testing
Concrete mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
Cube and cylinder moulds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Beam moulds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Plastic cube and cylinder moulds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Concrete compaction
Vibrating tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Poker vibrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Curing tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
Moist curing rooms, test set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Accelerated concrete curing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Specimen grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Specimen cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Cylinder capping equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
Density of hardrned concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
58
Surface water absorption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
Depth of penetration of water under pressure . . . . . . . . . .237
Cylinder compressometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Hydraulic shrinkage determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Expansion of mortar and concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Temperature monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
NDT testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Concrete durability evaluation
Cover measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
Metal location in concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Carbonation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
Chloride ion penetration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Half cell potential test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Resistivity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
Permeability of concrete to oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Water penetration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Water and gas permeability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Surface dampness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Flexural, longitudinal, torsional resonance . . . . . . . . . . .249
Concrete stength evaluation
Concrete hammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
Pull off strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
Pullout force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
Microcore method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
Concrete quality and homogeneity evaluation
Ultrasonic pulse velocity testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
Ultrasonic and rebound measorement . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
Ultrasonic crosshole test system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
In-situ evaluation of stress, structural inspection
Crack width monitoring gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
Length changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Crack measurement microscope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Flat jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
Deflectometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
Digital instrumentation for testing structures . . . . . . . .264
Testing equipment for the construction industry
50
180
FRESH CONCRETE TESTING
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
New European Standards
and relation with the existing National Specifications
L e g e n d
EN = European Standard (Mandatory)
BS = British Standard
ASTM = USA Standard
NF = French Standard
DIN = German Standard
UNE = Spanish Standard
NLT = Spanish Norma de Laboratorio Transporte
UNI = Italian Standard
CNR = Italian Road Standard
ISO = International Organization for Standardization
By the time this catalogue has
been printed a number of new
European Standards concerning
concrete will have been published
and the relevant National
Standards automatically superse-
ded.
The new EN and pr EN standards,
which have been produced by the
CEN/TC 104 are grouped in two
main subjects:
EN 12350-1 to 12350-7
Testing Fresh Concrete
EN 12390-1 to 12390-11
Testing Hardened Concrete
In the majority of cases
the new EN standards correspond
to some existing National
Standards and, apart for some
exceptions there should be almost
no difference in the specification
of test apparatus.
Considering that in many countries
outside Europe the National
Standards such as BS and NF will
still be adopted, we continue to
propose the relevant apparatus as
well as the ASTM and AASHTO
testing equipment. For more infor-
mation the following table indica-
tes the correspondent or compara-
ble standards to the new EN.
Corresp. or
comparable
EN National Standards Title
EN 12350-1 BS 1881:101 Testing fresh concrete Part 1: Sampling
EN 12350-2 BS 1881:102 Testing fresh concrete Part 2: Slump test
ASTM C143
AASHTO T119
UNI 9418
NF P18-451
EN 12350-3 BS 1881:104 Testing fresh concrete Part 3: Veb test
UNI 9419
EN 12350-4 DIN 1048 Testing fresh concrete Part 4: Degree of compactability
EN 12350-5 BS 1881:105 Testing fresh concrete Part 5: Flow table test
DIN 1048
UNI 8020-B
EN 12350-6 BS 1881:107 Testing fresh concrete Part 6: Density of fresh concrete
ASTM C29, C138
UNI 6394-1
EN 12350-7 BS 1881:106 Testing fresh concrete Part 7: Air content of fresh concrete Pressure methods
ASTM C231
DIN 1048
NF P18-353
UNI 6395
NEW EN EUROPEAN STANDARDS AND RELATION WITH THE EXISTING NATIONAL SPECIFICATION
50
181
CONCRETE TESTING
HARDENED CONCRETE TESTING
Corresp. or
comparable
EN National Standards Title
EN 12390-1 BS 1881:108, 109, 110 Testing hardened concrete Part 1: Shape, dimensions and other requirements for
DIN 51229 test specimens and moulds
UNI 6130-1-2
NF P18-400
UNE 7240
EN 12390-2 BS 1881:111 Testing hardened concrete Part 2: Making and curing specimens for strength tests
UNI 6127, 6128
NF P18-404
UNE 7240
ASTM C31, C192, C511
EN 12390-3 UNI 6132 Testing hardened concrete Part 3: Compressive strength of test specimens
NF P18406
EN 12390-4 BS 1881:115 Testing hardened concrete Part 4: Compressive strength Specification for com
DIN 51220, 51302 pression testing machines
NF P18-411
UNE 83-304
ASTM C39
UNI 6686 1, 2, 3
EN 12390-5 BS 1881:118 Testing hardened concrete Part 5: Flexural strength of test specimens
DIN 51227
NF P18-407
UNE 83-305
ASTM C78, C293
UNI 6133
EN 12390-6 BS 1881:117 Testing hardened concrete Part 6: Tensile splitting strength of test specimens
NF P18-408
EN 12390-7 BS 1881:114 Testing hardened concrete Part 7: Density of hardened concrete
UNI 6394-2
EN 12390-8 DIN 1048 Testing hardened concrete Part 8: Depth of penetration of water under pressure
ISO 7031
UNI 9533
EN 12504-1 Testing hardened concrete Part 1: Cored specimens
Taking, examining and testing in compression
EN 12504-2 BS 1881:202 Testing hardened concrete Part 2: Non destructive testing
NF P18-417 Determination of rebound number
DIN 1048
UNE 83307
ASTM C805
UNI 7997
EN 12504-3 BS 1881:207 Testing hardened concrete Part 3: Determination of pull-out force
ASTM C900
UNI 9536, 10157
Compression and flexural testing machines
New European Standards
and relation with the existing National Specifications
50
182
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
General summary
AUTOMATIC
EN COMPRESSION
MACHINES
Introduction
The programme of compression
testing machines included in this
brochure is certainly the widest
range available on the world market
today. This range provides the
highest possible degree of flexibility
when making the correct selection
according to the test requirement.
We recommend that the following
criteria are considered when deci-
ding which machine is most suitable
to your specific requirement, and
essentially includes:
Semi-automatic machines
where the test execution requires a few
manual intervention by the operator.
Automatic machines
where the rapid approach and loading is
automatically performed at a push of a
button.
Automatic Tests Systems
Based on the high performance control con-
soles featuring programmable test cycles
including the determination of the Elastic
Modulus, etc. For connection to up to four dif-
ferent frames: e.g. compression on concrete,
flexure on concrete beams, compression on
cement. Particularly suitable for research pur-
poses.
See page 208
SEMI-AUTOMATIC
COMPRESSION TESTERS
Table 1: Force scale tolerances (from EN 12390-4)
Machine Relative Relative Relative zero error Machine
class accuracy repeatability (% of scale resolution %
error % error % maximum)
1* 1.0 1.0 0.2 0.5
2 2.0 2.0 0.4 1.0
3 3.0 3.0 0.6 1.5
MACHINE CLASS (EN 12390-4, ASTM E4*)
All our EN digital machines and Automatic
Testing Systems are supplied in Class 1 star-
ting from the 10% of the full range as stan-
dard but with a special calibration procedu-
re identified by the code 50-C0050/CAL we
can grant the Class 1 starting from 1% of
the full range. This exceptional performance
enables the machines to be used for a con-
* The Class 1 of the EN 12390-4 corresponds to Class A of the ASTM E4 standard.
siderable number of applications including:
- Early strength concrete
- Lightweight concrete
- Small size specimens
- Soil-cement mixtures
- Lean cement mixtures
- Flexural and splitting tests using accesso-
ries etc.
183 183
50
Compression and flexural testing machines
General summary (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
All machines can be completed by a
number of options and accessories as
detailed further. The following table
provide a quick selection guide.
For production routine tests. They are identified by a number of options concerning:
Type of frame:
- Standard or
- EN four column welded frame
Load measuring systems:
- Bourdon type gauges - Wizard digital dislpay unit
- Digimax Plus, double channel graphic display unit
Series / code Cap. kN Machine control Conf. to standards To test specimens page
50-C36V2 1500 by Automax EN 12390-4 4x8 - 100x200
50-C46V2 2000 Automatic Control Console ASTM C39* 6x12 - 150x300
50-C56V2 3000 AASHTO T22* 160x320
50-C66V2 4000
Series Cap. kN Load measuring options Conf. to standards To test specimens page
50-C36XX 1500 Wizard digital display unit EN 12390-4 4x8 - 100x200
50-C46XX 2000 or ASTM C39* 6x12 - 150x300
50-C56XX 3000 Digimax Plus double AASHTO T22* 160x320
50-C66XX 4000 channel
Series Cap. kN Load measuring options Conf. to standards To test specimens page
50-C21XX 1300 Bourdon gauge or ASTM C39 4x8 - 100x200
50-C31XX 1500 Wizard digital display unit AASHTO T22 6x12 - 150x300
CSA A23-2-9C 160x320
NF P18-411 with or without capping
UNE 83-304 retainer
50-C34XX 1500 Bourdon gauge or ASTM C39* 4x8 - 100x200
50-C44XX 2000 Wizard digital display unit AASHTO T22* 6x12 - 150x300
50-C54XX 3000 BS 1610 160x320
CSA A23-2-9C
NF P18-411
UNE 83-304
UNI 6686 part 1 and 2
For automatic routine tests. EN four column welded frame tested for stability and AUTOMAX control console.
AUTOMATIC EN models (tested for stability)
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm (2000 kN to
4000 kN models only)
concrete blocks
(with block testing
option)
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm (3000 kN
models only)
concrete blocks
(with block testing
option)
* with 50-C9049 accessory
100 mm
150 mm
200 mm (2000 kN to
4000 kN models only)
concrete blocks
(with block testing
option)
* with 50-C9049 accessory
* with 50-C9049 accessory
STANDARD models
EN models (tested for stability)
184
186
188
194
184
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semi-automatic ASTM models
For cylinders from 4x8 (100x200 mm) and 6x12 (150x300 mm) up to 160x320 mm
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
Complete the machine with the suitable
distance pieces conforming to the speci-
men size. See page 202. One distance piece
dia. 165 x 40 mm is included.
Frame specifications
1.300 kN 1.500 kN
Weight 220 kg Weight 300 kg
Piston travel: 50 mm
STRENGTH MEASUREMENT
BY WIZARD DISPLAY UNIT.
(Models 50-C21B2 and 50-C31B2)
Main features of the Wizard
- 7 keys membrane keyboard, 4 of which
interactive with the specific software
- Graphic display 128x64 pixel
- Permanent memory for up to 180 tests
- Resolution: 1/65000 (better than 0.05
of full scale)
- Serial port for PC
General specifications
Unit and language selection, set up of spe-
cimen shape and dimension, easy preload
zeroing, real time display of load, stress and
test rate (nominal and real), digital calibra-
tion, user friendly navigation of memory.
Printer option
The WIZARD unit can be fitted with a serial
printer which has to be factory installed.
For this option ask for code:
50-Q0701/UP1
Serial printer for Wizard unit
Main features
- Direct thermal printing
- Resolution: 8 dots/mm
- Print width: 48 mm
- Printing speed: 50 mm/s
- Paper size: 57 mm
wide roll, 40 mm dia.
SAFETY FEATURES
All machine are fitted with:
- Max. pressure valve to avoid machine
overloading.
- Pressure release system to avoid pum-
ping the piston out of the cylinder.
- Front and rear transparent fragment
guard.
50-C21XX, C31XX SERIES
1300 / 1500 KN CAP.
qSTANDARD: ASTM C39, AASHTO T22,
CSA A23-2-9C, NF P18-411, UNE 83-304
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SPECIFICATIONS
These machines are designed for use both
in field and laboratory for the testing of
concrete cylinders starting from 4x8 size.
The bearing face of the upper platen has a
diameter of 165 mm, which is within the
limit prescribed by the ASTM C39 stan-
dards. They can also be used for testing 2
(50 mm) mortar cubes using the appropria-
te accessory. The vertical clearance of 370
mm allows the testing of 6x12 cylinders
with capping retainers. All accessories can
be easily positioned in the testing chamber
without the removal of upper platen and
spherical seat. When using these accesso-
ries we suggest the digital models for a
better resolution.
FRAMES
Rigid welded steel construction, Platen
hardness: minimum 550 HV 30, Ram travel:
50 mm. Fragment guard: included
HAND PUMP (A1 VERSIONS)
Two stage manual pump for fast approach
ram action and change over to the high
pressure. Ideal for field use and remote
areas
MOTORIZED PUMP (A2 AND B2 VERSIONS)
High volume-low pressure feature for fast
approach ram action and change over to
low volume-high pressure for testing.
Fitted with special pressure-compensated
flow control valve, which allows a precise
rate of loading over the complete test.
Power: 750 W
STRENGTH MEASUREMENT BY
BOURDON GAUGE
(Models 50-C21 A1, A2 and C31 A1, A2)
300 mm dia. precision gauge, complete
with mirror, scale zeroing, load pointer and
gauge protection valve.
- Indication ranges:
0-1300 kN / 0-1500 kN
- Measuring ranges:
260-1300 kN / 300-1500 kN
- Divisions: 2.5 kN
- Accuracy: 1%
Wizard digital display
fitted with 50-Q0701/UP1 printer
Strength measurement
by Wizard Display unit
Example of displays
185
50
50-C21A1
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semi-automatic ASTM models
For cylinders from 4x8 (100x200 mm) and 6x12 (150x300 mm) up to 160x320 mm (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
Ordering information
1300 kN models
50-C21A1
1300 kN cap. hand operated ASTM
compression machine.
Bourdon gauge
50-C21A2
1300 kN cap. semiautomatic ASTM
compression machine. Bourdon
gauge. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C21B2
1300 kN cap. semiautomatic ASTM
compression machine, Wizard
display unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
1500 kN models
50-C31A1
1500 kN cap. hand operated EN
compression machine.
Bourdon gauge
50-C31A2
1500 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. Bourdon
gauge. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C31B2
1500 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. Wizard display
unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
V o l t a g e s
All models can also be supplied for 220 V,
60 Hz and 110 V, 60 Hz. For 220 V, 60 Hz
change last figure of the code number
from 2 to 3 (e.g. 50-C21A2 to 50-C21A3).
For 110 V, 60 Hz change last figure of the
code number from 2 to 4 (e.g. 50-C21B2 to
50-C21B4).
MACHINE CLASS
All machines except for the models with
pressure gauges are supplied in Class 1: EN
12390-4 (corresponding to ASTM E4 Class
A) starting from the 10% of the full range
as standard, but with a special calibration
procedure identified by the code 50-
C0050/CAL2 we can grant Class 1 starting
from 2% of the full range.
ACCESSORIES
The machine can be fitted with:
s
50-C9000 Splitting tensile test
device for cylinders
s
50-C9070 Splitting tensile test
device for cubes and self blocking
pavers
s
50-C9030 Compression device to
test mortar specimens
s
50-C9032 Compression device to
test 2 (50 mm) cubes
s
50-C9010 Flexural test device for
concrete beams
s
50-C0122, 50-C0122/2,
50-C0122/3
Capping retainers for 6x12 cylin-
ders with neoprene pads.
For more information and detail see
pages 200 and 201.
PC SOFTWARE
s
50-C0050/SOF Data acquisition
software for PC
Allows management of customers,
tests, standards, materials data and
print out of test reports. Supplied
complete with serial cable.
50-C31B2 with 50-Q0701/UP1
186
50
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semi- automatic ASTM / AASHTO / NF / UNE / UNI models
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm (6 x12), cubes up to 150/200
(*)
mm and blocks
(**)
(
*
)
3000 kN models only
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4400/UP1
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Code 50-C34A2 50-C44A2 50-C54A2
Indication ranges 0-1500 kN 0-2000 kN 0-3000 kN
Measuring ranges 300-1500 kN 400-2000 kN 600-3000 kN
Divisions 2.5 kN 5 kN 5 kN
Accuracy 1% 1% 1%
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
Complete the machine with the suitable
distance pieces conforming to the speci-
men size. See page 202.
Frame specifications
1.500 kN 2.000 kN 3.000 kN
Weight 310 kg Weight 500 kg Weight 700 kg
BLOCK TESTING UPGRADING OPTION
qSTANDARD
ASTM C39 E447, AASHTO T22 / EN 772/1
The 2000 and 3000 kN compression testers
(50-C44XX and C54XX) can be upgraded to
test concrete blocks by fitting rectangular
platens instead of the original round com-
pression platen.
This option has to be specified at time of
order.
50-C4400/UP1
Upgrading of the 50-C44XX and
50-C54XX compression frames by
the installation of 300x500x50 mm
upper and lower platens instead of
the standard round platens
STRENGTH MEASUREMENT BY BOURDON GAUGE
300 mm dia. precision gauge, complete with mirror, scale zeroing system, max. load
pointer and gauge protection valve.
SAFETY FEATURES
All machine are fitted with:
- Max. pressure valve to avoid machine
overloading.
- Pressure release system to avoid pum-
ping the piston out of the cylinder.
- Front and rear transparent fragment
guard.
50-C34XX, C44XX C54XXX Series
1500 / 2000 / 3000 KN CAP.
qSTANDARD: ASTM C39*, AASHTO T22*,
BS 1610, CSA A23-2-9C, NF P18-411, UNE
83-304, UNI 6686 part 1 and 2,
* for 6x12 cylinders only
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SPECIFICATIONS
These machines, designed for use both in
the field and laboratory, can be used to test
either cubes or cylinders. All the accessories
can be easily fitted to the machine without
the removal of upper platen and spherical
seat. For more information see pages 200.
When using these accessories we suggest
the digital models for a better resolution.
FRAMES
Rigid welded steel construction, Platen
hardness: minimum 550 HV 30, Ram travel:
50 mm, Distance pieces: not included. See
page 202. Fragment guard: included
MOTORIZED PUMP
High volume-low pressure feature for fast
approach ram action and change over to
low volume-high pressure for testing.
Fitted with special pressure-compensated
flow control valve, which automatically
allows a precise rate of loading over the
complete test. Power: 750 W
Wizard digital display fitted with
50-Q0701/UP1 printer
Main features
- 7 keys membrane keyboard, 4 of which
interactive with the specific software
- Graphic display 128x64 pixel
- Permanent memory for up to 180 test
data
- Resolution: 1/65000
- Serial port for PC
Printer option
The WIZARD unit can be fitted with a serial
printer, which has to be factory installed.
For this option ask for code:
50-Q0701/UP1
Serial printer for Wizard unit
For more details and information
see page 184.
Strength measurement
by Wizard Display unit
187
50
ACCESSORIES
The machine can be fitted with:
s
50-C9000 Splitting tensile test
device for cylinders
s
50-C9070 Splitting tensile test
device for cubes and self blocking
pavers
s
50-C9030 Compression device
to tests mortar specimens
s
50-C9032 Compression device
to tests 2 (50 mm) cubes
s
50-C9010 Flexural test device
for concrete beams.
For more information and detail see
pages 200 and 201.
PC SOFTWARE
s
50-C0050/SOF Data acquisition
software for PC
Allows management of customers,
tests, standards, materials data and
print out of test reports. Supplied
complete with serial cable.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semi-automatic ASTM / AASHTO / NF / UNE /UNI models
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm (6x12), cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
3000 kN models only
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4400/UP1
CONCRETE TESTING
50-C54A2
50-C44B2 upgraded with
50-C4400/UP1 block platen
option and printer
50-Q0701/UP1
50-C34B2
with 50-Q0701/UP1
Ordering information
MACHINE CLASS
All machines except for the models with
pressure gauges are supplied in Class 1: EN
12390-4 (corresponding to ASTM E4 Class
A) starting from the 10% of the full range
as standard, but with a special calibration
procedure identified by the code 50-
C0050/CAL2 we can grant Class 1 starting
from 2% of the full range.
1500 kN models
50-C34A2
1500 kN cap. semiautomatic
compression machine. Bourdon
gauge. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C34B2
1500 kN cap. semiautomatic com-
pression machine. Wizard display
unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
2000 kN models
50-C44A2
2000 kN cap. semiautomatic com-
pression machine. Bourdon gauge.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C44B2
2000 kN cap. semiautomatic com-
pression machine. Wizard display
unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
V o l t a g e s
All models can also be supplied for 220 V,
60 Hz and 110 V, 60 Hz. For 220 V, 60 Hz
change last figure of the code number
from 2 to 3 (e.g. 50-C34A2 to 50-C34A3).
For 110 V, 60 Hz change last figure of the
code number from 2 to 4 (e.g. 50-C44B2 to
50-C44B4).
3000 kN models
50-C54A2
3000 kN cap. semiautomatic com-
pression machine. Bourdon gauge.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C54B2
3000 kN cap. semiautomatic. Wizard
display unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
188
50
Semiautomatic
EN model.
Wizard version
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semiautomatic EN models (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
SAFETY FEATURES
All machine are fitted with:
- Max. pressure valve to avoid machine
overloading.
50-C36XX, C46XX, C56XX,
C66XX SERIES
1500 / 2000 / 3000 / 4000 KN CAP.
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-4
ASTM C39, AASHTO T22
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SPECIFICATIONS
These machines represent the advanced evo-
lution of the standard motor operated com-
pression testers, where the three main parts
of the machines: frame, power unit and
measuring system, have been totally redesi-
gned and integrated for this particular func-
tion obtaining performances very close to
that one of the automatic and most sophi-
sticated testing systems.
These machines are ideal for control and
commercial laboratories to test cubes, cylin-
ders or blocks to the new EN Standards.
They are proposed with two different
strength measurement systems:
- WIZARD single channel basic digital rea-
dout unit (machine codes 50-C36B2,
50-C46B2, 50-C56B2) and the more
sophisticated and higher performing
- DIGIMAX Plus, double channel digital
and graphic display data acquisition and
processing system (machine codes 50-
C36G2, 50-C46G2, 50-C56G2, 50-C66G2).
UPGRADING MACHINES OPTIONS
These machines can be upgraded confor-
ming to the client requirement by the fol-
lowing options:
- Block testing and housing cabinet and
basement for power pump and digital
display. See page 192.
FRAMES
Four column rigid welded steel construction.
- Platen hardness: minimum 550 HV30
- Ram travel: 50 mm
- Distance pieces: not included.
See page 202
- Fragment guard: included.
MOTORIZED PUMP
The power system consists of a dual stage
pump: low pressure/high delivery (max. 7
bar) for fast piston approach (up to 40
mm/min) and high pressure/low volume (up
to 650 bar, 0.50 litres/min) for loading.
Fitted with special pressure-compensated
valve performing a precise rate of loading
over the complete test.
Strength measurement
by Wizard Display unit
(Models 50-C36B2, 50-C46B2, 50-C56B2)
Main features
- 7 keys membrane keyboard, 4 of which
interactive with the specific software
- Graphic display 128x64 pixel
- Permanent memory for up to 180 test
data
- Resolution: 1/65000 (better than 0.05
of full scale)
- Serial port for PC
General specifications
Unit and language selection, set up of spe-
cimen shape and dimension, easy preload
zeroing, real time display of load, stress and
test rate (nominal and real), digital calibra-
tion, user friendly navigation of memory.
Printer option
The WIZARD unit can be fitted with a serial
printer, which has to be factory installed.
For this option ask for code:
50-Q0701/UP1
Serial printer for Wizard unit
Main features of the printer
- Direct thermal printing
- Resolution: 8 dots/mm
- Print width: 48 mm
- Printing speed: 50 mm/s
- Paper size: 57 mm wide roll, 40 mm dia.
Wizard digital display
fitted with 50-Q0701/UP1 printer
- Pressure release system to avoid pum-
ping the piston out of the cylinder.
- Front and rear transparent fragment guard.
189
50
1
2
3 3.1 3.2
4 4.1 4.2
5 5.1
6
7
6 FILE MANAGER SCREEN. It is possible to save the test. The test can be recalled later. The tests are fil-
led in chronological order and can be scrolled and the data downloaded to a PC or printer.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semiautomatic EN models (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
CONCRETE TESTING
Semiautomatic EN model. Digimax Plus version
Test sequence
Switching on the display the sequence is the
following:
1 From Main Menu select TEST RUN.
2 Select test type (e.g. Compression).
3 Introduce specimen description.
3.1 Select specimen shape.
3.2 Introduce the specimen data.
To perform another test on the same specimen size it is sufficient, when in position 4.2 or 5.1, to press button F3.
4 4.1 4.2 Numerical and graphic display. 5 5.1 Numerical display only.
All the above sequences can be avoided by default for repetitive tests on the
same specimens except for the specimen weight, age and precise
dimensions which, if required, should be introduced time by time.
This possibility applies also starting with the apparatus switched off as the
memory of the last test is available.
Now it is possible to proceed in two different mode:
7 INTERPOLATION MENU. To input the calibration coefficient to linearise the load sensor curve for the
maximum accuracy.
Strength measurement
by Digimax Plus
Double channel graphic display unit.
(Models 50-C36G2, 50-C46G2,
50-C56G2, 50-C66G2)
Main features
- 10 keys membrane keyboard with 4
main function keys
- Large 240x128 pixel graphic display
- Permanent memory for storing data
from up to 180 tests
- Real time clock/date
- 2 channels res. 130.000 div. (better than
0.025 of full scale)
- Sampling rate: 15 samples/s
- 2 Serial outputs for real time and delayed
data downloading to PC and printer
General specifications
- Languages: English, French, Spanish,
German, Italian
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf
- Simultaneous display of load, stress and
load stress rate
- Real time graphic display of test data,
load/time curve and actual load rate
- Test identified by date, time, test number,
operator name, type of test, type of spe-
cimen, specimen dimension, area, wei-
ght, age, failure load, failure stress, and
test load rate
- Real time clock and date
- Real time download to PC by RS 232
- File management function
- Software calibration, password protected
- Linearisation of the load sensor curve
(from 1 to 6 segments) and automatic
interpolation for high accuracy of the
system.
Digimax Plus
190
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semiautomatic EN models (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
Machine series
50-C36XX 50-C46XX 50-C56XX 50-C66XX
Capacity kN 1500 2000 3000 4000
Class 1 range (standard) kN 150 to 1500 200 to 2000 300 to 3000 400 to 4000
Class 1 range (optional)
1
15 to 1500 20 to 2000 30 to 3000 40 to 4000
Resolution 1/130.000 1/130.000 1/130.000 1/130.000
Platens dia. mm 216 285 285 285
Ram travel mm 50 50 50 50
Max. vertical daylight mm 350 350 350 510
Power W 750 750 750 750
Voltage
2
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Overall dimensions (lxdxh) mm
- standard models 820x440x967 820x440x967 950x485x1060 975x515x1562
- standard models upgraded with 788x440x1390 788x440x1390 918x485x1440 1051x515x1700
cabinet and basement
- standard models upgraded with block - 820x910x967 950x950x1060 -
testing platens
(3)
- models upgraded with block platens - 788x910x1390 918x950x1440 -
and cabinet
(3)
Weight approx. kg 850 870 (1170)
(4)
1100 (1350)
(4)
1920
(1) Using the special calibration procedure identified by the code 50-C0050/CAL. See additional function accessories
(2) 110 V, 60 Hz models available on request (3) Including sliding rails (4) Upgraded with block testing platens
General specifications (continued)
Rif. C36-- C46-- C56-- C66--
A 350 350 350 510
B - 245 295 -
C 285 285 285 300
D - 250x460 300x500 -
E 310 310 370 475
Frame dimensions
Standard models Standard models
upgraded
with block testing
platens
I mp o r t a n t n o t e
All machines have to be completed with the suitable
distance piece(s) to reduce if necessary the vertical
daylight depending on the specimen size.
See page 202.
The 4000 kN model 50-C66G2
191
50
MACHINE CLASS
All models are supplied in Class 1: EN
12390-4 (corresponding to ASTM E4 Class
A) starting from the 10% of the full range
as standard, but with a special calibration
procedure identified by the code 50-
C0050/CAL we can grant Class 1 starting
from 1% of the full range.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semiautomatic EN models (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
CONCRETE TESTING
Ordering information
Cube and cylinder testers
50-C36B2
1500 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. Wizard
display unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C46B2
2000 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. Wizard
display unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C56B2
3000 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. Wizard digital
display unit. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Cube and cylinder testers
50-C36G2
1500 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. DIGIMAX
Plus, 2 channels display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C46G2
2000 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. DIGIMAX
Plus, 2 channels display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C56G2
3000 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. DIGIMAX
Plus, 2 channels display.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C66G2
4000 kN cap. semiautomatic EN
compression machine. DIGIMAX
Plus, 2 channels display and
separate cabinet. Vertical clearance
510 mm. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
ASTM cylinder testers
All the EN semiautomatic and automatic
models can be fitted with smaller compres-
sion platen assembly also suitable for 4x8
cylinders as prescribed by ASTM C39.
These versions are identified by the series
50-C37XX and 50-C47XX and are available
on order. The platen assembly is also avai-
lable as an extra accessory.
See 50-C9049 on page 201.
50-C46G2 Digimax Plus version with distance pieces 50-C47G2 Digimax Plus - The large vertical
daylight of 360 mm allows the compression on
6x 12 cylinders fitted with capping retainers
50-C46B2 Wizard version
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
V o l t a g e s
All machine codes refer to 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
The same models are available for 220 V,
60 Hz, 1 ph. (for example: code 50-C36B3
instead of 50-C36B2) and 110 V, 60 Hz, 1
ph. (for example: code 50-C36B4 instead
of 50-C36B2)
192
50
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semiautomatic EN models (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1
50-C56G2
Digimax Plus ver-
sion upgraded
with 50-
Q0025/UP1
second frame
pump option 50-
C5600/UP3 cabi-
net and base-
ment option.
Connected to 50-
C0900/* flexure
frame
Testing equipment for the construction industry
UPGRADING MACHINE OPTIONS
Machine options
The standard version of the WIZARD and
DIGIMAX Plus tester, as shown in the pictu-
re, consists of the frame with platens to
test cubes and cylinders, power pump with
flow control valve (Pacemeter System) and
the load measurement system.
These three major parts can be
changed/modified to suit particular requi-
rement by simply adding the selected
option code as follows.
Block testing
EN 772/1
BS 6073
(1)
ASTM C39-E447
AASHTO T22
(1) 50-C4600/UP1 option only
50-C4600/UP1
Upgrading the EN compression fra-
mes 2000 and 3000 kN cap. fitting
rectangular platens 250x460x75
mm, slide rail carriages to remove
easily the upper block platen to pass
from testing blocks to standard
cubes or cylinders. Complete with
suitable fragment guard
The vertical daylight and spacers needed to
reduce it are shown on page 202.
50-C5600/UP1
Upgrading the EN compression frame
3000 kN cap. fitting rectangular
platens 300x500x50 mm, slide rail
carriages to remove easily the upper
block platen to pass from testing
blocks to standard cubes or cylinders.
Complete with and suitable frag-
ment guard
Note. The above options are only available
for the 2000 and 3000 kN models and have
to be specified at time of order.
Left. Detail of sliding
rail system
Cabinet option
50-C4600/UP3
Upgrading the 50-C36XX and 46XX,
series testers with housing cabinets
and steel basement
50-C5600/UP3
Same as above but for 50-C56XX tester.
Power pump option
Two-way valve for connection to a
second frame
The pump can be fitted with a two way
valve for connection to a second frame
(e.g. flexural frame or other special com-
pression frames) obtaining an interesting
and economical solution especially when
carried out with a two channel digital
display unit and the suitable pressure tran-
sducer to fit the second frame.
Right. Power pump
fitted with
50-Q0025/UP1
option to connect
a second frame
50-Q0025/UP1
Upgrading of the power pump by a
two way valve to connect a second
frame
193
50
ACCESSORIES
The machines can be fitted with:
s
50-C9000 Splitting tensile test
device for cylinders
s
50-C9070 Splitting tensile test
device for cubes and self blocking
pavers
s
50-C9030 Compression device to
test mortar specimens
s
50-C9032 Compression device to
test 2 (50 mm) cubes
s
50-C9010 Flexural test device for
concrete beams
s
50-C9049 Compression platen
assembly for concrete cylinders
s
50-C0122, 50-C0122/2,
50-C0122/3
Capping retainers for 6x12 cylin-
ders with neoprene pads. Usable with
50-C9049 compression platen
assembly only.
For more information and
detail see page 200.
PC SOFTWARE
s
50-C0050/SOF Data acquisition
software for PC
Allows management of customers,
tests, standards, materials data and
print out of test reports. Supplied
complete with serial cable.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Semiautomatic EN models (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
CONCRETE TESTING
50-C56B2 Wizard version
upgraded with the 50-Q0701/UP1
printer, 50-C5600/UP1 block
platen option, 50-C5600/UP3
cabinet and basement option
50-C5600/UP3
cabinet and
basement option
ACCESSORIES
Printer
This palm size lightweight printer is ideal
either for laboratory or field use.
s
82-P0172
Serial printer mains operated.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General specifications
Printing method: serial dot impact
Font: 5x8 matrix / No. of columns: 24/40
Paper width: 57.5 mm
External dimensions: 106x180x88 mm
Weight approx.: 0.4 kg
s
82-P0172/1
Cable for printer connection
s
82-P0172/5
Support for mounting of the serial prin-
ter on top of Digimax Plus
Accessories for the connection of
the Wizard and Digimax Plus to PC
82-Q0800/2
Serial cable for PC connection
82-Q0800/TRM
D-Terminal software for capture
and storing of testing data ASCII
format by the serial port RS 232.
For Windows 98 or higher
82-P0172 with 82-P0172/5 support fitted
on top of Digimax Plus
50-Q0701/UP1
printer
50-C5600/UP1
block platen option
194
50
time (s)
l
o
a
d
(
k
N
)
0
:
0
0
:
0
0
0
:
0
0
:
0
6
0
:
0
0
:
1
2
0
:
0
0
:
1
8
0
:
0
0
:
2
4
0
:
0
0
:
3
0
0
:
0
0
:
3
6
0
:
0
0
:
4
2
0
:
0
0
:
4
8
0
:
0
0
:
5
4
0
:
0
1
:
0
0
0
:
0
1
:
0
6
0
:
0
1
:
1
2
0
:
0
1
:
1
8
0
:
0
1
:
2
4
0
:
0
1
:
3
0
0
:
0
1
:
3
6
1200
1000
800
400
200
600
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
50-C36V2, C46V2
C56V2, C66V2 SERIES
1500 / 2000 / 3000 / 4000 KN CAP.
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-4
ASTM C39, AASHTO T22
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SPECIFICATIONS
The AUTOMAX 5 automatic compression
testers represent the more sophisticated
and advanced evolution of the usual com-
pression testers.
The AUTOMAX 5 features the complete
automatic test cycle with closed loop digi-
tal feedback. Once the specimen parameter
have been introduced, it is sufficient to
press the START button to complete the
test. The machine can be fitted with block
testing platen.
See upgrading option page 198.
FRAMES
They are identical to those which are part
of the EN semiautomatic Series (described
on page 188).
CONTROL AND READOUT ELECTRONIC
- Multi-layer board with SMD technology
- 240x128 pixel graphic display
- 130.000 A/D resolution
- Digital controller
- Sampling rate: 15 samples/s
HYDRAULIC GROUP
- Dual stage pump. Centrifugal low pres-
sure high delivery stage for fast approa-
ch and radial multipiston high pressure
stage for test execution
- 720 W power
- 4.5 litres oil capacity
- 3.5 litres usable oil capacity
- 50 mm ram travel
- 40 mm/min fast approach speed
- Voltage 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. or 110 V,
60 Hz, 1 ph.
SECOND FRAME OPTION
The hydraulic group can be fitted with a
distribution block for connection and non-
simultaneous control of a second frame
(e.g. flexural frame or special compression
frame). This upgrading option is identified
by the code 50-Q0005/UP1.
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic EN compression machines (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 198)
Main features
- Automatic test cycle
- Class 1 machines starting from 10%
of the full scale or from 1% as option
- Load/time plot and actual load rate
displayed in real time
- Accurate load rate control
- High test throughput: up to about
30 tests per hour
- Connectable to a second frame
- Data download to PC
50-C56V2 3000 kN cap.
Automax compression tester
Graphic representation of hydraulic group and P.I.D. control system
The diagram load vs. time shows the outstanding performance of the hydraulic group and feedback
control system during a compression test on standard concrete specimen.
LOAD RATE
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
AND CERTIFICATION
The system applies automatically the cor-
rect load rate conforming to the informa-
tion introduced by the control panel. The
load rate value is continuously monitored
and can be printed in the test report when
connected to PC to certify the correct load
rate application.
1
2
3 3.1 3.2
4 4.1 4.2
5 5.1
6
7
195
50
All the above sequences can be avoided by default for repetitive tests on the
same specimen except for the specimen weight, age and precise
dimensions which, if required, should be introduced time by time.
This possibility applies also starting with the apparatus switched off as the
memory of the last test is available.
Now it is possible to proceed in two different mode:
Selection of main features
Switching on the display the sequence is the
following:
7 INTERPOLATION MENU. To input the calibration coefficient to linearise the load sensor curve for the
maximum accuracy.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Ram travel switch
SOFTWARE INSTALLED
Main features
- Languages: English, French, Spanish, German, Italian
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf
- Simultaneous display of load, stress and actual load rate in terms of load/s or stress/s
- Real time graphic display of test data, load/time curve and actual load rate
- Memory storage about 150 tests; each test identified by date, hour, test number, operator name, type
of test, type of specimen, specimen dimension, area, weight, age, failure load, failure stress, and test
load rate
- Real time clock and date
- Real time download to PC by RS 232
- File management with the possibility to display all tests, to download to serial printer and PC,
to cancel single test etc. (two separate RS 232 ports available)
- Machine calibration access by software; password protected
- Linearisation/interpolation feature, allowing the segmentation of load sensor curve
(from 1 to 6 segments) and automatic interpolation for high accuracy of the system
from the beginning of the load range.
SAFETY FEATURES
The AUTOMAX 5 series machines are fitted
with:
- Max. pressure valve to avoid machine
overloading.
- Ram travel switch which prevents the
excessive piston travel.
- Front and rear transparent fragment
guard.
- Optional: front fragment guard with
door locking switch to cut off mains
when the door is open. See accessories.
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic EN compression machines (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP2 (see page 198)
To perform another test on the same specimen size it is sufficient, when in position 4.2 or 5.1, to press button F3.
4 4.1 4.2 Numerical and graphic display. 5 5.1 Numerical display only.
6 FILE MANAGER SCREEN. It is possible to save the test. The test can be recalled later. The tests are fil-
led in chronological order and can be scrolled and the data downloaded to a PC or printer.
1 From Main Menu select TEST RUN.
2 Select test type (eg. Compression).
3 Introduce specimen description.
3.1 Select specimen shape.
3.2 Introduce the specimen data.
Detail of the dual stage hydraulic unit
Test sequence
Locking switch, optio-
nal - see accessories
196
50
Frame dimensions (mm)
50-C66V2. The 4000 kN model features a separate AUTOMAX 5 control console
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Standard models Standard models upgraded
with block testing platens
Catalogue numbers - Models for cubes and cylinders
50-C36V2 50-C46V2 50-C56G2 50-C66V2
Capacity kN 1500 2000 3000 4000
Class 1 range (standard) kN 150 to 1500 200 to 2000 300 to 3000 400 to 4000
Class 1 range (optional)
(1)
kN 15 to 1500 20 to 2000 30 to 3000 40 to 4000
Resolution 1/130.000 1/130.000 1/130.000 1/130.000
Platen dia. mm 216 285 285 300
Ram travel mm 50 50 50 50
Max. vertical daylight mm 350 350 350 510
Power W 720 720 720 720
Voltage
(2)
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Overall dimensions (lxdxh) mm 788x440x1390 788x440x1390 918x485x1440 1051x485x1701
Overall dimensions
(3)
(lxdxh) mm - 788x910x1390 918x950x1440 -
Weight approx. kg 850 870 1100 1300
Weight approx.
(3)
kg - 1170 1350 -
(1) Using the special calibration procedure identified by the code 50-C0050/CAL
(2) 110 V, 60 Hz models available on request
(3) Models upgraded with block testing platens
General specifications (continued)
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
All machines have to be completed with
the suitable distance piece(s) to reduce if
necessary the vertical daylight depending
on the specimen size. See page 202.
Rif. C36-- C46-- C56-- C66--
A 350 350 350 510
B - 245 295 -
C 285 285 285 300
D - 245x460 300x500 -
E 310 310 370 475
* When upgraded with block testing platens
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic EN compression machines (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
197
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Ordering information
Standard cubes and cylinders testers
50-C36V2
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com-
pression testing machine 1500 kN
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C46V2
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com-
pression testing machine 2000 kN
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C56V2
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com-
pression testing machine 3000 kN
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
50-C66V2
AUTOMAX 5 EN automatic com-
pression testing machine 4000 kN
capacity. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
ASTM cylinder testers
All the EN semiautomatic and automatic
models can be fitted with smaller compres-
sion platen assembly also suitable for 4x8
cylinders as prescribed by ASTM C39 stan-
dards. These versions are identified by the
series 50-C37V2 and 50-C47V2 and are
available on order. This configuration fea-
ture a platen dia. of 165 mm and a vertical
daylight of 360 mm. The platen assembly is
also available as an extra accessory.
See 50-C9049 on page 201.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e V o l t a g e s
All machine codes refer to 230 V, 50-60
Hz, 1 ph. The same models are available
for 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph. (for example: code
50-C36V4 instead of 50-C36V2)
50-C37V2 with Unbonded capping pads and
retainers
50-C46V2 with distance pieces
50-C56V2 3000 kN cap. Automax compression tester
MACHINE CLASS
All models are supplied in Class 1: EN
12390-4 (corresponding to ASTM E4 Class
A) starting from the 10% of the full range
as standard, but with a special calibration
procedure identified by the code 50-
C0050/CAL we can grant Class 1 starting
from 1% of the full range.
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic EN compression machines (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP2 (see page 198)
198
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
UPGRADING MACHINE OPTIONS
As specified the Automax 5 automatic
testers can be upgraded and modified by
simply adding to the machine code the
selected option codes which follows:
BLOCK TESTING OPTION
qSTANDARD
EN 772/1 - BS 6073 (50-C4600/UP1
only) - ASTM C39, E447 - AASHTO T22
The Automax models 2000 and 3000 kN
cap. (50-C46V2 and C56V2) can be upgra-
ded by the block testing option which con-
sists of rectangular platens, slide rail carria-
ges to remove easily the upper block platen
to pass from testing blocks to standard
cubes or cylinders and suitable fragment
guard.
50-C4600/UP1
Upgrading of the EN 2000 kN and
3000 kN compression frames with
rectangular platens 250x460x75
mm, sliding rail carriages to remove
easily the upper block platen to pass
50-C46V2 upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1
block testing platens
50-C56V2 with distance
pieces and second frame
option 50-Q0005/UP1
connected to a flexural
testing frame 53-C1200/*
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic EN compression machines (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(continued)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1
SECOND FRAME OPTION
The hydraulic group can be fitted with a distribution block for connection and non-simul-
taneous control of a second frame (e.g. flexural frame or cement compression frame).
This upgrading option is identified by the code 50-Q0005/UP1.
50-C5600/UP1
Upgrading of the EN 3000 kN com-
pression frame with rectangular pla-
ten 300x500x50 mm and other
items described leftside
50-Q0005/UP1
Upgrading of the Automax 5 testers
for the control of a second frame by
a suitable distribution block
Hydraulic distribution block. Model
for the connection of two frames
Automax 5 compression tester upgraded
for block testing (code 50-C4600/UP1).
Detail of the sliding rail system for easy
removal of upper platen to test also
standard cubes and cylinders
from testing blocks to standard
cubes or cylinders. Complete with
suitable fragment guard
199
50
50-C0050/P
TEST ACCESSORIES
The machines can be fitted with:
s
50-C9000 Splitting tensile test
device for cylinders
s
50-C9070 Splitting tensile test
device for cubes and self blocking
pavers
s
50-C9030 Compression device to
test mortar specimens
s
50-C9032 Compression device to
test 2 (50 mm) cubes
s
50-C9010 Flexural test device for
concrete beams
s
50-C9049 Compression platen
assembly for concrete cylinders
s
50-C0122, 50-C0122/2,
50-C0122/3
Capping retainers for 6x12 cylin-
ders with neoprene pads. Usable with
50-C9049 compression platen
assembly only.
For more information and
detail see pages 200 and 201.
PC SOFTWARE
s
50-C0050/SOF Data acquisition
software for PC
Allows management of customers,
tests, standards, materials data and
print out of test reports. Supplied
complete with serial cable.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
ACCESSORIES
50-C0050/CAL
Special calibration procedure
to obtain Class 1 from 1%
of load full scale
82-P0172
Serial printer
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/1
Serial cable for printer
connection
82-P0172/5
Support for connection of the
printer to the Automax system
Connection
of the AUTOMAX to PC
82-Q0800/2
Serial cable for PC connection
82-Q0800/TRM
D-Terminal software for captu-
re and storing of testing data
ASCII format by the serial port
RS 232. For Windows 98 or
higher
Door locking switch
50-C0050/P
Door locking switch
To prevent the test execution with
the door open. It has to be factory
installed.
82-P0172 serial printer fitted to
the AUTOMAX 5 console by the
82-P0172/5 support
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic EN compression machines (tested for stability)
For cylinders up to 160x320 mm, cubes up to 150/200
(
*
)
mm and blocks
(
**
)
(
*
)
Except 1500 kN model
(
**
)
Upgraded with 50-C4600/UP1 or 50-C5600/UP1 (see page 192)
STAND ALONE AUTOMAX 5 CONTROL CONSOLE
The Automax 5 control console is also available
for automation of old hydraulic testing machines
and load frames. It is identified by the following
code number. For more details on the possible
applications ask our sales dept.
50-C5012
Automax control console, power and rea-
dout unit, complete with basement.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
200
50
Accessories
s
50-C9001 Hardboard packing
strips to EN 12390-6. 4x10x345 mm.
Pack of 100
Accessories
s
50-C9002 Hardboard parcking
strips to EN 1338. 4x15x345 mm.
Pack of 100
SPLITTING TEST ON CUBES
AND CONCRETE BLOCK PAVERS
qSTANDARD: EN 1338, 12390-6
50-C9070
Splitting tensile test device for con-
crete block pavers and concrete cubes
The vertical clearance has to be adjusted
using the suitable distance pieces. Same as
for 50-C9000.
A Weight approx.: 28 kg
FLEXURAL TEST ON CONCRETE BEAMS
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-5, ASTM C78 - C293, AASHTO
T97, BS 1881:118, NF P18-407, UNI 6133
50-C9010
Flexural test device for prism
moulds 100x100x400/500 mm and
150x150x600/700 mm.
Double upper bearer for third point test
and centre. Height: 370 mm when adjusted
for 150 mm beams; 320 mm when adju-
sted for 100 mm beams. The 370 mm verti-
cal daylight can be obtained removing the
lower platen.
A Weight approx.: 33 kg approx.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Accessories for semiautomatic and automatic compression testers
CUBE CENTERING DEVICE
50-C9098/C
Cube centering device for 100 and 150 mm cubes.
The lower machine platens are normally marked with concentric circles to centre the cube
specimens. On request, with the main purpose of saving time, it is possible to use the cube
centering device which, however, can be used if the size of cube specimens is within the
tolerances.
SPLITTING TEST ON CYLINDERS
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-6 / ASTM C496
50-C9000
Splitting tensile test device for
cylindrical specimens dia. 100x200
mm (4" x 8"), 150x300 mm (6" x
12") and 160x320 mm
The vertical clearance has to be adjusted
using suitable distance pieces considering
that the standard height is 325 mm when
adjusted for 150 mm (6") and 160 mm
dia. cylinders and 275 mm when adjusted
for 100 mm dia. (4") cylinders.
A Weight approx.: 28 kg
ACCESSORIES
All the accessories can be easily fitted to the machine without the removal of upper platen and spherical seat.
50-C9000
50-C46G2 with 50-C9000
50-C9070
50-C46G2 with 50-C9070
50-C9010
50-C46G2 with 50-C9010
201
50
UNBONDED CAPPING PADS AND RETAINERS
qSTANDARD
ASTM C1231
Used as an alternative method to the
sulphur hot capping of concrete cylinder
specimens. The system consists of two alloy
steel cap retainers and two 12.5 mm thick
neoprene pads.
This system is not applicable for expected
strength lower than 10 MPa.
For expected strength over 48 MPa the 70
shore hardness pads should be used. Pads
are reusable up to 100 times and retainers
are permanent with normal use and care.
s
50-C0122 Capping retainers for 6 dia.
(150 mm) cylinders
s
50-C0122/2 Neoprene pads for 6 dia.
(150 mm) cylinders, 60 shore A. Set of two
s
50-C0122/3 Neoprene pads for 6 dia.
(150 mm) cylinders, 70 shore A for cylin-
der strength over 48 MPa. Set of two
Test configuration
Unbonded capping pads and retainers
50-C9030
50-C9032
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Accessories for semiautomatic and automatic compression testers
CONCRETE TESTING
COMPRESSION TEST
ON CONCRETE CYLINDERS
qSTANDARD
ASTM C349, AASHTO T22
50-C9049
Compression platens assembly for
concrete cylenders up to 6x12
The semi-automatic and automatic com-
pression testers 50-C36XX, C46XX and
C56XX are fitted with platens and spherical
seats for testing 6x12 cylinders. To test
4x8 cylinders conforming to the above
standards it is required the following
assembly which is, however, usable up to
6"x12" specimens.
The assembly includes upper platen with
spherical seat and lower platen.
B Platen dimensions:
165 mm dia. x 30 mm
A Total weight: 18.5 kg
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
When fitted to the compression frame the
vertical daylight increases to 380 mm
which is suitable for compression tests on
6"x12" cylinders using 50-C0122 capping
retainers.
50-C9049
COMPRESSION TEST ON MORTAR SPECIMENS
qSTANDARD
EN 196 / ASTM C349
50-C9030
Compression device to test portions
of 40x40x160 mm mortar prisms
broken in flexure
The frame is fitted with an upper platen
with spherical seat that moves vertically
sustained by a spring. The apparatus can be
placed directly on the lower machine pla-
ten. The height is 188 mm and the vertical
clearance of the machine has to be adju-
sted using suitable distance pieces. See
page 202.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
n o t e
Capping pads and retainers for 160x320
mm cylinders are also available on order.
Ask for: 50-C0122/A for capping retainers
and 50-C0122/4 for neoprene pads.
qSTANDARD
ASTM C109
50-C9032
Compression device to test 50 mm
(2") mortar cubes
This apparatus is practically identical to
model 50-C9030 except the platens,
which are 75 mm dia. and the vertical
daylight, which is 53 mm. It can also be
used to test microcores.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
202
50
50-C9097, C9097/D, C9095, C9096
How to
introduce
distance
pieces
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Distance pieces and auxiliary platens
for semiautomatic and automatic compression testers
DISTANCE PIECES
Used to reduce the vertical daylight depen-
ding on the size of specimen considering
that the maximum piston travel of all com-
pression testers is 50 mm
50-C9082, 9080, 9083, 9081
AUXILIARY PLATENS FOR TESTERS UPGRADED WITH BLOCK TESTING PLATENS
Models
upgraded
with block
compression
platens
Testing equipment for the construction industry
s
Code Dimensions Weight
approx.
50-C9080 dia. 200x30 mm 7.3 kg
50-C9081 dia. 200x40 mm 9.8 kg
50-C9082 dia. 200x50 mm 12.3 kg
50-C9083 dia. 200x68 mm 16.7 kg
50-C9086 dia. 200x100 mm 25 kg
50-C9084 dia. 96x158mm 9 kg
50-C9085 dia. 165x40 mm 7 kg
s
Code Dimensions Weight
mm approx.
50-C9095 150x150x160 (h) 20 kg
50-C9096 100x100x60 (h) 4 kg
50-C9097 200x200x100 (h) 35 kg
50-C9097/D 200x200x25 (h) 8.5 kg
Upper spherical
seated platen
Lower machine
platen
Distance
pieces
Upper spherical
seated platen
Auxiliary platens
Lower platen
Sliding upper
block platen
203
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Distance pieces and auxiliary platens
for semiautomatic and automatic compression testers
CONCRETE TESTING
Machine 4x8 and 6x12 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
series 100x200 150x300 mm cubes cubes cubes
mm 160x320 mm
cylinders cylinders
q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code
50-C21XX 1 50-C9084 1 50-C9085 - - - - - -
50-C31XX
50-C34XX 1 50-C9082 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082 - -
50-C44XX 1 50-C9083 (not necessary 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 - -
for 160x320 mm)
50-C54XX 2 50-C9083 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082 2 50-C9083
(not necessary 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 - -
for 160x320 mm)
50-C36XX 2 50-C9083 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082 - -
(supplied with 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 - -
the machine)
50-C46XX 2 50-C9083 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082 2 50-C9083
50-C56XX (supplied with 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 - -
the machine)
50-C5800 2 50-C9083 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082 2 50-C9083
50-C5902 (supplied with 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 - -
the machine)
50-C66XX 3 50-C9083/1 1 50-C9083/1 4 50-C9083/1 3 50-C9083/1 3 50-C9083/1
50-C7600/* 1 50-C9083 1 50-C9083 - -
Important note
- 250x500 mm concrete cylinders can be tested on the 50-C66XX machines and 50-C7600/* frame without distance pieces as the ver-
tical daylight is 510 mm
- 300 mm concrete cubes can be tested with 50-C66XX machine and 50-C7600/* frame, upgraded with 300x500x50 mm block pla-
tens. This version is available on order.
Distance pieces required for:
Machine 4x8 and 6x12 100 mm 150 mm 200
series 100x200 150x300 mm cubes cubes mm
mm 160x320 mm cubes
cylinders cylinders
q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code q.ty code
50-C44XX
50-C54XX 2 50-C9083 1 50-C9080 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083 2 50-C9083
upgraded with (not necessary for 2 50-C9082 1 50-C9082
the 50-C4400/UP1 160x320 mm)
option
50-C46XX 1 50-C9097 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9097
upgraded with 1 50-C9096
the 50-C4600/UP1
option
50-C56XX 1 50-C9097 1 50-C9097/D 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9095 1 50-C9097
upgraded with 1 50-C9097/D 1 50-C9096 1 50-C9097/D 1 50-C9097/D
the 50-C5600/UP1 1 50-C9097/D
option
Auxiliary platens and distance pieces required for machines upgraded with block platens
204
50
d d d
l = 3d
L 3.5d
d
d
F/2 F/2
l = 3d
l/2 l/2
d
d
F
L 3.5d
Centre point loading
Two point loading
50-C1201/*
50-C0900/* connected to automatic testing
machine AUTOMAX 5
ACCESSORIES FOR 50-C1200,
50-C1201 FRAMES
50-C1200/1
Set of bearers for transverse
test on kerbs and flagstones.
Conf. to BS 7263
The set consists of two steel suppor-
ting rollers 40 mm dia. and 620 mm
long and of an upper member com-
plete with hardwood fillet 50 mm
wide.
A Weight: 80 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Flexural testing machine
50-C0900/*
100 kN cap. frame complete with
rollers, pressure transducer, pedestal
and connection kit for separate
control console
Stand alone control console 50-C3012
Introduction
We propose different flexural frames
complete with pressure transducer
which can be connected to our
50-C3012 stand alone control console, to
the other automatic control consoles
AUTOMAX 5, SERCOMP 7 etc., or to existing
double channel digital compression testers.
Testing method
The EN 12390-5 prescribes both the two
point method (reference method) and the
single point method.
50-C0900/* SERIES, 100 KN CAP.
FLEXURE TESTING MACHINES
General description
A simple and practical frame developed for
testing on standard concrete beams. The
distance of both pair of loading and sup-
port rollers can be easily adjusted: one of
the two upper rollers can be removed and
the other placed in the centre for centre
point loading.
50-C1200/* SERIES 100/150 KN CAP.
HIGH STIFFNESS FLEXURE FRAMES
General description
This versatile testing frame has been desi-
gned for minimum deflection at maximum
pressure resulting in very high accuracy. It
is proposed in two different versions: see
table on next page for frame specifications.
50-C1200/*
150 kN cap. frame complete with
rollers, pressure transducer and
connection kit for separate control
console
50-C1201/*
100 kN cap. frame complete with
rollers, load cell and connection kit
for separate control console
FLEXURE TESTING MACHINES
FOR STANDARD CONCRETE BEAMS
100X100X400/500 MM AND
150X150X600/750 MM
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-5
ASTM C78, C293
205
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Flexural testing machine
CONCRETE TESTING
50-C1400/* SERIES 150 KN CAP.
UNIVERSAL FLEXURAL TESTING FRAME
General description
The upper crossbeam can be vertically
adjusted by a hand winch and is located in
position by two pins. It is supplied without
the flexure attachment, which has to be
selected conforming to the test to be
performed, see accessories.
50-C1400/*
150 kN cap. universal frame com-
plete with pressure transducer and
connection kit. Supplied without
rollers.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
This frame can be used for other appli-
cations and suitable accessories can be
supplied conforming to client require-
ment and specifications.
50-C1200/* connected to
automatic testing system
MCC 8 with other two
frames for compression
tests on mortar and con-
crete specimens
50-C1400/* equipped with
50-C0013/10 rollers connected to automatic
testing system Sercomp 7
Models 50-C0900/* 50-C1200/* 50-C1201/* 50-C1400/*
Max. load capacity kN 100 150 100 150
Load sensor - Pressure transducer Load cell Pressure transducer
Max. vertical clearance mm 165 207 182 Up to 493 with
50-C0013/6 and 511 with
50-C0013/10
Horizontal clearance mm 180 720 660
Roller size mm 40 dia. x 160 long 40 dia. x 300 long Not included. See 50-C0013/10
Distance between upper rollers mm 150, 100 or single roller 100 150 200 or single roller 100-150-200 with 50-C0013/10
Distance between lower rollers mm 450 and 300 Adjustable from 50 to 900 Adjustable from 150 to 1200
Piston travel mm 75 130 110
Overall dimensions (lxwxh) mm 350x530x665 950x1000x981 860x1400x1414
Weight approx. kg 105 175 190
GENERAL FRAME SPECIFICATIONS
ACCESSORIES FOR 50-C1400/* UNIVERSAL FRAME
50-C0013/6 rollers for test on kerbs and flagstone
Flexural test on standard concrete
beams to EN 12390-5 and ASTM C78
50-C0013/10
Upper and lower roller assembly
for centre and third point test on
concrete beams 100x100x400/500
mm and 150x150 x600/750 mm.
40 mm dia. x 300 mm long
Transverse test on kerbs and flagstones
50-C0013/6
Set of bearers for transverse test
on kerbs and flagstones
The set consists of two steel supporting
rollers 40 mm dia and 620 mm long and
of an upper member complete with
hardwood fillet 50 mm wide. Weight
approx. 80 kg
206
50
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Compression testing frames for separate control consoles
Load testing frames
C3600/* C4600/* C5600/* C6600/* C7600/* C5800/* C5900/*
A 350 350 350 510 510 350 350
B - 245 295 - - -
C 285 285 285 300 300 300 300
D - 250x460* 300x500* - - -
E 310 310 370 475 475 330 330
* When upgraded with the block
testing platen see page 198.
Frame dimensions
Standard models
Standard models
upgraded with block
testing platens
Satisfactory failure
Unsatisfactory failure
Verification of the force transfer of a compression
tester by the strain gauged column 82-E0105/1,
digital tester 82-P0804/E, PC, printer and
82-E0804/SOF software
SAFETY FEATURES
The load frames are fitted with:
- Ram travel switch which pre-
vents the excessive piston travel.
- Front and rear transparent
fragment guard.
- Optional: locking switch to cut
off mains when the door is
open.
See accessories 50-C0050/P,
page 199.
The frames have to be completed
with the suitable distance pieces
conforming to the specimen size.
See page 202.
LOAD TESTING FRAMES
1500 TO 5000 KN CAP.
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-4
ASTM C39, AASHTO T22
General specifications
The following compression testing frames
are proposed for connection to control
consoles to form an Automatic testing
system.
They are supplied complete with basement,
pressure transducer and connecting hose.
Models 50-C6600/* and 50-C7600/* can
also test 250x500 mm cylinders and 300
mm cubes. All the other models can be
upgraded for block testing. See page 198.
The conformity of compression
testers to the EN 12390-4 requirements in
terms of stability (force transfer) is mainly
due to the frame design, spherical seat and
compression platens. All our frames are
fully conform to these stringent require-
ments which requires the verification of
the self-alignment of machine components
and the restraint on movement of the
upper platen using a special strain gauged
column (e.g. our model 82-E0105/1) con-
nected to a suitable data acquisition and
processing system (e.g. our model 82-
P0804/E).
Unsatisfactory premature sample failure is
caused by an incorrect load application. The
resultant compression resistance can be
significantly lower than the true resistance.
Importance of the verification of force transfer
Testing equipment for the construction industry
207
50
Balanced pre-tensioning system
The columns con-
sist of two ele-
ments, one contai-
ned within the
other. The internal
part (2) is the
column and works
in tension, whilst
the external part
(1) is a tube and
works in compres-
sion. This configu-
ration guarantees
tensional unifor-
mity at all load
levels.
Sectional view of EN High standard
four column solid frames.
50-C5600/*
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Compression testing frames for separate control consoles
Load testing frames (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
50-C4600/* upgraded with the block compres-
sion platens 50-C4600/UP1 (see page 198)
50-C5800/* Four prestressed columns frame
The two versions are identical except for
the load cell incorporated in the piston of
the 50-C5902/* version providing very high
accuracy starting from the very beginning
of load scale. Particurarly suitable for
research purposes.
Electronic load cell housed in the ram (model
50-C5902/*)
The prestressing
technique
Ordering information
50-C5800/*
3000 kN cap. EN compression frame
four prestressed columns, high stiff-
ness mechanical frame
50-C5902/*
3000 kN cap. EN compression
frame, four prestressed columns.
Strain gauge load cell incorporated
in the piston
Ordering information
50-C3600/*
1500 kN cap. EN compression frame,
high standard four column solid frame
50-C4600/*
2000 kN cap. EN compression frame,
high standard four column solid frame
50-C5600/*
3000 kN cap. EN compression frame,
high standard four column solid frame
50-C6600/*
4000 kN cap. EN compression frame,
high standard four column solid frame
50-C7600/*
5000 kN cap. EN compression frame,
high standard four column solid frame
EN HIGH STANDARD MODELS, 50-C3600/*, 50-C4600/*, 50-C5600/*, 50-C6600/*, 50-C7600/*
EN FOUR PRESTRESSED COLUMN MODELS, 50-C5800/*, 50-C5902/*
The design
assures high stif-
ness and stability
conforming
to the latest
European
specifications
208
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems
Introduction
Test laboratories that examine the
mechanical properties of building
materials require advanced Test
Systems. They also require user
friendly equipment, rapid set up and
UPGRADING OPTIONS
50-C7022/UP2
Upgrading of the Sercomp 7 unit
for connection to up to 4 cylinders
or frames. This option has to be speci-
fied at time of order.
ACCESSORIES
50-C7022/SOF
Data acquisition and processing
software for PC
Includes the routines for remote control of
Sercomp 7 and print out of customized test
certificates.
50-C7022
SERCOMP 7
Automatic Control Console for
compression and flexure frames
General description
Consisting of an hydraulic unit, specially
designed for testing machines, driven by an
advanced microprocessor system for auto-
matic application of the load rate from
values close to zero up to the maximum oil
capacity. The system incorporates a cooling
device for better pressure control and
uniformity throughout the test.
The control panel includes a large graphic
display with a membrane keyboard for
input test data for controlling and monito-
ring all functions all over the test. The stan-
dard unit can be connected to two loading
cylinders or frames but it can be upgraded
for connection to up to 4 frames by adding
the upgrading option 50-C7022/UP2. See
upgrading options.
Technical specifications
Max. working pressure: 700 bar
Max. oil delivery: 0.7 litres/min
Flow control by servo-valve system
Hydraulic port:
No. 2 / 4 (with 50-C7022/UP2)
Power: 750 W
Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
(other voltages available on order)
B Dimensions: 470x410x1000 mm
A Weight approx.: 120 kg
On board FIRMWARE (Main features)
The installed FIRMWARE enables the
MAIN FEATURES
- Remote trouble shooting
- Drives up to 4 test frames (not simul-
taneously)
- Allows certification of correct test
procedure saving and printing also the
load/time graph
- Automatic test performance with PID
closed loop control
- Allows complex tests with various pha-
ses to be programmed by the user ( eg.
for elastic modules determination)
- Programmable load and stress rate
- Programmable test cycles up to 100
different ramps
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf
- Languages: English, French, Spanish,
German, and Italian
- Real time plot of stress versus time
- Real time download to PC via RS 232
port
- Software calibration facilities and
linearisation of up to 10 segments
- Real time clock and date
- Resolution 1/65000
- Memory for up to 500 test including
test data, results and load vs. time plot
- Facility for direct connection to A4
parallel printer
Example of displays
Detail of the control panel
Control menu with icons and immediate
graphical representation of main functions
performance of general compression,
flexural, splitting tests including also other
load and stress ramps. The closed loop con-
trol enables the automatic rapid piston
approach, zeroing, user defined load ramp,
failure detection and unloading.
execution, automation and flexibi-
lity. The testing systems consist of a
control console including hydraulic
pump and circuit, electrical/electro-
nic apparatus and strength measure-
ment system, connected to up to 4
different frames.
Controls has recently improved
this important line of testing
apparatus by the new SERCOMP 7,
MCC 8 and ADVANTEST 9 con-
trol consoles as follows.
209
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
Typical cyclic tests with positive and
negative ramps
SERCOMP 7 50-C7022 connected to
65-L1301/* cement compression/flexure frame
Typical application of SERCOMP 7 model
50-C7022, upgraded with 50-C7022/UP2 for
connection of extra two frames, connected to
3000 kN concrete compression machine model
50-C5600/*, 100 kN concrete flexure frame
mod. 50-C1201/* and 250/15 kN mod.
65-L1301/* cement compression/flexure frame
SERCOMP 7 compression test report
Complex tests and elastic
modulus determination
As well as normal tests (compression
and flexure) the SERCOMP 7 can also be
user programmed to perform complex
tests with load/unload phases. Each
phase is characterised by its load rate
(positive, negative or nil) and target
load to be reached. Up to 100 phases
may be programmed. For example this
feature can be used to program test for
elastic modulus determination or spe-
cial research tests.
210
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems
50-C8232
MCC/82 Multifunctional
Computerised Control Console
for connection to up three frames
including elastic modulus
determination
The main feature of this Computerised
Automatic Control System is the maximum
flexibility of the PC used as a friendly inter-
face in terms of customization of test cycle,
processing of input and output data, con-
nection to the existing lab. network, easy
updating of the software functions with
new releases and new modules.
We list below the main technical features:
Technical specifications
Max. working pressure: 700 bar
Max. oil delivery: 0.9 litre/min
Flow control by dedicated servo-valve system
Hydraulic port: No. 3 for up to three
loading cylinders or frames
6 channels for strain gauges
Power: 1100 W
Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
(other voltages available on order)
B Dimensions:
1115x550x1000 mm approx. (lxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 120 kg
Application
The computerised system enables the auto-
matic performance of the tests including
rapid piston approach, zeroing, user defi-
ned load ramp, failure detection, unloa-
ding. Using the specific software modules it
is possible to perform all standard tests
including the test cycle for the determina-
tion of the elastic modulus. See table on
page 213. The modules for standard
compression test (EN 12390-3, ASTM
MCC MULTIFUNCTIONAL COMPUTERISED CONTROL CONSOLE
C39) and elastic modulus (UNI 6556,
ASTM C469, DIN 1048, ISO 6784) are
included in the system.
We list below other standard features:
- Automatic test performance with PID
closed loop system
- Programmable load and stress rate
- Automatic determination of the Elastic
Modulus
- Real time plot of stress versus time
- Resolution 1/30000.
The MCC is supplied complete with PC and
printer selected within the most updated
models.
Main features
- User friendly software for management
of the console also for non-expert users
- Performance of many types of tests
from the most common to the more
specific and complex with multiple
software modules (only the needed
modules will be activated)
- Remote selection of the frame
- Software calibration and linearisation
facilities.
- Manual mode and automatic mode.
- Real time synchronised acquisition at 2
Hz from each channel (load and strains)
- Real time monitoring of test data (load,
stress, strain, time) either in graphic
format or as data
- Real time processing of test data (e.g.
determination of E-modulus) either in
graphic format or as data
- Hold function for the load
- Input of dimensions and descriptions of
the sample: age, preparation etc.
- Input of descriptive and administrative
test data: client, test centre, place of
test etc.
- Input of test parameters and settings:
load rate, peak sensitivity, closed loop
parameters etc.
- Input of data after test completion:
type of failure etc.
- Single and/or batch storage of test data in
ASCII and/or Controls defined format
- Printout of single and/or batch customi-
sable certificates
- Capable of importing or exporting data
files from or to the existing lab. network
50
211
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
Typical application of the
MCC 50-C8232 connected to a
53-C1201/* flexural frame,
65-L1201/* cement compression
frame and 50-C5600/* concrete
compression frame
53-C1201/* with 50-C9030
compression device
50-C5600/* upgraded with
50-C5600/UP1 block testing option
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Example of displays
Typical display of the test for the determination of the Elastic
Modulus on concrete cylinder
Typical display of a compression
test on concrete specimen
Typical display of a compression test on
cement prism 40x40x160 mm
212
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
MCC8 STANDARD VERSION
The MCC8 system is also available in the
standard version having the same basic
features of the 50-C8232 version except
for the determination of the Elastic modu-
lus, 6 channels for strain gauges and rele-
vant PC software which are not included.
This version, which is more economical, is
identified by the code:
50-C8032
MCC80 Multifunctional computeri-
sed control console for connection
to up to three frames.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Complete with PC and printer.
DETERMINATION OF THE STATIC
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
IN COMPRESSION
qSTANDARD
ISO 6784, ASTM C469, DIN 1048, UNI 6556
The 50-C8232 MCC 82 Multifunctional
computerised control console is supplied
complete with test software to perform the
Elastic modulus determination. Strain gau-
ges and accessories for connection to the
MCC control console have to be ordered
separately as follows:
Strain gauges application kit
and connection adapters
82-P0390
Strain gauge, 9.53 mm gauge
length. Pack of 5
82-P0391
Strain gauge, 20 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
82-P0392
Strain gauge, 30 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
82-P0393
Strain gauge, 60 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
50-C8032 connected to 65-L1301/* dual station cement testing frame
Determination of the static modulus of elasti-
city in compression using a cylindrical specimen
with the application of strain gauges
82-P0399/A
Strain gauge application kit
82-P0070/1
Adapter for the connection of the
strain gauges to the MCC console.
One needed for each strain gauge.
Reusable
213
50
Typical application of the MCC 50-C8032 (or 50-C8232)
connected to a concrete compression frame 50-C5800/*
and to a dual station cement testing frame 65-L1301/*
50-C5800/*
50-C8032
65-L1301/*
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
Code Test Main Standards
OTHER SOFTWARE PACKAGES FOR THE MCC 8 CONSOLES
A number of other software packages are available for compression, flexural, splitting tests on concrete and other brittle construction
materials are available. For more information ask for our specific leaflet.
50-C0066/S2 Third point and centre point flexure test on concrete EN 12390-5, BS 1881:118, ASTM C78, C293
50-C0066/S3 Indirect tensile test on concrete EN 12390-6 (ASTM, NF, BS), BS 1881:117, UNI 6135
50-C0066/S20 Compression test on cement EN 196, DIN 1164, ASTM C109, C349
50-C0066/S21 Flexure test on cement EN 196, ASTM C348
50-C0066/S5 Compression test on blocks EN 772/1, BS 6073, ASTM E447
50-C0066/S6 Flexure test on flat blocks BS 6073
50-C0066/S4 Compression test on interlocking pavers BS 6717, UNI 9065
50-C0066/S9 Indirect tensile test on interlocking pavers EN 1338
50-C0066/S7 Flexure test on kerbs and slabs BS 7263
214
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
Introduction
CONTROLS with over 30 years experience
within the field of materials testing,
working alongside customers in industry
and research establishment, has resulted in
the most comprehensive range of testing
systems, software and test accessories cur-
rently available.
The constant innovation and modern desi-
gn applied to our testing systems, in coo-
peration with State Universities, has resul-
ted in the development of the ADVANTEST
9 Servohydraulic testing unit.
50-C9842
ADVANTEST 9. Servohydraulic
testing unit for compression,
flexure, splitting tests.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
The unit consists of:
- Hydraulic power system
- Microprocessor control unit
- User interface with large graphic display
and keyboard, PC and printer
- Interactive software for PC.
The ADVANTEST 9 can control up to 4
hydraulic testing frames, of various dimen-
sions and capacities, to perform tests under
controlled speed of:
- Load/stress (e.g. MPa/s; kN/s; etc.)
- Displacement (e.g. m/s; m/s)
- Strain (e.g. mstrain/s).
The feedback is automatically performed
with P.I.D. closed loop control.
The system controls the displacement of
the hydraulic piston as a function of the
load or stress or strain by a suitable tran-
sducer. The displacement transducer is pla-
ced by the user where needed to measure
for example the deflection of a beam under
flexure load. The strain transducers are
typically fixed on the specimen for direct
reading.
SERVOHYDRAULIC TESTING UNIT FOR RESEARCH AND
ADVANCED APPLICATIONS
Main applications
The performances of the ADVANTEST 9,
besides to the conventional applications
where the test ends with the failure of the
specimen are related to the more advanced
applications as the determination of the:
- Concrete post peak residual strength
- Concrete fracture toughness, from the
complete Hardening + Softening Load vs.
Strain diagram
- Determination of the Elastic modulus.
The increasing use of new materials in the
construction industry has created an
increasing demand for new and more com-
plex and sophisticated tests often related
to the Deformability and Ductility beha-
viour.
The Ductility is a fundamental design
parameter, which is related to the seismic
risks, micro-fissure due to shrinkage, the
fatigue behaviour, the resistance to shocks.
An advanced flexible testing
system ideal for standard
and advanced automatic tests
on construction materials
- P.I.D. Closed loop control
- Control up to 4 different hydraulic
frames
- Perform tests under control of:
- Load/Stress
- Displacement
- Strain
- For connection of pressure transdu-
cer, load cells, displacement and
strain transducers
- Particularly suitable to test
Deformability and Ductility of
- Fiber reinforced concrete
- ShotCrete
- Concrete with polymer fibre lining
- High flexibility: can control very low
capacity hydraulic frames up to 5000
kN models
50-C9842 ADVANTEST 9 with 86-D2999
215
50
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
Technical specifications
- Max. working pressure: 640 bar
- Max. oil delivery: 1 litre/min
- Hydraulic ports: n. 4 for four loading
cylinders or frames
- Flow control by dedicated servo-valve
system
- Oil cooling system included for ambient
temperature up to 40C.
User interface
- Large display 320x240 pixel
- Alphanumeric keyboard with function
keys
- Graphic interface by icons
- PC and printer (selected within the most
updated models).
Physical specifications
- Power: 750 W
- Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. (other
voltages available on order)
- Dimensions: 470x410x1000 mm (lxdxh),
excluding PC and printer
- Weight: 120 kg. Excluding PC and printer
Detail of the hydraulic block for the connection
of 4 frames
Detail of the main electronic boards
On board FIRMWARE
(Main features)
- Resolution: max. 1/262000 div.
- High frequency P.I.D. closed loop control
- Channels configurations (total n. 8)
- n. 4 for pressure transducers/load cells
- n. 1 for displacement transducer
- n. 3 for strain transducers (strain gauges).
The above standard configuration can be
modified to order upon confirmation of the
user specifications.
One of the possible
application of the 50-C9842
ADVANTEST 9.
Control of 4 different frames:
flexure and compression of
cement specimens (double
frame 65-L1301/*),
compression on concrete
(frame 50-C5800/*),
flexure on concrete beams
(frame 53-C1201/*).
The system is completed by
the 86-D2999 PC cabinet
216
50
Main screen of the software with test diagrams on the right
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
Typical fiber reinforced beams broken under
flexure with ADVANTEST 9, flexure frame and
accessories
Measurement of energy absorption of a round
slab performed with ADVANTEST 9, flexural
frame 50-C1201/* and accessories
Fiber reinforced beam broken under flexure
measuring the crack opening displacement
(COD) performed with ADVANTEST 9, flexural
frame 50-C1201/* and accessories
Interactive software
To perform:
- Remote control of the system
- Monitoring and display of all test data
Typical construction materials
tested for ductility
The materials, which are increasingly tested
for Ductility are the following:
- Fiber reinforced concrete (FRC)
Conforming to UNI 11039-2, pr EN 14651
ASTM C1018
- Sprayed concrete
Conforming to UNI 10834, pr EN 14488-
3, EN 14488-5
- Concrete with polymer fibre lining
(FRP) and other similar materials.
and parameter either in graphic or
numerical format
- File management by building materials,
tests, specifications, clients etc.
- Print of standard or customised test certificate
- Real time variation of the settings inclu-
ding the control method (load, displace-
ment or strain)
- User-friendly interface.
Advantages of the ADVANTEST system
In spite of the complexity of the above
tests the ADVANTEST 9 remains a simple
and easy machine to use for both conven-
tional applications and research purposes.
The outstanding Flexibility of the system
allows a wide range of test and load appli-
cations from few kN to 5000 kN, as it has
been specially designed and developed for
the construction industry.
The result is an extremely convenient
Quality and Performances/Price ratio.
Software calibration
with linearization function
Main test setting
217
50
High ductility specimen h
(FRC with high % of fibres) F t
Net Deflection (mm)
Average ductility specimen A e
(FRC with medium % of fibres) m (
Brittle specimen t
(plain concrete or FRC with low % of fibres) i r t %
L
o
a
d
(
k
N
)
82-P0331/C 82-P0331/1
Compression and flexural testing machines
Automatic testing systems (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
ACCESSORIES
Displacement transducers
s
82-P0331/A High precision
displacement transducer, 2 mm travel
s
82-P0331/B High precision displa-
cement transducer, 5 mm travel
s
82-P0331/C High precision displa-
cement transducer, 10 mm travel
50-C1200/5 Auxiliary testing frame for the
measurement of deflection under flexure test
Auxiliary testing frame 50-C1200/6 for test on
sprayed concrete specimens comprising
supporting square base and loading element
AUXILIARY TESTING FRAMES
50-C1200/5
Auxiliary testing frame for the
measurement of deflection during
the flexure tests on 100x100x400/500 mm
and 150x150x500/600 mm conforming to
ASTM C1018. Displacement transducers
not included to be ordered separately
50-C1200/6
Auxiliary testing frame for energy
absorption test on sprayed concrete
specimens, conforming to UNI 10834
Device for the electric mean
Used for tests, which require displace-
ment measurement that cannot be
recorded by one transducer only (e.g. the
deflection of a beam taken by two tran-
sducers fitted on the two lateral sides).
s
82-P0331/1 Electric mean device
for 2 or 3 displacement transducers
Displacement transducers holders
s
82-D1260/A Magnetic holder
s
82-D1260/1 Set of two datum
aluminium pieces to be glued on the
specimen surface to fit the displace-
ment transducer
Strain transducers (Strain gauges)
See page 404.
Typical diagram of beam under flexure test. The energy absorbed is the area below the load - Deflection curve.
The use of reinforcing fibres increase the capacity to absorb energy resulting in higher ductility of the material
PC cabinet
86-D2999
PC cabinet for testing systems.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
See description on page 146.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
218
54
54-C0149
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Fresh concrete testing
Workability and consistency / Sampling fresh concrete
Test Slump Flow Veb Waltz cont. Compacting Kelly K-slump Flow
methods cone table factor ball table
s
Code 54-C0149/A 54-C0151/A 54-C0195 54-C0146 54-C0155 54-C0142 54-C0144 54-C0164
54-C0150/A
Standards
(2)
EN 12350-2 EN 12350-5 EN 12350-3 EN 12350-4 BS 1881:103 ASTM C360 ASTM C1362 AASHTO
BS 1881:102 BS 1881:105 BS 1881:104 DIN 1048 T120
ASTM C143 DIN 1048
AASHTO T119
NF P18-451
etc.
For consist- 2, 3, 4 3, 4, 5 1, 2 3, 4, 5 2, 3, 4 3, 4, 5 3, 4, 5 2, 3, 4, 5
ency classes
Sensitivity 10200 mm 340600 mm 530 s 1.041.46 0.780.95 - 2575% 40-110
range
(1)
For field Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No
testing
For laborat. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
testing
Note.
(1) Limits in which the test is considered sensitive expressed in units related to the relevant specification.
(2) New EN standards concerning the EN 206 "Concrete Performance, Production and Conformity".
Important note. Part of the information given in this table are our interpretation of the different specifications.
The following table gives information regarding the type of concrete, the testing method, specification and apparatus.
WORKABILITY AND CONSISTENCY
Slump cone test sets
We propose two different models: the
standard one particularly suitable for labo-
ratory testing and the portable model very
practical for site testing. A number of parts
and accessories are however available for
particular requirements.
54-C0149
Steel slump cone test set
Including:
54-C0149/A Steel cone
86-D1310 Metal tray 600x600x80 mm
55-C0140
Steel tamping rod dia. 16x600 mm
54-C0149/5 Steel rule. 300 mm long
86-D1611 Aluminium scoop
54-C0149/A, 54-C0150/A
SLUMP TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-2, BS 1881:102, ASTM C143,
AASHTO T119, UNI 9418, NF P18-305
Slump cones
54-C0149/A
Slump cone
Manufactured from sheet steel protected
against corrosion. Top dia. 100 mm, base
dia. 200 mm, height 300 mm. Weight
approx. 2 kg.
54-C0150/A
Stainless steel slump cone
Same as above but manufactured from
stainless steel
- Seamless
- Heavy
duty,
thick and
robust
- Also
available
in stain-
less steel
SAMPLING FRESH CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-1
54-C0100
Stainless steel scoop
125 mm dia. x 250 mm long, 5 kg capacity,
ideal for taking increments of concrete.
A Weight approx.: 1.1 kg
54-C0100
219
54
54-C0149/B, 54-C0150/C
54-C0149/B, 54-C0150/C carrying position
54-C0151/A
55-C0140/A
Graduated
tamping rod
SLUMP TEST (CONTINUED)
54-C0149/B
Portable slump cone test set
Complete with metal base plate
55-C0149/B1 and 55-C0140/A graduated
tamping rod. Clamps on the base hold the
cone for filling and tamping. After the cone
is removed, the handle raises over the spe-
cimen and the slump is measured using a
22 cm scale engraved in 1 cm increments
on the end of the rod. The set of compo-
nents are fitted together for easy carrying.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
54-C0150/C
Portable slump cone test set.
Stainless steel cone
Same as 50-C0149/B but fitted with
54-C0150/A stainless steel cone.
Accessories
s
55-C0140
Steel tamping rod dia. 16x600 mm
s
55-C0140/A
Graduated steel tamping rod dia.
16x600
s
54-C0149/5 Steel rule. 300 mm
long
s
54-C0149/1
Metal base plate 600x410 mm
s
54-C0150/P2 Slump cone funnel
s
54-C0149/B1 Base with clamps and
measuring bridge for 54-C0149/B and
54-C0150/C
s
86-D1611 Aluminium scoop
s
86-D1671 Fine wire brush Spare parts
s
54-C0151/1 Flow cone
s
54-C0151/2 Wooden tamping rod
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Fresh concrete testing
Workability and consistency
CONCRETE TESTING
- Strong and robust
- Very practical
- Ideal for field use
54-C0149/B during operation. The handle raises
over specimen and slump is measured using the
compacting rod engraved in 1 cm increment
54-C0149/B1
86-D1671
86-D1611
54-C0149/5
55-C0140/A
54-C0150/P2
54-C0149/1
FLOW TABLE TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-5
54-C0151/A
Concrete flow table
The apparatus consists of a double wooden
table measuring 700x700 mm and hinged
at one side. The top table is covered with a
flat metal plate 2 mm thick, inscribed, and
protected against corrosion. The galvanised
steel cone has a top 130 mm dia., base 200
mm dia., and is 200 mm high. Supplied
complete with wooden tamping rod.
A Weight approx.: 30 kg
220
54
54-C0147/A
54-C0149/D
54-C0147
V-FUNNEL TEST
qSTANDARD
UNI 11042, Rilem report No. 23
This apparatus is used to evaluate the
segregation resistance of freshly mixed
self-compacting concrete by the observa-
tion on the flowing speed due to the diffe-
rence of samples remaining period in the
funnel. It consists of a stainless steel funnel
placed vertically on a supporting stand. The
discharge orifice is equipped with a lid,
which can be momentarily opened.
54-C0147
V-Funnel
B Overall dimensions:
920x570x300 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 5.6 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Fresh concrete testing
SCC, Self Compacting Concrete
Test methods
CEN Technical Committee TC 104 is working to develop a new standard concerning SCC testing methods. The appa-
ratus described below concerns the testing methods under evaluation, which are already in use in many countries
for experimental purposes.
SLUMP-FLOW TEST
qSTANDARD
UNI 11041, Rilem report No. 23
This test method covers evaluation of the
deformability of freshly mixed self-com-
pacting concrete from observation of the
deforming speed and the spread diameter
of deformed sample under the self-weight.
This test method is intended for use with
highly fluidised concretes made with
superplasticiser. It is not applicable to con-
cretes made with aggregates whose maxi-
mum size exceeds 40 mm.
54-C0149/D
Slump cone
Manufactured from sheet steel protected
against corrosion. Top dia. 100 mm, base
dia. 200 mm, height 300 mm.
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
54-C0149/20
Plate
Made of steel, 800x800 mm with engraved
200 and 500 mm dia. circles
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
82-D1695
Steel tape in case, 2 m long
A Weight approx.: 0.1 kg
BOX-SHAPE TEST
qSTANDARD
Rilem report No. 23
This test method covers evaluation of the
self-compactability of freshly mixed self-
compacting concrete from observation of
the filling speed and height of the sample
in the specially designed filling box under
the self-weight.
This test method is intended for use with
highly fluidised concretes made with
superplasticiser. It is not applicable to con-
cretes made with aggregates whose maxi-
mum size exceeds 25 mm.
54-C0147/A
Box-shaped container
Made of stainless steel with two frames to
simulate reinforcement.
B Dimensions: 240x300x680 mm
A Weight approx.: 19.7 kg
SCC TESTING APPARATUS
221
54
54-C0147/B
54-C0147/E
54-C0147/C
54-C0147/D
U-SHAPE BOX TEST
qSTANDARD
UNI 11044, Rilem report No. 23
This test method covers the determination
of confined flowability and the capacity of
the SCC concrete to flow within confined
spaces.
54-C0147/D
U-shape box apparatus
Made of galvanised steel with frame consi-
sting of four 10 mm dia. bars and three 13
mm dia. bars.
B Dimensions: 200x280x680 mm
A Weight approx.: 25 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Fresh concrete testing
SCC, Self Compacting Concrete
CONCRETE TESTING
L-SHAPE BOX TEST
qSTANDARD
UNI 11043, Rilem report No. 23
The method covers evaluation of self-com-
pactability (confined flowability) of freshly
mixed self-compacting concrete. With the
L-shaped box it is possible to evaluate dif-
ferent properties, such as filling ability, pas-
sing ability, and resistance to segregation.
54-C0147/B
L-Shape box apparatus
Complete with funnel tube and frame to
simulate reinforcement.
B Dimensions: 700x200x600 mm
A Weight approx.: 18.2 kg
J-RING TEST
qSTANDARD
UNI 11045
This test method covers the determination
of flowability, flow time and the capacity of
the SCC concrete to go through obstacles.
54-C0147/C
J-Ring apparatus
Galvanised steel, 300 mm dia., with 16 sin-
gle rods 18 mm dia.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
FILLING VESSEL TEST (KAJIMA BOX)
qSTANDARD
Rilem report No. 23
This test method covers evaluation of the
self-compactability of freshly mixed self-
compacting concrete from observation of
the flowing movement and filling height of
the sample in the specially designed filling
vessel under the self-weight.
This test method is intended for use with
highly fluidised concretes made with
superplasticiser. It is not applicable to con-
cretes made with aggregates whose maxi-
mum size exceeds 25 mm.
54-C0147/E
Filling vessel apparatus (Kajima box)
Plexiglas box with plastic base plate. Plastic
filling funnel and cone 500 mm high.
Complete with barriers to simulate reinfor-
cement.
B Dimensions: 500x300x300 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
222
54
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Fresh concrete testing
Workability and consistency
KELLY BALL METHOD
qSTANDARD
ASTM C360
54-C0142
Kelly ball
K-SLUMP METHOD
qSTANDARD
ASTM C1362
54-C0144
K-slump tester
54-C0146
54-C0152
WORKABILITY OF CONCRETE.
NF METHOD
qSTANDARD
NF P18-452
54-C0152
Concrete workabilimeter.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to verify the homogeneity of concre-
te in relation to its workability or plasticity.
This test method has particular applica-
tions for concretes containing chemical
admixtures. The apparatus consists of a
metal box divided into two parts and fitted
with an electrical vibrator system. During
operation the concrete is poured into the
first section of the box and then the divi-
ding plate is removed. The vibrator is
immediately switched on and the time is
recorded when the concrete has spread
uniformly across the whole box.
Power: 300 W
B Overall dimensions:
800x400x400 mm
A Weight approx.: 30 kg
VEB TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-3
54-C0195
Veb consistometer.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This test method is a variation of the sim-
ple slump test and subjects the concrete to
vibration after removal from the slump
cone. The time taken for the concrete to be
recompacted is taken as a measure of
workability. The small vibrating table ope-
rates at a fixed amplitude and frequency,
and in the test a plastic disc is placed into
contact with the upper surface of the con-
crete. The test is completed when the lower
surface of the disc has been completely
coated with cement grout.
B Overall dimensions:
700x260x380 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 90 kg
This test
method is
used to
determine the
penetration
of a hemi-
spherical
metal weight
into freshly
mixed concrete, which is related to the
workability of the concrete. The apparatus
consists of a cylinder with one end having
a hemispherical shape and the other end
fitted with a graduated handle. The weight
assembly is lowered through a frame into
the concrete and the penetration measu-
red.
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
This device is
used to deter-
mine the
workability and
degree of com-
paction of fresh
concrete after
being placed in
the forms. It
can be used for in-situ measurements or insi-
de test moulds and forms. Results can be cor-
related against the slump test.
The operation is very simple, insert the tester
into the concrete up to the level of the disc,
after 60 seconds, a measuring rod is lowered
onto the surface of the concrete and the K-
slump is read directly on a scale. The calibra-
ted hollow tube has a diameter of 20 mm.
B Total length: 300 mm
A Weight approx.: 500 g
DEGREE OF COMPACTABILITY
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-4
54-C0146
Waltz container
The apparatus consists of a metal box with
handles.
B Dimensions: 200x200x400(h) mm
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
54-C0195
54-C0144
54-C0142
223
54
54-C0164 with
54-C0164/1
54-C0165
Accessories
s
54-C0164/1 Flow mould for concre-
te flow table
s
55-C0140 Tamping rod
Fresh concrete testing
Workability and consistency / Fresh concrete analysis
CONCRETE TESTING
ANALYSIS OF FRESHLY MIXED CONCRETE.
FRENCH LCPC METHOD
JOISEL APPARATUS
54-C0153
Joisel apparatus dia. 140x220 mm
high. Weight approx. 1.5 kg
Description
Designed for the separation of concrete
into its various components, cement, sand,
aggregates. The test procedures involves
quite simply the weighing of the sample
before and after washing.
DENSITY OF FRESH CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-6 ASTM C29, C138
54-C0167/1
Unit weight measure 10 litres cap.
200 mm dia. x 320 mm high, 4 mm thick
with machined rim and base internal radius
of 20 mm.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
WATER TESTING
qSTANDARD
EN 1008 DIN 4030 EN 206
54-D1866
Water test set for concrete mixing
water
General description and specifications
Used to test the concrete mixing water.
Reagent kit with water proof colour scales,
dropping bottles and test strips for about
50 determinations each of pH, total hard-
ness, carbonate hardness, magnesium,
ammonium, chloride, sulphate, lime dissol-
ving CO
2
and odour (sulphidric acid).
Supplied in a plastic case.
B Dimensions: 350x300x50 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.7 kg
54-C0167/1
FLOW TABLE. LABORATORY METHOD
qSTANDARD
UNI 8020-A
54-C0164
Hand operated concrete flow table
54-C0165
Motorised concrete flow table.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The apparatus consists of a circular table
762 mm dia. and flow mould. A sample of
concrete is tamped into the flow mould
and then the mould is removed. The table is
then lifted and dropped 15 times in about
15 seconds and the flow is recorded as a
percentage increase in diameter of the
spread concrete against the moulded con-
crete.
A Weight approx.: 100 kg for model
54-C0164 or 110 kg for model 54-C0165
UNIT WEIGHT MEASURES
s
Code Capacity Weight
(litres) (kg)
54-C0166/2 2 1
54-C0166/1 3 1
54-C0166 5 1.6
54-C0167 10 2.2
54-C0168 14 3.1
54-C0169 28 7
Testing equipment for the construction industry
54-C0166 to 54-C0169
54-C0153
54-D1866
224
54
54-C0252/C5 Mould
54-C0252/C
54-C0252/C with PC (not included)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Fresh concrete testing
Workability of no-slump concrete
Specifications
Compacted specimen size:
- diameter mm: 100
- height mm: typically 90 to 120, can be
reduced for special purposes
Mould dimensions:
- internal diameter mm: 100
- height mm: ca. 200
Gyratory angle: 40 mrad
Number of cycles: 2 - 512
Gyratory rate: 30 - 120 work cycles/min
Vertical load:
adjustable from 60 to 320 kPa
B Overall dimensions
350x480x930 mm
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
GYRATORY COMPACTOR TO MEASURE
THE WORKABILITY
OF NO-SLUMP CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
NT Build 427
(Scandinavian NORDTEST method)
Introduction
Since 1985 the gyratory compactor has
been used for concrete materials in Finland
and Scandinavia. The method is used for
mix design and quality control mainly in
concrete product plants, where low worka-
ble and zero slump concrete is used (for
such products as hollow-core slabs, tubes
and paving blocks). The method is used for:
- mix design simulating selected produc-
tion processes
- specimen preparation for strength tests
(fresh and cured)
- research of mix related phenomena
(workability, curing time, admixtures etc.)
The 100 mm diameter mould allows use of
a mix with max 16 mm aggregate size.
The compaction principle is similar to that
for asphalt materials, see page 344.
The machine is supplied complete with one
100 mm dia. mould and accessories to
perform the test.
54-C0252/C
Gyratory compactor for concrete.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
54-C0252/CY
Gyratory compactor for concrete.
220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
54-C0252/CZ
Gyratory compactor for concrete.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Light and portable, it can be easily fitted
into a van or wagon.
Spare parts
s
54-C0252/C5
100 mm dia. hardened specimen cylin-
der with mould bottom plate and two
thin 100 mm dia. plates
225
54
54-C0145
54-C0143
54-C0148
- Faster testing fewer pump strokes
- Quick action clamping system
- Large 90 mm dia. gauge
- Lightweight, durable and compact
- Not affected by changes in barome-
tric pressure
- Direct pressure gauge reading in the
nearest 0.1% up to 6% and 0.2%
from 6 to 10%
54-C0170/E
54-C0170/F
54-C0145
Concrete pocket penetrometer
Stainless steel plunger 32.3 mm
2
(1/20 sq.
in.) area; plunger graduated 0-5 MPa; wei-
ght 0.3 kg approx.
54-C0148
Concrete pocket penetrometer dial
model
Stainless steel plunger 32.3 mm
2
(1/20 sq.
in.) area, 57 mm dia. dial, dual scale, 05
MPa and 0700 p.s.i. Complete with plastic
case and instructions. The calibration can
be easily verified with an ordinary balance.
Weight 0.2 kg approx.
Fresh concrete testing
Air content / Setting time
CONCRETE TESTING
54-C0170/F
Air entrainment meter pressure
gauge type, 7 litres cap.
This modern meter utilizes the principle of
Boyles Law and consists of a flanged cylin-
drical vessel and cover assembly incorpora-
ting a pressure gauge air pump and valves.
The base can also be used for unit weight
measurement of fresh concrete and aggre-
gates. Supplied complete with calibration
set.
Specifications
Capacity: 7 litres
Air content range: 0-100%
Graduations: 0.1% up to 6%; 0.2%
from 6 to 10%
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
- To evaluate the initial set of concrete
- Gives instant field or laboratory estimate
of concrete condition
- Large dial scale calibrated either in MPa
or p.s.i.
- Readings locked in position until relea-
sed by push button
Testing equipment for the construction industry
SETTING TIME BY PENETRATION
qSTANDARD
ASTM C403, AASHTO T197, UNI 7123
54-C0143
Concrete mortar penetrometer
The apparatus consists of a spring loading
device which is graduated from 1 to 100
daN, supplied complete with a set of need-
le points of 650, 325, 160, 65, 32, and 16
mm
2
area. A sliding ring indicates the load
reached. Supplied complete with carrying
case.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
AIR CONTENT OF FRESH CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
EN 12350-7, ASTM C231, AASHTO T152
54-C0170/E
Air entrainment meter water
column type
It consists of a cast aluminium vessel 5
litres capacity with a conical cover assem-
bly housing the measuring cylinder.
Complete with all valves, calibration cylin-
der assembly, tamping rod, and air pump.
Specifications
Capacity: 5 litres
Air content range: 0-10%
Divisions: 0.1%
Gauge: range 0-2 bar, division 0.05 bar
A Weight approx.: 12 kg
226
55
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Hardened concrete testing
Making concrete specimens
CONCRETE MIXERS
These models have been selected for labo-
ratory and field use to prepare concrete
specimens and samples. The pan type
models 55-C0199/A and 55-C0199 assure
the best uniformity and efficient mixing.
The drum type model 55-C0196/1 is more
suitable for field use to prepare low-
medium strength concrete.
55-C0196/1
115 litres drum type concrete mixer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
A lightweight but sturdy concrete mixer.
Capacity: 115 litres
Yield: 75 litres
Power: 370 W
B Overall dimensions:
800x1400x1300 mm
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
55-C0199
130 litres mixing capacity pan type
mixer. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
55-C0199/A
100 litres mixing capacity pan type
mixer. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
An extremely mobile mixer, equipped with
a manually controlled discharge for easy
unloading of the mixer into a suitable con-
tainer or wheelbarrow. The mixing blades
and paddle are produced from a special
steel to resist wear, and to ensure a fast
and effective mixing operation.
Power: 1500 W (55-C0199/A) and 3000 W
(55-C0199)
Pan capacity: 140 litres (55-C0199/A) and
160 litres (55-C0199)
Mixing capacity: 100 litres (55-C0199/A)
and 130 litres (55-C0199)
B Overall dimensions: 783x710x1300
mm approx. (55-C0199/A)
1000x1880x1500 mm (55-C0199)
A Weight approx.: 130 kg (55-C0199/A)
and 230 kg (55-C0199)
55-C0199
55-C0196/1
55-C0199/A
227
55
55-C0118/A,
55-C0119/1A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Hardened concrete testing
Making concrete specimens.
Cube, cylinder and beam moulds
CONCRETE TESTING
CUBE MOULDS
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-1
Cast iron construction, four part design,
clamp type steel baseplate. Meets the
requirement of EN 12390-1.
These moulds can be supplied, on request,
complete with certificate of compliance
stating the individual verification with cer-
tified instrument. See code 55-C0100/UP1.
The use of calibrated moulds avoids the
dimensional verification of the cube speci-
men produced. Certified moulds have a
serial number marked on each part.
Standard models
55-C0104/1
100 mm cast iron cube mould
Weight: 8 kg
55-C0101/A
150 mm cast iron cube mould
Weight: 17 kg
Calibration certificate
of cast iron cube moulds
55-C0100/CAL
Calibration certificate for the cast
iron cube moulds including factory
check with traceable measuring
instruments and numbering of
major parts with serial number
LARGE SIZE STEEL CUBE MOULDS
55-C0103/B
200 mm steel cube mould
Weight: 29.5 kg
55-C0114
300 mm steel cube mould
Weight: 98 kg
BEAM MOULDS: STEEL CONSTRUCTION
s
Code Dimensions Weight
dxhxl (mm) (kg)
55-C0115 100x100x400 17.5
55-C0115/1 100x100x500 20
55-C0116 150x150x600 33.5
55-C0116/1 150x150x750 37
STEEL CYLINDER MOULDS
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-1 ASTM C39, C192
AASHTO T23, T126
Top and bottom ring, base plate and inter-
nal surface totally machined.
s
Code Dimensions Weight
x h (mm) (kg)
55-C0117 100x200 5.5
55-C0119/2 250x500 80
55-C0118 150x300 10
55-C0119 6x12 17
55-C0119/1 160x320 18
FIELD CYLINDER MOULD
Easy transportable and practical.
55-C0118/A
Field cylinder mould
dia. 150x300 mm
Steel construction. Weight: 8.5 kg
55-C0119/1A
Field cylinder mould
dia. 160x320 mm
Weight: 11 kg
55-C0101/A
Detail of 55-C0101/A certified model
(optional, add code 55-C0100/CAL). Each mould
is verified and the serial number marked
55-C0118, 55-C0119/1
55-C0103/B, 55-C0114
55-C0116
228
55
ACCESSORIES
FOR MAKING SPECIMENS
s
55-C0140 Tamping rod
16 mm dia. x 600 mm
s
55-C0140/1 Tamping bar 380 mm
long x 25 mm sq.
s
55-C0140/3 Tamping rod 10 mm
dia. x 250 mm
s
55-C0140/2 Steel straightedge
s
86-D1670 Wire brush for cleaning
moulds
s
55-C0119/5 Specimen
mould spanner
s
55-C0139/A Mould oil, 10 kg can
s
86-D1602 Round aluminium scoop
s
86-D1625 Trowel
s
86-D1306/4 Heavy duty mixing tray
s
86-D1645 Square mouthed shovel
s
35-T0144 Rubber mallet
Accessories and spares
s
55-C0102/1 Filling hopper for
55-C0102 cube moulds. Stainless steel
s
55-C0105/2 Polystyrene cover with
stopper for Kubo 15
. Pack of 20 pieces
s
55-C0105/4 Plastic sheet for Kubo
15
. Pack of 50
s
55-C0102/6 Spare stoppers for Kubo
15
. Pack of 100
Accessories for making specimens
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Hardened concrete testing
Making concrete specimens. Plastic cube and cylinder moulds
55-C0101/4
55-C0102
55-C0102/1 fitted on top of 55-C0102 55-C0102/C, 55-C0102/E
- Robust plastic
resistant to shock
and abrasion
- Complete with
polystyrene cover
for safe transpor-
tation and
thermal protection
CYLINDER MOULDS
55-C0102/C
Plastic cylinder mould
dia. 150x300 mm
Weight approx. 2.4 kg
55-C0102/E
Plastic cylinder mould
dia. 160x320 mm.
Weight approx. 2.5 kg
PLASTIC CUBE AND CYLINDER MOULDS
General description and specifications
A one piece mould manufactured from a
robust plastic which is resistant to shock
and abrasion. Ideal for field use, the speci-
men is ejected from the mould by com-
pressed air requiring only a simple clean
and oiling before being ready for use again.
They all meet the requirements of
EN 12390-1.
CUBE MOULDS
55-C0102
Kubo 15
234
55
Accessories
s
55-C0210/1
Diamond blade 450 mm dia.
s
55-C0211/1
Diamond blade 350 mm dia.
Accessories
s
55-C0201/2 Set of 4 diamond
impregnated sectors
s
55-C0201/5 Clamping device for
concrete cylinders from 100x200 to
160x320mm. Weight 30 kg approx.
Spare parts
s
55-C0201/1 Set of 8 abrasive sectors
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Hardened concrete testing
Sample preparation for the compression test
SPECIMEN GRINDING
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-2
55-C0201
Specimen grinding machine.
220-380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
55-C0201/Z
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to grind and polish concrete speci-
mens, natural stones, ceramic materials etc.
The cube and cylinder specimens can be
easily locked on the table and the grinding
head 330 mm dia. can be radially moved
either manually or automatically in both
directions so the only manual operation
requested is the lowering of the grinding
head by the top hand wheel. The machine
is supplied complete with chip guard, coo-
lant tank, motor pump and one set of abra-
sive sectors. Diamond grinding sectors are
available on request (see accessories). The
machine is supplied complete with clam-
ping element for 100, 150, and 200 mm
cubes. Clamping devices for cylinders are
also available on request (see accessories).
Table dimensions: 680x300 mm
Grinding wheel dia.: 330 mm
Max. vertical daylight between table
and wheel head: 375 mm
Max. specimen size: up to 300 mm
cubes and cylinders or cores up to 350-
360 mm height
Vertical travel of the wheel head:
230 mm
Grinding wheel speed: 1400 r.p.m.
Automatic cross feed in both direc-
tions
Grinding spindle motor: 1000 W
Feed motor: 250 W
B Overall dimensions:
1300x1100x1500 mm (lxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 380 kg
- Also suitable for rock samples and
concrete cores
- Accepts cubes up to 300 mm size and
cylinders up to 160x320 mm
- Automatic radial displacement
SPECIMEN CUTTING
55-C0210/B
Universal specimen cutting machine.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
55-C0210/BZ
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
General description and specifications
This machine has been developed to cut
concrete and rock specimens, and cores up
to 160 mm dia. A robust machine highly
suited to a busy laboratory environment.
Supplied complete with "V" block clamp.
The position of the motor is adjustable in
height and can be oriented for cuts up to
45. Complete with safety device, which
prevents the restart of the machine after
unexpected current interruption. The
machine is supplied without cutting disc,
which has to be ordered separately (see
accessories).
Cutting disc up to:
450 mm dia., 25.4 mm dia. hole
Carriage travel: 850 mm
Power: 2250 W
B Dimensions: 1300x700x1300 mm
A Weight approx.: 125 kg
55-C0210/B with blade
55-C0201/5
55-C0201
235
55
Accessories
s
55-C0121/5 Stainless steel ladle.
10-D1403
55-C0121/21, 55-C0121/3, 55-C0121/37, 55-C0121/5
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CYLINDER CAPPING EQUIPMENT.
SULPHUR CAPPING METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-3 ASTM C31, C192, C617
AASHTO T23, T126
MELTING POT
10-D1403
Melting pot for capping compound.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to melt the capping compound. The
temperature is set and maintained at the
desired value. Adjustable electronic ther-
moregulator and pilot lamp fully isolated
conforming to CE requirements.
Capacity: 5 litres approx.
Temperature range: +30 / +150C
Power: 700 W
B Dimensions: internal 200 mm dia. x
160 mm, external 285 mm dia. x 275 mm
A Weight approx.: 2.7 kg
CAPPING COMPOUND
55-C0121/37
Ultra strong capping compound,
22.5 kg package
The capping compound is a mixture of
sulphur and mineral filler to give a high
finish and performance. Compressive
strength by ASTM C617 2" cube test
exceeds 8000 p.s.i. (55 MPa) at two hours.
s
Code For cylinder size Weight approx.
dia. x h (mm) (kg)
55-C0121/23 100x200 6.5
55-C0121/21 150x300 and 6"x12" 8
55-C0121/22 160x320 8
55-C0121/22A
(1)
160x320 8
(1) Special model complete with ball tracks for a positive location of the specimen.
s
Code For cylinder size Weight approx.
dia. x h (mm) (kg)
55-C0121/3 150x300 and 6"x12" 1.2
55-C0121/6 160x320 1.2
CYLINDER CARRIERS
Used for an easy handling of the specimens. Only available for 150x300 mm (6"x12") and
160x320 mm sizes.
UNBONDED CAPPING PADS
AND RETAINERS
qSTANDARD: ASTM C1231
Used as an alternative method to the
sulphur hot capping of concrete cylinder
specimens. The system consists of two alloy
steel cap retainers and two 12.5 mm thick
neoprene pads. This system is not applica-
ble for expected strength lower than 10
MPa. For expected strength over 48 MPa
the 70 shore hardness pads should be used.
Pads are reusable up to 100 times and
retainers are permanent with normal use
and care.
50-C0122 Capping retainers for 6
dia. (150 mm) cylinders
CYLINDER CAPPERS
Used to assure plane end surfaces perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder during the cap-
ping. Different models are available depending on the size of specimens.
55-C0121/22A
50-C0122 - 50-C0122/2
50-C0122/2
Neoprene pads for 6 dia. (150 mm)
cylinders, 60 shore A. Set of two
50-C0122/3
Neoprene pads for 6 dia. (150 mm)
cylinders, 70 shore A for cylinder
strength over 48 MPa. Set of two
n o t e
Capping pad and
retainers for 160x320
mm cylinders are also
available on order. Ask
for: 50-C0122/A for
capping retainers and
50-C0122/4 for neo-
prene pads.
Hardened concrete testing
Sample preparation for the compression test
CONCRETE TESTING
236
55
Accessories
s
55-C0241/1
Clear plastic cup
s
55-C0241/2
Clear plastic cup for vertical surfaces
Accessories and suitable balances
s
11-D0612/A1
Cradle for holding specimens
s
11-D0630
Digital top pan balance 4500 g x 0.1 g
s
11-D0631/E
Digital top loading balance 15 kg x 1 g
s
11-D0631/F
Digital top pan balance 16 kg x 0.1 g
s
11-D0631/C
Digital top pan balance 30 kg x 1 g
The above models incorporate a speciali-
sed feature, which allows specific gravity
results to be calculated and displayed
immediately at the touch of a button.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Hardened concrete testing
Density of hardened concrete / Water absorption
DENSITY OF HARDENED CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-7
11-D0612/A
Specific gravity frame
General description and specifications
Used in conjunction with a suitable elec-
tronic balance for specific gravity determi-
nation of fresh and hardened concrete and
aggregates. A purpose built robust frame
designed to support the electronic balance.
The lower part of the frame incorporates a
moving platform, which carries the water
container allowing the test specimens to be
weighed in both air and water. The balance
is not included in the apparatus and must
be ordered separately. Any type of electro-
nic balance fitted with an under-bench
weighing facility can be used. The models
listed as accessories below are ideally sui-
ted for use with this specific gravity frame.
B Overall dimensions:
500x500x1200 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
SURFACE WATER ABSORPTION
qSTANDARD
BS 1881:208
55-C0241
Initial surface absorption
test apparatus (ISAT)
General description and specifications
To assess the concrete surface absorption
characteristics. The rate of flow of water
per unit area into a concrete surface when
subjected to a constant head of 200 mm is
measured. The unit consists of a capillary
tube mounted on a scale, a water reservoir,
and connecting tubes. They are all moun-
ted on a stand for ease of use. Test cups not
included. See accessories.
A Weight approx.: 1.4 kg
11-D0612/A with 11-D0612/A1 and 11-D0631/C
11-D0611/3
11-D0612
55-C0241
55-C0241/1, 55-C0241/2
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
DENSITY BASKETS AND TANK
qSTANDARD
ASTM C127 / AASHTO T85 / BS 812:2 /
NF P18-554
Description
Used in specific gravity tests. Made from
stainless steel. Complete with handles.
Fitted with 3.35 mm mesh size except the
NF model, 3 mm.
11-D0612
Density basket 200 mm dia. x 200
mm high
11-D0612/1
Same as above but 250 mm dia.
x 250 mm high
11-D0612/2
Same as above but 200 mm dia. x
180 mm high conforming
to NF P18-554
11-D0611/3
Specific gravity tank
Made from plastic. Identical to that one fit-
ted in the 11-D0612/A Specific gravity
frame. Dimensions 400x400x330 mm
approx. (lxwxh). Weight 1.7 kg approx.
237
55
Accessories
s
86-D2015 Air compressor 50 litres
cap. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s
55-C0245/2 Set of three rubber
gaskets for 200x200x120 mm prisms
Spare parts
s
55-C0245/5* Set of three O-ring
gaskets for 150 mm cubes
* Conforming to the EN 12390-8 speci-
fication
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Hardened concrete testing
Water absorption and permeability
CONCRETE TESTING
55-C0244/A
Concrete water impermeability
apparatus. Three place model
B Dimensions:
(lxdxh) 1600x550x1600 mm
A Weight: 200 kg approx.
55-C0244/B
Concrete water impermeability
apparatus. Six place model
B Dimensions:
(lxdxh) 1600x550x1600 mm
A Weight: 320 kg approx.
55-C0244/AV
Concrete water impermeability
apparatus. Three place model, com-
plete with water measurement
burettes
B Dimensions:
- (permeability apparatus lxdxh)
1600x550x1600 mm
- (water measurement system lxdxh)
900x215x360 mm
A Weight: 300 kg approx.
- Manometer
available to check
water pressure
- One, two or
three specimens
can be tested at
the same time
Sketch of the six place model 55-C0244/B
55-C0244/AV
55-C0244/BV
Concrete water impermeability
apparatus. Six place model, comple-
te with water measurement appara-
tus
B Dimensions:
- (permeability apparatus lxdxh)
1600x550x1600 mm
- (water measurement system lxdxh)
900x215x1130 mm
A Weight: 450 kg approx.
DETERMINATION OF THE DEPTH
OF PENETRATION OF WATER
UNDER PRESSURE
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-8, ISO 7031
Introduction
The method concerns the determination of
the depth of penetration of water under
pressure. The test is performed by clamping
a concrete prism 200x200x120 mm or 15
cm cube between two flanges with special
circular gaskets. The water, under control-
led pressure is then applied to the surface
of the concrete specimen. The penetration
of water is measured after the testing
period by breaking the specimen or taking
the readings through the graduated glass
burettes.
Two models available: three place (code
55-C0244/A) and six place (code
55-C0244/B) version. Both of them can be
fitted with burettes for the quantitative
determination of water penetration (codes
55-C0244/AV and 55-C0244/BV).
The systems can test concrete specimens
up to 200 mm side or dia. and 300 mm
high. Supplied complete with gaskets for
150 mm cube specimens.
The apparatus have to be fitted with a sui-
table air compressor, maximum working
pressure 10 bar. (See accessories).
238
55
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Hardened concrete testing
Elastic modulus / Compressometers
ELASTIC MODULUS OF CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
ASTM C469
Introduction
The concrete compressometer is proposed
in different versions:
- for 150x300 or 160x320 mm cylinders
- for 150 mm cubes or prisms.
Both versions can be fitted with standard
mechanical dial gauges or by strain tran-
sducers. These electronic versions have to
be connected to automatic testing systems
as for example the MCC 8 Control console
(see page 210) or to a suitable digital
display unit (e.g. our Datalog, code
82-P0908/B). Please get in touch with our
technicians for more details and informa-
tion.
55-C0221
55-C0220
STANDARD COMPRESSOMETERS
55-C0220
Concrete cylinder compressometer
Used for determining deformation on dia.
150x300 mm, dia. 160x320 mm or dia. 6" x
12" concrete cylinders during the compres-
sion test. Complete with 5x0.001 mm dial
gauge and wooden box.
B Dimensions of wooden box:
360x270x260 mm
A Weight approx.: 4.5 kg
55-C0221
Concrete cylinder compressometer-
extensometer
Used for determining the axial deformation
and diametrical extension of concrete
cylinder specimens during the compression
test. Complete with two 5x0.001 mm dial
gauges and wooden box.
B Dimensions of wooden box:
300x280x310 mm
A Weight approx.: 9 kg
DIGITAL COMPRESSOMETERS
55-C0222/E
Electronic concrete cylinder
compressometer
Same as 55-C0220, but fitted with strain
transducers for connection to automatic
testing systems or digital display unit.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
55-C0222/E1
Concrete cubes/prism
compressometers
For determining deformation on cubes/pri-
sms. Complete with aluminium arms, strain
transducers for connection to automatic
testing systems or digital unit and wooden
box.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
55-C0222/E2
Same as 55-C0222/E1 but for small
size mortar prism
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
CONCRETE TESTING
239
55
Accessories
s
62-L0035 Length comparator
s
62-L0035/A Length comparator.
Digital version (as alternative to the
62-L0035 model)
s
62-L0034/8
Reference rod 280 mm long
Accessories
s
55-C0115/3 Apparatus for shrinka-
ge measurement. Used for measuring
the hydraulic axial shrinkage of concre-
te specimens obtained with the
55-C0115/2 mould. Comprising: metal
stand, dial gauge 0.01 mm sens., refe-
rence bar. Weight approx. 14 kg
Spare parts
s
55-C0115/5 Steel inserts for
55-C0115/2 moulds. Pack of 10
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Hardened concrete testing
Shrinkage / Restrained expansion
CONCRETE TESTING
HYDRAULIC SHRINKAGE DETERMINATION
qSTANDARD
UNI 6555 (comparable to ASTM C426)
55-C0115/2
Shrinkage mould 100x100x500 mm
General description and specifications
Used for the determination of hydraulic
axial shrinkage of concrete specimens with
aggregates up to 30 mm. Made of precisely
machined cold finished steel. Comprising
two steel inserts.
A Weight approx.: 19 kg
DETERMINATION OF RESTRAINED
EXPANSION OF MORTAR AND CONCRETE
qSTANDARD
UNI 8147, 8148
55-C0115/7
Three gang mould for concrete
80x80x240 mm. UNI 8148
55-C0115/8
Three gang mould for concrete
50x50x250 mm. UNI 8147
General description and specifications
Used for determining the restrained expan-
sion of a concrete or mortar containing the
expansive agent. Made from steel. All inter-
nal surfaces are machined in accordance
with the specifications. Each gang is com-
plete with rod and restrained end plates.
B Overall dimensions: 320x280x80 mm
approx. for model 55-C0115/7 and
330x180x60 mm approx. for model
55-C0115/8
A Weight approx.: 15 kg for model
55-C0115/7 and 10 kg for model
55-C0115/8
55-C0115/7, C0115/8
55-C0115/2, C0115/3
62-L0035 Detail of the analogic version
62-L0035/A
240
55
Accessories (k-type thermocouple
models 55-E0057 and 55-E0057/B)
s
55-E0057/1
K-type thermocouple, 50 m rolls
s
55-E0057/5
Set of connectors - 4 male
Accessories for logging (models
55-E0057/B and 55-E0057/C)
s
55-E0057/10
Infrared 9-pin transmitter
s
55-E0057/11
Windows compatible software
Accessories (thermistor sensor
models 55-E0057/A and
55-E0057/C)
s
55-E0057/4 Jack with 1 m cord.
Supplied in pack of 4. Used to connect
the instrument to the extension cord or
directly to the sensor
s
55-E0057/6 Protective copper slee-
ve for sensor supplied in pack of 5 pie-
ces 1 m long. To be introduced in fresh
concrete to house the sensor
s
55-E0057/8 Thermistor sensor -5
+150C. Supplied in pack of 5 pieces
s
55-E0057/9 Convective paste. 50 g
tube. Used to assure the best contact
between the thermistor and copper
sleeve
Spare parts
s
55-E0057/2
Spare paper rolls pack of 40
s
55-E0057/3
Spare ink cartridge pack of 5
s
55-E0057/7
Adapter for use at 230 V, 50 Hz
TEMPERATURE MONITORING
IN PRECAST CONCRETE
55-E0057
Four channel k-type thermocouple
printing thermometer
55-E0057/A
Four channel thermistor sensor
printing thermometer
55-E0057/B
Four channel k-type thermocouple
logging and printing thermometer
55-E0057/C
Four channel thermistor sensor
logging and printing thermometer
General description and specifications
The measurement of the temperature at
different positions in precast units is essen-
tial in determining the maturity of the
concrete.
Simultaneous measurements of tempera-
ture at up to 4 different points of one or
more concrete castings at time intervals
can be easily pre-programmed by the ope-
rator. The k-type thermocouple models
(55-E0057 and 55-E0057/B) are preferred
when the expected distance between the
k-type thermocouples and the main unit is
short (a few meters); the thermistor sensor
models (55-E0057/A and 55-E0057/C) are
preferred when the expected distance is
longer.
All these modern and portable systems
include built-in printer and a digital rea-
dout unit. Models 55-E0057/B and 55-
E0057/C offer also the ability to store up to
16,000 temperature readings into memory
with selectable logging intervals (from 1 to
180 minutes). For downloading the rea-
dings to PC/printer an infrared transmitter
and software are available (see accessories).
Supplied with 5 paper rolls, batteries and
carrying case. The probes have to be orde-
red separately (see accessories).
No. of channels: 4
Battery operated
(500 hours with 60 printing intervals)
Power socket for 12V DC supply.
Auto shut-off
Printing intervals selectable from
1 to 180 minutes
Printer: 14 character per line, 38 mm
plain paper
Working environment 0 to 50C,
RH 95%
B Dimensions: 220x82x66 mm (lxdxh)
A Weight approx: 550 g
Models 55-E0057 Models 55-E0057/A
and 55-E0057/B and 55-E0057/C
(k-type thermocouple) (thermistor sensor)
Range -200.0 to 999.9C and 1000 to 1370C -50.0 to 150.0C
Resolution 0.1C and 1C 0.1C
Accuracy 0.3% of reading or 0.5C 0.4C (-20 to 120C);
0.7C outside
55-E0057/B
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
Hardened concrete testing
Temperature monitoring
241
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
CONCRETE TESTING
Introduction
The development and improvement
of in-situ test techniques better
known as non-destructive test
methods (NDT) are the result of the
need to investigate:
- The progressive ageing of con-
crete structures
- The effect of chemical attacks on
concrete often due to air pollu-
tion or to the use of chlorides in
winter to prevent icing
- The quality and integrity of new
structures
- The problems associated with
historical buildings.
This catalogue includes a vast selec-
tion of NDT instruments and appa-
ratus with precise indications con-
cerning the product use and the
relative applications.
Controls is also prepared to supply
pre-sales advice in order to identify
the appropriate apparatus and all
suggestions concerning their correct
use.
Do not hesitate to get in touch with
us for any information you may
require.
Subjects Page
Concrete durability evaluation...............................................................................................................................242
Concrete strength evaluation.................................................................................................................................... 250
Quality and homogeneity evaluation ...................................................................................................................... 255
Length and crack measurement, in-situ evaluation of stress,
structural inspection, structural monitoring......................................................................................................... 260
242
58
Reinforced concrete
Plain concrete
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Concrete durability evaluation
The various problems that
relate to the durability of concrete
are assuming ever increasing impor-
tance due to their close relationship
to the quality of the structure as a
whole.
The main problems associated with
the durability of concrete are nor-
mally caused by the poor quality of
the concrete itself. Knowledge of
the degrading processes and the
availability of materials and
methods to overcome these proces-
ses permit concrete to be designed
both resistant and durable. The term
durability is an abstract term, in
fact it would be more practical to
say the useful life of the structure.
This parameter should be included in
the initial design of the structure: the
designer must take into considera-
tion the requested life cycle (in which
period the structure should maintain
its designed criteria).
A complete range of instruments is
available to measure the durability
of concrete to answer most of the
requisites of the operators in the
Construction Industry. Controls can
also make available considerable
specific know-how and first hand
experience to help in the analysis of
test results.
SUMMARY OF THE MOST RELEVANT TEST METHODS AND THEIR RELATED APPLICATIONS
Measurement Application Code Description
Cover measurement number and position of rebars 58-E0060/A MCPI Concrete Cover Meter
corrosion risk and cause
Cover estimation corrosion risk, metal location 58-E0058 Deep scanning
and metal location through the building materials Metal locator
Carbonation depth corrosion risk and cause 58-E0063 Carbonation test set
Chloride content/ corrosion risk and cause 58-E0064 Chloride field test system
permeability 58-E0052 Chloride penetration meter
Half cell potential corrosion activity and risk 58-E0065 Half cell
of damage potential meter
Resistivity corrosion activity and risk 58-E0062 Resistivity meter
of damage 58-E0062/A Wenner probe resistivity meter
Cover measurement and corrosion risk, cause, activity 58-E0067/A Scribe-combined logger
half cell potential and risk of damage
Measurement Application Code Description
Surface water absorption, cause and risk of concrete 58-E0023 Water penetration
permeability deterioration test set acc. to Dr Karstens
Water and gas permeability cause and risk of concrete 58-E0030 Air and water
deterioration permeability test set
using the Figg technique
58-E0031 Oxygen concrete permeameter
Surface dampness cause and risk of concrete 58-E0032 Moisture meter
deterioration 58-E0033 Moisture meter
19-T0019 Carbide moisture testers
19-T0019/B
Flexural resonance cause and risk of concrete 58-E0035/A Resonance
deterioration frequency meter
Introduction
243
58
Accessories
s
58-E0060/A1
Mini head for detection and analysis of
low spaced rebars. Weight 0.1 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Cover measurement and bar size estimation
CONCRETE TESTING
COVER MEASUREMENT
qSTANDARD
BS 1881:204
58-E0060/A
Concrete cover meter
complete with head and nylon
carrying case
General description
For the determination of the depth and size
of reinforcement located within a concrete
structure.
The 58-E0060/A use Pulse Induction with
an air cored transmit receive multi-coil
sensor assembly, with balanced self cancel-
ling external field interference rejection.
Working range
- Rebar detection: from 5 mm to a maxi-
mum depending upon bar dia. (102 mm
for dia. 8, 185 mm for dia. 50 mm)
- Cover measurement: from 5 mm to a
maximum depending upon bar dia. (90
mm for dia. 8, 112 mm for dia. 50 mm)
- Rebar size estimation: from 5 mm to a
maximum depending upon bar dia. (38
mm for dia. 8, 50 mm for dia. 50 mm)
Accuracy
- Cover measurement/Rebar detection:
better than BS 1881:204 (under normal
condition within 1 mm)
- Rebar size estimation: depending upon
depth of cover, proximity of adiacent and
secondary reinforcement and characteri-
stic of the steel. (Under normal condition
one standard bar size step)
Main features
- On-screen Menu driven operation
- Pulse induction technique for stability
and performance
- Automatic Zeroing Embedded instru-
mentation computer
- Automatic sizing of single bars
- Simple 4-button operation.
Large graphic LCD
- Switchable audible signal
- Battery operated: up to 50 hours use per set
Specifications
Power source: removable Primary
4 x AA MN 1500 LR6
B Dimensions: 220x110x75 mm
A Weight: < 2 kg
58-E0060/A
58-E0060/A
- Accurate estimation of cover and bar
sizing with direct reading of the
values (mm) on the display
- Friendly user interface: large graphic
display, modulated audio signal, inte-
grated menu structured software
244
58
Spare parts
s
58-E0064/1 Pack of 12 jars of 20 ml
extraction liquid and 5 jars of coloured
calibration liquid
- Scans through solid concrete
- Pinpoints the location and depth of
target
- Differentiates between steel rebar
and copper pipe
- Eliminates guesswork, needless holes,
broken drill and saw blades
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Metal location in concrete / Carbonation test / Chloride content
METAL LOCATION IN CONCRETE
58-E0058
Deep scanning metal locator
General description and specifications
Finds rebar and metallic pipes, conduit,
metal studs, junction boxes and metal fra-
ming up to 150 mm deep-before drilling or
remodelling. It scans through most non-
metallic construction material, including
solid concrete.
It is an essential tool for concrete contrac-
tors, remodelers, plumbers and electricians.
Large LCD display
Battery: one 9 V alkaline
Battery life: 1 year with normal use, with
low battery indication
Accuracy:
- Rebar position: 0 mm (shallower) /
25.4 mm (deeper)
- Rebar depth: 0 mm (shallower) /
25.4 mm (deeper)
Water resistance: splash and water
resistance, but not waterproof
Size: 215x95x55 mm (lxwxh)
A Weight approx.: 320 g with battery
CARBONATION TEST
qSTANDARD
pr EN 14630
58-E0063
Carbonation test set
General description and specifications
This test set allows the measurement of the
depth of carbonation through the surface
of concrete. When compared with the con-
crete cover to reinforcement, the risk of
carbonation induced corrosion can be
assessed.
The set consists of two 500 ml washing
bottles, containing distilled water and phe-
nolphthalein solution, and a depth gauge.
The freshly broken or cored surface is
sprayed with phenolphthalein solution to
detect the loss of alkalinity associated with
carbonation.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The Microcore Apparatus (code 58-C0299)
described and shown in the group of
"Concrete strength evaluation" can be con-
veniently used to take small cores suitable
to perform the carbonation test.
CHLORIDE CONTENT
qSTANDARD
Correlates to ASTM C114 (meter conforms
to AASHTO T260)
58-E0064
Chloride field test system
General description and specifications
For the determination of the chloride ion
concentration in concrete to enable the
identification of the risk of chloride indu-
ced reinforcement corrosion.
The method involves an acid extraction of a
representative drilled sample of concrete, which
is then tested using an ion selective electrode
and the potential compared with a calibration
drawn up from a series of five known standard
solutions supplied with the test kit.
The test system includes:
- Chloride combination electrode with
externally mounted temperature sensor,
cable and connectors
- Battery powered, high impedance, electro-
nic meter, with temperature compensation
circuits and microprocessor for direct con-
version to percentage of chloride
- Replacement pack of 12 jars each with
20 ml of extraction liquid and 5 jars of
coloured calibration liquid
- Bottle of electrode wetting agent
- Scales for weighing 3 g samples
- Instruction book and carrying case.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
58-E0058
58-E0064 complete set
- Fast, economical and accurate
results of chloride content
- Wide range (from 0.002% to
2% chloride by weight)
- Digital direct reading of test
results (lb/cu. yd. and % of
chloride by weight)
58-E0063
245
58
58-E0052 complete set
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Chloride ion penetration / Half-cell potential test
CONCRETE TESTING
58-E0065 complete set
- Rapid response and stabilisation
- Expandable probe holder for remote surveying
- Accurate estimation of corrosion activity
HALF-CELL POTENTIAL TEST
qSTANDARD
BS 1881:201, ASTM C876, UNI 9535
58-E0065
Half-cell digital corrosion meter
General description and specifications
Corrosion of steel is an electrochemical
process involving anodic (corroding) and
cathodic (passive) areas of the metal. By
measuring concrete - surface electrical
potentials relative to a standard reference
electrode on a predetermined grid, the pre-
sence and location of corrosion and its pro-
bable future performance may be assessed.
It is possible, by regular measurements, to
monitor the behaviour of new and relati-
vely new structures and thus minimise
maintenance costs.
CHLORIDE ION PENETRATION
qSTANDARD
ASTM C1202, AASHTO T277
58-E0052
Chloride penetration meter.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This test method allows evaluation of chlo-
ride permeability characteristics of concre-
te. The test is performed to monitor the
amount of electrical current passing throu-
gh concrete cores or cylinders. A potential
difference is maintained across the ends of
the specimen, one of which is the negative
end and is immersed in a sodium chloride
solution, the other (positive end) in a
sodium hydroxide solution. The total char-
ge passed, in Coulombs, that is related to
the resistance of the specimen to chloride
ion penetration is measured.
Large graphic display: 256x128 pixel
Measuring technique: closed loop
maintained 60 V DC potential difference,
passed current measured and integrated
relative to time
Accuracy: 0.1 V, 1 mA
Size
- 460x320x150 mm approx. (instrument)
- 165x155x50 mm approx. (cells)
A Weight approx.: 11.5 kg
Spare parts
s
58-E0065/1 Electrolyte refill
Half-cell: silver/silver chloride refillable
probe (stable and low corrosive)
Measurements automatically converted
and displayed as copper/copper
sulphate equivalent potentials
Display:
3 digit plus sign via 12.5 mm LCD
Range/Resolution: +1999 mV / +1 mV
Battery operated: giving typically 1000
hours use with low battery indication
Automatic on/off action
B Dimensions: 400x270x130 mm
A Total weight: 2 kg approx.
Concrete
Reinforcing
steel
Corrosion meter
Half cell electrode
Moved across surface
of concrete to measure
potential of reinforcing
steels at various
locations
246
58
Accessories
s
58-E0067/A1
Mini head for detection and analysis of
low spaced rebars.
s
58-E0067/A2
Maxi head for detection and analysis of
deep rebars. No bar size estimation.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Resistivity test / Cover measurement, half-cell potential
COVER MEASUREMENT,
HALF-CELL POTENTIAL
58-E0067/A
SCRIBE Combined logging cover
meter / Potential meter
RESISTIVITY TEST
58-E0062
Digital resistivity
2 probe array meter
58-E0062/A
Digital resistivity
4 probe array meter
General description and specifications
For assessing the possible rate of corrosion
in reinforcing bars. The time at which cor-
rosion of steel may commence and the rate
at which it may proceed is dependent upon
properties of the cement paste and the
permeability of the concrete. Since the
electrical conductivity of concrete is an
electrolytic process, which takes place by
ionic movement in the aqueous pore solu-
tion of the cement matrix, it follows that a
highly permeable concrete will have a high
conductivity and low electrical resistance.
- Compact,
durable, hand held
probe unit
- Reads out directly
in k cm
- Less than 2
minutes per test
- Rebar continuity
check facility
Detail of 58-E0062/A
4 probe array
58-E0067/A
General description and specifications
Scribe 58-E0067/A apparatus is a unique
cover meter with inclusive additional facility
to measure half-cell potential. Both are
essential for conducting condition surveys
of reinforced concrete structures.
Main features
- On-screen Menu driven operation
- Pulse induction technique for stability
and performance
- Automatic Zeroing
Back-lit Measurement Display
- Embedded instrumentation computer
- Automatic sizing of single bars
Cover role features
- Logging non-volatile capacity 30,000
results within thirty pages, each 32 lines
x 32 columns.
- Logged data date and time stamped.
- Results downloaded to PC or printer
- Software and guidance provided for data
presentation
- Standard head measures and detects up
to 150 mm, with diameter measurement
from 5 to 125 mm
- Optional deep seeking sensing head
which measures cover to over 250 mm
and detects to over 300 mm subject to
bar size. No bar size estimation.
See 58-E0067/A2
- Accuracy better than BS1881:204
Thus knowledge of the electrical resistance
of a concrete can provide a measure of the
possible rate of corrosion of steel embed-
ded in it.
Specifications
Probe array: 2 probe array 5 cm spacing
(58-E0062) or Wenner 4-probe array.
Display: 3 digit LCD display
Response/resolution: display resolution
Half-cell potential role features
- Unique re-fillable Silver/silver chloride
mapping electrode
- Measurements automatically converted
and displayed as equivalent Copper/cop-
per sulfate potentials
- Conforms to ASTM C 876
- Logging non-volatile capacity 30,000
results within thirty pages, each 32 lines
x 32 columns.
- Results downloaded to PC or printer
- Software and guidance provided for data
presentation
B Dimensions: 220x110x75 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
The meter is supplied complete with stan-
dard cover head and half cell potential
electrode. Other models of cover head are
available. See accessories
0.1 k cm, linear response up to 25 k
cm (compressed scale beyond)
Battery operated: approximately 100
hours active operating time
Probe holes: 8 mm deep, 6.5 mm
diameter filled with conductive gel (tem-
plate, gel and drill bit included) for
58-E0062. Not required for 58-E0062/A.
B Dimensions: 400x270x130 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
58-E0062
247
58
Spare parts
s
58-E0030/1 Pack of 25 test plugs
Spare parts
s
58-E0023/3 Plasticine cement, 250 g
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Water and gas permeability / Water Penetration
CONCRETE TESTING
WATER AND GAS PERMEABILITY
58-E0030
Air and water permeability test set.
John Figg method
General description and specifications
Deep permeability test
A drilled hole up to 10 mm diameter and 40
mm deep is sealed with a silicone rubber
plug through which a hypodermic needle is
passed into the void. In the water test,
water is forced through the needle into the
void. The time for absorption of 0.01 ml of
water is measured. In the air pressure test a
vacuum of 55 kPa below atmospheric pres-
sure is created in the void and the time for
a 5 kPa rise to occur is measured.
58-E0023
58-E0030 complete set
PERMEABILITY OF CONCRETE TO OXYGEN
qSTANDARD
UNI (project E07001900),
Cembureau method
58-E0031
Oxygen concrete permeameter.
Battery operated
This method, which is applicable to cast
and cored concrete specimens, concerns
the determination of the concrete permea-
bility to oxygen conforming to the Hagen-
Poiseuille relationship.
Consisting of:
- Permeability cell for specimens 150 mm
dia. x 50 mm high
- Volumetric gas flow meter, soap bubble
type.
- High precision pressure regulator
- Digital readout unit and pressure tran-
sducer
- Stainless steel wall mounting panel and
connections.
B Overall dimensions:
- Panel (lxhxd) 700x1100x120 mm
Weight 14 kg
- Cell (dia. x h) 345x180 mm
Weight 19 kg
A Total weight approx.: 33 kg
The apparatus have to be fitted to a suita-
ble oxygen cylinder with pressure regulator
and pressure gauge.
58-E0031
WATER PENETRATION
58-E0023
Water penetration test set
(Dr Karstens method)
General description and specifications
For the determination of water permeabi-
lity of building materials and prefabricated
building parts.
The test can be performed either horizon-
tally or vertically.
The test set consists of 3 vertical and 3
horizontal, water penetration test tubes,
250 ml washing bottle and 250 g of plasti-
cine cement.
B Case dimension: 420x280x90 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.75 kg
58-E0031 Detail of permeability cell
Surface permeability test
Measurements are carried out at the surfa-
ce by clamping a steel chamber on a
smooth area of the concrete.
The apparatus comprises essentially:
- Digital manometer
- Hand vacuum pump
- Water syringe
- Pack of 25 test plugs
- Cup grinding wheel
- Stainless steel surface chamber and
clamping pliers, drill bits, anchors.
Power supply: standard 9 V battery
B Dimensions: 430x300x150 mm
A Weight complete with case: 5.4 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
248
58
58-E0032
Spare parts
s
19-T0019/1 Spare reagent ampou-
les. Pack of 100 pieces
SURFACE DAMPNESS
Carbide Meter Method
The surface moisture content can be deter-
mined using Moisture testers based on the
calcium carbide method. A sample of the
surface to be examined is drilled or scraped
from the wall and introduced in the bottle
with the reagent. The water reacts with
calcium carbide and develops a gas pressu-
re which is indicated on the manometer
and easily converted in percentage of moi-
sture. Two models are available: standard
with manometer and digital.
19-T0019
Standard moisture tester
19-T0019/B
Digital moisture tester
qSTANDARD
BS 6576
General description and specifications
The standard model 19-T0019 comprises
the testing bottle with manometer, small
balance, 20 ampoules of reagent, wooden
case and accessories. The model 19-
T0019/B comprises the same accessories of
the standard model except for the balance,
which is an electronic model, and the digi-
tal manometer giving very high accuracy.
Weight on balance: from 3 to 100 g
depending upon the presumed
water content
B Dimensions: 520x340x140 mm
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Surface dampness
58-E0033
58-E0032
Surveymaster SM moisture meter
General description and specifications
To evaluate damp conditions on and below
the surface of building walls.
Two working methods:
- Moisture mode, for surface dampness
measurement.
- Search mode, for dampness estimation
below the surface.
Measurement unit:
Wood Moisture Equivalent
Measurement range: measure mode: 6%
to well above fibre saturation in wood.
Search mode: relative, colour-coded
Resolution: measure mode: 0.1%.
Search mode: not applicable
Display: Measure mode: three-digit LCD
and synchronised LED display;
Search mode: LED display
Audible alarm: search mode only-adju-
stable synchronised with LED display
Battery operated
B Dimensions: 165x52x40 mm
A Weight approx.: 200 g
19-T0019/B
weight of water
weight of water + weight of material
x100
58-E0033
Universal moisture meter
General description and specifications
To measure the quantity of water in various
solid materials such as concrete, masonry,
gypsum, brick and most woods using a
high frequency capacitive sensor. It is ideal
for locating the source of dampness in
walls and structures and to measure, direc-
tly and instantaneously, the moisture con-
tent within them.
Measurement: content by wet weight %=
Resolution: 0.1%
Accuracy: 0.2% at constant temperature
Sensing field volume: approx. 80 cm
3
Operating temperature range: 0 to 70C
Powered by: battery 9 V
B Dimensions: 50x70x110 mm
A Weight approx.: 250 g
Testing equipment for the construction industry
249
58
- Used by Quality control and Research departments of many leading companies and
institutions, to test materials such as concrete, carbon, graphite, and ceramics
- Automatically measures the fundamental longitudinal, torsional and resonant frequen-
cies and calculates the damping constant Q
- Used to determine the dynamic moduli of elasticity and rigidity, the dynamic Poissons
ratio, and estimate the Ultrasonic pulse velocity
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Durability evaluation
Flexural, longitudinal, torsional resonance
CONCRETE TESTING
FLEXURAL, LONGITUDINAL,
TORSIONAL RESONANCE
58-E0035/A
Resonance frequency meter.
110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
Resonant frequency tests are specified for
various materials in:
Concrete: BS 1881:209 ASTM C215,
C666 and JIS A 1127 UNI 9771 - NF P18-414
Stone and rock: EN 1341 and ISRM
Ceramics, refractory materials
and glass: ASTM C623, C848, C885
Carbon and graphite: ASTM C747
General description and specifications
Used as a means of monitoring changes
taking place in the concrete and other
materials, due to age, weathering, tempe-
rature, cracking etc. In concrete technology
the values of modulus of elasticity and
modulus of rigidity are easily derived from
the resonant frequency, and are closely
related to the quality of the materials, to
the treatments or additives, and to the
environmental changes. In particular the
determination of flexural resonance is very
important when studying the degradation
of concrete under accelerated freezing and
thawing cycles and aggressive environ-
ments on concrete specimens as well as
thermal cycling of refractory materials.
The tester includes:
- Electronics unit
- Test bench with anti-vibration mounts
- Contact vibrator
- Mini accelerometer
- Surface-mount accelerometer
- Surface plate set
- Full set of mountings for complete range
of tests
Measurements
Frequency range: 1 Hz to 100 kHz
Frequency resolution:
1-99.99 Hz = 0.01 Hz
100-999.9 Hz = 0.1 Hz
1000-9999 Hz = 1 Hz
>10 kHz = 10 Hz
Output voltage: 0 to 2 V pk-pk into 3
load (0.707 V RMS into 3, 1.5 W)
Output monitor: 0 to 2 V pk-pk from
BNC socket on rear panel for oscilloscope
X input
Input monitor: 0 to 2.5 V pk from BNC
socket on rear panel for oscilloscope Y
input
Display
4-line LCD
Drivers
Contact vibrator for large
mass. specimens
Electro-magnetic air gap driver for
small mass. specimens
Vibration sensors
Miniature accelerometer for large
mass. specimens
Electro-magnetic air gap receiver for
small mass specimens
Surface mounting accelerometer for
transverse mode tests
Power supply: 110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
AC (user selectable)
A Weights: net 27 kg, gross 32 kg,
and volumetric 40 kg
58-E0035/A Detail of the test bench and pri-
smatic specimen
58-E0035/A Main unit
58-E0035/A Resonance frequency meter. Complete set
250
58
Accessories
s
58-C0184 Calibration anvil. Used
for calibration of concrete test ham-
mers. Made of special alloy steel.
Dimensions 150 mm dia. x 230 mm hei-
ght. Weight 16 kg approx.
s
58-C0181/24A Scale graduated
in p.s.i.
58-C0184
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
SURFACE STRENGTH:
REBOUND HAMMER METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 12504: Part 2, ASTM C 805, BS
1881:202, NF P18-417, DIN 1048, UNI 9189
Rebound hammer method
Different models are available: from the
standard one to the more sophisticated
digital model.
The standard model can be supplied com-
plete with traceable certificate of calibra-
tion. See 58-C0181/N1.
58-C0181/N
Concrete test hammer, classic
model, aluminium case.
Scale graduated in MPa.
58-C0181/N
58-C0181/N1
Concrete test hammer,
classic model, aluminium case.
Complete with traceable
certificate of calibration
General description and specifications
For the non-destructive testing of the sur-
face of hardened concrete in order to eva-
luate the strength in various parts of a
structure.
The concrete hammer is supplied complete
with plastic carrying case, grinding stone
and instruction manual.
58-C0181/N1 version is supplied complete
with traceable certificate of calibration.
Impact energy: 2.207 Nm
B Dimensions with plastic case:
78 mm dia. x 355 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg (with case
and grinding stone)
Concrete strength evaluation
The most commonly used
non-destructive tests are the ones
that provide an indication of the in-
situ compressive strength of concrete.
These are normally well-known,
simple tests, which have already
been specified in many National
Standards. Controls is able to provi-
Measurement Application Code Description
Surface strength surface zone strength 58-C0181 Concrete test
(rebound number) assessment hammer (various versions)
Pullout force surface zone strength 58-C0178 Standard pullout apparatus
assessment
Pull-off strength surface zone strength 58-C0215/L-M Concrete and plaster adhesion
assessment testers
Core strength localised in-situ strength 58-C0299 Microcore test apparatus
SUMMARY OF THE MOST RELEVANT TEST METHODS AND RELATED APPLICATION
de equipment complying with the
most frequently used Standards.
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Strength evaluation
Concrete test hammers
251
58
58-C0181/G
Digital concrete test hammer
General description and specifications
This new and advanced model of digital
concrete hammer microprocessor operated
consists of the standard unit similar to the
model 58-C0181/N but equipped with an
electronic transducer which converts the
rebound of the hammer into an electric
signal and displays it in the selected stress
unit.
The digital hammer, which is battery opera-
ted, can be easily connected to a PC or
serial printer via the RS 232 port. A large
permanent memory can store up to 5000
results. Supplied complete with battery
charger and serial cable.
Technical specifications
Impact energy: 2.207 Nm
Measurement range:
from 10 to 70 N/mm
2
Display 2x16 characters
Accuracy: 0.1 R
Power: integrated rechargeable battery
Autonomy (non continuous use):
>5 hours
Memory: up to 5000 tests
Output RS 232 serial port
Automatic shut down
B Dimensions (with case):
190x100x350 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
The hammer is supplied complete with:
Battery charger with cable, serial cable for
PC, abrasive stone, instruction manual, and
rigid carrying case.
Accessories
s
82-P0172/A Serial printer with
rechargeable internal battery or stan-
dard battery
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Strength evaluation
Concrete test hammers
CONCRETE TESTING
58-C0181/G
Detail of test report downloaded to PC
Main features
- High resolution and accuracy
- Possibility to store, display and download
data to PC
- Automatic conversion of rebound index
to equivalent compression strength in
N/mm
2
, kg/cm
2
or p.s.i.
- Several correlation curves between
rebound index and compressive strength
with possibility of user defined curves
- Calculation of mean and standard deviation
and elimination of non significant values
- Numerous parameters allow optimisation
of accuracy
- Automatic statistical processing of readings
- Rapid and simple calibration procedure
- Powered by internal rechangeable battery
- Storage up to 5000 tests
- Complete with traceable certificate of
calibration
EXAMPLE OF SCREEN DISPLAY
Note: The calibration anvil is the same pro-
posed for the 58-C0181/N test hammer
252
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Strength evaluation
Pull-off strength (bond strength)
PULL-OFF STRENGTH (BOND STRENGTH)
qSTANDARD
EN 1015-12, EN 1348, EN 1542,
pr EN 13963, 14496
BS 1881:207, ISO 4624, NF P18-858
Introduction
This method is particularly suitable for
applications concerning testing repairs of
concrete structures where the bond
strength between two layers is an impor-
tant factor. The same principle is applied to
test the adhesive strength of different type
of surface coatings like cement plaster,
lime, wall plaster, etc. on its support.
We propose a high resolution digital model
suitable for measurements up to 16 kN
assuring a wide working range ideal for a
vast number of materials and applications.
The tester is supplied complete with
carrying case. It can be completed with 20
and 50 mm dia. bits, metal test discs 20 and
50 mm dia. and adhesive compound. See
accessories, code 58-C0215/20.
58-C0215/T
Digital bond strength/pull-off
tester. Capacity 16 kN
General description
The apparatus is basically a dynamometer
fitted with a load cell and high resolution
digital display unit. The direct tensile force
is applied by rotating the hand wheel.
Specifications
Load cap.: 16 kN
Readout unit: Load cell
Resolution: 10 N
Working range: 0.25 to 16 kN
Accuracy: Better than 1%
B Dimensions:
340x240x250 mm approx.
A Total weight approx.: 5 kg with
carrying case, 3.3 kg tester only
58-C0215/T
Pull-off tester in use on vertical wall
Carrying case
Main features
- Portable equipment for use in any
location
- Sealed hydraulic circuit which allows
precise control of the load rate
- High resolution digital display unit
- Large display
- Graphic indication of applied load rate
- Serial port for PC connection
- Battery operated
- Spherical seat assuring central and
axial application of the load
- Indicator of ram position allowing an
estimation of the brittle properties of
test sample
- Supplied complete with traceable
calibration certificate
253
58
Spare parts
s
58-C0178/2 Pullout inserts, 30 mm
dia. Pack of 50 pieces
Accessories and spares
58-C0215/20 Standard outfit for
pull-off testers including:
s
58-C0215/1 Drill bit with centring
bit for the preparation of the test sur-
face dia. 50 mm
s
58-C0215/2 Drill bit with centring
bit for the preparation of the test sur-
face dia. 20 mm
N 10 pieces of
s
58-C0215/5
Test metal disc 50 mm dia.
N 10 pieces of
s
58-C0215/8
Test metal disc 20 mm dia.
s
58-C0215/9 Epoxy resin with
hardening compound. Pack of 1 kg
Each one of the above items can be
purchased individually.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Strength evaluation
Pull-off strength / Pullout force
CONCRETE TESTING
58-C0178
PULLOUT FORCE
qSTANDARD
ASTM C900, UNI 9536
58-C0178
Standard pullout test apparatus
100 kN cap.
General description and specifications
For the determination of the pullout
strength of hardened concrete in test spe-
cimens or structures by measuring the
force required to pull an embedded metal
insert and the attached concrete fragment
from a concrete mass.
The apparatus comprises a hydraulic jack
100 kN cap., a precision measuring
Bourdon gauge 150 mm. dia., bearing ring
and 10 pullout inserts, all contained in a
carrying case.
B Case dimension: 740x300x255 mm
A Weight approx.: 21 kg
3. The test consists in pulling off the cut out element
with the unit. The result achieved is shown in kN on the
unit
Operation principle
2. Stick a disc of the appropriate size using a suitable
adhesive on the surface to be tested,
1. Using a drill, cut out a circular part, according to the
dimensions of the discs, up to the base material, in order
to define exactly the measuring surface.
58-C0215/20 complete set
PULL-OFF STRENGTH (CONTINUED)
254
58
Accessories
s
83-D2020 Pressure water reservoir,
10 litres capacity
Spare parts
s
58-C0299/1 Diamond core bit 28
mm ins. dia. x 100 mm length
s
58-C0299/2 Diamond core bit 28
mm ins. dia. x 200 mm length
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Strength evaluation
Microcore method
MICROCORE METHOD
A proven technique for the non-destructi-
ve evaluation of concrete and masonry
strength taking 28 mm dia cores.
Numerous studies and experiments carried
out by University researchers confirm the
importance and reliability of this system
particularly when used in conjunction with
other non-destructive testing apparatus
such as the ultrasonic tester and the con-
crete hammer. The development has been
carried out on a 28 mm dia. core sample,
which due to its small size does not affect
the integrity of the structure thus permit-
ting easy restoration of the cored surface.
More detailed information is supplied with
the Microcore apparatus concerning the
interpretation of results. This technique can
also be used for assessing the carbonation
depth (with the appropriate reagents) and
for masonry products to verify their physi-
cal condition or to evaluate the compressi-
ve strength related to the direction of sam-
pling.
58-C0299
Microcore apparatus.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
UNI 10766
General description and specifications
The apparatus consists of the following
parts:
- Flanged guide assembly
- Two clamping pliers to fit the flanged
guide assembly to the surface
- Electric drill
- Diamond core bit 28 mm int. dia. by 100
mm length
- Diamond core bit 28 mm int. dia. by 200
mm length
- Set of accessories comprising 20 anchors,
washers and drill bit
- Two carrying cases.
Dimension/weight of Microcore case:
500x380x130 mm. Total weight 7.5 kg
approx.
Dimension/weight of drill case:
390x300x90 mm. Total weight 3.8 kg
approx.
To perform the test if mains water is not
available a pressure water reservoir 10/15 l
cap. should be provided.
58-C0299
86-D2020
Core preparation and compression
The flatness of core ends is essential to
obtain reliable compression results so it is
very important to make sure that the tole-
rance is within 0.01 mm.
Furthermore the compression test should
be performed with a suitable compression
machine considering that the max. requi-
red load should be lower than 50 kN.
Cement compression testers or small uni-
versal testers may be conveniently used.
Equipments for core surfaces
preparation: see Section 45
Equipments for compression test: see
Section 34 and 65.
- Easy to use, light and transportable
- Operation by one person
255
58
Accessories and spare parts
Testing heads, oscilloscopes and calibra-
tion rods same as those listed for the
58-E0049/B and 58-E0049/A models.
See following pages.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Concrete quality and homogeneity evaluation
CONCRETE TESTING
Measurement Application Code Description
Ultrasonic pulse velocity Uniformity/homogeneity of concrete 58-E0048 Ultrasonic concrete
Location of internal defects tester
58-E0049/A Combined testers
58-E0049/B for ultrasonic and rebound tests
Cross-hole pile integrity 58-E4600/D Pile integrity test system
testing system
SUMMARY OF THE MOST RELEVANT TEST METHODS AND RELATED APPLICATION
The tester is supplied complete with:
- Two 54 kHz transducers (Transmitter and
Receiver) with 3 m cable
- Calibration rod
- Coupling agent (250 cc bottle)
- Nylon carrying case.
Ultrasonic tester 58-E0048
Ultrasonic tester 58-E0048 with oscilloscope
58-E0048/10
ULTRASONIC PULSE VELOCITY TESTER
58-E0048
Ultrasonic pulse velocity tester
qSTANDARD
EN 12504: Part 4, BS 1881: 203, ASTM
C 597, NF P18-418, UNI 9524
General description and specifications
To measure the velocity of propagation of
ultrasonic pulses through concrete.
Microprocessor incorporated
Frequency range: 24 to 150 kHz
Receiver input impedance: 1 M
RS 232 output
Connectable to oscilloscope
Transit time measurement:
from 0.1 to 1999.9 s
Pulse rate:
from 1 to 10 per second, selectable
Accuracy: 0.1 s
Transmitter output: 800 V
Battery operated
Battery life: 18 working hours
B Dimensions: 138x80x200 mm
A Weight approx.:
1.1 kg, complete set 2.9 kg
- Non-destructive evaluation of homoge-
neity of concrete, presence of cracks and
voids, deterioration, age effects
- Non-destructive evaluation of the
mechanical properties of the concrete
- Light, portable and easy to use
Concrete quality
and homogeneity evaluation
To estimate homogeneity
and structural integrity the most
appropriate methods are those that
utilise ultrasonics. The main aim is
to measure the transit time of
sonic/ultrasonic pulses through con-
crete.
The pulse velocity is dependant
upon the density and the elasticity
properties of the material. By com-
paring pulse velocities it is possible
to evaluate homogeneity and iden-
tify the presence of cracks, voids,
honeycombing, anomalies and non-
homogeneity of elastic properties.
To gather more information concer-
ning the material under study, diffe-
rent test methods can be combined,
particularly ultrasonic readings with
rebound hammer readings so as to
obtain additional information con-
cerning concrete strength
256
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Quality and homogeneity evaluation
Ultrasonic pulse velocity (continued)
ULTRASONIC PULSE VELOCITY /
REBOUND MEASUREMENT
qSTANDARD
EN 12504: Part 4, BS 1881:203, ASTM
C597, NF P18-418, UNI 7997-9189-9524,
UNE 83308, CNR 69
58-E0049/B
Dual Tester for Ultrasonic and
Rebound tests including electronic
rebound hammer directly connected
58-E0049/A
Dual Tester for Ultrasonic and
Rebound tests (with manual input
of rebound hammer results)
General description and specifications
Measures the velocity of ultrasonic pulses
through a concrete section providing infor-
mation on cracks, voids, strength and gives
quick estimates of dynamic modulus of
elasticity and Poissons Ratio, on site or in
the laboratory. Can also be used for estima-
ting times for formwork striking. The pulse
velocity can be combined with the rebound
hammer value for the strength evaluation
based on the mathematical equation of the
test report CUR 69 published by the
Research Institute of the Dutch Concrete
Association.
The measuring unit houses an integral data
logger for data acquisition and processing
with memory for up to 1200 readings.
The model 58-E0049/B combined tester is a
compact apparatus including UPV meter
and electronic rebound hammer. This provi-
58-E0049/B tester
Test Mode
des significant practical and economic
benefit by offering one system for both
ultrasonic and rebound testing. The 58-
E0049/A version provides a lower cost
alternative which gives the same results
but with manual input of rebound results
measured using a standard concrete ham-
mer 58-C0181/N.
- UNIQUE FEATURE:
Combined ultrasonic and rebound ham-
mer determination
- Non-destructive evaluation of homoge-
neity of concrete and detection of cracks
and voids
UPV meter
Microprocessor incorporated
Frequency range: 24 to 150 kHz
Receiver input impedance: 1 M
RS 232 output
Connectable to oscilloscope
Transit time measurement:
from 0.1 to 1999.9 s
Pulse rate:
from 1 to 10 per second, selectable
Accuracy: 0.1 s
Transmitter output: up to 1500 V
Battery operated by internal
rechargeable battery pack and internal
charger
Battery life: 18 working hours
Electronic concrete test hammer
Impact energy: 2.207 N
m
Dimensions: dia. 78x335 mm
Weight approx.: 1 kg
Direct Transmission
Indirect or
Surface Transmission Semidirect Transmission
- Non-destructive estimation of the
mechanical properties of the concrete,
strength and modulus of elasticity
- Light, portable and easy to use
- Probe with sampling button
257
58
Spare parts
s
58-E0048/5 Spare 3 m cable for
transducers or for oscilloscope connec-
tion
s
58-E0046/3 Coupling agent (con-
tact paste), 250 cc bottle
58-E0046/5
Sampling button
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Quality and homogeneity evaluation
Ultrasonic pulse velocity (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
General
Memory: stores up to 1,200 results
Power supply: internal rechargeable
batteries and internal battery charger
Ambient temperature range: 0-40C
RS 232 output
B Dimensions:
210x300x300 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
Standard outfit
The standard version comprises the 54 kHz
Transmitter and Receiving heads (one of
the two probes is fitted with a sampling
button in order to select readings to be
recorded) with 3 m cable, calibration rod,
250 cc bottle of contact paste and carrying
case. Electronic rebound hammer included
(58-E0049/B model only).
s
Code Nominal Shape Dimensions
frequency (mm)
(kHz)
58-E0046/30 24 cylindrical dia. 50x75
58-E0046/1* 54 cylindrical dia. 50x54
58-E0046/1S* 54 cylindrical with sampling button dia. 50x54
58-E0046/32 82 cylindrical dia. 33x54
58-E0046/33 150 cylindrical dia. 25x54
58-E0046/5 54 cylindrical with exponential profile dia. 7/50x82
* Supplied as standard outfit with the 58-E0048, 58-E0049/B and 58-E0049/A units
Note. Spare testing heads: no. required to perform the test
Available heads
Oscilloscope
s
58-E0048/10 Oscilloscope. For labora-
tory use. 110-230, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Complete the oscilloscope with three
cables 58-E0048/5. See spare parts.
UPV meter calibration
The tester is supplied complete with a 150
mm calibration rod corresponding to
approx. 50 s transit time. Other rods are
available to order as follows:
s
58-E0048/1 Calibration rod 25 s
transit time approx. to BS 1881:203
s
58-E0048/2 Calibration rod 100 s
transit time approx. to BS 1881:203
s
58-E0048/3 Glass calibration rod 100
mm long to NF P18-418
s
58-E0048/4 Glass calibration rod 200
mm long to NF P18-418
Accessories
Testing heads
The 54 kHz transducers are supplied with
the tester because this is the assumed
standard. Different heads are available with
different nominal working frequency,
between 24 and 150 kHz (this is the usual
58-E0048/10
58-E0046/1S Probe with sampling button
(for 58-E0049/B and 58-E0049/A only)
range for normal concrete): the highest
frequencies (82, 150 kHz) are indicated for
homogeneous concrete, the lowest (24
kHz) for heterogeneous concrete.
Model 58-E0046/5 special probe with
exponential profile is for irregular surfaces,
or for the identification of minute cracks,
air bubbles or materials of low density.
258
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Quality and homogeneity evaluation
Ultrasonic Cross-hole Pile Integrity Testing
ULTRASONIC CROSS-HOLE TEST SYSTEM
FOR PILES AND FOUNDATIONS
Introduction
The cross-hole ultrasonic test method is
used to check the continuity of deep foun-
dations, diaphragm walls or stay plates by
detecting cracks or faults along the shaft
and the tip. The homogeneity and quality
of concrete are measured and defects are
located accurately, even at the top of a pile.
Sonic logging is a continuous measure-
ment of sound velocity along the pile
between an emitting sensor and a receiving
sensor lowered down two or more tubes
held together with reinforcements. The
tubes are inserted before the concrete is
poured and must reach the base of the pile.
58-E4600/D
Computerised ultrasonic
cross-hole tester
General description
The 58-E4600/D is a computerised appara-
tus for standard and cross-hole ultrasonic
testing.
It is composed by:
- digital control unit with industrial PC;
- 2 motorised drums with cables and posi-
tion sensors;
- 2 cables holder to be fixed on the test
tube heads;
- 2 contact probes for standard ultrasonic
testing and 2 radial probes for cross-hole
ultrasonic testing;
- battery operated power-box.
Main features
Digital control unit with ultrasonic
pulses generator
Digital control unit
- Fully computerised unit for automatic
test execution
- User friendly software for test control
and data elaboration
- Numeric and graphic visualisation of test
data
- software facility for advanced elabora-
tion and reporting of cross-hole test
results
- MS Windows XP licence included
- Colour TFT Touch screen 6.4
- CPU 233 MHz
- 128 Mb PC RAM 100 MHz
- 64 Mb USB key memory
- Resistant aluminium frame housed in a
rigid plastic case
- 12 V battery operated (battery included
see power-box)
- Dimensions: 280 x 220 x 170 mm approx.
- Weight: 3 kg approx.
58-E4600/D complete set for standard and cross-hole ultrasonic testing.
Comprehends: computerised control unit, motorised cable drums with cables, contact and radial
probes and battery operated power-box.
Ports
- 1 VGA for external optional monitor
- 1 PS2 for external optional mouse / key-
board
- 2 USB for
- data downloading and saving
(64 Mb USB key memory included)
- optional USB printer
- 1 Ethernet 10/100
- 1 Serial
Ultrasonic pulse generator
- Controlled by software
- Pulse voltage: 500 and 3500 V
- Pulse rate: 1/sec
259
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Quality and homogeneity evaluation
Ultrasonic Cross-hole Pile Integrity Testing (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
Detail of the battery operated power-box
CROSS-HOLE TEST PRINCIPLE
Ultrasonic investigation in boreholes:
operating principle
2 motorised drums with cables
and position sensors
- Motorised lowering of the probes con-
trolled by the computerised unit
- 60 m cables with labels each 5 m
- Fitted with sensors (rotating encoder
type) to measure the probe vertical posi-
tion and assure perfect alignment
- Encoder resolution: 100 pulses / revolu-
tion
- 12 V battery operated (battery included
see power-box)
- corrosion resistant painting
2 cables holder to be fixed
on the test tube heads
- Universal clamping system
- Corrosion resistant painting
2 contact probes for standard ultraso-
nic testing and 2 radial probes for
cross-hole ultrasonic testing
- Working frequency: approx. 50 kHz
- Radial probes dia.: 35 mm, contact pro-
bes dia.: 50 mm
Battery operated power-box
- 12 V power supplying unit
- Internal rechargeable battery with bat-
tery charger
- 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Cable drums
Concrete Pile
Pile section
Tubes full of water
diameter 50 mm
approx.
T = trasmitting probe
R = receiving probe
260
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
CRACK WIDTH MONITORING GAUGES
Crack spy For measuring the crack
widths in different positions.
58-C0219/A1
Standard crack width gauge for
walls. Pack of 5 pieces
Standard mounting. Monitors horizontal
and vertical movements across cracks.
58-C0219/B1
Crack width gauge for corners
Corner mounting. Monitors horizontal and
vertical movements across cracks in corner.
58-C0219/C1
Crack width gauge for floors
Floor mounting. Monitors settlement of
floors relative to a wall or column.
58-C0219/D1
Crack width gauge
for difference of level
Difference of level/Displacement mounting.
Monitors movement across a crack when
one surface moves out of plane to the other.
58-C0219/SET
Set of crack spy
Crack monitoring gauges including:
- N. 1 Set of five 58-C0219/A1
- N. 1 58-C0219/B1
- N. 1 58-C0219/C1
- N. 1 58-C0219/D1
complete with carrying case.
B Case dimension: 235x200x42 mm
A Weight approx.: 0.45 kg
58-C0219/SET
58-C0219/A1, 58-C0219/C1, 58-C0219/B1,
58-C0219/D1
- Internal or external use
- Monitors the opening or closing of
crack to an accuracy of 1 mm
- Crack record cards supplied with each
gauge simplifies monitoring
- Capable of monitoring vertical as well
as horizontal movement
In-situ evaluation of stress,
structural inspection, structural
monitoring
In addition to the previous
more common methods used in
non-destructive testing the fol-
lowing range of instruments can
measure geometric or physical para-
meters such as displacement and
deformation.
The complexity of the
instrument or system selected can be
varied according to the level of sophi-
stication required. This may cover the
measurement of a single parameter
such as crack width, up to a multiple
structural monitoring system.
Measurement Application Code Description
Crack widths Measurement of crack 58-C0218 Crack measurement microscope
widths in concrete 58-C219/A1-D1 Crack width gauges for walls,
and other materials for angles, for pavements, etc.
Length changes Strain measurement 58-C0230 Mechanical strain gauge
at different 58-C0231 Digital strain gauge
part of a structure
Stress modulus of In-situ stress 58-D0567/C-E Flat jacks and accessories
deformation deformability and
resistance of brickwork
or masonry
Deflection Monitoring structure 58-C0229/A Telescopic electronic tubular
on structures deflection sensors and instrumentation
58-C0224 Deflectometers
58-C0226 Deflectometers
SUMMARY OF THE MOST RELEVANT TEST METHODS AND THEIR RELATED APPLICATION
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
In-situ evaluation of Stress / Structural inspection and monitoring
261
58
58-C0230
58-C0218
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Length changes / Crack widths
Crack width monitoring
CONCRETE TESTING
LENGTH CHANGES
qSTANDARD
BS 1881:206
Mechanical strain gauges
Used for determining the length changes in
different parts of a structure using a single
instrument. Different models are available
depending on the standard length to be
measured and the dial indicator: standard
or digital.
General description and specifications
This apparatus, originally designed for use
on concrete structures can also be conve-
niently used for any other type of structu-
re including steel.
Comprehending: Extensometer with dial
indicator 0.001 graduations or digital dial
gauge / Standard bar / Calibration bar / No.
50 datum discs / Adhesive compound for
datum discs.
B Carrying case dimensions:
190x100x350 mm
A Weight approx.: 3.6 kg
s
Code Description Gauge Resolution
length
58-C0230/B Mechanical strain gauge 100 mm 0.001 mm
58-C0230/C Mechanical strain gauge 200 mm 0.001 mm
58-C0230 Mechanical strain gauge 300 mm 0.001 mm
58-C0231/B Mechanical strain gauge digital model 100 mm 0.001 mm
58-C0231/C Mechanical strain gauge digital model 200 mm 0.001 mm
58-C0231 Mechanical strain gauge digital model 300 mm 0.001 mm
CRACK WIDTHS
58-C0218
Crack measurement microscope
A high quality microscope designed for
measuring crack widths in concrete mem-
bers, masonry walls and other structures.
General description and specifications
The apparatus operates by an adjustable
lamp unit and the image is focused by tur-
ning a knob. The eyepiece scale can be tur-
ned through 360 to align with the direc-
tion of the crack or pitch under examina-
tion.
Magnification: 35x
Measuring range: 4 mm
Subdivision: 0.02 mm
Battery operated
B Dimensions: 150x80x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 550 g
58-C0219/B1
58-C0219/C1 58-C0219/D1
58-C0219/A1
58-C0231
Spare parts
s
58-C0230/1 Datum discs. Pack of
50 pieces. Weight 0.2 kg
s
58-C0230/2 Adhesive compound.
Weight 0.1 kg
262
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Flat jacks
Site evaluation of stress, elastic modulus
and strength of brickwork and stone masonry: flat jack method
FLAT JACK METHOD
The in-situ stress, deformability and resi-
stance features of masonry can be deter-
mined by the flat jack method. The test is
performed by making a cut to a uniform
depth into the mortar courses and inser-
ting the flat jack or couple of jacks, which
are pressurised to the desired level.
The tests can be performed using the fol-
lowing apparatus:
Flat jacks:
No. 1flat jacks (for stress determination) or
No. 2flat jacks (for deformability and resi-
stance determination)
Pressure application and strain
measurement
Analogue mode
- 58-D0568/A Hydraulic pump with gauge
- 58-D0567/RS Connecting hose (when
using two jacks only)
- 58-C0230 Mechanical strain gauge
Digital mode
- 58-D0568 Hydraulic pump
- 82-P0351 Pressure transducer
- 58-D0567/RS Connecting hose (when
using two jacks only)
- 58-D0585 Electronic extensometer (one,
two or three)
- 82-P0908/A Datalog data acquisition
and processing system
Flat jacks 58-D0567/E2 and 58-D0567/C2
Typical application
of one flat jack
with mechanical strain
gauge for determining
the stress condition.
Rectangular and semi-oval models.
50 bar
58-D0567/C2
Rectangular flat jack
400x200x4.5 mm
58-D0567/C11
Set of 5 steel sheets 400x200 mm:
2 pieces 1.5 mm thick and 3 pieces
1 mm thick
58-D0567/C20
Rectangular flat jack.
Same as 58-D0567/C2 less valves
58-D0567/E2
Semi-oval flat jack
350x260x4.5 mm
58-D0567/E11
Set of 5 steel sheets semi-oval
350x260 mm: 2 pieces 1.5 mm
thick and 3 pieces 1 mm thick
58-D0567/E20
Semi-oval flat jack.
Same as 58-D0567/E2 less valves
Connecting hose for two jacks
58-D0567/RS
Connecting flexible hose 2 m length
Typical application of two semi-oval
flat jacks with mechanical
strain gauge for determining the
strength and deformability features
Preparation of slots for the flat jacks
on a brickwork surface using
a simple drill, overlapping holes and
completing manually.
Preparation of the cut
for the semi-oval and circular segment
flat jacks using a cutting saw.
263
58
82-P0908/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Flat jacks
Data acquisition and processing
CONCRETE TESTING
DATA ACQUISITION AND PROCESSING
Introduction
The in-situ stress-deformability and resi-
stance features, can be measured by using
the standard mechanical strain gauges (see
our model 58-C0230), and a pressure
gauge or, in alternative, by a more sophisti-
cated data acquisition system consisting of
electronic extensometers (e.g. model
58-D0585), pressure transducers to be con-
nected to the hand pump and a data log-
ger (e.g. our Datalog 82-P0908/A).
Datalog and software
The electric signals coming from the elec-
tronic extensometers and the pressure
transducer can be collected, stored and
downloaded to PC for data processing.
82-P0908/A
Datalog, data acquisition
and processing system.
110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1ph.
General description and specifications
The apparatus can receive and memorise
data from up to 8 sensors. The acquisition
intervals can be programmed at the begin-
ning of the test.
Channels: 8
Memory: 900 readings per channel
Resolution: 1/64000
Output: RS 232 for printer or PC
Internal programmable software
For more information see page 406.
s
82-P0172/A
Serial printer, battery operated
58-D0568/A
Typical application of electronic tubular tran-
sducers 58-D0585 with pump assembly
58-D0568/A fitted with pressure transducer
82-P0350 and Datalog 82-P0908/A for com-
plete data acquisition.
LOAD APPLICATION
58-D0568/A
Hydraulic hand pump with pressure
gauge 0-50 bar range
Complete with integral reservoir and 3 m
flexible hose.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
58-D0568
Hydraulic hand pump
Same as above but less pressure
gauge. Complete with coupling for
pressure transducer.
82-P0351
Pressure transducer 0-50 bar
To be connected to the hydraulic line to
provide an electric signal proportional to
the applied load, for connection to the data
logger.
STRAIN MEASUREMENT
Mechanical strain gauges
Different models are available from 100 to
300 mm gauge lengths with mechanical or
digital gauges. Please refer to page 261 for
more information.
The models normally used for this applica-
tion are:
58-C0230
Mechanical strain gauge, 300 mm
gauge length
58-C0231
Mechanical strain gauge, digital
reading, 300 mm gauge length
Electronic extensometer
Used as an alternative to the standard
mechanical extensometer. It consists of a
tubular telescopic frame fitted with an
electronic displacement sensor. It has to be
fitted to the wall by normal anchor bolts.
58-D0585
Electronic extensometer
Measuring range: 10 mm
Span: 300 mm
Linearity: 0.3%
A Weight approx.: 0.2 kg
264
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CONCRETE TESTING
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Deflection of structures
Deflectometers / Digital instrumentation for testing structures
SWING-ARM DEFLECTOMETERS
General description and specifications
Used for determining the deflection of brid-
ges, ceilings or any suspended structure.
Comprising: swing-arm with clamp for
total orientation in any position q.ty 3; wire
coil 20 m q.ty 3; dial gauges 50, 30 or 10 x
0.01 mm q.ty 3; plumb weight q.ty 3;
carrying case.
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
Three models available:
58-C0223
Swing-arm deflectometer with set
of three 30x0.01 mm dial gauges
58-C0223/A
Swing-arm deflectometer with set
of three 10x0.01 mm dial gauges
58-C0223/B
Swing-arm deflectometer with set
of three 50x0.01 mm dial gauges
Spare parts
s
58-C0224/1 20 m wire coil
58-C0226
58-C0222
Accessories
s
58-C0229/5
Stainless steel chain. 10 m
s
82-P0908/SOF Testing software for
digital instrumentation
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
FOR TESTING STRUCTURES
Description and use
The determination of deflection of ceilings,
bridges or any suspended structure is
usually performed with mechanical exten-
someters.
The telescopic sensors are normally used in
multiples of three and we offer different
options starting from the single tubular
sensor to the complete digital system
including the data logger and printer.
58-C0229/A
Complete digital system for testing
structures in deflection
Consisting of:
- No. 3 sensors 58-C0229 with accessories
and carrying case dim. 550x890x105
mm. Weight: 15 kg approx.
- No. 1 Data acquisition and processing
system model 82-P0908/A having the
following main features:
- Channels: 8
- Sensor output 10 V
- Large memory
- Resolution: 1/64000
- Output: RS 232 for printer or PC
- Dimensions: 320x250x110 mm
- Weight approx.: 3 kg
- No. 1 Printer 82-P0172/A
- Datalog 82-P0908/A and printer are
housed in a carrying case dimension
400x310x300 mm. Weight approx. (with
apparatus): 6 kg
DEFLECTOMETERS
General description and specifications
Used for determining the deflection of brid-
ges, ceilings or any suspended structure.
Comprising: special dial gauge with rota-
ting dial fitted on a metal base; 20 m wire
coil; plumb line case.
It can be used either in tension or com-
pression. Three models available:
58-C0222
Deflectometer 10x0.01 mm
gauge travel
58-C0222/A
Deflectometer 30x0.01 mm
gauge travel
58-C0222/B
Deflectometer 50x0.01 mm
gauge travel
B Dimensions (case): 140x160x100 mm
A Weight approx.: 0.8 kg
Spare parts
s
58-C0224/1 20 m wire coil
265
58
Testing equipment for the construction industry
NDT / Protection and repair of concrete structures
Deflection of structures
Digital instrumentation for testing structures (continued)
CONCRETE TESTING
58-C0229
Telescopic tubular sensor
General description and specifications
It consists of a light alloy tube housing the
sensor with a spring system, which can
operate either in compression or tension.
Supplied complete with stainless steel base
for anchoring the system with ballast, 10 m
of stainless steel chain, hook and service
key.
Minimum height: 1100 mm
Maximum extension: 3100 mm
(for larger measurements up to 99 m a
suitable light chain can be used)
Sensor stroke: 50 mm
Resolution: 0.01 mm
A Weight approx.: 1.7 kg
58-C0229/B
Set of three telescopic sensors
58-C0229 with sensor accessories
Housed in a carrying case dimension
550x890x105 mm. Weight 15 kg approx.
For more details and information see on page 406.
58-C0229/A
Fitting of a 58-C0229 sensor
Schematic view of the deflection test set up
Today, the various types of binders are well
known, particularly cements, and they are becoming
evermore sophisticated with pre-mixed cements
designed to satisfy specific structural requirements.
For several decades, national standards have gover-
ned over the production of these binders and have
led, in each single producing country, to a high level
of diversification. The current EN Standards have
drawn on the know-how of the various national
bodies in order to arrive at a unified Standard.
We propose a vast range of machines that
satisfy, practically all requirements.
I N T R O D U C T I O N
Inorganic binders have had a role in the con-
struction industry since pre-classical times and, after
successive transformations, are today briefly classi-
fied as cements, limes and plasters. These binders, as
well as being used singularly are often mixed in order
to produce an end product, which meets the techni-
cal characteristics of the user. Certainly, as far back
as the second century the Romans mixed lime with
pozzolan to enhance its hydraulic properties and
then mixed this with aggregates in order to obtain
bitunium, the forefather of todays concrete. In the
18
th
century lime was fired with clay in order to
obtain the first hydraulic limes, which were further
developed in the following century into a cement
industry in which plaster played an important role.
Cement
267
Physical and chemical properties of cement
Cement samplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Specific gravity (Relative density) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Hydraulic shrinkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Soundness of cement and hydrated lime . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
Expansion of Portland cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Air content of mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Pat test for soundness of hydrated lime
and gypsum plasters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
Fineness of cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
Bulk density and water retention of cement . . . . . . . . . . .271
Heat of hydration of cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Loss on ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Setting time and consistency of cement
Setting time and consistency of cement Vicat method . .273
Standard Vicat apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
Automatic Vicat apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
Setting time of cement. Gillmore method . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Flow of mortars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Building lime, grout and mud testing
Consistency, air content and water retention . . . . . . . . . . .279
Flow, Reactivity, Bulk density of building lime . . . . . . . . . .280
Flow properties of grouts, muds and other fluid materials .281
Fly ash determ., consistency and swelling ratio . . . . . . . . .282
Determination of fineness by wet sieving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
Carbon dioxide determ., Filtration behaviour, soundness . .283
Determination of cement strength
Mortar mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Jolting apparatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Preparation of 40x40x160 mm cement prisms. . . . . . . . . .287
Preparation of 50 and 70.7 mm mortar cubes . . . . . . . . . .287
Curing of Specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
General purpose water curing bath with cooler unit . . . . .289
Compression and flexural testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Flexural strength of mortar prisms 40x40x160 mm . . . . . .293
Automatic testing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
Load frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
64
63
62
Cement
Contents
65
Testing equipment for the construction industry
268
62
Accessories
s
62-D1635 Chattaway spatula
Spare parts
s
62-L0009/1 Spare shrinkage plugs
for 62-L0009. Pack of 12
s
62-L0009/1F Spare shrinkage plugs
for 62-L0009/F. Pack of 12
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Physical and chemical properties of cement
Cement samplers / Specific gravity (Relative density) / Hydraulic shrinkage
CEMENT SAMPLERS
62-L0001
Packaged cement tube sampler
qSTANDARD
EN 196-7, ASTM C183, AASHTO T127
General description and specifications
Used to sample cement from packages.
Made of brass, it has an outside diameter of
32 mm x 700 mm long.
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
62-L0002
Bulk cement sampler
qSTANDARD
EN 196-7, ASTM C183, AASHTO T127
General description and specifications
Used to sample cement in bulk storage or
bulk shipments. It consists of 2 brass con-
centric tubes with slots. The inner tube
rotates to close the slots and take the sam-
ple. The capacity of the internal tube is
approx. 3 litres.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
SPECIFIC GRAVITY (RELATIVE DENSITY)
62-L0003
Le Chatelier flask
qSTANDARD
EN 196-6, ASTM C188, AASHTO T133
General description and specifications
Used to determine the specific gravity of
hydraulic cement and lime. Glass flask 250
ml capacity, with graduated neck from 0 to
1 ml and from 18 to 24 ml in 0.1 ml gra-
duation with accuracy of 0.05 ml.
A Weight approx.: 500 g
HYDRAULIC SHRINKAGE
OF CEMENT MORTAR
62-L0009
Shrinkage mould for 40x40x160
mm mortar prisms conforming to
ASTM/UNI
62-L0009/F
Shrinkage mould for 40x40x160
mm mortar prisms in accordance
with EN/NF
qSTANDARD
ASTM C348, UNI 6687-73, EN 12617-4,
NF P15-433
General description and specifications
For the determination of linear shrinkage
of cement mortar when used in conjunc-
tion with 62-L0035 Length Comparator.
Two versions available: the ASTM/UNI
model 62-L0009 and the EN/NF model 62-
L0009/F. A three gang mould supplied com-
plete with 6 shrinkage plugs.
A Weight approx.: 12 kg
62-L0003
62-L0009/F
62-D1635
62-L0002
62-L0001
62-L0009/1 62-L0009/1F
269
62
62-L0025/F
Accessories
s
62-L0025/2 Glass plate, 50 mm sq.
(two required)
s
62-L0025/3 100 g weight
s
62-L0025/4 Extensibility of mould
apparatus
s
62-L0025/5 Tamping rod 17 mm
dia. x 70 g weight
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Physical and chemical properties of cement
Soundness of cement and hydrated lime
CEMENT
SOUNDNESS OF CEMENT
AND HYDRATED LIME
qSTANDARD
EN 196-3, pr EN ISO 9597
The soundness of cements and limes is
determined using the expansion test with
Le Chatelier moulds according to the rele-
vant standard. The mould consists of a
spring tensioned split cylinder 30 mm
internal diameter x 30 mm high with two
indicator stems which measure 165 mm
from the points to the centre line of the
cylinder and O ring. Two or three moulds
are required for each test. We propose the
single mould (code 62-L0025), a package of
6 units (code 62-L0025/C) and a complete
kit including 3 moulds, glass plates and
accessories for the verification of extensi-
bility (code 62-L0025/B).
62-L0025
Le Chatelier mould
Strictly conforming to EN. Individually
checked, supplied complete with certificate
of conformity. Each mould is identified by a
serial number.
A Weight approx.: 30 g
62-L0025/C
Le Chatelier mould. Pack of 6 units
Same as 62-L0025.
62-L0025/B
Le Chatelier soundness kit
General description and specifications
Consisting of:
- No. 3 62-L0025 Le Chatelier moulds
- No. 6 62-L0025/2 Glass plates, 50 mm sq.
- No. 3 62-L0025/3 100 g weights
- No. 1 62-L0025/4 Extensibility of mould
apparatus
- No. 1 62-L0025/5 Tamping rod 17 mm
dia. x 70 g weight
- No. 1 62-L0025/6 Rule.
All contained in a plastic carrying case as
shown in the picture. Very useful to avoid
dispersions of each item in the laboratory.
B Dimensions: 230x210x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
Use of the extensibility of mould apparatus
62-L0025/4
62-L0025/B
62-L0025/F
Le Chatelier water bath.
220-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
For use with Le Chatelier moulds for the
determination of the soundness of cement
paste. Stainless steel internal chamber
housed in a stainless steel insulated exte-
rior case. Power 1500 W capable of rea-
ching the boiling point in 30 minutes.
Complete with rack for twelve 62-L0025
moulds and cover.
Internal dimensions (lxwxd):
300x150x230 mm
B External dimensions:
440x215x290 mm
A Weight approx.: 10.5 kg
62-L0025
270
62
62-L0033/A
62-L0035/A with reference rod
Accessories
s
62-L0034/3
Reference rod, 205 mm. BS 1881, 6073
s
62-L0034/4
Reference rod, 230 mm. BS 6073
s
62-L0034/6
Reference rod, 305 mm. BS 6073
s
62-L0034/7
Reference rod, 160 mm. EN 12617-4
and NF P15-433
s
62-L0034/8
Reference rod, 280 mm. UNI 8148
s
62-L0034/9 Reference rod, 190 mm.
ASTM C348, UNI 6687
s
62-L0034/1 Reference rod, 300 mm.
ASTM C490, BS 1881
s
62-L0034/10 Reference rod. 176
mm. To EN 1770 (for plugs 65-L0010/5)
s
65-L0010/5 Plugs for thermal
expansion measurement. Type 2, B
shape to EN 1770. Pack of 12 pcs.
Accessories
s
62-L0033/A Two gang prism mould
to produce cement prisms of 25 mm sq.
cross-section with 250 mm gauge
length. Weight approx.: 9 kg
s
62-L0033/A1 Spare contact points
for 62-L0033/A. Pack of 100
62-L0032/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Physical and chemical properties of cement
Expansion of Portland cement / Air content of mortar
EXPANSION OF PORTLAND CEMENT
62-L0032/A
High pressure cement autoclave.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
62-L0032/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
ASTM C151, C141 - UNE 7207
General description and specifications
The system is specially designed for con-
ducting expansion tests on cements. The
autoclave consists of a high-pressure
steam vessel with internal dimensions 154
mm dia. x 430 mm high to accept a rack for
holding 10 specimens. It is complete with
pressure gauge, pressure regulator, tempe-
rature regulator, control switches, safety
valve, and specimen rack.
Heater: 2600 W
B Overall dimensions:
450x475x1080 mm
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
62-L0035
Length comparator
62-L0035/A
Length comparator. Digital version
62-L0035/F
Length comparator conforming to
NF P15-433
62-L0035/AF
Length comparator. Digital version,
conforming to NF P15-433
qSTANDARD
EN 1367-4 EN 12617-4 -
ASTM C151, C490 NF P15-433
BS 1881:5, 6073
General description and specifications
This apparatus is used to determine the
changes in length of cement prisms in the
accelerated soundness test. It is also used
to measure length changes of 40x40x160
mm, and other sizes of cement and concre-
te specimens. The instrument consists of an
analogic or digital length gauge which is
mounted on a steel frame. The top anvil is
adjustable to suit the required specimen.
B Overall dimensions:
180x180x490 mm
A Weight approx.: 10.5 kg
62-L0035 Detail of the analogic version
AIR CONTENT OF MORTAR
qSTANDARD
ASTM C185-85, AASHTO T137
62-L0048
Steel measure 400 ml cap.
General description and specifications
Used as a density method for the determi-
nation of the air content of freshly mixed
mortars. Made of steel, 88.1 mm height x
76.2 mm internal diameter, it is calibrated
to contain 400 1 ml of water at 23C.
A Weight approx.: 800 g
Accessories
s
63-L0039/2 Tamper
s
62-D1635
Chattaway spatula. Made of pure nickel
120 mm long. Net weight 100 g
62-L0048 62-D1635
271
62
Accessories
s
62-L0041/2
Manometer liquid. 250 ml bottle
s
62-L0041/6 EN 196-6, reference
cement. Pack of 10 g
Spare parts
s
62-L0041/A1
Spare U-tube glass manometer
s
62-L0041/3
Filter paper. Box of 1000 circles
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Physical and chemical properties of cement
Pat test / Fineness of cement
Bulk density of cement / Cement water retention
CEMENT
62-L0041/A
PAT TEST FOR SOUNDNESS OF
HYDRATED LIME AND GYPSUM PLASTERS
qSTANDARD
EN 459 BS 890, 1191
62-L0037
Brass ring mould
General description and specifications
Used for the determination of the sound-
ness of hydrated lime and gypsum plasters.
The mould is 100 mm dia. x 5 mm deep
with an internal taper of 5. It is supplied
complete with glass plate. Three are requi-
red for each test.
FINENESS OF CEMENT
qSTANDARD
EN 196-6
62-L0041/A
Blaine fineness
(Air permeability) apparatus
General description and specifications
Used to determine the particle size of
Portland cement, limes and similar powders
expressed in terms of their specific surface.
It consists of a stainless steel cell, perfora-
ted disc and plunger. An U-tube glass
manometer is fitted to the steel stand. The
set is complete with rubber aspirator and
filter paper.
B Overall dimensions:
220x170x470 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
BULK DENSITY OF CEMENT
qSTANDARD
ASTM C91, C110
62-L0060
Apparatus for the measurement of
bulk density of cement
General description and specifications
Used to determine the bulk density of
cement as specified by the Commission
des mthodes dessai des matriaux de
construction. It consists of a sieve funnel,
an unit weight measure 1 litre capacity, a
tripod, and straightedge.
B Overall dimensions:
350x350x520 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
62-L0060
62-L0061/A
CEMENT WATER RETENTION
qSTANDARD
ASTM C91, C110
62-L0061/A
Water retention apparatus
General description and specifications
Used for determining the water retention
value of cement and lime. Comprising
water aspirator, three-way stopcock, metal
perforated dish, funnel, mercury manome-
ter, mercury valve and stand.
B Dimensions:
400x300x600 mm
approx.
A Weight approx.:
8 kg
62-L0037
272
62
Accessories
s
86-D0805 Paraffin wax 1 kg, mel-
ting point approx. 60C. Used to coat all
glass surfaces in contact with hydro-
fluoric acid
s
62-L0072 Special set of glassware
for water content determination inclu-
ding silica combustion tube with silver
wool, absorption tubes for silica gel and
magnesium perchlorate, bubbler for
sulphuric acid
Spare parts
s
62-L0071/1 Dewar flask
s
62-L0071/2
Beckman thermometer
s
62-L0071/3 Filler funnel
10-D1418/A
62-L0071
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Physical and chemical properties of cement
Heat of hydration of cement / Loss on ignition
HEAT OF HYDRATION CALORIMETER
qSTANDARD
EN 196-8 BS 4550, 1370 ASTM C186
UNI 7208 UNE 80102
Used to determine the heat of hydration of
low heat Portland and hydraulic cement.
62-L0071
Heat of hydration calorimeter.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
62-L0071/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The apparatus consists of a Dewar flask,
which is housed in an insulated box, a con-
stant speed electric stirrer, a filler funnel,
and a Beckman type thermometer with
reader.
B Overall dimensions:
300x200x650 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 13 kg
LOSS ON IGNITION
10-D1418/A
Muffle furnace 1200C max. tem-
perature. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
EN 196-2
General description and specifications
Used for determining the loss on ignition
of cement and building lime.
Max. temperature: 1200C
Power: 4200 W
Inside dimensions:
210x280x145 mm (lxwxh)
B Outside dimensions:
510x650x650 mm
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
HEAT OF HYDRATION OF CEMENT
65-D1409
Water bath with cooler unit.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
65-D1409/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
EN 196-1, 196-8
General description and specifications
Used for controlling relatively low water
temperatures in areas where the ambient
temperature is quite high. In this case is
used for storing the hydrated samples at a
temperature of 20 0.2C. Internal surfa-
ces of polished stainless steel and housed
in a sheet steel insulated outer case. The
cooler unit is located under the water bath.
Supplied complete with stainless cover.
Capacity: 40 litres
Power: 2000 W
Temperature range: +10 to +95C
Accuracy: 1%.
Inside dimensions: 550x360x200 mm
B Outside dimensions:
830x480x950 mm
A Weight approx.: 62 kg
65-D1409
273
63
Accessories EN 196-3
s
63-L0027/E22 Vicat mould
s
63-L0028/31
Initial needle 1.13 mm dia.
s
63-L0028/41
Final needle 1.13 mm dia.
s
63-L0028/5
Consistency plunger 10 mm dia.
s
63-L0028/6 Supporting plate, used
as base for Vicat mould
s
63-L0028/7 Glass thermometer
-10C to +50C.
s
63-L0028/8 Additional weight 700 g
Accessories ASTM
s
63-L0028/21 Initial needle 1 mm
dia.
s
63-L0027/E23 Vicat mould plastic
s
63-L0028/5 Consistency plunger
10 mm dia.
s
63-L0028/6 Supporting plate, used
as base for Vicat mould
s
63-L0028/7
Glass thermometer -10C to +50C.
Setting time and consistency of cement
Determination of setting time and consistency of cement - Vicat method
CEMENT
STANDARD VICAT APPARATUS
63-L0028/1
Vicat apparatus
qSTANDARD
EN 196-3 ASTM C187, C191 AASHTO
T129, T131 NF P15-414
General description and specifications
The apparatus consists of a metal frame
with a sliding rod. An adjustable indicator
moves over a graduated scale. The needle
or plunger is attached to the bottom end of
the rod to make up the test weight of 300
g. The frame is supplied without accesso-
ries, which have to be ordered separately
depending on the requirement. It is also
proposed complete with basic EN accesso-
ries (code 63-L0028) or ASTM, AASHTO
accessories (code 63-L0028/A) and in the
automatic versions (see following pages).
A Weight approx.: .5 kg
63-L0028
Vicat test set. EN method
Comprising:
- No. 1 63-L0028/1 Vicat frame
- No. 1 63-L0027/E22 Vicat mould
- No. 1 63-L0028/31 Initial needle
1.13 mm dia.
- No. 1 63-L0028/5 Consistency plun-
ger 10 mm dia.
- No. 1 63-L0028/6 Supporting plate
- No. 1 63-L0028/7 Glass thermome-
ter
- No. 1 63-L0028/41 Final needle
1.13 mm dia.
A Weight approx.: 4 kg approx.
63-L0028/A
Vicat test set. ASTM method
Comprising:
- No. 1 63-L0028/1 Vicat frame
- No. 1 63-L0027/E23 Vicat mould
- No. 1 63-L0028/21 Initial needle 1
mm dia.
- No. 1 63-L0028/5 Consistency plun-
ger 10 mm dia.
- No. 1 63-L0028/6 Supporting plate
- No. 1 63-L0028/7 Glass thermome-
ter
A Weight approx.: 4 kg approx.
63-L0028/41
63-L0028
Accessories
DETERMINATION OF SETTING TIME
AND CONSISTENCY OF CEMENT -
VICAT METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 196-3 ASTM C191 AASHTO T131
NF P15-414, 431 DIN 1196, 1168
Foreword
This method covers the determination of
the initial and final setting time of hydrau-
lic cement.
We propose two series:
63-L0028 STANDARD
Hand operated models
63-L0027 SERIE
VICAMATIC, Automatic recording
models (page 274)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
274
63
Example of printed report and test graph
obtained with the paper recorded and serial
printer (optional 63-L0027/E13)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Setting time and consistency of cement
Setting time and consistency
Vicat method
VICAMATIC: AUTOMATIC RECORDING
VICAT APPARATUS 63-L0027/E-F
Multiple Vicat testing systems (expandable up to 16 units) connected to PC
Introduction
The setting time determination of cement
and mortars is one of the most important
parameters for the quality inspection and
verification.
Furthermore the production and use of
new mortars, admixtures and similar mate-
rials with the research activity has highli-
ghted the need of sophisticated test appa-
ratus capable of performing a variety of
independent test cycles and procedures on
numerous specimens.
Our new VICAMATIC apparatus fully sati-
sfies these requirements and is capable of
performing tests with start delay, adjusta-
ble dropping rate auto-mode and free or
driven drop. The VICAMATIC can also be
equipped by the needle cleaning device
with water container for testing in water as
prescribed by EN.
The installed firmware allows the PC con-
nection via the RS 232 port and the expan-
sion to a Multiple Testing System with up
to 16 apparatus via the RS 485 port.
The high versatility and flexibility of the
VICAMATIC is summarised below.
Use of a single apparatus
Main advantages:
Production of a test graph report on paper
Display of test data in real time. See
description of this unique feature in the
firmware paragraph
Possibility of connection to a simple
serial printer (See accessories)
Possibility of connection to PC via RS 232 port
All the above features represent the most
advanced economical solution for general
laboratory use.
Use of a multiple system
Main advantages (in addition to the
above):
Test system expandable any time to up to
16 units for PC connection
The single units to be connected to the
PC network can be located in different
places and not necessarily all together
(See the Software paragraph)
Powering down one unit does not prevent
the use of all other units in the network
The units can be independently
programmed
- Automatic test cycle
- Double recording: analogic on paper
and digital by electronic sensor
- Storing of test results, settings and data
- Large graphic display to follow the
test in real time
- RS 232 output for connection to PC
and printer
- High flexibility in programming the
test cycles as test start delay, dropping
rate auto-mode, free or driven drop
- RS 485 network facility for connec-
tion to PC of up to 16 independent
VICAMATIC for data acquisition and
processing
- Fully conforming to EN, ASTM,
AASHTO, BS and similar
- High versatility and vast applications:
from the standard use in local labo-
ratories to the multiple use in
research and central laboratories
- Also suitable for tests on Gypsum
conforming to EN 13279-2
275
63
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Setting time and consistency of cement
VICAMATIC: Automatic recording Vicat apparatus (continued)
CEMENT
General description
The apparatus consists essentially of a mecha-
nism of four different stepper motors, which
control the sliding weight with needle, the
rotation and displacement of the table and
the chart drum. The displacement of the sli-
ding weight with needle is recorded by a pen
in the chart drum and also read by an encoder
for the data acquisition.
The automation of the system is obtained by
an electronic control chard with microproces-
sor. The front control panel includes the mem-
brane keyboard with large graphic display.
Firmware specifications
The test parameters to be set are the following:
- Reference standards: EN, ASTM, General
purpose, single drop
- Frequency of penetrations (to be selected
between frequency input by user or cal-
culated semiautomatically)
- Free fall mode or driven fall mode
- Adjustable test start delay
- Penetration measurement by encoder
- Test data: test number, operator, client,
date, hour, cement type, water percenta-
ge, humidity, delay, mode (automatic or
manual)
- Permanent memory for data storage
- Clock calendar
- 5 languages: English, Spanish, French,
German, Italian
VICASOFT: Setting diagram
on the PC screen
VICASOFT: Test data saved in memory
Technical specifications
Total rating: 25 W
Voltage: 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
or 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
B Dimensions (lxwxh):
180x300x440 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
Multiple configuration: Test software
The multiple option (from 2 to 16 units) has
been carried out for PC connection with
the testing software (See accessories)
giving the following performances:
- Real time display of the setting curve of
all connected units
- Zoom and curve displacement option
and measurement of intervals between
two selected points by graphic cursors
- Each curve window can be changed to
the display of test data
- Memory storage of all test data and dia-
grams by exportable database
- Generation of test files
- Printing of test certificate including logo
and client letterhead, setting curve and
test data
Sample displays
VICASOFT: Preview of a 2 pages
setting test certificate
276
63
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Test paths
Standards ASTM C191 EN 196 EN 13279-2 General purpose
Pitch (mm) 6.8 10 12 5
Diameters (mm) 0 - 13 - 26 - 39 0 - 10 - 30 - 50 0 - 26 - 50
Points per dia. 1 - 6 - 12 - 18 1 - 2 - 9 - 15 1 - 6 - 13 60 (total)
Pitch
dia.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Setting time and consistency of cement
VICAMATIC: Automatic recording Vicat apparatus (continued)
Standard outfit
The VICAMATIC apparatus is supplied com-
plete with the needle (1.13 or 1 mm dia-
meter depending on the version), mould
(EN or ASTM depending on the version),
glass plate, 5 pens and 1 pen holder, 100
printed charts.
Ordering informations
63-L0027/E - VICAMATIC automa-
tic electronic apparatus EN version
for setting time measurement.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
IMPORTANT NOTE
Using a single VICAMATIC apparatus
two options are available for PC con-
nection:
65-L0013/E
CEMENT
Determination of cement strength
Curing baths and cabinets
CURING CABINET
65-L0013/E
CURACEM Cement Curing Cabinet.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Ideal for commercial and site laboratories, very
practical and easy to use. The frame is made of
strong polypropylene structure which is chemi-
cal resistant and particularly suitable for cement
applications. The front doors are fitted with
glass. The humidity is maintained from 95% to
saturation by water nebulisers. The temperature
is maintained to 20 1C by a immersion hea-
ter and separated refrigerator unit (see accesso-
ries, code 86-D2030).
The four stainless steel racks of the internal
frame can support the moulds with specimens
and a large number of cement prisms. It can also
be used for concrete cubes and other mortar
specimens. The unit includes an air compressor
which is located on top of the cabinet.
Power: 1700 W approx.
Internal dimensions:
1115x435x1500 mm approx.
B External dimensions:
1160x550x1900 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 200 kg
The water refrigerator unit has to be orde-
red separately. See accessories.
Schemating drawing of the operating principle
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Operating principle
The cold water coming from refrigerator-circulator 86-D2030 is spried inside the 65-
L0013/E by nebulisers. The internal immersion heater is automatically operated if
necessary to maintain constant the curing temperature (normally 20 1C) and the
humidity goes over 95%. The water consumption is about 2 l/h max.
65-L0013/E
AIR
CABINET
65-L0013/E
86-D2030
Water
refrigerator
Water main
289
65
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Determination of cement strength
General purpose water curing bath with cooler unit
CEMENT
GENERAL PURPOSE WATER
CURING BATH WITH COOLER UNIT
qSTANDARD
EN 196-1, pr EN ISO 679
65-D1409
Water bath with cooler unit.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
65-D1409/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for controlling water temperatures in
areas where the ambient temperature is
quite high. It is used for curing cement
specimens 40x40x160 mm but can also be
used for storing the hydrated samples at a
temperature of 20 degrees C. Internal sur-
faces are polished stainless steel with a
sheet steel insulated outer case. The cooler
unit is located under the water bath.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The heat exchanger fitted in
the 86-D2030 generates a flow of hot air
so, it could be necessary to install it exter-
nally under a penthouse or distant from
the conditioned area.
ACCESSORIES
Liquid refrigerator
86-D2030
Water refrigerator.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
This unit has been specially designed for
laboratory use to provide cold water.
Comprising a refrigeration compressor,
silent and CFC free, water reservoir with
cooling coil, electronic thermoregulator
with digital display, which shows the
water/liquid output temperature and sound
proof metal case. The water is moved inter-
nally under mains water pressure.
Output water temperature range:
+5 to +25C
Power: 1500 W
Water or liquid connections:
B Dimensions: (lxdxh) 825x435x750 mm
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
For more information see page 430.
86-D2030
65-D1409
Capacity: 40 litres and 70 cement
specimens 40x40x160 mm
Power: 2000 W
Temperature range: +10 to +95C
Accuracy: 1%.
Inside dimensions: 550x360x200 mm
B Outside dimensions:
830x480x950 mm
A Weight approx.: 62 kg
Supplied complete with stainless cover.
290
65
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Determination of cement strength
Cement compression and flexural testers
SEMIAUTOMATIC
AND AUTOMATIC MODELS
General description
These machines, featuring a very rigid two
column frame, have been designed for the
testing of the cement prism either in compres-
sion or in flexure. The frames of the series 65-
L10XX and 65-L11XX are already fitted respec-
tively with EN compression bearing plates and
EN compression bearing plates plus flexural jig.
The frames of the series 65-L12XX and 65-
L13XX are fitted with round compression pla-
tens and have to be completed, if needed, with
the suitable compression and/or flexural devi-
ces. See accessories page 292.
Safety features
All models are fitted with ram travel limit swit-
ch and transparent fragment guards.
Machine accuracy
The EN 196-1 prescribe the 1% starting from
1/5 of the full range. All our models assure this
requirement starting from 1/10 of the 250 kN
scale and approx. 1/8 of the 15 kN scale.
Introduction
The testing machines we
propose provide the highest possible
degree of flexibility when making
the correct selection according to
the test requirement.
Considering that all the national
European specifications are now
superseded by the new EN 196 we
can outline that there are just two
main subdivisions:
A) EN MODELS
B) ASTM/AASHTO MODELS
The difference between the two
Standards are basically the size of
specimens and the specifications for
the bearing compression plates and
flexural jigs. The EN requires both
the flexural and the compression
test, the ASTM C348, C349 require
the same with a little difference in
the flexural jig, and the ASTM C109
the compression test only on 50 mm
(2) mortar cubes. Some versions of
our testers can be conveniently used
for testing other products and speci-
mens such as bricks, resins, soil
cement mixtures, gypsum, rocks,
microcores , etc. using the appro-
priate accessory.
We propose three different group of
testers:
- The semiautomatic models 65-L10G2/C,
L11G2/C, L12G2/C, and L13G2/C, which
are fitted with the motorized pump
with flow central valve and the
Digimax Plus digital display and proces-
sing unit (see page 189)
- The automatic models 65-L10V2,
65-L11V2, 65-L12V2 and 65-L13V2
which are fitted with the AUTOMAX
system (see page 194)
- The advanced automatic testing
systems in various configurations which
includes the different compression and
flexural frames plus the control consoles
SERCOMP 7, MCC 8 or ADVANTEST 9
which can also be connected to other
frames to combine complete testing
systems (see pages 209-217).
SEMIAUTOMATIC
DIGIMAX PLUS" MODELS
Main features
- Dual stage power pump
- Proportional valve, hand control
"Pacemeter system" for a precise
rate of loading.
- Strength measurement by
Digimax Plus system
- High resolution: 130000 points
- Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- User friendly test software
conforming to EN
- Display of load rate
- Large permanent memory
- Languages: English, French,
Spanish, German, Italian
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf
- For more information on the
power system and Digimax Plus
unit see pages 188 and 189.
65-L10G2/C
SINGLE TESTING CHAMBER
MODELS 250 KN CAP.
Semiautomatic DIGIMAX Plus models
65-L10G2/C
250 kN cap. compression tester fit-
ted with compression bearing plate
conforming to EN 196-1
65-L12G2/C
250 kN cap. compression tester
with round platens
DOUBLE TESTING CHAMBER
MODELS 15/250 KN CAP.
Semiautomatic DIGIMAX Plus models
65-L11G2/C
15/250 kN cap. double chamber
flexural and compression tester fit-
ted with compression bearing plates
and flexural jig conforming to EN
196-1
65-L13G2/C
15/250 kN cap. double chamber
compression tester fitted with
round platens
291
65
I m p o r t a n t n o t e s
All machine codes refer to 230 V, 50 Hz, 1
ph. (semiautomatic models) and to 230 V,
50-60 Hz, 1 ph. (automatic models). Other
voltages available on order request.
All machines with round platens has to be
completed, if needed, by the suitable com-
pression device (see accessories page 292)
65-L13V2
65-L11G2/C
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Determination of cement strength
Semiautomatic and automatic models (continued)
CEMENT
SINGLE TESTING CHAMBER
MODELS 250 KN CAP.
Automatic AUTOMAX models
65-L10V2
250 kN cap. compression tester
fitted with compression bearing
plate to EN 196-1
65-L12V2
250 kN cap. compression tester
with round platens
DOUBLE TESTING CHAMBER
MODELS 15/250 KN CAP.
Automatic AUTOMAX models
65-L11V2
15/250 kN cap. double chamber
flexural and compression tester
fitted with compression bearing
plates and flexural jig conforming
to EN 196-1
65-L13V2
15/250 kN cap. double chamber
flexural and compression tester
fitted with round platens
65-L12G2/C
AUTOMATIC
"AUTOMAX" MODELS
Main features
- Automatic test cycle with closed
loop digital feedback
- Load/time plot and actual load
rate displayed in real time
- Accurate load rate control
- High resolution: 130,000 points
- High test throughput
- Memory storage of about 150
tests
- Real time download to PC by RS
232
- Machine calibration access by
software
And many other options: as for
example language and unit selec-
tion etc.
65-L10V2
292
65
Technical specifications
DISTANCE PIECES
Used to reduce the vertical daylight of the
models fitted with round platens. They
have to be positioned between the loading
ram and the lower plate.
65-L0012/11
Distance piece 165 mm dia.
x 30 mm high
65-L0012/11
50-C9032 50-C9030
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Determination of cement strength
Semiautomatic and automatic models (continued)
Accessories for 65-L12XX and 65-L13XX series
Models 65-L10G2/C 65-L12G2/C 65-L11G2/C 65-L13G2/C
65-L10V2 65-L12V2 65-L11V2 65-L13V2
Capacity kN 250 250 15/250 15/250
Accuracy* 1% from kN 25 to 250 25 to 250 2 to 15/25 to 250 2 to 15/25 to 250
Resolution kN 0.1 0.1 0.01/0.1 0.01/0.1
Platen dimensions mm 40x40 165 dia. Flexural jig/40x40 165 dia./165 dia.
Ram travel mm 50 50 30/50 30/50
Max. vertical daylight mm 50 200 50/50 200/200
Power W 750 750 750 750
B Overall dimensions 817x415x820 817x415x820 817x415x820 817x415x820
(wxdxh) mm
A Weight approx. kg 200 200 240 240
*Machine accuracy: the EN 196-1 prescribes the 1% starting from 1/5 of the full scale.
Our machines assure this requirement starting from 1/10 of the 250 kN range and approx. 1/8 of the 15 kN range.
COMPRESSION TEST
ON MORTAR SPECIMENS
qSTANDARD
EN 196-1, pr EN ISO 679, ASTM C349
50-C9030
Compression device to test portions
of 40x40x160 mm mortar prisms
broken in flexure.
Weight approx. 8 kg
qSTANDARD
ASTM C109
50-C9032
Compression device to test 50 mm
(2) mortar cubes
FLEXURAL TEST
ON MORTAR PRISMS 40X40X160 MM
qSTANDARD
EN 196-1, pr EN ISO 679
65-L0019/B
EN Flexure testing device for
40x40x160 mm mortar specimens
This jig is fitted with an upper bearer that
moves vertically supported by springs. One of
the two lower bearers can tilt horizontally
and the distance between the two bearers is
100 mm as prescribed by the EN standards.
A Weight approx.: 8 kg
qSTANDARD
ASTM C348
65-L0019/C
ASTM Flexure testing device for
40x40x160 mm mortar specimens
Identical to the model 65-L0019/B except
for the distance between the two lower
bearers which is 119 mm.
Weight approx. 8 kg
65-L0019/B
293
65
Accessories
s
65-L0015/1 Flexure testing attach-
ment. NF, DIN, UNI
s
65-L0015/4 Tensile testing attach-
ment for cement briquette specimens
s
65-L0015/5 Flexure testing attach-
ment. ASTM
s
65-L0016 Briquette mould
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Determination of cement strength
Beam loading machines
CEMENT
65-L0015/A with 65-L0015/1
- Constant rate of loading
- Dual range
- Automatic stop at failure
65-L0016
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
OF MORTAR PRISMS 40X40X160 MM
qSTANDARD
EN 196-1 ASTM C190, C348, C349
AASHTO T132-87 DIN 1164 NF P15-451
65-L0015/A
Automatic flexure/tension machine.
5 kN cap. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
65-L0015/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
65-L0015/AY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
This machine is used for the flexural
strength determination of cement speci-
mens and tensile tests on cement briquet-
tes. It consists of a beam loading system
with a travelling weight driven by an elec-
tric motor providing a constant increase in
load throughout the test. The machine is
designed to accept either flexural or tensi-
le attachments, which have to be ordered
separately as accessories.
Scale ranges:
- 1000 by 10 N subd.
- 5000 by 50 N subd.
Wattage: 40 W
B Dimensions: 510x1050x720 mm
A Weight approx.: 52 kg
- Accepts flexural or briquette specimens
- Single lever loading assures high
accuracy
294
65
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Determination of cement strength
Automatic testing systems
Introduction
Test laboratories that exa-
mine the mechanical properties of
building materials require advanced
Test Systems that guarantee a high
degree of accuracy and compliance
to the reference Standards. They also
require user friendly equipment,
rapid set up and execution, automa-
tion, flexibility, and the possibility to
integrate with an existing network
so as to create a comprehensive data
storage and management procedure.
The testing systems consist of a con-
trol console including hydraulic
pump and circuit, electrical/electro-
nic apparatus and strength measure-
ment system, connected to 1 to 4
different frames. Different testing
software can complete the testing
system.
Controls has recently updated and
improved this important line of
testing apparatus by the new
SERCOMP 7 and MCC 8 control con-
soles which can be connected to up
four different compression and
flexural frames for cement and con-
crete specimens.
Complete description of the
Sercomp 7 and MCC 8 series are
given on pages 208 - 210.
All testing frames concerning
cement testing, connectable to the
above control consoles are shown
and described in the following
pages.
50-C7022
Sercomp 7 automatic control
console. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Main features
- Can control up to four frames (with
upgrading option 50-C7022/UP2)
- Automatic test performance with PID
closed loop system
- Programmable load and stress rate
- Programmable test cycles, up to 100
different ramps for remote calculation
of modulus of elasticity by PC
- Unit selection: kN, kgf, lbf, mm, inches
- Languages: English, French, Spanish,
German, and Italian
- Real time plot of stress versus time
- Real time download to PC via RS 232
- Software calibration facilities and
linearisation
- Real time clock and date
- Resolution 1/65000
For complete description and informa-
tions see pages 208.
Example of displays
50-C7022
Sercomp 7 control
console connected
to a dual chamber
65-L1301/*
testing frame
with compression
and flexural
devices
295
65
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Determination of cement strength
Automatic testing systems / Load frames
CEMENT
Main features
- Can control up to three frames
- Automatic test performance with PID
closed loop system
- Programmable load and stress rate
- Real time plot of stress versus time
- Resolution 1/30000.
- Determination in real time of the
modulus of elasticity
50-C8232
MCC8 Multifunctional
computerised control console.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The MCCC 8 system is also available in the
standard version having the same basic
fetures of the 50-C8232 version except for
the determination of the Elastic modulus, 6
channels for strain gauges and relevant PC
software which are not included.
This version, which is more economical, is
identified by the code:
50-C8032
MCC 80 Multifunctional
computerised control console for
connection to up to three frames.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
LOAD FRAMES
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Frame
Two column frame with single or twin test
chamber mounted on steel base
Ram and cylinder
Simple effect with electrical limit switch
for ram travel
Compression platens,
ball seating, flexure device
Both the single and twin chamber test fra-
mes are proposed in two versions;
- with incorporated plates/bearers for testing
40 x 40 x 160 mm prisms to EN 196-1
- with 165 mm dia. platen for general
compression tests and use of the various
test devices offered as accessories (see
page 292).
On the EN 196-1 models, the flexure cham-
ber (if fitted) consists of a 10 mm dia. X 50
mm long upper bearer with ball seating
and two lower bearers of the same dimen-
sions having a span of 100 mm. One of the
lower bearers can tilt.
Compression platens are surfaced harde-
ned to at least 600 HV, the upper platen is
fitted to a ball seating with a max. 3 incli-
nation to the horizontal.
The lower platen is fitted with pins (EN
196-1 models) or inscribed with circles
(general test models) to assist sample cen-
tring.
In the general test models with 165 mm
dia. platens the vertical daylight between
the platens can be reduced using 30 mm
thick distance pieces (see 65-L0012/11
accessory).
Safety devices
Electric full travel limit switch fitted to ram.
Transparent safety guard.
Load sensors
The frames, in the various versions, are fit-
ted with pressure transducers near the ram
cylinders (models 65-L1000/*, 65-L1100/*,
65-L1200/*, 65-L1300/*) or load cells fitted
between the upper cross beam and the ball
seating/upper platen group (models 65-
L1001/*, 65-L1101/*, 65-L1201/*, 65-
L1301/*). Load cell are recommended with
low testing loads.
- The MCC is supplied complete with
PC and printer.
- Software calibration facilities and
linearisation
For complete description and infor-
mations see pages 210 including
software packages.
50-C8232 MCC control console connected
to a dual chamber 65-L1301/* testing frame with compression and flexural devices
296
65
Testing equipment for the construction industry
CEMENT
Determination of cement strength
Load frames
Models with pressure transducer 65-L1000/* 65-L1100/* 65-L1200/* 65-L1300/*
Models with load cells 65-L1001/* 65-L1101/* 65-L1201/* 65-L1301/*
Max. load kN 250 15/250 250 15/250
Ram travel mm 50 30/50 50 30/50
Vertical span mm 50 50/50 200 200
Horizontal span mm 220 220 220 220
Platen dimensions mm 40x40 40x40 and dia. 165 dia. 165/
flexural jig dia.165
Dimensions
- height mm 1450/1566 1450/1566 1490/1580 1490/1580
- width mm 400 580 400 580
- depth mm 460 460 460 460
Weight approx. kg 190 240 160 240
Class 1 measurement range:
- with pressure transducers kN from 25 to 250 from 2 to 15 and from 25 to 250 from 2 to 15 and
from 25 to 250 from 25 to 250
- with load cells kN from 2.5 to 250 from 0.5 to 15 and from 2.5 to 250 from 0.5 to 15 and
from 2.5 to 250 from 2.5 to 250
Technical specifications
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
The model 65-L1201/* is also available in a special version with increased vertical span (358 mm)
and horizontal span (266 mm) for the use of the concrete flexure device 50-C9010 (see page
200). This model is identified by the code 65-L1211/* and is available on order.
Load frames. Basic dimensions
(1) Increased daylight (vertical=358 mm, horizontal= 266 mm)
65-L1000/* 65-L1001/* 65-L1100/* 65-L1200/* 65-L1201/* 65-L1300/* 65-L1301/*
65-L1211/*
(1)
250 kN 250 kN 250/15 kN 250 kN 250 kN 250/15 kN 250/15 kN
65
297 Testing equipment for the construction industry
Determination of cement strength
Load frames (continued)
CEMENT
SINGLE FRAME MODELS
Built-in compression platen to EN 196-1
and ISO 679
65-L1000/*
Compression testing frame, 250 kN
cap., with pressure transducer
65-L1001/*
Compression testing frame, 250 kN
cap. with load cell
TWIN FRAME MODELS
Built-in compression platens and flexural
jig to EN 196-1 and ISO 679
65-L1100/*
Flexure and compression testing
frame, 15/250 kN cap.,
with pressure transducers
65-L1101/*
Flexure and compression testing
frame, 15/250 kN cap. with load cells
ORDERING INFORMATIONS
UNIVERSAL SINGLE FRAME MODELS
Round compression platens. Using the suita-
ble accessory they satisfy EN 196-1, ISO 679
and ASTM C109. See accessory page 292.
65-L1200/*
Compression testing frame, 250 kN
cap., round platens, with pressure
transducer
65-L1201/*
Compression testing frame, 250 kN
cap., round platens, with load cell
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
All frames include a transparent fragment
guard
65-L1100/* detail of built-in compression platen
and flexural jig
65-L1301/* detail of round platens, load cells
and flexural/compression devices available as
accessory
UNIVERSAL TWIN FRAME MODELS
Round compression platens. Using the sui-
table accessory they satisfy EN 196-1,
ISO 679, ASTM C109 and C348.
65-L1300/*
Twin compression testing frame,
15/250 kN cap., round platens, with
pressure transducers
65-L1301/*
Twin compression testing frame,
15/250 kN cap., round platens, with
load cells
65- L1000/*. Detail of compression platen
65- L1201/* detail of round platen and load cell
with compression device
I N T R O D U C T I O N
This section illustrates universal
testing machines and accessories in particular for
mechanical tests on steel specimens and on reinfor-
cing bars. However some of the machines shown, for
example the electromechanical models, can be used
for many other applications for testing in compres-
sion or flexure other construction materials such as
concrete, cement, rock, asphalt, soil, etc. Most of the
machines are controlled by PC assuring a simplifica-
tion and rationalisation of test procedures with all
the other advantages associated with the use of the
most modern electronic and informatics techniques.
Steel
299
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Multiensayo electromechanical testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
Tension and compression tester for field
and laboratory 500/1000 kN cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
Computer controlled universal testing machines . . . . . . . .310
Electronic coaxial and standard extensometers . . . . . . . . .314
Resilience tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Cold test bending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Uniframe universal compression testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
Testing machines for flat specimens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
70
Steel
Contents
Testing equipment for the construction industry
300
70
Soil - CBR
Steel - tensile
Compression/flexure/
splitting on cement
and concrete
Asphalt - Marshall
Asphalt - Duriez
Tiles, flat blocks,
etc. - Flexure
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Universal computerised electromechanical Testers 200 and 300 kN capacity
70-S16C2 AND 70-S17C2
Introduction
The demand for quality control and
testing of construction materials
carried out by industrial, research
and university laboratories is
growing and emphasises the need
for versatile universal testing
systems.
The Multiensayo fully satisfies this
need and is an economic machine
that offers an alternative solution to
- Suitable for tension, compression and flexural tests on various materials
older style testing machines coupled
with important advantages such as
better precision, sophisticated proces-
sing of data and excellent reliability.
In fact, the versatility of the Multiensayo
allows its use for a wide range of industrial
applications as it is described in the fol-
lowing pages.
301
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Universal computerised electromechanical Testers 200 and 300 kN capacity (continued)
General description
The machines consist essentially of a robu-
st two column frame with an upper cros-
shead which can be adjusted in height and
a lower mobile crosshead moved by an
electromechanical system with a single
recirculating ball screw powered by a DC
permanent magnet servomotor which
assures smooth application of load at con-
stant speed.
The stress is measured by a load cell incor-
porated in the upper crosshead and the
displacement by an encoder fitted to the
DC motor.
The advanced microprocessor technology
achieves a large flexibility in conducting
the test. The menu driven program gives
the operator the possibility of performing
the test under a wide range of conditions
under load, elongation and displacement
control.
The machines are supplied complete with
high precision load cell and PC.
Gripping systems, extensometers and
accessories are not included and have to be
ordered separately. See accessories.
Frame specifications
- Max. load: 200 or 300 kN
- Max. vertical daylight: 800 mm (without
accessories)
- Distance between columns: 610 mm
- Crosshead travel: 200 mm
- Testing speed range: 0-100 mm/min
- Max. load rate: 100 kN/s
- Machines class: 1
- Encoder resolution: 0.01 mm
- Encoder accuracy: better than 0.2%
B Overall dimensions:
2150x710x510 mm
A Weight approx.:
750 and 800 kg
70-S16C2 with 86-D2999,
PC and printer
Upper crosshead
Load cell
Columns
Accessory (tensile test grips
in this case)
Lower crosshead
Recirculating ball screw
system
Protection
Gearbox
DC servomotor
Bench
302
70
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Universal computerised electromechanical Testers 200 and 300 kN capacity (continued)
Storing data
All data can be stored in order to plot the relevant graphs, by recalling them
from the data recovery section. Alternatively they can be recovered and
processed through a spreadsheet program like Excel, Lotus or other.
Certificate printout
With the printer icon key it is possible to printout the test report.
Test result display
Force, displacement and strain are displayed along with the related
zero keys and peak functions keys, maximum and minimum.
PC SOFTWARE
Main window
The main window with the diagram display and all the function keys
necessaries to perform the tests.
Tool bar
With function control keys.
Load cell selection
The first one is for the high capacity load cell, the second one is for
the low capacity load cell (if any).
70-S16C2
Fitted with tensile
grips and extensiome-
ter and PC cabinet
86-D2999 (optional.
See page 304)
The PC controls all func-
tions of the machine. The general
purpose program installed allows the
performance of the most popular
tension, compression and flexural
tests under load and/or displace-
ment/elongation control.
In particular, the software can auto-
matically perform the tensile test on
rebars and round steel specimens
conforming to EN 10002-2. This
system has exceptional performance
and we list in the following pages
the main features.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
303
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Universal computerised electromechanical Testers 200 and 300 kN capacity (continued)
Real time plot
The central part of the window concerns the
graphic display section where the test diagram
is plotted in real time during the test.
Limits
The second page heading selection of the
window concerns the alarm limits, the rapid
reversal, the sensitivity of sample failure
detection and the cyclic movement.
Data acquisition control
By the data acquisition control function it is
possible to store the force, displacement or
strain data from a certain point up to another
point of the test at choice of the operator.
Then the stored data can be recalled by the
Data recovery function to obtain a graphic
representation by the installed program or by
other users program or by a spreadsheet like
Excel, Lotus, Quattro or other.
Typical diagram of tensile test on steel rebars
conforming to EN 10002-2
As specified, the above information concerns
just a little part of the testing software instal-
led. Other functions are available as for exam-
ple:
- Preload key
- Setting of load or displacement rate
- Motor switch ON/OFF
- Stop keys to stop displacement or load
- Alarm limits to inform that the prefixed
limit of force or displacement has been
achieved
- Diagram scale modification
- Rapid reversal
- Failure sensitivity
- Test recovery
- Colors option, etc.
- Zero
- Control
- General test identification
Cyclic testing operation
The operator can select the upper and lower limits
of force or displacement and enter the number of
cycles to be performed by the machine.
Acquisition
The third menu heading page is named
Acquisition and consists of the following
parts: General test identification, Type of test,
Sample data, Data acquisition control.
Type of test
The test type selection is obligatory. In the test
type menu, the tensile test is selected by
default and the test data are saved automati-
cally. If another type of test is required, it can
be selected from the selection list
ORDERING INFORMATION
70-S16C2
Universal electromechanical tester, 200 kN cap., PC controlled,
complete with printer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
70-S17C2
Universal electromechanical tester, 300 kN cap., PC controlled,
complete with printer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Control
Selection of the type of control during the
Ascending ramp
By this key, ASC, the machine starts the test
increasing load or displacement with selected
Descending ramp
By this key, DESC, the machine starts the test
decreasing load or displacement with selected
Test speed
The upper box concerns the load rate control
and the lower the displacement rate control.
Manual operation
test. The operator can
select F key, force
control, or P key,
displacement control.
rate. The actuator runs until the
operator pushes the STOP key or
the sample is broken, as the max.
memory key has been activated.
rate. The actuator runs until the
operator pushes the STOP key or the
sample is broken, as the max.
memory key has been activated.
Keys for the fast and slow
displacement of the machine cross
head, upward and downward.
304
70
Accessories
s
70-C0954/C5
Extension for 70-C0954/C
for measuring base 600 mm
86-D2999, PC and printer
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Machine accessories
TENSILE TESTS
70-S0017/10
Upper and lower tensile heads
complete with grips for round
specimens 2 to 20 mm dia. and
flats 0 to 15 mm thick
COMPRESSION TESTS
70-S0017/1
Lower platen 200 mm dia. with
centring device
70-S0017/20
Upper platen 200 mm dia. complete
with spherical seat
EXTENSOMETERS
70-C0954/C
Electronic universal extensometer
to measure the elongation of wires,
steel rebars and round steel
specimens.
- Measuring base: 50 to 200 mm
- Linearity: better than 1%
- Max. travel: 10 mm
The extensometer must be removed before
the specimen failure.
70-C0954/C Application on steel rebars
70-C0954/C Universal extensometer
70-S0017/1, 70-S0017/20
I m p o r t a n t n o t e .
The electronic coaxial extensometer series
70-C0961 can be left on the specimen up
to failure.
For more information see page 314.
ACCESSORIES
PC cabinet
86-D2999
PC cabinet for testing systems.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This PC cabinet is a purpose built accessory
for use in many laboratory applications,
where a PC is required in a testing environ-
ment. It is designed to provide PC system
protection from airborne contamination
such as cement dust. Filtration is achieved
by two vented filters into the cabinet. The
monitor can be fitted on top of the cabinet
and three extractable shelves holds key-
boards, printer and mouse.
B Overall dimensions:
500x550x915 mm (lxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
70-S0017/10 with 70-C0954/C
305
70
Materials Test/Method Standards Accessories and notes
Steel Tensile test under load/ EN 10002-2 70-S0017/10 Upper and lower tensile heads
Rebars, rounds elongation control complete with grips
and flats for round specimens 2 to 20 mm dia.
and flats 0 to 15 mm thick
70-C0954/C Electronic universal extensometer
Cement and Compression test under EN 196-1 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
mortars load control 70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
50-C9030 Compression device for portions
of 40x40x160 mm beams broken
in flexure
ASTM C109 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
50-C9032 Compression device to test
50 mm (2) mortar cubes
Concrete Flexure testing on EN 12390-5 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
concrete beams under ASTM C78, C293 70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
controlled load AASHTO T97 50-C9010 Flexure testing set for centre and
third point test on concrete beams
100x100x400/500 mm
and 150x150x600/700 mm
Splitting test on EN 12390-6 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
cylindrical specimens ASTM C496 70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
under controlled load 50-C9000 Splitting tensile test device for
cylindrical spec. dia. 100x200 mm (4x8),
150x300 mm (6x12) and 160x320 mm
Splitting test on cubes EN 12390-6 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
and block pavers under pr EN 1338 70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
controlled load 50-C9070 Splitting tensile test device
for concrete block pavers
and concrete cubes
Soil CBR under controlled pr EN 13286-47 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
displacement NF P94-078 70-S0017/2 Adapter for load cell
UNI 10009 34-T0104/10 Compression device
ASTM D1883 34-T0103/1 Adjustable CBR penetration piston
AASHTO T193
Bituminous Marshall under pr EN 12697-34 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
mixtures controlled displacement BS 598:107 70-S0017/2 Adapter for load cell
NF P98-251-2 34-T0104/10 Compression device
DIN 1996 76-B0033 Stability mould
CNR No. 30
ASTM D1559 76-B0031/21 Stability mould conforming
to BS/DIN/UNE Standards
(as alternative to the 76-B0033 model)
Duriez under controlled NF P98-251-1/4 70-S0017/1 Lower compression platen
displacement 70-S0017/20 Upper compression platen
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Main applications and specific accessories
MAIN APPLICATIONS AND SPECIFIC ACCESSORIES
306
70
70-C0019/B with accessory 70-C0019/41 for
compression test on concrete cubes up to 150
mm and cylinders up to 160x320 mm
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Combined steel and concrete testers
TENSION AND COMPRESSION TESTER
FOR FIELD AND LABORATORY
500/1000 KN CAP.
Introduction
This machine has been desi-
gned for use both in the field and
laboratory where it is necessary to
perform tension tests on steel rebars
up to 22 mm dia., compression tests
on concrete cubes up to 150 mm
and cylinders up to 160x320 mm.
Its comparatively lightweight, high
degree of accuracy and low cost
make this machine ideal for site
testing and educational purposes.
The 70-C0019 series testers are pro-
posed in two different versions:
model 70-C0019 with precision dial
gauge with double scale and model
70-C0019/B with Digimax Plus
microprocessor digital system with
large graphic display 240x128 pixel
which can be connected to the elec-
tronic extensometer (e.g. 70-C0961
series and 70-C0954/C) for elonga-
tion measurements. It is also possi-
ble the connection to PC using our
software 70-S0010 obtaining the
complete stress strain graph confor-
ming to EN 10002. The Digimax
Plus can be connected to 24-column
serial printer by the RS 232 serial
port. Our model 82-P0172 can be
conveniently used for these purpo-
ses; furthermore it can be easily fit-
ted on top of the Digimax Plus by
the support 82-P0172/5.
qSTANDARD
ASTM C39, E4 - AASHTO T22 - BS 1610 -
NF P18-411 - DIN 51220
70-C0019
Tension/compression tester,
500/1000 kN capacity with dual
range 300 mm dia. dial gauge,
0-500 and 0-1000 kN.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
70-C0019/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
70-C0019/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
70-C0019/B
Tension/compression tester,
500/1000 kN capacity, with Digimax
Plus microprocessor digital display
and processing system.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
70-C0019/BZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
70-C0019/BY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
- Small compact design
- Accepts up to 22 mm dia. rebars,
150 mm cubes and dia. 160x320 mm
concrete specimens
70-C0019/B with accessories for tension tests
General description
The machine consists of a very rigid frame
with double-acting cylinder assembly, and
hydraulic power pump. A special flow con-
trol valve allows the rate of loading to be
preset in accordance to the relevant speci-
fications. Supplied complete with test
selector valve for selecting tension or com-
pression mode. Model 70-C0019 is supplied
complete with precision test gauge 300
mm dia., calibrated 0-1000 kN for com-
pression and 0-500 kN for tension.
Model 70-C0019/B consists of a testing
frame and the Digimax Plus microprocessor
digital display and processing system.
We suggest this more advanced model
when monitoring the stress/strain with
data processing using electronic extenso-
meter 70-C0961 series or 70-C0954/C, and
the other model for field use complete with
a mechanical extensometer such as our
model 70-C0953.
70-C0019 with accessories for tension tests
307
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Combined steel and concrete testers (continued)
70-C0019 70-C0019/B
(C0019/Z-Y) (C0019/BZ-BY)
Load capacity in tension (kN) 500 500
Load capacity in compression (kN) 1000 1000
Max. vertical clearance
with accessory 70-C0019/41 (mm) 330 330
Max. distance between grips,
excluding piston travel (mm) 255 255
Distance between columns (mm) 305 305
Max. ram travel (mm) 100 100
Diameter of load gauge (mm) 300 -
Scale 0-500 kN subdiv. (kN) 1 -
Scale 0-1000 kN subdiv. (kN) 2 -
Resolution digital display - 1/130000
Accuracy (starting from the
first 10% of load range) 1% 1%
Overall dimensions approx. (mm) 1820x740x420 1820x740x420
Weight approx. (kg) 535 535
Specifications
MAIN FEATURES OF THE DIGIMAX PLUS
(70-C0019/B, BZ, BY VERSIONS)
Hardware
The main characteristics are:
- Chip clock/calendar
- Large permanent memory
- Two RS 232 serial port for connecting PC
and printer
- Two channels (one for strain gauge pres-
sure transducer or load cell and one for
linear potentiometric transducer)
- Resolution: 1/130000 points per channel
- Graphic display 240x128 pixel
- Dimensions 250x220x150 mm
- Weight approx.: 2 kg.
Internal software (firmware)
The test is menu driven by a 10 buttons
membrane keyboards, four of which are
interactive with the specific icon of each
menu.
The main features are the following:
- Language selection: English, French,
German, Spanish, and Italian
- Unit selection: kN, t, lbf, mm, in.
For Tensile test:
- Simultaneous display of load, stress and,
using an extensometer, specimen elon-
gation
- Graph option of test data showing simul-
taneously load/elongation curve (using
an extensometer)
- Elaboration of results after test completion:
ReH, ReL or Rp as alternative, final elonga-
tion (if possible), adjustable plot scale.
70-C0019/B with Digimax Plus Microprocessor
digital system. The machine is fitted with the
electronic coaxial extensometer for strain mea-
surement. See accessories, cat. 70-C0961/A1 to
70-C0961/C1
Test selection.
Specimen selection for the tension test. Data input for tension test.
Display in real time of the stress/strain curve. Tension test result.
For Compression test:
- Simultaneous display of load and stress
- Up to 100 tests stored permanently
including settings and results
- Machine calibration via software
308
70
70-U310 grip holders with grips 70-U311,
U312, U313, U314
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Combined steel and concrete testers (continued)
TENSION AND COMPRESSION TESTER
FOR FIELD AND LABORATORY
500/1000 KN CAP. (CONTINUED)
PC SOFTWARE
FOR DATA PROCESSING (OPTIONAL)
70-S0010
PC software for data processing
The Digimax Plus can be easily connected to
a PC. The special 70-S0010 software, suitable
for use with Windows 98 or higher, allows:
- To enter the main characteristics of the
specimen, client and test
- A real time serial communication between
Digimax Plus and PC
- To display on PC the stress/strain diagram
in real time during test execution (tension
test only)
- To execute analysis of the diagram and
calculate the parameters of the test accor-
ding to EN 10002
- To display the failure values
- Display data, graphics and tables of the
parameters of the test
- To save, also in ASCII format, and print
reports, graphics and tables of single or
batch test.
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES FOR TENSION TESTS
Universal grip assembly for round speci-
mens up to 22 mm dia. and flat specimens
up to 15 mm thick and 50 mm wide.
70-U0310
Pair of universal grip holders
70-U0311
Wedge grip for specimens from 6 to
9 mm dia. Four pieces are required
per set
70-U0312
Wedge grip for specimens from 10
to 15 mm dia. Four pieces are
required per set
70-U0313
Wedge grip for specimens from 16
to 22 mm dia. Four pieces are
required per set
70-U0314
Wedge grip for flat specimens up to
50 mm wide by 1 to 15 mm thick,
and rounds up to 5 mm dia. Four
pieces are required per set
ACCESSORIES FOR COMPRESSION
TESTS ON CONCRETE CUBES
AND CYLINDERS
70-C0019/41
Set of lower platen and upper
platen with spherical seat, 216 mm
dia., for testing cylinders up to
160x320 mm and cubes up to
150 mm
I m p o r t a n t n o t e .
The maximum vertical daylight using this
accessory is 330 mm which is suitable for
testing 150x300 mm, 6x12 and 160x320
mm cylinders. To test cubes the vertical
daylight has to be reduced using suitable
distance pieces considering that the maxi-
mum piston travel is 100 mm.
DISTANCE PIECES
To be introduced between piston and lower
platen.
50-C9082
Distance piece 200 mm dia.
by 50 mm thickness
50-C9083
Distance piece 200 mm dia.
by 68 mm thickness
PC software sample screen
70-C0019/41 for compression tests
on cubes up to 150 mm and cylinders
up to 160x320 mm
309
70
70-C0953/C fixed on the test rebar
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Combined steel and concrete testers (continued)
STRAIN MEASUREMENT / ACCESSORIES
MECHANICAL EXTENSOMETER
70-C0953/C
Universal mechanical extensometer,
10 mm gauge travel, 0.01 mm
resolution, base of measurement
adjustable between 50, 100,
and 200 mm
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONIC
EXTENSOMETER (FOR USE WITH
70-C0019/B, BZ, BY MODELS)
70-C0954/C
Electronic universal extensometer
to measure the elongation of wires,
steel rebars and round
steel specimens.
Measuring base: 50 to 200 mm
Linearity: better than 1%
Max. travel: 10 mm
ELECTRONIC EXTENSOMETERS (FOR USE
WITH 70-C0019/B, BZ, BY MODELS)
For strain measurement we propose our
70-C0961/A1-B1-C1 series coaxial electro-
nic extensometer (Patent pending), which
is fully described and illustrated on page
314 of this catalogue. They can be left on
the specimen up to failure.
70-C0961/A1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens
from 5 to 11.5 mm dia.
70-C0961/B1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens
from 11 to 18 mm dia.
70-C0961/C1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens
of 17.5 and 26 mm dia.
SERIAL PRINTER AND ACCESSORIES (FOR
USE WITH 70-C0019/B, BZ, BY MODELS)
All test results can be downloaded to the
serial printer by the RS 232 port of the
Digimax Plus digital readout system.
Main specifications
Columns: 24
Paper width: 57.5 mm
Parallel interface: RS 232
Dimensions: 120x172x100 mm
Weight approx.: 1 kg
s
Code Description
82-P0172 Serial printer
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/Z Serial printer
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/1 RS 232
connection cable
82-P0172/5 Support for connection
to Digimax Plus
70-C0954/C Application on steel rebars
70-C0954/C Universal extensometer
82-P0172
Detail of the exten-
someter after frac-
ture. The two end
sections remain
connected to the
specimen part
without suffering
any stress.
Patent pending
70-C0961/B1
310
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Computer controlled universal testing machines
COMPUTER CONTROLLED UNIVERSAL
TESTING MACHINES
Introduction
The new technology utilised
in this series of testing machines is
based on the use of PC applications,
which allow a totally new concept in
steel testing. Gone are the old control
consoles full of knobs and switches.
Thanks to the use of the latest tech-
nology this new series provides both
perfect closed loop hydraulic control
and ergonomic operator usage. All the
control functions are now managed
from a standard keyboard and mouse.
Our frames differ substantially from
the old traditional models because of
the originality of their design, new
solutions employed and their extre-
mely simple operation. The sophistica-
ted software consists of a very com-
plete suite of programs, not only for
tension tests, but also flexure bending
and compression on steel, and flexure
and compression tests on concrete
specimens, in compliance with the
new EN specifications. Other accesso-
ries are available to test steel strands
and electrowelded steel screen.
- Strain gauge load cell incorporated in
the piston. Providing accurate load
measurement
- Rapid vertical displacement of mobile
frame by remote control
- All operations and the hydraulic grip-
ping system controlled by remote
control
- Simple adjustment of the vertical
daylight
- Three sets of grippers to test round
rebars up to 40 mm dia. and flats up
to 70x35 mm
- Front loading of specimens for easy
access
- Fully automatic test sequence com-
prising load and stroke control by PC
- Automatic output of test results
- Display of stress/strain diagram in
real time
- Printout of stress/strain diagram and
test results
70-C0807/C
600 kN capacity in
tension
200 kN capacity
in compression.
The PC cabinet on the
right is not part of the
machine.
See accessories on
page 312.
qSTANDARD
EN 10002, ASTM A370
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SPECIFICATIONS
Machine frame, piston/cylinder
assembly, electronic load cell
- Steel base with rigid steel frame housing
the lower grippers.
- Piston/cylinder assembly mounted on
the top of the rigid frame. The piston
incorporates the electronic load cell.
- Mobile frame consisting of four high
tensile strength columns, upper cros-
shead directly connected to the piston,
intermediate crosshead with compres-
sion platen and lower crosshead housing
the upper grippers.
- The 70-C0807/C model has a 400 mm
vertical daylight adjustable in steps of 50
mm.
- Hydraulically operated opening and ver-
tical adjustment of grippers by two inde-
pendent auxiliary cylinders controlled by
the push button panel. This unique fea-
ture makes the machine extremely easy
to operate enabling one man to perform
the test in a very short time.
- Crosshead displacements controlled by
the use of a bi-directional encoder.
Grippers
- Three sets of standard grippers supplied
with the machine to perform tensile
tests on rounds and flats.
- Two sets of grip liners supplied with the
machine to provide maximum bearing
and holding surface for specimens of all
sizes.
Safety features
- Pressure switch, which automatically
stops the machine when the oil pressure
goes over the maximum permitted level.
- Max. travel limit switch to stop the
mobile frame at its upper position.
- Software safety feature, which stops the
machine when the maximum load is rea-
ched.
Control console
The lower section houses the hydraulic
assembly, which comprises:
- Hydraulic pump
- Proportional valve
- Hydraulic valves
- Heat exchanger to control the oil tempe-
rature
- Oil tank.
Hardware
The upper section houses the hardware
consisting of an electronic card for the
control of all functions of the machine
having the following specification:
- A/D converter resolution 1/20000
- No. 4 outputs for electrovalves
- Analogical output for load and strain
control: 12 bit
- Load cell input
Software
The machine can be used either in the
manual or in the automatic mode to
perform the following tests:
- Tensile test on steel and steel reinfor-
cing bars: Standards EN 10002 and
ASTM A370
- Tensile tests in general, flexural
(transverse) and bending tests on
311
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Computer controlled universal testing machines (continued)
70-C0820/C
1000 kN capacity in tension
2000 kN capacity in
compression complete with
platens 70-C0901/5 for
compression tests
The PC cabinet on the left is
not part of the machine.
See accessories page 312.
600/200 kN capacity
70-C0807/C
Computer controlled universal
testing machine, for tension tests
up to 600 kN and compression tests
up to 200 kN, complete with three
set of standard grips, PC, printer
and software. 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
70-C0807/CZ
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
1000/2000 kN capacity
70-C0820/C
Computer controlled universal
testing machine, for tension tests
up to 1000 kN and compression
tests up to 2000 kN, complete with
three set of standard grips, PC,
printer and software.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
70-C0820/CZ
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
Specifications 70-C0807/C 70-C0820/C
Max. test load (kN)
- in tension 600 1000
- in compression 200 2000
Measurement load ranges Automatic changeover of scale sensitivity
Minimum reading value 100 N 100 N
Tensile test
- max. distance between grips (mm) 750 700
- grip set for rounds 2 2
- grip set for plates 1 1
- grip liners (sets) 2 2
- gripping system Hydraulic with remote control
- max. rounds dia. (mm) 40 40
- max. plate size (mm) 75x30 75x30
Compression test
(1)
- accessory required 70-C0807/4 70-C0820/4
Transverse test
(1)
- accessory required 70-C0807/2 70-C0820/2
Bending test
(1)
- accessory required 70-C0807/31 70-C0820/31
Test speed (mm/min) 0-195 0-83
Crosshead adjustment speed (mm/min) 675 500
Max. piston stroke (mm) 250 610
Mechanical adjustment
of vertical clearance (mm) 400 -
Distance between columns (mm) 282 330
Power (W) 2700 2700
Dimensions and approx. weights (lxdxh/kg)
- testing frame (piston fully out) 707x537x2740 955x635x3960
/1400 /2900
- servocontrolled power unit 565x540x1800 565x540x1800
/200 /200
Total approx. gross weight (kg) 2300 4000
Shipping cubage (m
3
) 4.5 7
(1) On steel specimens
steel: Standards UNI 559, 564 - ASTM
E290
- Compression test on steel: Standard
UNI 558
- Flexural test on concrete beams:
Standard EN 12390-5
- Compression test on concrete speci-
mens: Standards EN 12390-3.
Once the specimen has been placed in the
machine (using accessories if required) and
the specimen data introduced, the test is
run completely automatically at the press
of a button up to the printout of the test
certificate and the storage of the test data.
PC and printer
The machine is supplied complete with PC
and colour graphic printer.
Standard outfit
The machines are supplied complete with:
- No. 3 set of grips for round specimens up
to 40 mm dia. and flat specimens up to
70 mm wide and 35 mm thick. Complete
with two sets of grip liners
- No. 1 set of foundation bolts
- No. 1 service spanner
- No. 1 instruction manual
312
70
SOFTWARE AND TEST CERTIFICATES
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Computer controlled universal testing machines (continued)
Accessories
Grip liners to
protect the
crosshead
surfaces
I m p o r t a n t n o t e .
The software includes the automatic pro-
cessing of all the test parameters, as per
EN 10002. Amongst which we recall the
determination of the proof strength failu-
re load and stress F
m
, R
m
(non proportional
extension) R
p
, R
po, 2
, the modulus of elasti-
city E, the upper yield strength R
eH
, the
lower yield strength R
eL
, R
t
proof strength
total extension and the related percentage
elongations. With the program it is possi-
ble to zoom the stress/strain diagram in
any position.
Examples of displays
Spare parts
s
70-C0807/10 Flat gripper for flat
specimen up to 70x35 mm and round
specimens from 5 to 9 mm dia. Four
pieces are required per set
s
70-C0807/12 Vee gripper for round
specimens from 9 to 19 mm dia. Four
pieces are required per set
s
70-C0807/14 Vee gripper for round
specimens from 19 to 40 mm dia. Four
pieces are required per set
s
70-C0807/16 Grip liner 9 mm thick.
Four pieces are required per set
s
70-C0807/18 Grip liner 14 mm
thick. Four pieces are required per set
Standard grippers supplied with the machines
86-D2999, PC and printer
ACCESSORIES
PC cabinet
86-D2999
PC cabinet for testing systems.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
This PC cabinet is a purpose built accessory
for use in many laboratory applications,
where a PC is required in a testing environ-
ment. It is designed to provide PC system
protection from airborne contamination
such as cement dust. Filtration is achieved
by two vented filters into the cabinet. The
monitor can be fitted on top of the cabinet
and three extractable shelves holds key-
boards, printer and mouse.
B Overall dimensions:
500x550x915 mm (lxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
313
70
Accessories
s
70-C0807/5 Upper bearer 20 mm dia.
s
70-C0807/6 Upper bearer 30 mm dia.
s
70-C0807/7 Upper bearer 40 mm dia.
s
70-C0807/8 Upper bearer 60 mm dia.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Computer controlled universal testing machines (continued)
Accessories (continued)
Transverse test - Models 70-C0807/2 70-C0820/2
for machine model 70-C0807/C 70-C0820/C
Max. load (kN) 200 200
Max. distance between bearers (mm) 800 800
Bearer length (mm) 120 120
Bearer dia. (mm) 50 50
Weight approx. (kg) 100 100
TRANSVERSE (FLEXURAL) TEST UNI 559
The apparatus consists of a lower beam with two mobile bearers and one upper bearer.
Bending test - Models 70-C0807/31 70-C0820/31
for machine model 70-C0807/C 70-C0820/C
Max. load (kN) 200 200
Max. distance between bearers (mm) 800 800
Bearer length (mm) 120 120
Bearer dia. (mm) 50 50
Upper bearer dia. (mm) 50 50
Weight approx. (kg) 100 150
BENDING TEST UNI 564, ASTM E290
The apparatus consists of a lower beam with two mobile bearers and one upper bearer 50
mm dia. The upper bearer is also available with 20, 30, 40, and 60 mm dia. (See accessories).
70-C0807/2 Transverse test
70-C0820/2
70-C0807/31 Bending test 70-C0820/31
Models 70-C0807/1 70-C0901/5
for machine model 70-C0807/C 70-C0820/C
Upper platen dimension (mm) 216 310x435
Lower platen dimension (mm) 277x210 310x435
Weight approx. (kg) 40 150
COMPRESSION TESTS ON CONCRETE SPECIMENS
The apparatus consists of an upper platen with spherical seat and of a lower platen.
70-C0807/1 Detail
of compression platens
314
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Computer controlled universal testing machines (continued)
Accessories (continued), Extensometers
50-C9010
70-C901/31
GRIPPERS FOR ELECTROWELDED
STEEL SCREEN AND STEEL STRANDS
70-C0901/20
Gripper for electrowelded steel
screen
Used with the standard grips for flat speci-
mens 70-C0807/10 supplied with the uni-
versal tester.
A Weight approx.: net 5 kg
70-C0901/31
Grip for strands from 9.3 to 15.2
mm dia. Four pieces are required to
perform the test.
A Weight approx.: net 5 kg
FLEXURE ON CONCRETE BEAMS
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-5, BS 1881:118, ASTM C78,
C293, AASHTO T97, NF P18-407, UNI 6133
50-C9010
Flexure testing set for centre and
third point test on concrete beams
100x100x400/500 mm and
150x150x600/700 mm
Suitable for both 70-C0807/C and
70-C0820/C models. For more information
see section 50.
A Weight approx.: 33 kg
ELECTRONIC COAXIAL EXTENSOMETERS
70-C0961 SERIES
COAXIAL EXTENSOMETER FOR TENSILE
STRENGTH TESTING. (PATENT PENDING)
Introduction
Extensometers used for measuring the
extension of specimens in traction, particu-
larly in the case of steel or brittle materials,
are only able to detect strain during the
first stage of the test, or rather, while the
brittle materials conserve their elasticity as
they have to be disconnected before failu-
re. This simple and economic system, the
result of our experience in this field, fully
satisfies these requirements because:
- it is applied directly to the specimen
- it remains connected until breakage
- it measures extension with high preci-
sion of both the elastic and plastic stage
and with the appropriate simple adjust-
ments, it is connectable to almost all
testing machines
- it avoids markings on the test pieces.
General description and specifications
The extensometer is basically made from
three separate tubular sections, joined tele-
scopically to one another. The middle sec-
tion, delimited by the larger diameter,
determines the measuring base, which, as
is well known, must be 5 times the diame-
ter of the specimen (in the case of breaking
point measurements). The two end sections
consist of two mechanisms for gripping the
specimen. One carries the electrical exten-
someter, the other an anvil.
70-C0961/A1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens from 5 to
11.5 mm dia.
70-C0961/B1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens from 11 to
18 mm dia.
70-C0961/C1
Coaxial electronic extensometer
for round specimens from 17.5 to
26 mm dia.
70-C0961/D1
Coaxial electronic extensometer for
round specimens from 25 to
36 mm dia.
Specifications 70- C0961/A1 C0961/B1 C0961/C1 C0961/D1
Measuring range
dia. mm (min./max.) 5/11.5 11/18 17.5/26 25/36
Spacers
(2)
for specimens
dia. (mm) 5-6-8-10 12-14-16-18 18-20-22-25 25-28-30-32
Measuring base
(1)
5 x d 5 x d 5 x d 5 x d
Transducer stroke (mm) 30 50 50 100
Size (mm)
a) 130 150 160 220
b) 55 65 70 80
c) 55 60 65 75
Weight approx. (g) from 100 to 500
(1) d = specimen diameter
(2) Spacers for other specimen dia. are available on order
Detail of the extensome-
ter after fracture.
The two end sections
remain connected to the
specimen part without
suffering any stress.
Patent pending
70-C0901/20
315
70
Accessories
s
70-C0990/A3 Safety cage
s
70-C0991 Cooling apparatus to
lower the specimen temperature to
-70C
Accessories
s
70-C0974/1 Cutting blade 225 mm
dia. Weight approx. 1 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
70-C0954/C Application
on steel rebars
70-C0954/C Universal
extensometer
MARKING OFF MACHINE
qSTANDARD
UNI 556
70-C0980
Marking off machine
General description and specifications
This simple and useful machine is actuated
by rotating the handle. The carriage hol-
ding the specimen moves laterally by 5 or
10 mm steps and the tool marks off the
specimen at the desired interval. The
machine can receive specimens up to 50
mm dia. and 400 mm long.
B Overall dimensions:
600x300x360 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 40 kg
RESILIENCE TESTS
qSTANDARD
ASTM E23 - BS 131 to 131/4 - ISO TC/7 -
EURONORM 7-55 - UNI 4431, 4714
70-C0990/B
Pendulum impact tester.
Digital. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for determining the steel tension and
bending strength by impact (Charpy
method).
The apparatus comprises:
- Cast iron frame
- Pendulum with hardened knife
- Holding device for specimen
- Digital indicator
- Brake mechanism to stop the pendulum.
The machine is supplied with the standard
300 J hammer but can also receive the 150
J hammer and the Izod apparatus which
are available on request.
70-C0990/B with 70-C0990/A3
70-C0980
STANDARD ELECTRONIC EXTENSOMETER
70-C0954/C
Electronic universal extensometer to
measure the elongation of wires,
steel rebars and round steel speci-
mens.
Measuring base: 50 to 200 mm
Linearity: better than 1%
Max. travel: 10 mm
The extensometer must be removed before
the specimen failure.
Each machine is factory calibrated and
supplied with instruction manual. The
machine has to be completed with the
safety cage. See accessory 70-C0990/A3.
Impact energy: 300 J (30.58 kgf m)
Falling angle: 150
Pendulum mass: 20.484 kg
Impact speed: 5.412 m/s
Lifting device: by worm gear
B Overall dimensions (dxwxh):
450x900x1350 mm
A Weight approx.:
net 480 kg; shipping 540 kg
n o t e
Analogic model with dial indicator also
available on request. Ask for 70-C0990/A
model. Specification and accessories same
as the digital model.
CUT-OFF MACHINE
70-C0974
Cut-off machine. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to cut the steel specimens to a suita-
ble length for tensile testing. The cutting
blade is not part of the machine and has to
be ordered separately. (See 70-C0979/1)
Power: 750 W
Max. blade diameter: 225 mm
B Dimensions: 660x570x600 mm
A Weight approx.: 32 kg
70-C0974
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Computer controlled universal testing machines (continued)
Extensometers (continued), Sample preparation / Resilience tests
316
70
Accessories
Mandrels
All available mandrels are listed in Table I.
Mandrel holders
s
70-C0977/60 Mandrel holder for
mandrels up to 20 mm dia.
s
70-C0977/61 Mandrel holder for
mandrels from 24 to 50 mm dia.
s
70-C0977/62 Mandrel holder for
mandrels from 54 to 96 mm dia.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers. Steel mechanical testing
Cold test bending
COLD TEST BENDING
qSTANDARD
ASTM A615-89, ASTM A615M-89
70-C0977
Cold bend testing machine 12 t cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for bending and straightening steel
reinforcing bars. Two types of test can be
performed: 1) Bending the specimen
through 90 and then straightening it
again up to a minimum of 20; 2) bending
through 180. The machine consists essen-
tially of a hydraulic jack with cylindrical
mandrel-stem, mounted horizontally
within a strong steel frame, which also car-
ries two fixed reaction rollers. Two 50 and
100 mm dia. rollers are supplied; mandrels
and mandrel holders must be ordered sepa-
rately. Mandrels larger than 96 mm dia. do
not need mandrel holders, because they fit
directly onto the stem.
Power: 750 W
B Dimensions: 1500x665x1050 mm
A Weight approx.: 210 kg
I m p o r t a n t n o t e .
Over 96 mm dia., the mandrels are directly connected to the jack-stem.
70-C0977
Detail of bending Detail of straightening
Mandrels Standards
Table I Italian ASTM
for rounds for rounds
dia. 5 dia. 9.52
to 32 to 35.81
Code mm mm
70-C0977/15 20 -
70-C0977/16 24 -
70-C0977/19 32 32
70-C0977/21 40 40
70-C0977/23 - 44
70-C0977/24 48 -
70-C0977/27 - 56
70-C0977/33 - 96
70-C0977/37 112 112
70-C0977/38 - 125
70-C0977/39 128 128
70-C0977/42 144 -
70-C0977/47 200 200
70-C0977/48 220 -
70-C0977/49 - 224
70-C0977/50 250 250
70-C0977/55 336 -
70-C0977/56 384 -
70-C0977/57 - 210
Mandrels Table II
Spec. Mandrel Roller Distance
dia. dia. dia. between
(mm) (mm) (mm) rollers
(mm)
5 20 50 35
6 24 50 42
8 32 50 56
10 40 50 70
12 48 100 84
14 112 100 154
16 128 100 176
18 144 100 198
20 200 100 260
22 220 100 286
25 250 100 325
28 336 100 420
32 384 100 480
Diameter of mandrels and rollers for diffe-
rent bar diameters, quality of steel and type
of surface (smooth or deformed).
n o t e
ASTM specifications require 100 mm dia.
rollers only and the bent up to 90.
317
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
Multipurpose Universal Flexural and Compression Tester 50 kN cap.
Main features
- Load and displacement control by clo-
sed loop logic
- Two channel for load cells
- Two channel for displacement transducers
- Large graphic display 128x240 pixel
For testing:
Soil
CBR (EN, ASTM, AASHTO, BS, NF, UNE, UNI)
Unconfined (ASTM, BS)
Uniaxial compression (ASTM)
Quick triaxial (ASTM, BS)
Flexure on soil-cement (ASTM)
70-T0108/E
Concrete and cement
Flexure on beams (EN, ASTM)
Flexure on mortar (EN, ASTM)
Flexure on tiles (EN)
Compression on low strength specimens
Rock and building stones
Modulus of rupture (ASTM)
Flexural strength (ASTM)
Clay blocks
Punching test (UNI)
Asphalt
Marshall test (EN, ASTM, BS, NF, CNR)
Other materials
Any compression and flexural tests under
load or displacement control within the
machine capacities and with the suitable
accessory
- Can store in memory up to 50 tests
- RS 232 port to unload contemporaneously
to PC and printer
- Graphic display available in real time
- Extensive range of accessories and
dedicated software packages available
- Built-in firmware for CBR, Marshall,
general load and displacement control-
led testing
SOIL UNCONFINED
NATURAL STONES
ASPHALT - MARSHALL SOIL TRIAXIAL
CONCRETE
CEMENT
CLAY BLOCKS
CBR
318
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
General Description
The Uniframe 70-T0108/E is a robust 50 kN
Universal Automatic flexural and compres-
sion testing machine which can be used for
various tests under load and/or displacement
control including CBR, Marshall, triaxial,
flexural and unconfined compression.
The two column frame is fitted with an
upper cross beam which can be set at
various heights depending on the accesso-
ries to be fitted. The jack is driven by a DC
motor controlled by microprocessor.
The front panel has a touch membrane
keyboard and large graphic display ergono-
mically positioned. The firmware is user
friendly and easy to follow. Two RS 232
ports are fitted as standard to down loa-
ding readings to PC in real time (except for
Marshall test where results are down loa-
ded at the end of the test) and to serial
printer. The machine is supplied complete
with displacement transducer. The load
measurement device has to be ordered
separetely (see accessories).
Technical Data
Max. capacity kN: 50
Displacement rate mm/min:
0.01 to 51 infinitely variable
Load rate N/sec: 1 to 10000
Rapid approach speed mm/min: 40
Power rating W: 1100
Horizontal span mm: 380
Ram travel mm: 100
Max. vertical span mm: 800
B Dimensions (hxwxd) mm:
1300x500x570
A Net weight kg: 110
General hardware specifications
- PID digital controller.
- 10 keys membrane keyboard with 4 main
function keys.
- Multilayer boards based on the latest
SMD technology.
- Large 240x128 pixel graphic display.
- 16 bit CPU.
Software specifications
- Languages: English, Spanish, Italian.
- Unit selection: kN, kgf.
- Input of operator name.
- Dedicated software for the automatic
performance of CBR, Marshall or other
tests under load and displacement con-
trol introducing the test parameters as
peak sensitivity, preload value, test speed,
safety limits, graph display option, peak
hold, serial output protocol, etc.
- Fully automatic test execution as for
example load acquisition starting after
UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E equipped for
Marshall test (alternative to 2)
CALIBRATION MENU: The software allows to
check and calibrate the 4 available channels.
MAIN MENU: Perform test.
TEST MENU: Test selection.
TEST PARAMETERS: It is possible to
introduce peak sensitivity and preload,
to enable peak and graph during the test, to
choose data transmission format.
FILE MANAGER: It is possible to save
the test or to recall a test previously saved.
The tests can be printed or downloaded
to a PC.
- Permanent memory.
- Real time clock/date.
- 2 analogue channels A/D res. 130.000 div.
for potentiometric linear transducer (not
for contemporaneous use).
- 2 analogue channels A/D res. 130.000 div.
for load cells (not for contemporaneous
use).
- Sampling rate: 15 samples/s.
- Serial outputs for real time and delayed
data downloading:
- 9600 baud for printer connection
- 38400 baud for PC connection.
319
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
PERFORM TEST MENU: Marshall test final
screen with graph enabled. The display shows
load/displacement in real time.
PERFORM TEST MENU: Marshall test final
screen with graph disabled.
ORDERING INFORMATION
70-T0108/E
UNIFRAME - Automatic
electromechanical compression
machine 50 kN capacity (without
accessories). 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
70-T0108/EZ
UNIFRAME - Automatic
electromechanical compression
machine 50 kN capacity (without
accessories). 110 V, 60 Hz, 1ph.
PC SOFTWARE PACKAGES
As specified the machine has the in built
firmware for CBR, Marshall and general
load and displacement control testing.
Specific PC softwares are available for data
acquisition and processing.
76-S0100/C
Marshall software
76-S0100/KEY
Protection key for 82-S0100/C only
76-S0110/C
CBR software
76-S0110/C - The Elaboration Menu allows to move
the straight line on the graph (to set the origin of the penetration)
and to discard a certain number of acquisitions at the beginning of the
test if containing non-significant data
76-S0100/C - The Elaboration Menu allows to position line tangent
to the load/displacement curve and a vertical line, or to let the software
to set them automatically
the preload and simultaneous display of
load/displacement.
- Automatic test performance with PID
closed loop system.
- Option for simultaneous display of
load/displacement graph, actual test
speed and load pacer graph function.
- Real time graphic display of test data,
load/time curve and actual load rate
- Memory storage of about 100 tests; each
test identified by date, time, test number,
operator name, type of test, peak load
and displacement, final load and displa-
cement, failure and displacement cursor
position and load/displacement single
data of the graph.
- File management with the possibility to
display all tests, to download to serial
printer and PC, to cancel single test etc.
- Machine calibration by software pas-
sword protected.
- Linearisation/interpolation feature,
allowing the segmentation of
load/displacement sensor curve and
automatic interpolation for high accu-
racy of the system from the beginning of
the range.
- PID parameters MENU set up to optimize
the algorithm of the closed loop system.
320
70
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
34-T0103/10 Ball seating and guide
bracket assembly
s
82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell
2.5 kN cap. (or 10-50 kN as alternative)
s
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
s
34-T0104/9 Extension cylinder
s
34-T0104/4 Lower and upper platen
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
34-T0103/10 Ball seating and guide
bracket assembly
s
82-P0375
Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
s
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
s
34-T0104/10 Compression device
s
76-B0033
(1)
Stability mould
ASTM/CNR
(1) or 76-B0031/2 BS Stability mould as
alternative
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
34-T0103/10 Ball seating and guide
bracket assembly
s
82-P0375
Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
s
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
s
34-T0103/1
Adjustable CBR penetration piston
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E FOR ROAD TESTING
MARSHALL STABILITY
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-34
ASTM D1559, BS 598, NF P98-251,
CNR No. 30
70-T0108/E equipped for Marshall test
82-P0375/C
34-T0103/10
82-P0375
70-T0108/2
76-B0033
CBR: CALIFORNIA BEARING RATIO
The test is performed under displacement
control.
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12386-47
ASTM D1883, AASHTO T193, BS 1377:4,
NF P94-078, UNE 103-502, UNI 10009
70-T0108/E equipped for CBR test
82-P0375/C
34-T0103/10
82-P0375
70-T0108/2
34-T0103/1
34-T0104/10
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E
FOR SOIL TESTING
UNCONFINED COMPRESSION
The test is performed under displacement
control.
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2166, BS 1377:7
70-T0108/E equipped for Unconfined com-
pression test
82-P0375/C
82-P0370
34-T0103/10
70-T0108/2
34-T0104/4
34-T0104/9
GENERAL NOTE
The list of required accessories follows each single test. As many items are in common with other tests we recommend to select
accessories on Table I to avoid duplications.
321
70
PUNCHING TEST ON CLAY BLOCK
FOR FLOORING
The test is performed under load pace control.
qSTANDARD: UNI 9730-3
Specific accessories
70-T0108/6
Punching test device for clay
block for flooring
Consisting of a lower beam with two bea-
rer 20 mm dia., 300 mm long and of an
upper wood member with support that has
to be connected to the load cell of the
machine.
Weight approx.: 20 kg
Other accessories requested
s
82-P0373 Strain gauge load cell
10 kN cap.
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
34-T0103/10 Ball seating and guide
bracket assembly
s
82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell
2.5 kN cap. (or 10-50 kN as alternative)
s
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
s
70-T0104/9 Extension cylinder
s
34-T0104/3 Lower and upper sphe-
rically seated platen
Accessories requested
s
82-P0370/T
Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN cap.
s
82-T1050
Suspension ball seat
Other accessories
s
82-P0370
Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN cap.
s
70-T0108/5 Load cell extension
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
OF SOIL-CEMENT SPECIMENS
The test is performed under displacement
control.
qSTANDARD ASTM D1635
Specific accessories
70-T0108/7
Flexure testing device
for soil-cement specimens
Specifications
Block length: 85 mm
Distance between upper blocks: 76 mm
Distance between lower blocks (span
length): 228 mm / Weight approx.: 10 kg
70-T0108/E equipped for testing the flexural
strength of soil-cement specimens
70-T0108/5
82-P0370
70-T0108/7
QUICK TRIAXIAL
The test is performed under displacement
control.
qSTANDARD BS 1377, ASTM D2850
70-T0108/E equipped for quick triaxial test
82-T1050
82-P0370/T
UNIAXIAL COMPRESSION TEST
The test is performed under displacement
control.
qSTANDARD ASTM D1633
70-T0108/E equipped for general Uniaxial
compression tests
82-P0375/C
34-T0103/10
82-P0370
or P0373 or
P0375
70-T0108/2
70-T0104/9
34-T0104/3
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E
FOR CLAY BLOCK TESTING
70-T0108/E equipped for punching test on
clay block
70-T0108/6
82-P0375/C
82-P0373
322
70
Other accessories requested
s
70-T0108/5 Load cell extension
s
82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell
2.5 kN cap. (or as alternative 82-P0373,
10 kN cap. or 82-P0375, 50 kN cap.)
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
34-T0103/10 Ball seating and guide
bracket assembly
s
82-P0373 Strain gauge load cell
10 kN cap.
s
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
s
34-T0104/10 Compression device
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell 2.5
kN cap. (or as alternative 82-P0373, 10
kN cap. or 82-P0375, 50 kN cap.)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E FOR
ROCK AND BUILDING STONES TESTING
70-T0108/E equipped for the determination
of the modulus of rupture of natural building
stones
70-T0108/3
MODULUS OF RUPTURE
OF NATURAL BUILDING STONES
The test is performed under load pace control.
qSTANDARD
ASTM C99
Specific accessories
70-T0108/3
Flexure testing device for the
determination of the modulus of
rupture of natural building stones
Specifications
Knife edges dimensions:
11 mm dia. x 150 mm
Distance between lower edges:
adjustable from 110 to 310 mm
Weight approx.: 18 kg
83-P0375/C
82-P0370 or
P0373
or P0375
70-T0108/E quipe pour essais de flexion
de pierres naturelles de construction
70-T0108/4
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
OF NATURAL BUILDING STONES
The test is performed under load pace control.
qSTANDARD: ASTM C 880
Specific accessories
70-T0108/4
Flexure testing device for natural
building stones specimens
Consisting of a lower beam with the two bea-
ring blocks and of an upper beam, with the
other two load applying blocks, which has to
be connected to the load cell. One of the two
upper blocks can be removed and the other
placed in the middle for centre point loading
which may be needed for other applications.
Specifications
Block length: 51 mm
Distance between upper blocks: 127 mm
Distance between lower blocks
(span length): 254 mm
Weight approx.: 6 kg
70-T0108/5
82-P0370 or
P0373
or P0375
USING THE UNIFRAME 70-T0108/E FOR
CONCRETE, CEMENT AND MORTAR
TESTING
70-T0108/E equipped for flexural tests on
mortar prisms
FLEXURAL TEST ON MORTAR
PRISMS 40X40X160 MM
The test is performed under load pace control.
qSTANDARD
EN 196, ASTM C348
82-P0375/C
82-P0373
or P0375
34-T0103/10
70-T0108/2
34-T0104/10
65-L0019/B
GENERAL NOTE
The list of required accessories follows each single test. As many items are in common with other tests we recommend to select
accessories on Table I to avoid duplications.
323
70
Accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
s
34-T0103/10 Ball seating and guide
bracket assembly
s
82-P0375
Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
s
70-T0108/2 Connecting extension
s
34-T0104/10 Compression device
s
50-C9032 Compression device to
test 50 mm (2) mortar cubes or cylinder
Other accessories requested
s
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter
(two pieces required)
s
82-P0375
Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
70-T0108/E equipped for flexural tests on
concrete beams (centre point loading only)
FLEXURAL TEST ON: CONCRETE
BEAMS, CONCRETE AND CLAY TILES
The test is performed under load pace control.
qSTANDARD
EN 491-538, EN 12390-5 BS
1881:118 ASTM C78, C293 NF P18-407
UNE 83-305 UNI 6133
Specific accessories
70-T0108/1
Flexure testing device for centre
point loading of concrete beams,
concrete and clay tiles
Consisting of a lower beam with the two
bearers and an upper bearer, which has to
be connected to the load cell.
Specifications
Bearer dimensions:
38 mm dia. x 300 mm
Distance between bearers:
adjustable from 110 to 310 mm
Weight approx.: 23 kg
70-T0108/E equipped for flexural tests on
concrete and clay tiles
* Wooden bearers to be provided by the users
conforming to the shape of tiles.
70-T0108/1
83-P0375/C
82-P0370 or
P0373
or P0375
* Wooden bearer
70-T0108/E equipped for compression test
on mortar
COMPRESSION ON LOW
STRENGTH MORTAR MIXES
The test is performed under load pace control.
qSTANDARD
ASTM C109
82-P0375/C
82-P0375
34-T0103/10
34-T0104/10
50-C9032
70-T0108/2
83-P0375/C
82-P0375
70-T0108/1
324
70
Testing equipment for the construction industry
STEEL
Universal testers
UNIFRAME Multipurpose Universal Flexural
and Compression Tester 50 kN cap. (continued)
APPLICATIONS TABLE I
KEY
1 CBR
pr EN 12386-47, ASTM D1883, AASHTO
T193, BS 1337:4, NF P98-78, UNE 103-502
2 Marshall
pr EN 12697-34, ASTM D1559, BS 598,
NF P98-251-2
3 Unconfined
ASTM D2166, BS 1377:7
4 Flexure strength soil-cement samples
ASTM D1635
5 Quick triaxial test
BS 1377, ASTM D2850
6 Uniaxial
Compression - ASTM D2163
7 Punching test
UNI 9730-3
8 Modulus of rupture of stone
ASTM C99
9 Flexure of stone
ASTM C880
10 Cement flexure
EN 196
11 Flexure on beams and tiles
EN 491-538, EN 12390-5, BS 1881, ASTM
C78 - C293, NF P18-407, UNE 83-305
12 Compression on low strength
mortar mixes
ASTM C109
Accessories
Code Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
82-P0370/T Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN cap. for triax.
82-P0370 Strain gauge load cell 2.5 kN cap.
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
82-P0373 Strain gauge load cell 10 kN cap.
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
82-P0375 Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
F
Gyratory compactors. Example of test cer-
tificate delivered with all machines inclu-
ding the verification and measurement of
internal angle with the ILS 76-B0255
Apparatus. See page 348.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Gyratory compactors
GYRATORY COMPACTORS
SERIES
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-10, 12697-31, ASTM
D6307, SHRP M-002
Introduction
These Standards specify the method for
compaction of cylindrical specimens of
bituminous mixtures using a gyratory com-
pactor. Such compaction is achieved by
combining a rotary shearing action and a
vertical resultant force applied by a mecha-
nical head.
The method can be used for:
- the preparation of specimens of given
height at a predetermined density, for
subsequent testing of their mechanical
properties;
- the derivation of a curve density versus
number of gyrations;
- the void content for a given number of
gyrations.
This Standard applies to bituminous mixtu-
res (both those made up in laboratory and
those resulting from work site sampling),
with an upper aggregate size not larger
than 37.5 mm.
During operation the bituminous mixture is
contained within a cylindrical mould limi-
ted by inserts and kept at a constant tem-
perature within specified tolerances throu-
ghout the whole duration of the test.
Compaction is achieved by the simulta-
neous action of a low static compression,
and of the shearing action resulting of the
motion of the centreline of the test piece,
which generates a conical surface of revo-
lution, while the ends of the test piece
remain approximately perpendicular to the
axis of the conical surface.
This method, recommended by the
Strategic Highway Research Program -
SHRP - SuperPave
TM
System and approved
by the Federal Highway Administration
(FHWA) is used to produce asphalt speci-
mens that best predict long term pavement
performance. The procedure has been esta-
blished by the American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO).
76-B0252 with 76-B0252/14, and 76-B0250/2
THE ONLY EUROPEAN
COMPACTOR
APPROVED BY
FHWA- USA
Applications (standard and research versions)
- Excellent tool for volumetric mix design.
Provides better paving materials and cost
savings in production
- Compacts specimens of hot asphalt mix,
emulsion mix and other road construction
materials. Prepares specimens for
strength, shear, indirect tensile and creep
tests
- Usable for other materials comprising
emulsions due to percolation collection
facility.
The gyratory angle of both
76-B0252 and 76-B0251
standard and research versions
is accurately verified and
certified with the ILS
apparatus. See page 348
345
76
Main features
(standard and research versions)
- Pneumatically operated vertical pressure
- High repeatability and accuracy verified
by international research centre
- Fully conform to the SHRP and
EN specifications
- Individual control of test parameters
- Test data stored on hard disk (ASCII files)
- The research version 76-B0251 has a
comprehensive measurement of results
including shear resistance of the mate-
rial during compaction. Results displayed
in real time
- Rigid construction ensures excellent
angle control
- The light and robust construction allows
easy field use with a laptop PC-control
for data storage.
The results are displayed in real time
- External specimen extrusion facility for
improved machine productivity
- Easy to use and to maintain
- Macro Windows based software for
result processing
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Gyratory compactors (continued)
ASPHALT
76-B0251 with 76-B0250/1, 76-B0250/2 and PC
AVAILABLE MODELS
We present two versions, with pneumati-
cally operated vertical pressure, both fully
complying with the specifications: the 76-
B0252 and the most sophisticated model
77-B0251 which can also measure in real
time the shear resistance of the material
during compaction.
This information is very important for
research work. Both models are PC control-
led and produce specimens, which really
represent the in-situ compacted bitumi-
nous mixture, and allow construction com-
paction and traffic load to be simulated.
The gyratory angle of all model is accura-
tely verified and certified with the ILS 76-
B0255 Internal Angle Measurement appa-
ratus (see page 348).
All models are supplied complete with
Macro Windows based software for data
processing and volumetric calculations for
both 100 and 150 mm dia. samples.
Reports and graphs can be printed.
Standard version
76-B0252
Gyratory compactor ICT-150 TE
standard. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0252/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0252/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
This version complies with all international
standards. It allows connection to a PC
control with continuous measurement of
the specimen density as a function of
cycles. Compaction results can be followed
during the test and they are recorded by PC
for further usage. Other main features are
good measuring precision and rigid con-
struction.
This model is a portable unit that, due to its
little dimension and weight, can be easily
fitted and located into laboratory vans and
mobile laboratories (see page 433).
The apparatus is easy to use and to main-
tain. Including height calibration device for
150 mm dia. specimens and Macro softwa-
re as specified.
Research version
76-B0251
Gyratory compactor ICT-150 RB
research. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0251/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0251/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
This version is the most complete research
tool, which also includes continuous shear
measurement during compaction and a
wider angle setting range. Other specifica-
tions identical to the standard model
76-B0252. Including height calibration
device for 150 mm dia. specimens and
Macro software as specified.
346
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Gyratory compactors (continued)
Specifications (both models)
Compacted specimen size
Diameter mm: 150 and 100
Height mm from 120 to 200 and from 85 to 125
Moulds dimensions
Internal diameter mm: 150 and 100
Height mm: 270 and 190
Specimen height using 85 minimum for the 150 mm dia.
distance pieces mm 50 minimum for the 100 mm dia.
Gyratory angle easily adjustable from 0 to 50 m rad (0-3
approx.) for 76-B0251 model; 14 to 28 m rad
(0.75-1.6 approx.) for 76-B0252 model
Number of cycles (gyratory) adjustable up to 512 (repeatable)
Gyration rate 15-60 work cycles/min
Shear strength range 0-600 kN/sq.m (76-B0251 model only)
Vertical load
(1)
adjustable from 80 to 650 kPa (13.5 kN with
standard actuator)
Overall dimensions mm 600x650x1150 (76-B0251)
and 500x600x1100 (76-B0252)
Weight approx. kg 190 (76-B0251) and 98 (76-B0252)
The machines are supplied complete with height calibration tool, control program, air
hose, metal stand (76-B0251 only) and operating instructions. Test moulds, mechanical
extruder and air compressor have to be ordered separately (see accessories). PC is not
supplied. Pentium model with RS 232 port is recommended.
(1) SHRP recommendation ask for 1000 kPa max. load that is never used in practice.
The new EN draft requires 600 kPa approx. A bigger actuator is however available on
request.
GYRATORY COMPACTORS
SERIES (CONTINUED)
Final display of a gyratory test. When using the 76-B0251 Gyratory research version it is
possible to measure in real time the shear resistance as shown in the graph on the right
76-B0252 with 76-B0252/14, and 76-B0250/2
76-B0252 Easy to use. External specimen extru-
sion facility for improved machine productivity
347
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Gyratory compactors (continued)
ASPHALT
Example of prints using the Windows based software
76-B0250/6 76-B0250/5 76-B0250/4 76-B0250/3 76-B0250/2
76-B0250/3 76-B0250/10
Accessories
s
76-B0252/14 Integrated worktop
with mechanical specimen extruder
(for 76-B0252 only)
s
76-B0250/1 Mechanical speci-
men extruder mounted on a working
table with wheels
s
76-B0250/2 Hardened specimen
cylinder 150 mm dia. with top and
bottom plates
s
76-B0250/3 150 mm dia. distan-
ce plates (50 mm total height) for
low samples
s
76-B0250/4 Accessories to com-
pact 100 mm dia. specimens inclu-
ding height calibration device
s
76-B0250/5 100 mm dia. harde-
ned specimen cylinder with one distan-
ce plate and top and bottom plates
s
76-B0250/6 100 mm dia. distan-
ce plate (38 mm) for low samples
s
76-B0250/7 Low noise air com-
pressor with 5 mm filter. 230 V, 50
Hz, 1 ph. (optional)
s
76-B0250/10 Hardened cylinder
mould 150 mm dia. with holes for
cold mix compaction. Complete with
top and bottom plates
s
76-B0252/11 Angle dial gauge
set (for 76-B0252 only)
s
76-B0250/11
Vertical force testing device
76-B0250/7,
76-B0250/1,
76-B0250/2,
76-B0250/3
Average results Test result of a single test using the included
macro software
Final print of bulk graphs for mix design
348
76
76-B0255
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Gyratory compactors (continued)
GYRATORY COMPACTORS.
MEASUREMENT OF INTERNAL ANGLE
Introduction
The importance of a precise gyratory angle
has been widely noted. The measurement
of the internal angle represents, in practice,
the most accurate method of calibration.
This method comprises two individual
values:
- Angle between cylinder and top plate
and
- Angle between cylinder and bottom
plate.
The average of these two values is taken as
the internal angle. To date the angle cali-
bration of gyratory compactors has been
considered a difficult task leading to wide
variations in results even between machi-
nes of the same brand.
The 76-B0255 ILS calibration device fully
satisfies the verifications requirements to
measure the internal angle. It can also be
used on any makes of gyratory compactors.
76-B0255
ILS Internal Angle
Measurement apparatus
General description
and operating principle
The ILS measuring tool is an electromecha-
nical device in cylindrical shape, which will
perfectly suit into any gyratory mould (in
accordance with 150 mm standard).
One short run (10 cycles) is performed for
measuring the internal compaction angle
of the upper end plate. The ILS is read, and
the same is repeated for the bottom end
plate. The all over gyratory angle is deter-
mined by these two angle values.
During the measurements the ILS is gene-
rating an accurate mechanical load simula-
ting the presence of mixture, at the correct
height of a real mix.
By using different generated load levels
similar way the angle response of the com-
paction machine can also be measured.
The ILS is supplied complete with Excel
macro for data capture and result calcula-
tions.
With the ILS one gyratory machine can be
checked in 30 minutes, with highest accu-
racy and without need for hot mix.
B Overall dimensions:
150 mm dia. x 115 mm
A Weight approx.: 5.6 kg
PATENT PENDING
- Summary print of measurement is automated with a PC
- Quick and accurate measurement: less than 30 minutes
- No hot mix asphalt required
- Fits to any make gyratory compactor
- No height extrapolation needed
- Reproducibility is in 0.01Class, fitting to all standards
76-B0255 Complete set
76-B0255 During calibration procedure.
The ILS fits the 150 mm dia moulds without
filling it with asphalt
Test result of the verification of the internal
angle of a gyratory compactor using the
76-B0255 ILS Unit and the Macro Windows
based software
349
76
Specific accessories
s
33-T0087/6 Small tamping foot
102 mm dia. (head only)
s
33-T0087/7 Large tamping foot
146 mm dia. (head only)
s
33-T0087/8 Shank 300 mm long
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Vibratory compactor
ASPHALT
VIBRATORY COMPACTOR
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-9,
EN 12697-10, 12697-32
Introduction and operating principle
This test method is used for the preparation
of bituminous test specimens using a
vibratory compaction technique. It is appli-
cable to loose mixtures and cores and is
used to establish a reference density for a
bituminous mixture in accordance with the
procedures described in EN 12697-9, or the
ease of compaction as described in EN
12697-10.
During operation, after the mixing, prepa-
ration and conditioning of a bituminous
specimen in the laboratory, the heating of
a core extracted from the road surface to
compaction temperature, or the conditio-
ning of plant-mixed material, the material
or core is placed in a standard mould with
attached baseplate and collar and compac-
ted by a vibratory hammer.
If required, the specimen is compacted to
refusal and the refusal density is determi-
ned in accordance with EN 12697-9.
After completion of compaction, the bulk
density of the compacted specimen is
determined in accordance with pr EN
12697-6. For loose material prepared or
compacted in the laboratory, or plant-
mixed material compacted in the labora-
tory, the refusal density is an indication of
the potential maximum density, which may
be achieved under field conditions.
33-T8700
Vibrating hammer.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for compacting asphalt in the percen-
tage refusal density test and for the com-
paction of Proctor and CBR soil specimens.
Using the appropriate tamping foot it can
also be used for compacting concrete cube
or beam specimens. Double insulated
motor, plastic trigger handle.
Power: 750 W
Length: 445 mm
A Weight approx.: 7 kg
The hammer is supplied without support
frame and tamper which have to be orde-
red separately.
76-B0088
33-T8700 with 33-T0087/6, 33-T0087/7 and 33-T0087/8
76-B0088
P.R.D. Split mould and baseplate
General description
Used to determine the degree of compac-
tion of asphalt for road pavement quality
control testing. The unit consists of a
mould split vertically on one side together
with a clamp-attached baseplate. Plated
for protection against corrosion.
A Weight approx.: 20 kg
350
76
Accessories
See pages 352 and 354.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Water sensitivity / Indirect tensile strength / Marshall test (EN)
WATER SENSITIVITY
INDIRECT TENSILE STRENGTH
MARSHALL TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-12 Determination of water
sensitivity of bituminous specimens
EN 12697-23 Determination of the
indirect tensile strength of bituminous spe-
cimens
pr EN 12697-34 Marshall test
Introduction
The above standards have been grouped
because they require, as basic apparatus, the
same compression tester used for the
Marshall test, to be completed by the speci-
fic accessory/apparatus as indicated below.
We propose the 76-B0038/CB Marshall
tester in the digital version only as the
above standards require a test graph which,
with this model, is easy to obtain by con-
necting the Digimax Plus unit to a PC and
printer. See page 353.
EN 12697-12
This standard describes a procedure for
determination of the effect of saturation and
accelerated water conditioning on the indi-
rect tensile strength of cylindrical specimens
of bituminous mixtures.This method can be
used to evaluate the effect of moisture with
or without antistripping additives including
liquids, such as amines, and fillers, such as
hydrated lime or cement.
EN 12697-23
This standard specifies a test method for
determining the (splitting) indirect tensile
strength of cylindrical specimens of bitumi-
nous mixtures. Determination of the water
sensitivity of bituminous specimens in accor-
dance with EN 12697-12 is based on deter-
mination of the indirect tensile strength in
accordance with this test method.
pr EN 12697-34
This test procedure is used to determine the
stability, the flow and the Marshall quo-
tient values of specimens of bituminous
mixtures mixed according to pr EN 12697-
35 and prepared using the impact compac-
tor method of test pr EN 12697-30
COMPRESSION TESTING MACHINE
76-B0038/CB
50 kN digital Marshall tester.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0038/CBZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0038/CBY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-12, 23, 34 BS 598:108
ASTM D1559 AASHTO T245 NF P98-
251-2 DIN 1996 CNR No. 30
General description
The machine features a robust two-column
frame with motor and worm gear housed
within the base unit producing a platen
speed of 50.8 mm/min. The measuring
system consists of a strain gauge load cell
and displacement transducer applied exter-
nally connected to the Digimax Plus unit
with large graphical display and standard
software covering either the Marshall or
the Indirect tensile test, as specified suc-
cessively.
Technical specifications (load frame)
Capacity (kN) 50
Safety features emergency
stop button
Accuracy 1%
Test speed (mm/min) 50.8
Max. travel lower
crossbeam (mm) 100
Power rating (W) 750
Horizontal span (mm) 270
Max. vertical span (mm) 544
(without accessories)
Weight approx. (kg) 85
Dimensions (lxdxh) (mm) 560x392x1028
Main features
- 50 kN capacity
- Large digital graphic display with real
time graph
- High resolution: 130000 points
- Large permanent memory
- RS 232 port for connection to PC at
38400 baud
- Language selection: English, French,
Spanish, German, and Italian
- Software package available for data
processing and print including data-
base
76-B0038/CB Digital Marshall Tester with
Digimax Plus, fitted with stability head to
perform pr EN 12697-34 Marshall test
76-B0078/C tensile splitting device
with 76-B0078/C1 and 76-B0078/C2
used to perform EN 12697-12 and
EN 12697-23.
See also page 352
351
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Water sensitivity / Indirect tensile strength / Marshall test
ASPHALT
DIGIMAX PLUS DATA ACQUISITION
AND PROCESSING SYSTEM
The Digimax Plus features the display in
real time of the Marshall/flow stability, or
the Indirect tensile test values including
graph. The results can be stored in the large
memory or downloaded to PC in ASCII or
Controls software format. Dedicated
software packages are available for further
data processing, database management
and certificate printing.
Hardware specifications
- Microprocessor Hitachi H8S 16 bit
- Chip clock calendar
- 8 KB large permanent memory to store
test data and results
- No. 2 RS 232 serial ports for connection
to PC and printer for real time transmis-
sion of data
- No. 2 analogic channels: one for strain
gauge transducer and one for linear
transducer
- Resolution of each channel: 130000
points
- Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- No. 10 keys membrane keyboard: No. 4 of
which interactive with the specific
software.
Firmware
- Simultaneous measurement of load and
displacement (Marshall test) or Indirect
tensile strength in Gpa
- Choice of language: English, French,
Spanish, German, and Italian
- Input of operator name
- Automatic or manual zeroing option.
Displacement reading taken only above
the pre-load input value and simulta-
neous display of load and displacement
(Marshall test)
- Simultaneous display of load, displace-
ment, and graph option
- Permanent memory to store results
including date, time, test number, opera-
tor, test type, load and displacement, and
curves
- File management including test display,
print, test certificate to printer by the
dedicated serial port, downloading data
to PC by the RS 232 port, delete single or
all files
- Calibration function using different coef-
ficient for the two channels.
Digimax Plus 76-Q0802/C included in 76-B0038/CB
Important note
The Digimax Plus fitted to the
76-B0038/CB tester is also available as a
separate instrument to upgrade existing
machines completed with the suitable
transducers. The code of the instrument
is 76-Q0802/C and is suitable for:
- CBR test
- MARSHALL test
- INDIRECT tensile
- GENERAL LOAD/DISPLACEMENT tests
352
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Water sensitivity / Indirect tensile strength
WATER SENSITIVITY
AND INDIRECT TENSILE STRENGTH
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-12, 12697-23
Specific accessories
76-B0078/B
(1)
Tensile splitting device for compac-
ted bituminous samples 100 mm
(4) dia.
Steel construction, weight approx. 9 kg
76-B0078/C
(1)
Tensile splitting device for compac-
ted bituminous samples up to 160
mm (6) dia., complete with loading
strips for 150 mm dia. samples
Steel construction, weight approx. 10 kg
76-B0078/C1
Pair of loading strips for 100 mm
dia. samples. To be used with
76-B0078/C device
76-B0078/C2
Pair of loading strips for 160 mm
dia. samples. To be used with
76-B0078/C device
76-B0078/C with 76-B0078/C1 and 76-B0078/C2
76-B0038/CB with 76-B0078/C
65-D1409
Water bath with cooler unit.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Capacity: 40 litres and 70 cement
specimens 40x40x160 mm
Power: 2000 W
Temperature range: +10 to +95C
Accuracy: 1%.
Inside dimensions:
550x360x200 mm
B Outside dimensions:
830x480x950 mm
A Weight approx.: 62 kg
65-D1409
The pr EN 12697-12 and 12697-23 standards, specify that the test temperature shall be
selected in the range between 5 and 25C.
This unit can be conveniently used for this purpose including the Marshall test where the
test temperature is 60C.
(1) The tensile splitting devices also comply with AASHTO T283.
353
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Marshall test
ASPHALT
MARSHALL TEST
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-34, ASTM D1559,
AASHTO T245, ASTM D5581
76-B0038/CB
50 kN digital Marshall tester
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
(See complete description on page 350)
76-B0038/CB with 76-B0033
76-S0100/C1
Options
It is also available a MS Excel Macro for
Marshall tests (76-S0100/C1) that easily
allows to display and to print the test curve
with a brief rheological test report.
s
76-S0100/C1 MS Excel Macro for
Marshall test
76-S0100/C Print preview
76-S0100/C. To calculate the sample weight, various
methods can be used: paraffin method, imbibition
method, geometric method or quick method. The
Weighting Menu allows to use one of these methods
Specific accessories
76-B0033
Stability mould
Manufactured from steel and plated
against corrosion. Weight approx. 7 kg
76-S0100/C
Marshall test software
The Marshall test software allows to print a
test certificate containing client name,
specimen data, and flow/stability graph
and values. It is also possible to print all the
flow/stability data acquired from the pro-
cessing unit. The software allows also to
manage a test database and to print
results, graph and all test data. It is also
possible to create a clients and a mix data-
base. To be used with a suitable PC by the
protection key 76-S0100/KEY which has to
be ordered separately.
76-S0100/KEY
Protection key for connection of
the 76-S0100/C and 77-S0105/C
softwares to PC.
WATER BATHS
For complete information and details see
page 361.
76-S0100/C Examples of display
354
76
Accessories
s
76-B0033 Stability mould,
EN/ASTM/CNR or alternatively
s
76-B0031/2 Stability mould,
BS/DIN
s
76-B0034 Flow meter (for 76-
B0030/A only)
Accessories for 6 dia. specimens.
ASTM D5581
s
76-B0033/C Stability mould for
6 (152.4 mm) dia. specimens.
Weight approx. 11.8 kg
s
82-T1009/F Load ring 50 kN cap.
with stem brake. Weight approx. 3.9
kg (for 76-B0030/A only)
76-B0030/A with 76-B0033 and 76-B0034
76-B0038/CB Digital Marshall Tester with
76-B0033. The Digimax Plus display unit is part
of the machine
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Marshall stability
MARSHALL STABILITY
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1559, AASHTO T245, NF P98-251-2,
CNR No. 30, ASTM D5581 (6 dia. speci-
mens)
Introduction
The above standards are very similar to the
new pr EN 12697-34 (see page 350).
The major changes concern:
- The compression tester must be fitted
with recorder to produce a complete
graph. For this reason the 76-B0038/CB
model complete with software only
complies to pr EN and to the other stan-
dards.
- The design of moulds and clamping
system of the Marshall compactor.
A full range of equipment for carrying out
testing procedures for Marshall specimens
is listed on the following pages.
Marshall digital compression testers
76-B0038/CB
50 kN digital Marshall tester.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0038/CBZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0038/CBY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Please see page 350.
76-B0034 76-B0033, B0033/C
Marshall compression testers
A vast range of compression frames and
machines is available:
- 76-B0030/A Single speed Marshall tester
- 76-B0038/CB Single speed digital Marshall
tester
- 34-T0107 Multispeed tester
- 70-T0108/E Uniframe, digital tester
Marshall standard compression frames
76-B0030/A
50 kN Marshall compression frame
complete with 30 kN load ring.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0030/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0030/AY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
A bench mounted compression frame with
motor and worm gear housed within the
base unit. A limit switch is provided for the
bottom limit of travel. A handle is provided
for manual operation during calibration
etc. The machine is supplied complete with
load ring 30 kN cap. incorporating stem
brake feature to hold the maximum rea-
ding. For testing 6 (152.4 mm) dia. speci-
mens the 82-T1009/F 50 kN load ring
should be used instead of the 30 kN fitted
on the machine. (See accessories)
The stability mould and flow meter have to
be ordered separately. (See accessories)
Platen speed: 50.8 mm/min
Capacity: 50 kN
Motor: 736 W
B Approx. dimensions:
1028x392x560 mm (hxlxd)
A Weight approx.:
net 85 kg
355
76
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Marshall stability (continued)
ASPHALT
82-P0336/D
70-T0108/E equipped for Marshall test
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Multispeed tester
34-T0107
Multispeed compression tester 50
kN capacity, testing speeds adjusta-
ble from 0.1 to 51 mm/min.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Marshall test PC software
76-S0100/C
Marshall PC test software*
Printing of test certificate, flow/stability
data etc. For more information see page
353.
* For 76-B0038/CB and 34-T0107 Digital
version
34-T0107/Z
Multispeed compression tester same
as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
The machine which is fully described on page
120, has to be completed by the suitable
accessories depending on the preferred
version:
- Analogical
- Digital with internal displacement tran-
sducer
- Digital with external displacement tran-
sducer
as shown in the following table.
The machine can also be used to perform
other important tests as for example CBR
and Indirect tensile. For more information
see pages 120 and 369.
Uniframe
70-T0108/E
UNIFRAME, digital universal com-
pression tester 50 kN capacity
strain controlled from 0.01 mm/min
to 51 mm/min and load rate con-
trolled from 1 to 9999 N/s.
110-230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
For more information see page 317.
Mode Analogical Digital Digital
Internal External
Code Description transducer transducer
34-T0103/10 Guide and ball seating attachment
82-T1007/F 30 kN Load ring with stem brake
34-T0104/10 Compression device
76-B0033 Stability mould ASTM/CNR/EN
76-B0034 Flow meter
82-P0375 50 kN Load cell
82-P0375/C Adapter to fit load cell
82-P0336/D 100 mm displacement transducer mounted inside the machine
82-P0332 25 mm displacement transducer
34-T0104/8 Adjustable transducer holder
34-T0108/2 Connector load cell/accessory
34-T0104/13 Compression device extension, for connection to 34-T0104/8
76-Q0802/C Digimax Plus 2-channel cap. for load cell and displacement transducer,
suitable for Marshall, CBR, and other load/displacement tests
76-S0100/C Marshall test PC software, suitable for Digimax Plus
76-S0100/KEY Access key for Marshall and Indirect tensile test software
76-S0115 Excel mix design software for Marshall data
Marshall Test Accessories
34-T0107 with accessories
for the Digital version, External transducer
82-P0375/C
82-P0375
34-T0103/10
34-T0108/2
76-T0104/13
34-T0104/8
82-P0332
76-B0033
76-Q0802/C
76-T0104/10
356
76
76-B4212
Main features
- Automatic control
- Complete protection for operator safety (CE)
- Digital touch button console
- Improved rammer lifting device,
constant height fall
- User-friendly rammer replacement system
- New mould locking system
- Modern and reliable design to ensure
long working life
- Noise-reduction cabinet available
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Marshall stability (ASTM, AASHTO, NF, CNR)
MARSHALL STABILITY.
SPECIMEN COMPACTION
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1559, AASHTO T245, NF P98-251-2,
CNR No. 30, ASTM D5581 (6 dia. speci-
mens)
Automatic compactors.
General description and specifications
This apparatus automatically compacts the
sample and stops after the preset number
of blows has been completed. All opera-
tions are easily driven and monitored by
the digital display. All moving parts are
protected with safety guards, which stop
automatically the compactor when ope-
ned.
The compactor is supplied complete with a
wooden pedestal. Three safety devices stop
the lifting mechanism when the rammer is
not in the start position. The moulds are
not part of the apparatus and have to be
ordered separately. See accessories
Technical specifications
Total installed power rating (W): 600
Drop frequency (blows/min): 60 5
Tamping face dia. (mm): 98.5
Rammer weight (g): 4536 9
Drop height (mm): 457 3
B Dimensions (mm):
385x470x1867
A Weight approx. (kg): 150
Standard models
76-B4212
ASTM/AASHTO Marshall automatic
compactor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B4214
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B4213
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
UPGRADING OPTIONS
Soundproof and security cubicle
The automatic compactors can be factory
installed in a soundproof and security cubi-
cle, which provides either the sound isola-
tion (less than 78 dB) or operator security
as the machine stops automatically ope-
ning the door. The electric controls are pla-
ced externally. For this version add to the
code number the following code:
76-B4200/XUP
Soundproof and security cubicle
B Dimensions: 800x800x2200 mm
A Weight approx.: 200 kg
The equipment is delivered disassembled
with instruction for the easy laboratory fit-
ting.
76-B4212 installed in the 76-B4200/XUP
cubicle. Concrete base not included
Detail of the mould clamping device. The new
system, combined with the new mould, allows a
really fast mould change operation in full opera-
tor safety condition. When door is opened, the
machines automatically set in safety mode and
cannot operate. In this conditions, all moving
part are accessible for maintenance operations
Detail of the rammer handling operation. The
fast locking system allows easy maintenance
operation, and the removable handle makes the
rammer changing operation very fast and made
by one person only
76-B4212
357
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Marshall stability (continued)
ASPHALT
COMPACTION MOULDS
Standard 4 (101.6 mm) model
76-B0057/A
Standard compaction mould
Manufactured in steel and plated against
corrosion. Consisting of:
s
76-B0057/A1 Baseplate
s
76-B0057/A2 Mould body
s
76-B0057/A3 Filling collar.
Each item can be ordered separately.
A Total net weight: 3.3 kg approx.
MARSHALL STABILITY.
HAND SPECIMEN COMPACTION
76-B0058/AC
Compaction hammer assembly
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1559, D5581 AASHTO T245
General description
The assembly consists of the following
items:
s
76-B0058/A Compaction hammer
s
76-B0059 Compaction pedestal
s
76-B0059/1 Hammer guide
s
76-B0056/A Compaction mould holder
Each item can be ordered separately.
A Total net weight: 50 kg approx.
76-B0058/A
76-B0056/A
16-T0080
76-B0057/B5
76-B0057/A
76-B0059/1
76-B0059 with
76-B0056/A
OTHER ACCESSORIES
76-B0060
Paper disc. 100 mm dia.
Pack of 1000
16-T0080
Universal extruder for 4 and 6
specimens (101.6 and 152.4 mm)
Allows the Marshall sample to be easily
removed from the mould. Can also be used
for Proctor and CBR moulds. Complete
with adaptors and hydraulic jack.
76-B0057/B5
Extraction plate
A Weight approx.: 25 kg
358
76
16-L0005/B
16-B0072
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Laboratory mixing
LABORATORY MIXING
qSTANDARD: pr EN 12697-35
This standard concerns the laboratory
mixing of samples to be used for mechani-
cal tests as for example compaction, indi-
rect tensile, Marshall etc. The quantity must
be related to the maximum aggregate size
and batch size. The bituminous mix must be
prepared at a prescribed temperature
depending on the paving grade bitumens
within a time limited to reduce mechanical
treatment of the aggregates. For this rea-
son the mixers must be equipped with a
thermostatically controlled heating and
mechanical speed control.
LABORATORY MIXERS
Standard planetary models
All models are supplied complete with
whisk. The bowls of the 5 and 10 litres
models can be fitted with an isomantle
electric heater. The 20 litres model
16-B0075 is fitted with gas heater.
110 V, 60 Hz and 220 V, 60 Hz models are
available on order.
16-L0005/B
Laboratory mixer 5 litres capacity.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
16-B0072
Laboratory mixer 10 litres capacity.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
16-B0075
Laboratory mixer 20 litres capacity.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
Specifications 16-L0005/B 16-B0072 16-B0075
Capacity (litres) 5 10 20
Planetary speeds (r.p.m.) 62-125 8 positions 10 positions
from 50 to 150 from 50 to 150
Spindle speeds (r.p.m.) 140-285 10 positions 10 positions
from 115 to 400 from 180 to 540
Power (W) 120 370 736
Overall dimensions (mm) 570x340x580 570x340x585 730x610x1180
Weight approx. (kg) 38 32 128
Accessories and spares
Spare bowl 16-L0005/2 16-B0072/6 16-B0075/1
Spare whisk 16-L0005/6S 16-B0072/8 16-B0075/6
16-B0075
359
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Laboratory mixing
ASPHALT
Specifications 16-L0005/HM 16-B0072/HM
Current spec.* 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Power W 700 1200
Max. temp. C 180 180
Overall dimension (dia. x h mm) 285x205 330x230
Weight approx. (kg) 5 16
110 V, 60 Hz models also available: ask for 16-L0005/HMZ and 16-B0072/HMZ
16-L0005/B with 16-L0005/HM
ISOMANTLE HEATERS
Used to heat the mixing bowl of
16-L0005/B (5 l cap.) and 16-B0072 (10 l
cap.) mixers containing bituminous mixtu-
res. They are fitted with an electronic tem-
perature regulator and can be easily fitted
to the machine bowls by two spring.
Two models available:
16-L0005/HM
Isomantle heater for 16-L0005/B,
5 l cap. mixer
and
16-B0072/HM
Isomantle heater for 16-B0072,
10 l cap. mixer
16-B0072/HM, 16-L0005/HM
360
76
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Laboratory mixing (continued)
LABORATORY MIXER
HEAVY-DUTY AUTOMATIC MODEL
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-35
This model, featuring 30 litres capacity,
temperature control by diathermic oil, con-
tinuous electronic speed adjustment and
double helical mixing motion, assures the
best and homogeneous mixing conforming
to the standards.
76-B0077
BITUMIX, Automatic laboratory
mixer 30 litres capacity.
230-400 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
General description
This mixer, which has been specially desi-
gned for bituminous mixing, consists
essentially in a horizontal tilting stainless
steel mixing container with double helical
horizontal mixing shaft: one scraping the
wall and the other, centrally positioned, to
complete the mixing.
The mixing container is heated by dielectric
chamber with diathermic oil controlled by
a PT100 probe and digital display. The bitu-
minous mixture can be easily unloaded by
the total turnover of the mixing container.
Technical specifications
Mixing capacity: 30 litres approx.
Temperature control:
PT100 probe and digital display
Heating power: 6000 W
submerged in diathermic oil
Temperature control range: up to 250C
Electric motor: 2200 W
Speed: adjustable from 5 to 35 rpm
B Overall dimensions (lxdxh):
1270x730x1570 mm
A Weight approx.: 350 kg
76-B0077 Unloading position
Main features
- 30 l capacity
- Temperature control by diathermic oil
- Speed adjustment
- Double helical mixing motion
76-B0077
361
76
76-B0067/B
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Design and testing of bituminous mixtures
Water baths for Marshall specimens
ASPHALT
WATER BATHS
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-34 - ASTM D1559, D5581
- AASHTO T245
Used to maintain in water the Marshall
specimens to be tested at 60 1C (asphalt
specimens) or 37.8 1C (tar specimens) as
prescribed by the specifications. Available
in 2 different sizes and and 2 versions:
standard and fitted with continuous recir-
culating water system to ensure tempera-
ture uniformity as prescribed by pr EN
12697-34, Digital thermoregulator, exter-
nal and internal/outer case in stainless
steel. Complete with perforated base shelf
and cover.
STANDARD SIZE MODEL
(12 specimen capacity)
76-B0066/A
Digital water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0066/AZ
Digital water bath.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Water circulating version
76-B0066/B
Digital circulating water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0066/BZ
Digital circulating water bath.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
HIGH CAPACITY MODELS
(20 specimen capacity)
76-B0067/A
Large digital water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0067/AZ
Large digital water bath.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Water circulating version
76-B0067/B
Large digital circulating water bath.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
76-B0067/BZ
Large digital circulating water bath.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Specifications 76-B0066/A 76-B0067/A
76-B0066/AZ 76-B0067/AZ
76-B0066/B 76-B0067/B
76-B0066/BZ 76-B0067/BZ
Max. specimen capacity No. 12 20
Temp. range ambient to 60C 60C
Accuracy better than 1C 1C
Power W 1200 1200
Inside dimensions mm 500x300x185(h) 610x500x185(h)
Outside dimensions mm 640x340x240(h) 650x540x240(h)
Weight approx. kg 9.5 20
76-B0066/B
362
77
Features
- Easy to maintain pneumatic loading system
- Easy to set up
- User-friendly Windows software
- Rapid test throughput
- Test 100 mm and 150 mm dia. specimens
- Road cores or moulded test specimens
- Calibration traceable to National Standards
- User support by telephone, fax or e-mail
- Frequency range up to 5 Hz
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Determination of stiffness
STIFFNESS PROPERTIES
OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURES
New testing procedures, which implement
the existing ASTM methods have been uti-
lised to determine the stiffness properties
of bituminous mixtures. New EN specifica-
tions now cover these important determi-
nations too. We propose two different
testing systems: the asphalt testing system
for static and dynamic tests 77-B0300 and
the servo-pneumatic testing system
77-B0310/A capable of applying a sinusoi-
dal dynamic strain with range of frequen-
cies up to 50 Hz.
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-25, 12697-26
BS 598 DD (Draft for Development) 213,
DD 226, DD ABF SHRP A003A
77-B0300
Asphalt testing system for static
and dynamic tests, 6 kN cap.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
To perform:
- creep
- Dynamic creep
- Indirect tensile fatigue.
General description and specifications
Base system capable of applying loads up
to 6.0 kN comprising:
Test frame, pneumatic actuator, pneumatic
interface, transducer conditioning interface,
filters, regulators, connections, etc.
The different test modules to complete the
system are shown and described on the next
page. For a detailed buyers guide see page
366. PC and printer not included.
B Overall dimensions:
850x350x320 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 44 kg
Example of test window
77-B0300 Asphalt testing
system and interface unit
with permanent deformation
assessment test modulus
77-B0303 configured
for 150 mm dia. specimens
363
77
Accessories
s
77-B0300/5 LVDT displacement
transducer, 10 mm range (No. 2 nee-
ded to perform the test)
Note. These transducers are not nee-
ded when using the 77-B0310/A
Servo-pneumatic system.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Determination of stiffness
ASPHALT
INDIRECT TENSILE STIFFNESS
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-26
77-B0301
Indirect tensile stiffness test module
for 100 and 150 mm dia. specimens
Including: frame, jig, loading strips, tran-
sducer yokes and No. 2 LVDT displacement
transducer 0.1 mm range and test softwa-
re.
A Weight approx.: 8.3 kg
PERMANENT DEFORMATION
(UNIAXIAL CREEP)
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-25
77-B0303
Permanent deformation module for
100 and 150 mm dia. specimens
Including: platens, transducer clamps, No. 2
LVDT transducer 10 mm range and test
software.
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
INDIRECT TENSILE FATIGUE
qSTANDARD
BS DD ABF
77-B0311
Indirect tensile fatigue modulus on
100 mm dia. asphalt concrete and
cement stabilised specimens
Including: frame, loading strips, transducer
clamps and test software. The 77-B0301
system is required to measure the stiffness
modulus before fatigue tests are carried out.
A Weight approx.: 7 kg
TEST MODULES FOR USE WITH 77-B0300 ASPHALT TESTING SYSTEM AND 77-B0310/A SERVOPNEUMATIC TESTING SYSTEM (SEE NEXT PAGE)
The above testing systems are the basic unit to perform, with the relevant test module, the three tests described on this page.
These modules have to be completed by other general purpose accessories like the temperature-controlled enclosure 77-B0319 and the
77-B0315 air compressor. For a complete information see buyers guide on page 366.
77-B0301 77-B0303
77-B0311
n o t e
Vacuum triaxial test conforming to
pr EN 12697-25 available on request.
364
77
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
4 Points beam fatigue test and dynamic triaxial on unbound materials
TEST MODULES FOR USE WITH
77-B0310/A SERVO-PNEUMATIC
TESTING SYSTEM
Introduction
The above testing system is the basic unit
to perform, with the relevant test modules,
the two tests described on this page, plus
the other three tests:
- Indirect tensile stiffness (77-B0301)
- Permanent deformation (uniaxial creep) -
(77-B0303)
- Indirect tensile fatigue (77-B0311)
described on page 363.
These modules have to be completed by
other general purpose accessories like the
temperature controlled enclosure
77-B0319 and the 77-B0315 air compressor.
For a complete information see buyers
guide on page 366.
77-B0310/A with test module 77-B0312. The test procedure, software data recording and print is confor-
ming to the AASHTO TP46/96. The new version of the test module 77-B0322 is shown on next page.
- Load frequency up to 50 Hz
- Load up to 14 kN
- For specimens up to 100 mm dia.
- 6 channels data acquisition
- Closed loop strain and stress control
- Graphics in real time
- Easy software management
- Conforming to AASHTO TP46/96
- Also usable for performing fatigue, stiff-
ness, dynamic creep, static creep tests,
etc., on bituminous mixtures conforming
to the pr EN and SHRP standards with
the suitable accessories
SERVO-PNEUMATIC TESTING SYSTEM
14 KN CAPACITY FOR STATIC
AND DYNAMIC TESTS
77-B0310/A
Servo-pneumatic asphalt testing
system 14 kN capacity for static
and dynamic tests.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Introduction
The dynamic tests for road materials are
performed to evaluate the resilient modu-
lus of pavement materials. This parameter
is widely used to provide a basic relation-
ship between stress and strain for the
structural analysis of layered pavement
systems. Our system can be used for both
Dynamic Triaxial Testing or unbound mate-
rials conforming to AASHTO TP46/96 and
Dynamic Tension/Compression tests on
bituminous mixes conforming to AASHTO
TP8/94, completing the machine with the
suitable testing module.
Other static and dynamic tests can also be
performed as described on pages 363 using
the 77-B0310/A Testing system instead of
the 77-B0300 Asphalt testing system.
General description and specifications
Frame
Two high stability threaded columns frame
with upper crosshead beam, adjustable in hei-
ght. The crosshead beams supports the double
acting actuator to apply the axial load either in
static or dynamic conditions with controlled
rate of stress or controlled rate of strain. The
actuator includes a LVDT transducer 25 mm
travel, 0.25% linearity.
Pneumatic control panel
Comprising: valves, air regulators, pressure tran-
sducer, filters, air accumulator, connections, etc.
Control unit and interface card
16-bit resolution A/D interface, 6 A/D
channels capacity for simultaneous recor-
ding of data from all the transducers invol-
ved in the tests. The unit comprises:
- The servo valve and solenoid valve dri-
ving system
- Two D/A channels to control axial load
and axial strain
- PC with the I/O card installed on the
mother board
- Frequency range up to 50 Hz.
4 point bending test window
4 POINTS BEAM FATIGUE TEST
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-24, AASHTO TP8/94
77-B0312
Beam fatigue module
Including:
- Test software
- Cradle assembly and clamps for
50.8x63.5x318 mm specimens
- Dummy PVC specimen
- One 5.0 mm range LVDT displacement
transducers for controlled strain or con-
trolled stress 4-point bending beam fati-
gue tests.
A Weight approx.: 12 kg
77-B0312
365
77
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Dynamic triaxial on unbound materials
ASPHALT
DYNAMIC TRIAXIAL TESTS
ON UNBOUND MATERIALS
qSTANDARD
AASHTO TP46/96
Introduction
The resilient modulus is determined by the
repeated load triaxial compression tests
and is calculated as the ratio of the ampli-
tude of the repeated axial stress to the
amplitude of the resultant recoverable axial
strain. The value of resilient modulus obtai-
ned from this procedure is a measure of the
elastic modulus of untreated base and sub-
base materials and sub-grade soils, charac-
terised by a non-linear elastic stress/strain
behaviour.
77-B0322
Dynamic triaxial testing module for
unbound materials
General description and specifications
The testing module comprises the triaxial
cell with accessories and the testing
software.
Triaxial cell
Triaxial cell for 100 mm dia. x 200 mm hei-
ght specimens. Complete with:
- Submersible strain gauge load cell 10 kN
capacity
- Two LVDT linear transducers 2.5 mm
travel, 0.25% linearity with stem holder.
Compressed air is used as confining fluid.
- Base adaptor, Synterised porous stones ,
Membrane stretcher, Porous top cap,
Sealing rings (10 pieces), O-ring placing
tool, Rubber membranes, No volume
change valves, etc.
The software package
The software package has been properly
designed according to the test procedures
of AASHTO TP46/96 with a self-explained
procedure that will lead the customer to
the different stages of the test as for
instance:
- Selection of the type of pulse test:
two standardised procedure for sub-base
or sub-grade specimens
one customised procedure
- 15 sequences at different cell pressure
and cyclic pulse levels with relevant
displays and graphs.
- Printout, after each sequence, of the
results of the last five cycles with calcu-
lation of the resilient modulus.
- Final static shear stage at controlled rate
of strain with display of the stress/stress
diagram in real time
Accessories for specimen preparation
- 28-T0432/9 Hand sampler for cohesive
soils
- 28-T0432/A6S Split sand former with
connections to vacuum source
- 33-T0087 Supporting frame for vibrating
hammer
- 33-T8700 Vibrating hammer
- 33-T0087/6S Testing foot 96 mm dia.
- 34-T0124 Stabilised soil mould specimen
size 100 mm dia. x 200 mm h.
Triaxial cell
77-B0310/A with test module 77-B0322
Submersible
strain gauge load
cell
Couple of LVDT
transducers with
holder
Some examples of the screen play
366
77
Accessories
s
77-B0319 Temperature-control-
led enclosure, -10C to 60C range,
0.5C accuracy. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Other supplies available on order.
- Total power (refrigeration
and heating): 2100 W
- Exterior size: 2000x850x710
mm (hxwxd)
- Weight approx.: 180 kg
s
77-B0315 Air compressor
- Power: 4100 W
- Air displacement: 650 l/min
- Pressure max.: 11 bar
- Voltage: 400 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
- Dimensions: 1100x730x830 mm
- Weight approx.: 205 kg
s
77-B0300/10 Steel check ring for
routine check of load cell and defor-
mation transducers. Supplied with
calibration certificate. Weight
approx. 7.2 kg
s
77-B0300/11 Torque screwdriver.
To check the proper clamping of
indirect test modulus to the speci-
men. Weight approx. 0.5 kg
Spare parts
s
77-B0300/4 LVDT displacement
transducer, 0.1 mm range
s
77-B0300/5 LVDT displacement
transducer, 10 mm range
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Determination of stiffness. Accessories
77-B0319 Enclosure with 77-B0300 system and
accessories
77-B0300/10
BUYERS GUIDE
Indirect tensile stiffness
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-26
List of equipment to perform the test.
s
77-B0300 Asphalt tensile system
or as alternative
s
77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
testing system
s
77-B0301 Indirect tensile stiffness test
module
s
77-B0319 Temperature controlled
enclosure
s
77-B0315 Air compressor (or equiva-
lent)
s
77-B0300/10 Steel check ring
s
77-B0300/11 Torque screwdriver
Permanent deformation
(uniaxial creep)
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-25
s
77-B0300 Asphalt tensile system
or as alternative
s
77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
testing system
s
77-B0303 Permanent deformation
module for 100 and 150 mm dia. speci-
mens
s
77-B0319 Temperature controlled
enclosure
s
77-B0315 Air compressor (or equiva-
lent)
Indirect tensile fatigue
qSTANDARD
BS - DD ABF
s
77-B0300 Asphalt tensile system or as
alternative
s
77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
testing system
s
77-B0311 Indirect tensile fatigue
modulus
s
77-B0300/5 LVDT displacement tran-
sducers, 10 mm range (No. 2 needed when
using 77-B0300 testing system - not
necessary with 77-B0310/A system)
s
77-B0319
Temperature controlled enclosure
s
77-B0315
Air compressor (or equivalent)
4 Point beam fatigue test
qSTANDARD
AASHTO TP8/94
s
77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
testing system
s
77-B0312 Beam fatigue module
s
77-B0319 Temperature controlled
enclosure
s
77-B0315
Air compressor (or equivalent)
Dynamic triaxial tests
on unbound materials
qSTANDARD
AASHTO TP46/6
s
77-B0310/A Servo-pneumatic asphalt
testing system
s
77-B0322 Dynamic triaxial testing
module for unbound materials
s
77-B0315 Air compressor (or equiva-
lent)
s
28-T0423/9 Hand sampler for cohesive
soils
s
28-T0432/A6S Split sand former with
connections to vacuum source
s
33-T0087 Supporting frame for vibra-
ting hammer
s
33-T8700 Vibrating hammer
s
33-T0087/6S Testing foot 96 mm dia.
s
34-T0124 Stabilised soil mould speci-
men size 100 mm dia. x 200 mm h
367
77
77-B0350
Accessories and spares
s
77-B0350/10 200 mm dia. x 50
mm deep core holder
s
77-B0350/11 Replacement
rubber tyred rim for wheel tracker
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Stand alone 4 point bending fatigue apparatus / Wheel tracking
ASPHALT
Main features
- User-friendly Windows software
- Integral temperature controlled cabi-
net
- Test temperature range 30C to 65C
- Tracks for specified number of passes
or to specified rut depth
- Double glazed doors for observation
of testing
- Storage for up to 5 test specimens
- Automatic test Stop/Start and speed
control
- Calibrations traceable to National
Standards
Example of test window
The user-friendly Windows software leads
the user through the necessary procedure
step by step. The test is carried out auto-
matically and data is then presented on
screen while the test takes place. Data is
also stored on hard disk for subsequent
analysis.
WHEEL TRACKING TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-22, BS 598:110
77-B0350
Wheel tracking apparatus.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Wheel tracking is used to assess the resi-
stance to rutting of asphaltic materials
under conditions, which simulate the effect
of traffic. The wheel tracking apparatus
consists of a loaded wheel, which bears on
a sample held on a moving table. The table
reciprocates with simple harmonic motion
through a distance of 230 5 mm with a
frequency of 42 passes ( 1%) per minute.
The wheel is fitted with a solid rubber tyre
of outside diameter 200 mm.
The wheel load under standard conditions is
700 10 N. The wheel tracker is fitted with
a temperature controlled cabinet with a
temperature range of 30C to 65C 1.0C.
The sample may be either a 200 mm diame-
ter core or a 305 mm
2
slab of asphaltic mix-
ture from 40 mm to 100 mm thick.
A 25 mm stroke LVDT transducer is included
for monitoring rut depth in the centre of a
sample during a test to better than 0.1 mm.
The deformation and sample temperature is
recorded by a PC fitted with a data acquisi-
tion and control (DAC) board. The operation
software runs under Windows or NT.
B Overall dimensions:
1700x1590x540 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 250 kg
4 POINT BENDING FATIGUE
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-26, pr EN 12697-24,
AASHTO TP 8
77-B0330
Four point stand alone bending
fatigue apparatus.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Introduction
Comprising:
- Rigid stainless steel and anodised alumi-
nium frame
- Pneumatic actuator with pneumatic
servo-valve and integral displacement
transducer (5 kN Dynamic Load)
- Load transducer (5 kN capacity)
- Acquisition and control system compri-
sing:
- Power supplies
- Signal conditioning for load transdu-
cer, displacement transducer, and
actuator LVDT
- Digital signal processor control unit for
high speed data acquisition and PID
control of servo-valve
- High speed, real-time controller, 16 bit
analogue to digital, 16 bit digital to
analogue and digital input-output unit
for closed loop computer control of
system (Adwin)
- Pneumatic fittings including filter, regu-
lator and tubing
- All signal and power cables
- Test and diagnostic software
The actuator will operate at frequencies up
to 100 Hz, but at this frequency load is low.
The system software runs under Windows
2000/NT/XP. The apparatus can be run from
a desktop or laptop computer. This needs to
be specified at purchase.
Max. load: 5 kN
Load transducer: 5 kN
Piston stroke: 5 mm (10 mm total stroke)
Piston frequency: static to 100 Hz
Data acquisition: Adwin DSP Controller
B Dimensions (wxdxh):
440x160x550 mm
A Weight: 30 kg
This apparatus is proposed as alternative to
the 77-B0310/A system plus the 77-B0312
beam fatigue module when it is only deter-
mination to be performed.
77-B0330
368
77
Accessories and spares
s
77-B0360/1 305x305x50 mm
deep ROLLERCOMP and wheel
tracker mould
s
77-B0360/2 305x305x75 mm
deep ROLLERCOMP and wheel
tracker mould
s
77-B0360/3 305x305x100 mm
deep ROLLERCOMP and wheel
tracker mould
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Sample preparation by roller compaction
SLABS LABORATORY COMPACTION
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-33
Introduction
The ROLLERCOMP has been designed to
over-come the problem of making repre-
sentative specimens of the material laid
and compacted in the highway.
This apparatus, in fact, can compact
asphalt slabs to a target density using loads
per unit roll width, which are consistent to
those of pavements rollers used in the
highway construction.
The ROLLERCOMP slabs can be:
- Used as wheel tracking specimens. See
our 77-B0350 wheel tracking apparatus
- Cored to provide specimens for
indirect tensile, static and dynamic
creep tests. See our 77-B0300 and
77-B0310/A apparatus
- Cut into beams for bending fatigue
tests. See our 77-B0310/A with
77-B0312 apparatus.
77-B0360
Roller compactor "ROLLERCOMP".
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The ROLLERCOMP provides a pneumatical-
ly powered means of compacting slabs of
asphaltic material in the laboratory under
conditions, which simulate in-situ compac-
tion.
Different levels of vertical force can be
selected up to approximately 30 kN. As the
width of the roller is 300 mm, the compac-
tive effort of the largest static site roller
can be reproduced.
Slabs produced measure 305 mm by 305
mm and from 50 mm to 100 mm thick.
The precise depth of a slab can be preset
enabling the user to compact a certain
mass of material to a selected volume thus
providing a target mix density.
The ROLLERCOMP is contained within a
safety enclosure with mesh panels and
doors.
The ROLLERCOMP requires a supply of
clean and dry air at 7 bar and 150 l/min
and a 230 V AC supply.
The apparatus comprises:
- Steel framed roller compactor with roller
segment, reciprocating mould support
table, pneumatic actuators for reciproca-
ting table and applying compaction force
- 4 pressure regulators for setting levels of
compaction force
- PLC controller for compaction start,
emergency stop, automatic selection of 4
compaction forces and number of roller
passes.
B Overall dimensions:
1400x1900x900 mm (hxwxd)
A Weight approx.: 500 kg
Main features
- Pneumatically powered
- Easy to maintain
- Load per unit roll width equal to lar-
gest site roller
- Safety enclosure
77-B0360 Detail
77-B0360
- Slabs 3 to 10 cm thick
- Compacts to target density
- A range of mould depths
- Moulds easy to install and remove
- Drainage moulds for cold mix
369
77
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Determination of stiffness / Splitting tensile test
ASPHALT
SPLITTING TENSILE TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-23, CNR No. 134
Introduction
This new method has been developed for
measuring the splitting tensile strength
and strain of a cylindrical asphalt specimen
subjected to a vertical load. The results
obtained with the test permit the evalua-
tion of quality and performance of the
bituminous mixtures.
77-B0078/A
Tensile splitting device for speci-
mens up to 150 mm dia.
General description and specifications
The testing apparatus consists of a four
columns tensile splitting device equipped
with two linear transducers to measure the
diametrical strain, mounted on adjustable
supports. The test can be performed using
an appropriate compression tester equip-
ped with strain load cell. (See accessories)
The load, axial strain and diametrical strain
can be displayed with our Digimax Plus 82-
Q0806/C, 6 channels digital display unit
which is also suitable for CBR, Marshall and
Indirect tensile test conforming to EN
12697-23 (see page 351). In the case of
tests at -10C the use of our universal
tester models 70-C0015, 70-C0016 are
recommended.
Sample sizes: 100, 125 and 150 mm dia.
Maximum load: 50 kN
Linearity of transducers: 0.025%
B Overall dimensions:
250x160x220 mm
A Weight approx.: 20 kg
n o t e
The PC is not included in the apparatus.
TESTING MACHINES AND ACCESSORIES
The 34-T0107 Multispeed can be used to perform this test, but has to be completed with
the following accessories.
Code Description
77-B0078/A Tensile splitting device
77-B0078/1 Compression device with transducer holders
82-P0330/B Linear transducer 10 mm travel. Two required
82-P0375 Strain gauge load cell 50 kN cap.
82-P0375/C Connecting adapter load cell/crosshead
34-T0108/2 Connecting extension load load cell/accessory
34-T0103/10 Assembly comprising ball seating, guide bracket,
connecting cylinder and screws
34-T0104/10 Adapter load cell/splitting device
82-Q0806/C Digimax Plus 6 channels digital display unit for CBR,
Marshall and Indirect tensile tests. Software not included
76-S0105 Indirect tensile test software for bituminous specimens
76-S0100/KEY Protection key for connection to PC
Note. For more information on the 34-T0107 machine see page 120.
Accessories to perform the splitting tensile test
34-T0107 with 77-B0078/A and accessories
370
77
10-D1428/A
Accessories
s
10-D1428/1 RS 232 serial output
for temperature transmission of data
s
10-D1428/A1 RS 232 serial output
for humidity transmission of data
Accessories
s
77-B0090/A Vacuum bell
s
77-B0090/A6 Engraved pistons *,
upper and lower, for 80 mm dia.
mould
s
77-B0091/A6 Engraved pistons *,
upper and lower, for 120 mm dia.
mould
* For cold mixes with bituminous
emulsions
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Rheologic properties of bituminous mixtures
Duriez
DURIEZ COMPRESSION TEST SETS
qSTANDARD
NF P98-251-1/4
77-B0090
Duriez compression
test set 80 mm dia.
77-B0091
Duriez compression
test set 120 mm dia.
The test is performed to determine and study
the physical and mechanical properties of
bituminous mixtures. The test set is offered
in two different sizes: 80 and 120 mm dia.
and consists of the following parts:
Part description and code 77-B0090 77-B0091
Mould 77-B0090/A1 77-B0091/A1
Cylindrical container 77-B0090/A2 77-B0091/A2
Extraction piston 77-B0090/A3 77-B0091/A3
Pistons: upper and lower 77-B0090/A4 77-B0091/A4
Half spacers - No. 2 77-B0090/A5 77-B0091/A5
Total set weight (kg) 16 25
Each part can be ordered individually.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
To perform the compression test please
refer to the Multiensayo tester described
on page 300.
10-D1428/A
Climatic chamber temperature
range 25 +60C, humidity range
from 10 to 95%. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Used to condition the Duriez specimens.
General description and specifications
Stainless steel construction, isolation by
high density polyurethane, 4 internal shel-
ves, max. capacity 60 kg each.
Temperature range: -25 +60C
Temperature accuracy: 1C
Humidity range: from 10 to 95%
Humidity accuracy: 5%
Control system: digital controller for
temperature and humidity. Suitable for
programming of climatic cycles
Power: 2200 W approx.
Voltage: 230 V; 50 Hz; 1 ph.
B Dimensions (wxdxh):
- internal 600x670x1300 mm
- external 720x800x2020 mm
A Weight approx.: 180 kg
77-B0090
70-S16C2 with 86-D2999, PC and printer
371
80
11-D0612/A with accessories
Accessories
s
11-D0612 Density basket 200
mm dia. x 200 mm high
s
11-D0630 Digital top pan balan-
ce 4500 g x 0.1 g. This model incor-
porates a specialised feature, which
allows specific gravity results to be
calculated and displayed immedia-
tely at the touch of a button
s
10-D1403 Wax melting pot.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
86-D0805/G Wax. 10 kg
s
82-D1654 Vernier caliper
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Asphalt and road quality testing
Bulk density / Permeability
ASPHALT
DETERMINATION OF BULK DENSITY
BY HYDROSTATIC METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-6, 12390-7 ASTM D1188,
D2726 AASHTO T166-93 CNR No. 40
11-D0612/A
Specific gravity frame
General description and specifications
Used in conjunction with a suitable elec-
tronic balance for specific gravity determi-
nation of laboratory compacted asphalt
specimens, asphalt road core, fresh and
hardened concrete and aggregates. A pur-
pose built robust frame designed to sup-
port the electronic balance. The lower part
of the frame incorporates a moving
platform, which carries the water container
allowing the test specimens to be weighed
in both air and water. The balance is not
included in the apparatus and must be
ordered separately.
Any type of electronic balance fitted with
an under-bench weighing facility can be
used.
The model listed as accessories below is
ideally suited for use with this specific gra-
vity frame.
B Overall dimensions:
500x500x1200 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
ASPHALT PERMEABILITY
qSTANDARD
MPW of Belgium
80-B0093
Permeameter for draining
pavements
General description
For measuring the water percolation time
through the draining pavements.
The apparatus comprises a graduated tran-
sparent cylinder, a metal support, a rubber
gasket and a 20 kg counterweight with
handles.
A Weight approx.: 21 kg
80-B0093
10-D1403
372
80
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Asphalt and road quality testing
Indentation test
INDENTATION TEST USING CUBES
OR MARSHALL SPECIMENS
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-20
Introduction
The indentation test serves to determine
the depth of indentation, and thus to test
the behaviour of mastic asphalt, rolled
and other such asphalts, when force is
applied to them via a cylindrical indentor
pin with a circular flat-ended base.
Mastic asphalt for road construction, for
floor screeds and for waterproofing in
building and engineering constructions
can be tested following the test method
prescribed hereafter. The maximum nomi-
nal size of the aggregates in the mix is up
to and including 16 mm.
80-B0163/A
Asphalt indentation penetrometer.
(Hardness Number Apparatus)
General description and specifications
Asphalt penetrometer for the determina-
tion of penetration resistance of road and
mastic asphalt by loading on a cylindrical
piston. The unit comprises the basic frame
with stainless steel water bath and loading
attachment 500 N, interchangeable piston
1 and 5 cm2 as well as one dial gauge 30
mm, sens. 0.01 mm. Immersion heater is
not included.
B Dimensions: 550x470x900 mm
A Weight approx.: 100 kg
80-B0163/1
Cube mould 70.7 mm
To prepare bituminous specimens. Easily
detachable. Made from aluminium.
A Weight approx.: 2.8 kg
80-B0163/2
Penetration test mould 69 mm
(adjustable mould)
Used during the penetration test for the
cube.
A Weight approx.: 1.4 kg
80-B0163/A
80-B0163/1
80-B0163/2
PARTICLE LOSS AND RESISTANCE TO FUEL
qSTANDARD
pr EN 12697-17, 12697-43
Introduction
The pr EN 12697-17 method (Cantabro
test) concerns the determination of the
particle loss (abrasion) of porous asphalt
mixtures and the pr EN 12697-43 concerns
the determination of the resistance of a
bituminous mixtures or pavement to avia-
tion fuel. Both procedures involve, within
other standard laboratory tests, the abra-
sion in a Los Angeles tester conforming to
EN 1097-2 without steel balls. Furthermore
the pr EN 12697-17 prescribes a chamber
or enclosure for the Los Angeles machine
as the temperature shall remain constant
with an uncertainty of 2C. This condition
can be easily obtained by the soundproof
and security cabinet 48-D0500/XUP which
is however necessary to comply with CE
directive.
48-D0500/D
Los Angeles abrasion machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
48-D0500/DZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
48-D0500/DY
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
See page 166.
n o t e
Conforming to the CE directive, the machi-
ne should be housed in a soundproof and
protection cabinet. Our standard model can
be upgraded for this requirement by the
48-D0500/XUP Soundproof and protection
cabinet, which has to be specified at time
of order and factory installed. See
Upgrading options.
48-D0500/D
373
80
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Asphalt and road quality testing
Sampling by coring / Particle loss and resistance to fuel
ASPHALT
SAMPLING OF LAID AND COMPACTED
MATERIALS BY CORING
qSTANDARD
EN 12697-27
83-B0202
Pavement core drilling machine,
8.5 HP, 4-stroke petrol engine
General description and specifications
This simple but rugged machine is a porta-
ble unit, which can be easily carried in a
pick-up truck. The powerful 8.5 HP engine
is more than adequate for all types of work
and material.
Coring range: up to 200 mm dia. (max.)
depending upon the type of asphalt
Screw feed
4 stabilising feet
A Weight approx.: 110 kg
The machine is supplied complete with
strap wrench and spanner for removal of
bits after use.
LOS ANGELES ABRASION MACHINE
(CONTINUED)
Upgrading options.
Soundproof and security cabinet
See page 166.
48-D0500/XUP
Soundproof and security cabinet
This option includes the supply of the cabi-
net and the installation of the Los Angeles
machine. The cabinet is manufactured from
sheet steel lined internally with soundproo-
fing material to reduce noise and electric
safety device, which automatically stops the
rotation of the drum when opening the
door conforming to the CE directive.
ACCESSORIES
Drill bits and extractors are listed below.
Coring bits and accessories
Thin wall diamond bits with bronze welded
sectors suitable either for concrete or
asphalt. Fixed standard coupling assuring
the best alignment, fast and easy fitting
and disassembling. Bit length 400 mm
approx.
The core extractor is offered as an optional
accessory and simplifies the removal of the
core sample from the hole.
Core bits Core dia. (mm) Weight approx. (kg) Core extractor
83-C0320 50 2.2 83-C0310/2
83-C0321 75 2.8 83-C0311/2
83-C0322 100 3.7 83-C0312/2
83-C0323 150 5.4 83-C0313/2
83-C0324 200 7.5 83-C0314/2
n o t e
For universal and electric core drilling
machines see page 416.
- Compact and portable
- Vertical screw feed
- Complete with strap wrench and
spanner
- 8.5 HP engine
83-B0202 with core bit
83-C0322, C0323
Strap wrench supplied with the machi-
ne, and core extractor 83-C0312/2
48-D0500/D upgraded with the
48-D0500/XUP cabinet
374
80
Accessories
Square moulds with four trunk coni-
cal holes to prepare the sample for
testing.
s
80-B0193/10
Square mould 140x140x6.3 mm
s
80-B0193/11
Square mould 140x140x10 mm
s
80-B0193/12
Square mould 200x200x13 mm
s
80-B0193/13
Square mould 250x250x19 mm
s
86-D2015
Air compressor. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Asphalt and road quality testing
Slurry surfacing
Tests on Slurry seal mixtures / Surface dressing
RATE OF SPREAD OF COATED CHIPPINGS
qSTANDARD
EN 12272-1, BS 598:108
80-B0176
Rate of spread apparatus
General description
This simple equipment is for determining
the rate of spread of coated chippings on
the surface of the road. The equipment
consists of a 300 mm square tray, which
can be lifted by means of four chains. The
chains are attached to a spring balance and
the rate of spread can be read directly from
the special spring balance in kg/m
2
.
A Weight approx.: 850 g
80-B0176
80-B0192
DETERMINATION OF CONSISTENCY
qSTANDARD
EN 12274-3
48-D0440
Sand absorption cone and tamper
Cone and tamper manufactured according
to the specifications and is also used in
determining the specific gravity and
absorption of fine aggregates.
A Weight approx.: 250 g
DETERMINATION OF WEARING
qSTANDARD
EN 12274-5, ASTM D3910
80-B0192
Planetary mechanical stirrer.
380 V, 50 Hz, 3 ph.
80-B0192/Z
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 3 ph.
For determining the resistance to abrasion
of slurry mixtures. The apparatus consists
of a planetary mechanical stirrer equipped
with a weighted rubber hose abrasion
head.
A Weight approx.: 32 kg
Accessories
s
80-B0192/1 Set of moulds 295 mm
dia., 6.3 - 10.0 - 13.0 - 19.0 mm high
DETERMINATION OF COHESION
OF THE MIX
qSTANDARD
EN 12274-4, ASTM D3910 (modified
conforming to ISSA recommendations)
80-B0193
Cohesion tester
For determining the proper consistency
(mix design) for a slurry seal mixtures. It
consists of a double acting, double end-rod
pneumatic cylinder fitted in a frame, which
houses the pressure gauge and valves. A
hand torque tester is also supplied.
A Weight approx.: 20 kg
80-B0193
48-D0440
DEPOT TRAY TEST
qSTANDARD
BS 1707
80-B0177
Rate of spread apparatus
General description
This British Standards test is designed to
determine the transverse uniformity of
distribution of sprayed binder. The appara-
tus consists of wheeled trolley on which is
mounted a holding device for accepting a
set of fifty containers.
(Not illustrated)
375
80
Spare parts
s
80-B0178/A1 512 g steel ball
s
80-B0178/A2 Metal test plate
s
80-B0178/A3 Roller
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Asphalt and road quality testing
Surface dressing / Asphalt density
Surface dressing / Measurement of asphalt density
ASPHALT
80-B0178/A
VIALIT ADHESION TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12272-3, NF P98-274-1
80-B0178/A
"Vialit plate" adhesion test
apparatus
General description and specifications
Used to assess the adhesion property of
aggregates to bitumen. The method is a check
on the adhesion of aggregates to be applied
to the surface of wearing course rolled
asphalt.
The apparatus consists of a metal basement
with three vertical pointed rods to hold the
test plate; vertical rod 50 cm high with a shot
at the upper end for the steel ball to drop; a
512 g steel ball; a supply of 6 metal test pla-
tes; a hand operated rubber lined roller with
lead shots ballast. The test plate, coated by
bitumen on one face and spread by the
aggregate chippings in a standard way is rol-
led by the roller and then placed on the
three-point support of the basement.
The steel ball drops three times from the shot
and the loose chippings are counted and
checked.
A Weight approx.: 40 kg
MEASUREMENT OF ASPHALT DENSITY
ELECTROMAGNETIC METHOD
Introduction
The measurement in real time of the achie-
ved compaction of the asphalt pavement
together with the verification of possible
segregation and low density areas, repre-
sent an extremely important information
for the road contractors. This new electro-
magnetic apparatus provides all the above
information with related benefits.
80-B0197
Electromagnetic asphalt
density meter
For the immediate measurement of asphalt
density. Electromagnetic (non nuclear) sen-
sing technology, easy to use, no need for
government licenses or training.
B Approx. dimensions:
230x410x155 mm
A Weight: 5 kg
Main features
- Rapid measurements in 2 seconds or less
- saves time and money
- Advanced, patented design has built-in
moisture and temperature compensation
- no complicated correction technology
required
- Stores up to 999 readings for later
viewing, printing or downloading - saves
time in the field
- 30-button keypad and 4 x 20 LCD screen
- easy to read and use
- Backlit keypad and display - easy to see
(day or night)
- Advanced software offers three test
modes (continuous, averanging, segrega-
tion) - flexible settings for multiple use
applications
- Automatic calculation (average density,
% maximum density, % air void, etc.) -
ease of use and greater information
- Recharge with AC charger or from DC
vehicle lighter - flexible charging options
- 3.5 ft. Telescopic handle - reduces ben-
ding for device oparation
- Electromagnetic sensing technology - no need
for government licenses or special training
80-B0197
376
80
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Accessories and spare parts
s
48-B0190/1 Spare mounted rub-
ber slider for Polished Stone Value
tests (laboratory)
s
48-B0190/2 Spare mounted rub-
ber slider for site use
s
48-B0190/4 Metal base plate
for Polished Stone Value specimen
clamping
ASPHALT
Asphalt and road quality testing
Pavement surface characteristics
Measurement of skid resistance of a surface
SKID RESISTANCE AND FRICTION TESTER
qSTANDARD
EN 13036-4
(also conforming to EN 1097-8, ASTM E103)
Introduction
This method provides a measure of the skid
resistance properties of a surface either in
the field or in the laboratory. This method
measures the skid resistance of a small area
of a surface (approximately 0.01 m
2
) and
this should be considered when deciding its
applicability to a pavement surface which
may have variable surface characteristics,
e.g. block paving.
48-B0190
Skid resistance and friction tester
(Skid Tester)
complete with:
- Additional scale for tests on Polished
Stone Value specimens.
- 6 rubber sliders for site use, complete
with conformity certificate.
- Thermometer 10 +110C, for surface
temperature measurement.
- 1 litre washing bottle, for surface wetting.
- Tool set with case, for machine assembly.
- Rule for sliding length verification.
- Carrying case.
- Calibration certificate conforming to EN
1097-8 issued by Controls.
General description and specifications
(see page 171)
B Case dimensions:
790x760x320 mm
A Weight approx. (including case):
34 kg
48-B0190
48-B0190 complete set
- New low friction release mechanism of the pendulum arm for better accuracy.
- Extremely light pointer, for high precision results.
- Slider lifting system integrated in the pendulum foot, that guarantees reliable adjust-
ment operations.
- Stiff and stout twin column structure.
- Easy and reliable height adjusting system.
- Integrated additional scale for tests on PSV specimens.
- Provided complete with certificate set, as required by standards.
- Controls calibration certificate conforming to EN 1097-8.
377
80
Spare parts
s
80-B0187/2
Pack of 10 charts. Each chart roll will
provide a run of approx. 1 km
s
80-B0187/3
Fibre-tipped pen for 80-B0187/A
Accessories
s
80-B0185/1 Set of two wedges
for 80-B0185 straightedge
Accessories
ASTM E965
s
80-B0179/1 Natural sand
300/150 m 10 kg bag
s
80-B0179/2 Natural sand
150/75 m 10 kg bag
NF P98 216-1
s
80-B0179/3 Natural sand
315/160 m 10 kg bag
EN 13036-1
s
80-B0179/5 Solid glass spheres
250/180 m. Pack of 5 kg
Spare parts
s
80-B0179/30
Measuring cylinder, brass
s
80-B0179/31 Spreader disc,
covered by rubber
80-B0185 with 80-B0185/1
Asphalt and road quality testing
Pavement surface characteristics
Single irregularity measurement of pavement surface courses
Surface irregularity
ASPHALT
SINGLE IRREGULARITY MEASUREMENT
OF PAVEMENT SURFACE COURSES.
THE STRAIGHTEDGE TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 13036-7
80-B0185
MOT Straightedge
Description
Used to measure irregularities in road
pavement. Made from aluminium alloy, 3 m
length. Must be used with two wedges,
which have to be ordered separately. See
accessories.
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
MEASUREMENT OF PAVEMENT SURFACE
MACROTEXTURE DEPTH USING
A VOLUMETRIC TECHNIQUE
qSTANDARD
EN 13036-1, ASTM E965, NF P98 216-1
Introduction
This test method is suitable for field tests to
determine the average macrotexture depth
of a pavement surface.
80-B0179
Sand patch apparatus
General description and specifications
This test is performed spreading a measu-
red volume of fine sand (ASTM) or glass
spheres (EN) into a circular patch on the
road surface and filling the surface depres-
sions to the level of the peaks. The appara-
tus comprises the following parts:
- Measuring cylinder made from brass
- Spreader disc with surface covered by
rubber
- Glass sand or glass spheres containers
with screw top and pouring hole. Q.ty 2
- Screw-adjusted dividers - 300 mm rule
- Brush - Wind shield - Kneeling pad
- Plastic measuring cylinder 10 ml cap.
- Plastic measuring cylinder 25 ml cap.
- Plastic measuring cylinder 50 ml cap.
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
SURFACE IRREGULARITY
TRAVELLING BEAM
80-B0187
Travelling beam device
80-B0187/A
Travelling beam device
with recording unit
General description and specifications
This apparatus is used for detecting the road
surface irregularity. It can be used either for
concrete or asphalt pavements. The appara-
tus consists essentially of a beam with rigid
wheels at the extremities and a wheel at the
middle, which can detect any vertical devia-
tion of the surface from a straight-line
between the two wheels at the ends of the
machine.
Model 80-B0187/A is fitted with a recording
unit to obtain a graph of vertical deviations.
Beam length: 3 m
Scale: 2 mm increments up to 10 mm;
5 mm increments 10 to 25 mm
Max. vertical deviation: 25 mm
A Weight approx.: 55 kg
80-B0179
80-B0187/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
378
80
Accessories and spare parts
s
80-B0181 Wooden carrying case
s
80-B0180/1 Spare gauge with
bracket
s
80-B0180/2 Adjustable feet for
Benkelman beam complete with two
spirit levels
ROAD FLEXURE / SURFACE IRREGULARITY
qSTANDARD
CNR No. 141, AASHTO T256-77,
NF P98-200-2
80-B0180
Benkelman beam apparatus
General description and specifications
This apparatus is used to measure the
deflection of flexible pavements under the
action of moving wheel loads.
In operation the beam is placed between
the tyres of the test vehicle and in contact
with the pavement. The deflection is mea-
sured as the vehicle passes over the test
area. The probe is 2440 mm long and the
back extension is 1220 mm. Manufactured
in aluminium and chrome finished metals.
A Weight approx.: 15 kg
80-B0180/3
Calibration device for 80-B0180
Benkelman beam apparatus
To verify the correct performance of the
apparatus.
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
80-B0180/B1, 80-B0180/B2,
80-B0180/B3 and 80-B0180/B4
s
80-B0180/B3 Three interchangeable
extensions with spherical seated foot.
Weight 12 kg
s
80-B0180/B4 A hand pump with pre-
cision dial gauge 200 mm dia. Calibrated
in bar (0 to 3.5) and in daN (0 to 10000).
Complete with connecting hose.
Weight 11 kg
s
80-B0180/B5 A carrying case for all of
the above items except for the bearing
plate 80-B180/B1. Weight 10 kg
s
80-B0180 Benkelman beam apparatus.
Weight 15 kg
s
80-B0181 Wooden carrying case for
80-B0180
A Total weight approx.: 100 kg
Note. All parts can be ordered separately.
BEARING CAPACITY AND DEFLECTION
qSTANDARD
NF P94-117-1
80-B0180/B
Bearing plate and Benkelman beam
apparatus. Complete set
General description and specifications
To determine the bearing capacity and
deflection of subgrade and subbase of
roads. The apparatus consists of:
s
80-B0180/B1 An aluminium bearing
plate 600 mm dia. with reinforcing ribs.
Weight 30 kg
s
80-B0180/B2 A hydraulic jack 200 kN
cap. Weight 10 kg
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Asphalt and road quality testing
Road flexure / Surface irregularity
80-B0180
379
80
Technical specifications
Available with the following measuring geometries:
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Asphalt and road quality testing
Retroreflected luminance
ASPHALT
COEFFICIENT OF RETROREFLECTION
qSTANDARD
EN 12899, EN 1150
DIN 67520, ASTM E1709, NF P98 527
80-B0196
Traffic signs retroreflectometer
General description
The RetroChecker 80-B0196 is a conve-
nient rechargeable measuring instrument
for the determination of the coefficient of
retroreflection R of retroreflective mate-
rials (nighttime visibility). Additional optio-
nal equipment like telescopic arm, remote
display, GPS, barcode reader and corre-
sponding software make the 80-B0196
apparatus the ideal instrument for building
up a traffic sign inventory.
To carry out a measurement the apparatus
is positioned directly on the traffic sign
under examination and it immediately deli-
Illumination angle Observation angle
ASTM (USA) -4 0.2
ASTM urban (USA) -4 0.33
DIN 67520 (Europe) 5 0.33
pr EN 1150 (Europe) 5 0.2
protective clothing
Measuring range: R = 0 ... 200 cd m
-2
lx
-1
and R = 0 ... 2000 cd m
-2
lx
-1
Light source: current regulated halogen light bulb
Sensor: spectral evaluation according to V ()
Power supply: eight integrated NiCd accumulators
B Dimensions 280x85x250 mm (lxwxh), including handle,
A Weight approx.: 1900 g
- Measurement of traffic signs according
to ASTM E1709 and DIN 67520
- Traffic sign inventory
80-B0196
vers results with laboratory precision and
stored into a memory for transfer to PC via
RS 232 interface.
The RetroChecker 80-B0196 can be used
for all types and colors of retroreflective
sheeting.
n o t e
GPS, telescopic arm, remote display and Barcode
reader available on request.
380
81
81-B0099/B
Accessories
s
81-B0100/1
Mirror with articulate holder
s
82-B0100/6
IP 38 C Thermometer +23 to 26C
range, 0.1C graduation
s
82-B0125/2
EN Thermometer +19 to 27C range,
0.1C graduation - ASTM 17C
s
82-B0122/4
EN Thermometer -8 to +32C range,
0.1C graduation - ASTM 63C
s
81-B0109
Glass transfer dish with support.
100 mm dia., 75 mm high
s
81-B0110/A
Sample cup, dia. 55x35 mm. Set of 6
s
81-B0110/B
Sample cup, dia. 70x45 mm. Set of 6
s
81-B0113
Penetrometer needle. Weight 2.5 g
s
81-B0113/1
Verified penetrometer needle.
Complete with the test certificate of
the National Physical Laboratory
s
81-B0115 Standard penetration
cone. Conforms to ASTM D217
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Sampling bitumen and oil / Bitumen preparation
Penetration of bituminous materials
SAMPLING BITUMEN AND OIL
qSTANDARD
pr EN 58, ASTM D140, AASHTO T40, CNR
No. 98, No. 81
81-B0010
Bacon sampler 1 l cap.
Used to obtain bitumen or oil samples from
various levels. Made from brass.
B Dimensions:
80 mm dia. x 250 mm long
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg
81-B0010
PENETRATION OF BITUMINOUS
MATERIALS
qSTANDARD
EN 1426, ASTM D5, AASHTO T 49
81-B0100/A
Standard penetrometer
81-B0100/B
Standard penetrometer with
micrometer vertical adjustment
81-B0101/B
Standard penetrometer with auto-
matic controller and micrometer
vertical adjustment.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0101/BZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Cast iron base with levelling screws, 5 inch
dial, 1/10 mm division Release button
Automatic zeroing.
Models 81-B0101/B and 81-B0101/BZ are
supplied complete with automatic control-
ler, which automatically releases the plun-
ger by a magnetic device.
Models 81-B0100/B, 81-B0101/B, and 81-
B0101/BZ are fitted with a micrometer ver-
tical adjustment device. Needles and cups
are not part of the apparatus and have to
be ordered separately. See accessories.
A Weight approx.: 8.5 kg
81-B0100/B with 81-B0100/1 and 81-B0110 sample cup 81-B0101/B
BITUMEN PREPARATION
81-B0099/B
Air bath. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used for softening bituminous materials
before tests. The stainless steel vessel can
receive up to 600 g of bitumen. Built-in
thermoregulator. Heat protection.
Power: 600 W
B Dimensions: 170x230x300 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
381
81
Spare parts and accessories
s
81-B0103/1
Standard needle 2.5 g 0.05 g
s
81-B0103/2
Needle holder 47.5 g 0.05 g
s
81-B0103/3 50 g weight
s
81-B0103/4
Penetration tin dia. 55x35 mm,
set of 10 pieces
s
81-B0103/5
Penetration tin dia. 70x45 mm
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Penetration of bituminous materials (continued)
ASPHALT
AUTOMATIC PENETRATION OF
BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
qSTANDARD
EN 1426, ASTM D5, AASHTO T 49
81-B0103/A
Electronic automatic penetrometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
A compact instrument using the latest
technologies and programmation tools:
motorised mobile head, digital keyboard, 51
family microprocessor, LCD alphanumeric
display.
During the test, depth penetration is per-
manently displayed both in units and tenth
of units (0.01 mm). An optoelectronic
detection of depth penetration with an
automated approach and a levelling system
for conductive samples are available.
The instrument is made of an anodised alu-
minium base plate with levelling screws
and spirit level, centering guide,
magnifying lens and low voltage illumina-
81-B0102/B
81 B0103/A
WATER BATH FOR PENETRATION TESTS
81-B0102/B
Thermostatically controlled digital
circulation water bath for penetra-
tion tests. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Provides water at the required temperature
(25 0.1C). The apparatus consists of a
water bath fitted with heater, digital ther-
moregulator and recirculating pump.
Supplied complete with dish, cooling coil
(current water operated), rubber connec-
ting hoses and couplings.
Power: 200 W
B Overall dimensions:
330x360x390 mm
A Weight approx.: 9.7 kg
tor mounted on flexible arms.
Supplied complete with 2.5 g standard
needle, needle holder, 50 g weight and 10
penetration tins 55x35 mm
B Overall dimensions:
260x320x540 mm
A Weight approx.: 23 kg
382
81
81-B0143
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Softening point of asphalts and TAR pitches
qSTANDARD
EN 1427, ASTM D36, AASHTO T53
81-B0143
Automatic ring and ball apparatus.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0143/Z
Automatic ring and ball apparatus.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Introduction
This advanced microprocessor controlled
automatic tester is used to determine the
softening point of bitumen using, as heating
fluid, water or glycerol. The softening point
is taken by two light barriers suitably posi-
tioned and the temperature measured by a
PT100 sensor placed in a middle position.
During operation a magnetic stirrer with
adjustable speed assures temperature
uniformity in the vessel.
The temperature gradient is strictly main-
tained throughout the test by the electro-
nic system conforming to the standards.
General specifications
The apparatus comprises the following
parts:
- Heater and magnetic stirrer with speed
control
- Temperature probe
- Glass beaker, ring and ball support,
test rings and ball support
- Application and centering device
of steel balls
- Light barrier system
- Microprocessor system and large graphic
display with membrane keyboard
- RS 232 C port for PC or printer.
Safety features
The hot plate is automatically cut off at
the end of the test cycle. The apparatus is
however fitted with an emergency stop
button. The test is automatically interrup-
ted in case of probe failure or not correctly
positioned. The hot plate is not damaged or
affected by possible water or glycerol
leakages or by the beaker failure.
SOFTENING POINT OF TAR PITCHES: RING AND BALL METHOD
81-B0143 temperature rise factory
verification
- Large graphic display 240x128 pixel
- Memory up to 50 tests
- Language selection
Main features
- Microprocessor control
- Automatic programmable test
sequences for water or glycerol
- RS 232 serial port for connection
to PC or printer
Specifications
Power: 750 W
BOverall dimensions: 530x300x280 mm
A Weight approx.: 16 kg
Firmware
Main menu:
- Test on boiled distilled or deionized water
for softening point between 30 and 80C
- Test on glycerol for softening point
above 80 and up to 150C
- Test configuration set up
- File management.
Functions:
- Date and time
- Operator name, test number, general notes
- Language selection: English, French,
Spanish, German, and Italian
- Test parameters conforming the type of
test: up to 80C and above 80 up to
150C. Hot plate pre-heating temperatu-
re and thermocouple calibration for
measuring the hot plate temperature
- Magnetic stirrer speed adjustment from
0 to 150 r.p.m.
- Baud rate selection: 38400 for PC and
9600 for printer
- Test start.
We propose two models: automatic and standard. The standard version 81-B0145 can be
completed by the hot plate incorporating the magnetic stirrer.
383
81
Accessories
s
82-P0172
Digital printer. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s
82-P0172/Z
Digital printer. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
82-P0172/1
Cable for RS 232
Spare parts
s
81-B0145/1 Brass ring
s
81-B0145/2 Steel ball
s
81-B0145/3 Ball centering guide
s
81-B0143/1 600 ml beaker
Accessories
Hot plate only with centering/
protection device
s
81-B0145/C1 Hot plate only
with centering/protection device for
81-B0145. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
81-B0145/C1Z Same as above
but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Hot plate with magnetic stirrer
system
s
81-B0145/D Hot plate with
magnetic stirrer. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1
ph. Aluminium plate, electronic adju-
stment from 100 to 1200 r.p.m., 700
W. Conforming to CE directive.
Weight approx. 3 kg
Other accessories and spare parts
s
81-B0145/1 Brass ring
s
81-B0145/2 Steel ball
s
81-B0145/3 Ball centering guide
s
81-B0145/4 Glass vessel
s
82-D1200/1 Thermometer ASTM
15C -2 +80C, 0.2C graduation
s
82-D1200/2 Thermometer ASTM
16C +30 +200C, 0.5C graduation
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Softening point of asphalts and TAR pitches (continued)
ASPHALT
STANDARD RING AND BALL APPARATUS
qSTANDARD
EN 1427, ASTM D36, AASHTO T53
81-B0145
Ring and ball apparatus
General description and specifications
Used for determining the softening point
of bituminous materials. Comprising:
- Two brass rings
- Two steel balls 9.5 mm dia.
- Two brass ball centering guides
- Glass vessel
- Glass thermometer -2 +80C.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
81-B0145 with 81-B0145/C1
81-B0145 with 81-B0145/D.
Hot plate incorporating stirring system: practi-
cal and easy to operate
During the test, both water (or glycerol)
and plate temperatures are displayed in
real-time, together with test status, ball
detection device status and stirrer speed
In the file manager it is possible to recall
a saved test (containing test data and
softening temperatures) and send it to a PC
or a serial printer
From the main menu it is possible to select
both tests with water or glycerol
AUTOMATIC RING AND BALL APPARATUS
(CONTINUED)
Example of display
384
81
Spare part
s
81-B0155/B2
Spare 25 ml glass receiver
Spare part
s
81-B0155/1 Glass still
s
81-B0155/2 Glass receiver 10 ml
s
81-B0155/3 Glass condenser
81-B0148
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of water content in bitumen and bitumen emulsions
Determination of residue on sieving of bituminous emulsions
Mixing stability with cement of bituminous emulsions / Determination of solubility
WATER IN BITUMEN
qSTANDARD
ASTM D95, D244 - AASHTO T55, T59
IP 74/77 - CNR No. 101 - NLT 123
81-B0155/A
Water in bituminous materials
test set (Dean-Stark).
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for determining the water content of
bituminous and petroleum materials by
distillation with a water immiscible, volati-
le solvent.
Comprising:
- Glass still 10 ml
- Glass receiver
- Glass condenser
- Electric heater with thermoregulator.
Power: 250 W
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
81-B0155/A
WATER IN BITUMEN EMULSIONS
qSTANDARD
EN 1428, 12847 ASTM D244
NF T66-023, T60-113
81-B0155/B
Water in bitumen emulsion test set.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
Identical to the 81-B0155/A except for the
glass receiver, which has a 25 ml capacity
with 0.1 ml graduations.
RESIDUE ON SIEVING
OF BITUMINOUS EMULSIONS
qSTANDARD
EN 1429
15-D7545
Stainless steel test sieve, 75 mm
dia., 0.5 mm opening
15-D7595
Stainless steel test sieve, 75 mm
dia., 0.16 mm opening
15-D7504
Pan and cover for 75 mm dia. sieve
15-D7545, D7595
MIXING STABILITY WITH CEMENT
OF BITUMINOUS EMULSIONS
qSTANDARD
EN 12848
15-D7585
Stainless steel test sieve,
75 mm dia., 2 mm opening
15-D7595
Stainless steel test sieve, 75 mm
dia., 0.16 mm opening
15-D7504
Pan and cover for 75 mm dia. sieve
DEGREE OF SOLUBILITY
OF BITUMINOUS BINDERS
qSTANDARD
EN 12592, IP 47, ASTM D2042
81-B0148
Test set for the determination
of solubility
Including:
- 86-D1044 Filter flask 500 ml cap.
- 86-D1189 Funnel for Gooch crucible
- 86-D1188 Gooch crucible
- 86-D1188/1 Rubber ring for Gooch crucible
- 86-D1188/2 Filter discs, fiberglass, 25 mm
dia. Pack of 100
A Total weight: 0.6 kg approx.
385
81
Accessories
s
70-C0991/2 Dry ice maker
Spare parts
s
81-B0158/1
Spare stainless steel plaque.
Pack of 10
s
81-B0158/2 Spare set of glass
tubes
s
82-B0158/3
Spare thermometer IP 42 C
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of particle polarity of bitumen emulsions
Emulsified asphalts-residue by distillation
Determination of the Fraass breaking point
ASPHALT
PARTICLE CHARGE
OF EMULSIFIED ASPHALT
qSTANDARD
EN 1430, ASTM D244, CNR No. 99
81-B0129
Particle charge tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0129/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used to identify particle charge of emul-
sions. The apparatus comprises a milliam-
meter, a variable resistor and two stainless
steel electrodes.
B Overall dimensions:
140x200x270 mm approx.
A Weight approx.: 2.2 kg
BREAKING POINT. FRAASS METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 12593
81-B0158
Breaking point apparatus
General description and specifications
Used for determining the breaking point of
solid and semisolid bitumens. The Fraass
Breaking Point is the temperature at which
bitumen first becomes brittle, as indicated
by the appearance of cracks when a thin-
film of the bitumen on a metal plaque is
cooled and flexed in accordance with spe-
cified conditions.
The apparatus consists of bending appara-
tus, plaque made of springly stainless steel
41x20x0.15 mm cooling apparatus, ther-
mometer IP 42 C, plate and stand.
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
EMULSIFIED ASPHALTS-RESIDUE
BY DISTILLATION
qSTANDARD
EN 1431, ASTM D244, AASHTO T59,
CNR No. 100
81-B0153
Emulsified asphalt distillation
apparatus
General description and specifications
Used to examine the asphalt emulsions
composed principally of a semisolid or
liquid asphaltic base, water and an emul-
sifying agent. The apparatus consists of an
aluminium-alloy still with ring burner, a
glass connecting tube with water-cooled
condenser, a graduated cylinder 100 ml
cap., support stands, holders and two ther-
mometers range -2 to 300C.
A Weight approx.: 9 kg
81-B0153
81-B0158
81-B0129
386
81
Accessories
s
81-B0116/H1 Holder for
Cannon-Fenske viscometers
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of kinematic viscosity
CANNON-FENSKE OPAQUE VISCOMETERS
Used for the determination of kinematic
viscosity of liquid asphalts (bitumens) and
road oils at 60C and distillation residue of
liquid asphalts and of asphalts of cements
at 135C.
Cannon-Fenske Opaque models are suita-
ble for opaque liquids. Supplied complete
with calibration certificate.
s
Code Approx. Kinematic viscosity range
constant cSt/S cSt
81-B0116/1 0.035 7 to 35
81-B0116/2 0.1 20 to 100
81-B0116/3 0.25 50 to 250
81-B0116/4 0.5 100 to 500
81-B0116/5 1.2 240 to 1200
81-B0116/6 2.5 500 to 2500
81-B0116/7 8 1600 to 8000
81-B0116/8 20 4000 to 20000
A Weight approx.: 500 g each
ZEITFUCHS CROSS-ARM VISCOMETERS
Used for the determination of kinematic
viscosity of liquid asphalts (bitumens) road oil
and distillation residues of liquid asphalts and
asphalt cements at 135C. Supplied complete
with calibration certificate.
A Weight approx.: 900 g each
s
Code Approx. Kinematic viscosity range
constant cSt/S cSt
81-B0116/10 0.1 20 to 100
81-B0116/11 0.3 60 to 300
81-B0116/12 1.0 200 to 1000
81-B0116/13 3.0 600 to 3000
81-B0116/14 10.0 2000 to 10000
81-B0116/15 30.0 6000 to 30000
81-B0116/16 100.0 20000 to 100000
BS U-TUBE MODIFIED
REVERSE FLOW VISCOMETERS
Used for the determination of kinematic
viscosity of liquid asphalts (bitumens) road
oil and distillation residues of liquid asphalts
and asphalt cements at 135C. Supplied
complete with calibration certificate.
A Weight approx.: 800 g each
Accessories
s
81-B0116/H3
Holder for BS U-Tube viscometers
s
Code Approx. Kinematic viscosity range
constant cSt/S cSt
81-B0116/20 0.1 6 to 100
81-B0116/21 0.3 18 to 300
81-B0116/22 1.0 60 to 1000
81-B0116/23 3.0 180 to 3000
81-B0116/24 10 600 to 10000
81-B0116/25 30 1800 to 30000
81-B0116/26 100 6000 to 100000
81-B0116/27 300 18000 to 300000
81-B0116/10
to 81-B0116/16
81-B0116/1
to 81-B0116/8
81-B0116/20 to 81-B0116/27
Accessories
s
81-B0116/H2 Holder for
Zeitfuchs Cross-Arm viscometers
KINEMATIC VISCOSITY
OF BITUMINOUS BINDERS
qSTANDARD: EN 12595,
ASTM D2170, AASHTO T201, IP 319
The test can be performed using the fol-
lowing specific apparatus selecting the
appropriate viscometer models.
387
81
Accessories
s
81-B0117/H1 Holder for
Cannon-Manning viscometers
Accessories
s
81-B0117/H2 Holder for Asphalt
Institute viscometers
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Kinematic viscosity thermometers / Viscometer bath
Dynamic viscosity of bituminous binders by vacuum capillary
ASPHALT
KINEMATIC VISCOSITY THERMOMETERS
82-B0116/40
Kinematic viscosity thermometer,
range 58.5 to 61.5C, type ASTM 47C
82-B0116/45
Kinematic viscosity thermometer,
range 133.5 to 136.5C,
type ASTM 110C
Weight approx.: 30 g
DYNAMIC VISCOSITY OF BITUMINOUS
BINDERS BY VACUUM CAPILLARY
qSTANDARD
EN 12596, ASTM D2171
The test can be performed using the fol-
lowing specific apparatus, selecting the
appropriate viscometer models.
CANNON-MANNING VACUUM
VISCOMETERS
Used for determining the viscosity of bitu-
men at 60C. Supplied complete with cali-
bration certificate.
s
Code Viscosity range PB
81-B0117/1 0.036 to 0.8
81-B0117/2 0.12 to 2.4
81-B0117/3 0.36 to 8
81-B0117/4 1.2 to 24
81-B0117/5 3.6 to 80
81-B0117/6 12 to 240
81-B0117/7 36 to 800
81-B0117/8 120 to 2400
81-B0117/9 360 to 8000
81-B0117/10 1200 to 24000
81-B0117/11 3600 to 80000
A Weight approx.: 500 g each
ASPHALT INSTITUTE VACUUM
VISCOMETERS
Used for determining the viscosity of bitu-
men at 60C. Supplied complete with cali-
bration certificate.
s
Code Viscosity range PB
81-B0117/15 42 to 800
81-B0117/16 180 to 8200
81-B0117/17 600 to 12800
81-B0117/18 2400 to 52000
81-B0117/20 9600 to 1400000
81-B0117/21 38000 to 5800000
A Weight approx.: 500 g each
81-B0116/A
81-B0117/1 to B0117/11
81-B0117/15 to B0117/21
n o t e
Viscometer bath for temperature up to
135C, pressure regulator and vacuum
manifold available on request
VISCOMETER BATH
For use in the determination of both the
kinematic and dynamic viscosity. Used to
maintain the capillary type viscometers at
uniform temperature.
qSTANDARD
ASTM D2170, AASHTO T201
81-B0116/A
Viscometer bath.
220-240 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The bath consists of a cylindrical glass ves-
sel with a heat resistant cover with 50.8
mm dia. holes, motor stirrer, refrigerating
coil with water connections, heating
system, contact thermometer, external pro-
tection and insulating base.
- Max. temperature: up to 120C
- Power: 1000 W
- Jar capacity: 14 litres approx.
- 5 viscometer tubes
Note. Thermometers and viscometers not
included
A Weight approx.: 12 kg
388
81
Accessories
s
81-B0161/1
Diaphragm pump. 230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s
81-B0161/1Z
Diaphragm pump. 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
81-B0161/1Y Diaphragm pump.
220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Dual stage, free air displacement 10
l/min, ultimate vacuum 8 mbar abs.
Complete with needle valve.
Power 120 W, weight approx. 9.3 kg
Spare parts
s
81-B0161/10 Spare glass container
s
82-B0160/10 ASTM 13C thermo-
meter +155 to +170C, 0.5C div.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of the resistance to hardening
under the influence of heat and air
RTFOT METHOD:
ROLLING THIN-FILM OVEN TEST
Effect of heat
and air on a moving film of bitumen
Two versions available: the ASTM/AASH-
TO/CNR (codes 81-B0161, B0161/Z,
B0161/Y) and the EN (code 81-B0161/A).
The only difference is the inside dimension
of the testing chamber.
qSTANDARD
EN 12607-1, ASTM D 2872,
AASHTO T240
81-B0161
Bitumen oven for rolling thin-film
oven test. ASTM version.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0161/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0161/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0161/A
Bitumen oven for rolling thin-film
oven test. EN version.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
n o t e
The oven must be connected to a suitable
low flow and pressure air supply.
81-B0161 Detail
81-B0161/A 81-B0161
General description and specifications
Used for measuring the effect of heat and
air on a moving film of semisolid bituminous
materials. Internal chamber made from
stainless steel, insulation with fibreglass or
similar, external frame made from engine-
turned stainless steel, door with symmetri-
cally located window. Complete with ther-
mometer ASTM 13C and No. 8 heat resistant
glass container, dia. 64x140 mm.
Power: 1300 W
B Outside dimensions:
600x600x900 mm
A Weight approx.: 50 kg
Main features
- Safety features:
- over temperature automatic switch
- automatic switch that switches off
the oven in case of accidental ope-
ning of the door during the test
- pilot lamp and alarm for door open
with fan still running
- magnetothermic switch
- 24 V low voltage door opening controls
- High quality stainless steel structure,
Detail of external
stainless lining:
linen patterned
resistant
to scratches and
shocks
internal and external engine-turned
finishing
- Thermal insulation with high quality
material
- Door with double glass window
- Armoured heating resistance to safety
requirement
- Flow meter (Rotameter), with air flow
regulator, metal construction
- Digital electronic thermoregulator ope-
rating in PID mode
389
81
Accessories
a) For EN 13303 ASTM D6, BS
2000, and NF T66-011
s
81-B0160/1 Rotating shelf with
9 containers 55 mm dia. x 35 mm
b) For EN 12607-2 and ASTM D1754
s
81-B0160/2 Rotating shelf 140
mm dia. x 9.5 mm deep
c) Thermometer for both versions
s
82-B0160/10 Loss on heat ther-
mometer ASTM 13 C, +155 to 170C,
0.5C div.
81-B0160/C
Accessories
s
81-B0161/1
Diaphragm pump.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
s
75-B0165/1 Flow control device
and flowmeter to maintain the air
flow rate up to 500 ml/min
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of the resistance to hardening
under the influence of heat and air (continued)
ASPHALT
TFOT METHOD: THIN-FILM OVEN TEST
Effect of heat and air and loss
on heating of oil and bituminous
compounds
qSTANDARD
EN 12607-2 EN 13303 ASTM D6,
D1754 AASHTO T47, T179 BS 2000
CNR No. 50 UNE 7110 NF T66-011
81-B0160/C
TFOT bitumen oven.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for determining the loss in mass
(exclusive of water) of oil and bituminous
and the effect of heat and air on a film of
semisolid bituminous material.
- Internal chamber made from stainless
steel
- Insulation with fibreglass or similar
- External frame made from stove enamel-
led steel
- Temperature control by contact thermo-
meter
- Door with double panel window.
The TFOT oven has to be completed with
the accessory to perform the test confor-
ming the ASTM D6, BS 2000, and NF T66-
011 standards (see 81-B0160/1) or the
other test conforming to EN 12607-2 and
ASTM D1754. (See 81-B0160/2)
Power: 1300 W
Internal dimensions: 330x330x330 mm
B Outside dimensions:
500x500x900 mm
A Weight approx.: 35 kg
RFT METHOD: ROTATING FLASK TEST
qSTANDARD
EN 12607-3
75-B0165
Rotary evaporation apparatus.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
RFT method. Test description
An amount of 100 g of bituminous binder
is introduced into the 1000 ml rotating
flask of the rotary evaporator. At the test
temperature of 165C a flow of air at
ambient temperature is introduced into the
rotating flask containing the sample. The
air flow hardens the sample and the harde-
75-B0165
ning effect is evaluated by measuring
penetration, softening point and dynamic
viscosity on the treated bituminous binder
sample.
General description
The rotary evaporator is equipped with a
distillation flask, a variable speed motor
capable of rotating the distillation flask at
a rate adjustable from 20 to 270 r.p.m.,
condenser, solvent recovery flask, and hea-
ted oil bath. The angle of the distillation
flask from the horizontal to the bath is set
at approximately 15. Supplied complete
with 1000 ml distillation flask.
A Weight approx.: 27 kg
390
81
Accessories
s
82-B0121/1 ASTM 23 C
Thermometer. Range +18 +28C,
subd. 0.2C
s
82-B0121/2 ASTM 24 C
Thermometer. Range +39 +54C,
subd. 0.2C
s
82-B0121/3 ASTM 25 C
Thermometer. Range +95 105C,
subd. 0.2C
s
82-B0121/4 IP 76C Thermometer
+10 +55C, 0.5C, immersion 93 mm
s
82-B0120/2
Kohlraush calibration flask 200 ml cap.
s
82-B0120/4 Strainer No. 50 ASTM
Spare parts
s
81-B0120/1 Testing flask 50 ml cap.
Accessories
s
81-B0122/B1
Go/Not go gauge for 10 mm orifice
s
81-B0123/B1
Go/Not go gauge for 4 mm orifice
s
81-B0124/B1
Go/Not go gauge for 2 mm orifice
s
81-B0122/B2 Cup 10 mm dia.
s
81-B0123/B2 Cup 4 mm dia.
s
81-B0124/B2 Cup 2 mm dia.
s
82-B0122/3 Thermometer IP 8 C.
Range 0 to 45C, subd. 0.2C
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Standard TAR / BRTA / Engler viscosity
81-B0122/C
EFFLUX VISCOMETER
(STANDARD TAR/BRTA)
qSTANDARD
EN 12846, EN 13357, IP 484
81-B0122/C
Standard tar viscometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for determining the viscosity of cut-
back bitumen and road oil. The apparatus
consists of a tank fitted with a thermostat,
a rheostat, an agitator, an immersion hea-
ter to take the water to the required tem-
perature and cooling coil for connection to
the water supply. The temperature is
checked by means of a 0-45C thermome-
ter. The apparatus is supplied without cup.
The EN standard require the 2, 4 and
10 mm dia. cup, the BS require the 10 mm
dia. cup only. IP and NF standards require
the 10 and 4 mm dia. cup. See accessories.
Power: 300 W
B Overall dimensions:
262x262x550 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
ENGLER VISCOSITY
qSTANDARD
ASTM D 940, D1665 - AASHTO T54 - BS
2000 - CNR No. 102 - NF T66-020
81-B0120/B
Engler viscometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.*
General description and specifications
Used to determine the specific viscosity of
tars and their products. It includes a con-
tact thermoregulator and stirring device.
Power: 300 W
B Dimensions: 262x262x550 mm
A Weight approx.: 10 kg
81-B0120/B
81-B0120/B detail
391
81
81-B0121
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Saybolt universal / Furol viscosity / Settling tendency / Penetration power
ASPHALT
SAYBOLT VISCOSITY
qSTANDARD
ASTM D88, AASHTO T72
This method covers procedure for the
empirical measurement of Saybolt viscosity
of petroleum products at specified tempe-
ratures between 70 and 210F.
Two models of viscometer available, single
tube and two tubes.
81-B0121
Saybolt digital viscometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0121/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0121/A
Saybolt two-tube digital viscometer.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0121/AZ
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
The viscometers include bath, Furol and
Universal orifice, key, control box, stirring
device, cooling coil 60 ml flask and digital
thermoregulator. Funnel and withdrawal
tube are not included and should be orde-
red separately. See accessories.
s
Models 81-B0121 81-B0121/A
81-B0121/Z 81-B0121/AZ
Power (W) 300 500
Dimensions (lxdxh) mm 260x260x500 420x260x500
Weight approx. (kg) 7 10
Specifications
DETERMINATION OF SETTLING
TENDENCY OF BITUMEN EMULSIONS
Settling of bitumen emulsions
qSTANDARD
EN 12847, IP 485
81-B0134
Stoppered glass graduated cylinder
600 ml capacity, with one division mark at
500 ml. Complete with two closeable side
tubes.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
Note. To perform the test the 81-B0155/B
apparatus is also required. See page 384.
DETERMINATION OF PENETRATION
POWER OF BITUMEN EMULSIONS
Penetration power
of bitumen emulsions
qSTANDARD
EN 12849, IP 487
81-B0136
Glass tube with fused-on glass filter
41.5 mm internal dia., 115 mm approx. total
height, fitted with glass filter disc pore size
between 160 and 250 m.
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
81-B0121/A
81-B0136
81-B0134
Accessories
s
82-B0125/2 Saybolt thermometer
19 to 27C, subd. 0.1C
s
82-B0125/3 Saybolt thermome-
ter 34 to 42C, subd. 0.1C
s
82-B0125/4 Saybolt thermome-
ter 49 to 57C, subd. 0.1C
s
82-B0125/5 Saybolt thermome-
ter 57 to 65C, subd. 0.1C
s
82-B0125/6 Saybolt thermometer
79 to 87C, subd. 0.1C, 250 mm length
s
82-B0125/7 Saybolt thermome-
ter. Range 95 to 103C, subd. 0.1C
s
81-B0125/13 Filter funnel with
wire mesh and clip
s
81-B0125/14 Withdrawal tube
Spare parts
s
81-B0125/1
Saybolt viscosity flask, 60 ml cap.
s
81-B0125/10 Universal orifice for
Saybolt viscometers
s
81-B0125/11
Furol orifice for Saybolt viscometers
392
81
Accessories
s
81-B0139/1
Reference filler, 25 kg bag
Spare parts
s
81-B0130/1 Spare cup
s
82-B0130/2
Spare thermometer -6 +400C, IP 28 C
Accessories
s
82-B0135/1
ASTM 9C thermometer 5 +110C,
0.5C subd., 275 mm length
s
82-B0135/2
ASTM 10C thermometer +90 +370C,
2C subd., 275 mm length
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of breaking behaviour / Determination of flash and fire point
Determination of Flash point
81-B0139
BREAKING VALUE OF CATIONIC BITUMEN
EMULSIONS. MINERAL FILLER METHOD
qSTANDARD
EN 13075-1, IP 494
81-B0139
Test set for the determination of
the breaking value of cationic
emulsions
Comprising:
- Feeding pan
- Two enamel dishes
- Nickel spatula
- Support base and clamp.
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg
FLASH AND FIRE POINT
BY CLEVELAND OPEN CUP
qSTANDARD
EN 22592, ISO 2592, ASTM D92,
AASHTO T48, IP 36/67
81-B0130/C
Cleveland flash tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Used for determining the flash and fire
point of petroleum products. It consists of
a brass cup mounted on an electric heater
with temperature controller.
Conforming with the CE European directi-
ve, is supplied complete with:
- Double line-fuse
- Hot plate control apparatus.
Complete with thermometer -6 +400C.
Power: 600 W
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
81-B0130/C
FLASH POINT BY PENSKY-MARTENS
qSTANDARD
EN 22719, ASTM D93, AASHTO T73,
IP 34, IP 35, ISO 2719
81-B0135
Pensky-Martens flash point tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
Used for determining the flash point by the
closed cup method of petroleum products
with a flash point higher than 50C.
Comprising motor driven stirrer, cast iron
air bath and stainless radiation shield.
Mounted on electric heater with thermore-
gulator.
Power: 600 W
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
81-B0135
393
81
Accessories
s
82-B0138/A1 Thermometer,
ASTM 33 C range -38 +42C
s
82-B0135/1 Thermometer,
ASTM 9 C range -5 +110C
s
82-B0138/A3 Thermometer,
ASTM 35 C range +90 +170C
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Flash point by Tag open and closed cup
ASPHALT
FLASH POINT BY TAG OPEN CUP TESTER
qSTANDARD
ASTM D1310, D3143
81-B0138/A
TAG open cup flash point tester.
CE model. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Comprising:
- Electric furnace with electronic control-
ler of heating power
- Flame rotating ignition device (LPG sup-
ply is required)
- Glass cup
- Insulating plate
- Support and clamp for thermometer
- Gauge
- Stainless steel frame
- Double line-fuse
- CE mark
Power: 600 W
B Dimensions:
250x170x400 mm (wxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
The thermometers are not comprised and have
to be ordered separately. See accessories.
81-B0137
FLASH POINT BY TAG
CLOSED CUP TESTER
qSTANDARD
ASTM D56
81-B0137
TAG closed cup flash point tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description and specifications
Comprising:
- Electric furnace with electronic tempera-
ture controller
- Flame ignition device
- Cover with slide
- Brass cup
- Water bath
- Thermometer-holder ferrule
- Stainless steel frame
- Double line-fuse
- CE mark
Power: 600 W
B Dimensions:
130x300x400 mm (wxdxh)
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
81-B0138/A
Accessories
s
82-B0135/1 Thermometer,
ASTM 9 C range -5 +110C,
subd. 0.5C
s
82-B0137/A1 Thermometer,
ASTM 57 C range -20 +50C, subd.
0.5C
394
81
Accessories
s
81-B0141 Ductility mould. Made
of brass, accurately machined to the
specified dimensions. Weight 200 g
s
81-B0142 Ductility mould plate
for 81-B0141 ductility mould
Testing equipment for the construction industry
ASPHALT
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Ductility
81-B0140
81-B0140
Ductility testing machine.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0140/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0140/Y
Same as above but 220 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
The machine can perform three simulta-
neous tests. The bath is fitted with an
immersion heater in order to obtain, in
normal conditions, the 25C test tempera-
ture using, as stabilising element, the cold
water circulation in the stainless steel
interspace.
For use in tropical areas or to perform tests
below 25C, the use of the 86-D2030/A
liquid refrigerator-circulator is recommen-
ded.
The machine can be upgraded to measure
the tensile force. See Upgraded options
code 81-B0140/UP1.
Testing speed: 50 mm/min
Max. carriage displacement: 1500 mm
Power: 500 W heating element
and 150 W motor
B Dimensions: 2150x360x340 mm
A Weight approx.: 104 kg
n o t e
Ductility mould and ductility mould
plate are not supplied with the machine
and have to be ordered separately.
(See accessories)
Main features
- Double stainless steel bath with interspace for cold water or ethylene glycol circulation
(when used with 86-D2030/A liquid refrigerator-circulator)
- Fiberglass insulation and external casing in enamelled steel
- Temperature control by digital system
- Immersion electric heater
- Carriage holding up to three standard briquette moulds
- Measuring rule.
DUCTILITY
qSTANDARD
pr EN 13398, ASTM D113, AASHTO T51,
NF T66-006, CNR No. 44, NLT 126
Introduction
This method is used for determining the
ductility of bituminous materials by measu-
ring the elongation before breaking when
two ends of a briquette specimen are pulled
apart at a specified speed and temperature.
The test is performed with a ductility machi-
ne, which can be fitted with a liquid refrige-
rator-circulator (see model 86-D2030/A) to
perform tests at a temperature below 25C
or for use in tropical areas. Furthermore the
standard ductility machine 81-B0140 can be
upgraded with a Force ductility kit to mea-
sure the tensile force exerted on the speci-
mens and determining the conventional
energy of bitumen binders from traction
characteristics.
This upgraded option (see code 81-
B0140/UP1) includes three load cells, digi-
tal display unit and Macro-Excel program
for data acquisition and processing for
connection to PC.
81-B0141, 81-B0142
395
81
- Provides cold water for general
laboratory use
- Can circulate either water
or ethylene glycol
- CFC free
- Silent
Detail of the three load cells installed inside the
ductility bath (upgrading option 81-B0140/UP1)
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Ductility
ASPHALT
DUCTILITY TESTING MACHINE
UPGRADING OPTIONS
81-B0140/UP1
Force ductility kit
The 81-B0140 machine can be upgraded
with the installation of three load cells in
line with each ductility mould and speci-
men test position, to measure the tensile
force and determine the conventional
energy of bitumen binders from traction
characteristic. The kit, which has to be fac-
tory installed, includes:
- Three load cells 50 N cap. each
- Three channels digital display unit with
RS 232 output for PC or printer
- Macro-Excel program for data acquisi-
tion and PC processing
- Installation on the ductility machine.
86-D2030/A
Liquid refrigerator-circulator.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
86-D2030/AZ
Liquid refrigerator-circulator.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
General description
This unit has been specially designed for
laboratory use to provide either cold water
or for closed circulation of either water or
ethylene glycol. Comprising a refrigeration
compressor, silent and CFC free, water
reservoir with cooling coil, electronic ther-
moregulator with digital display, which
shows the water/liquid output temperature
and sound proof metal case.
The unit include a liquid circulator pump
for controlling the interspace casing of the
ductility machine bath and a resistance
heater fitted in the water reservoir to
decrease, if needed the thermal inertia of
the system.
81-B0140 Ductility machine fitted with 86-D2030/A Refrigerating circulator unit (bench not included)
86-D2030/A
Specifications
Output liquid temperature range:
+5 to +25C
Power: 1500 W
Water or liquid connections:
3
/
4
B Dimensions (lxdxh):
825x435x750 mm
A Weight approx.: 70 kg
396
81
ASPHALT
Accessories
s
81-B0147/1 Mould and tamper.
Used for mix design together with
the 81-B0147 apparatus. Weight 3
kg approx.
s
86-D1420 Bunsen burner
s
86-D1431 Tripod
s
86-D1441 Iron wire gauze with
ceramic centre
s
82-D1203 Laboratory thermometer
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Determination of density or relative density
Storage stability of asphalt emulsions / Softening point of thermoplastic road materials
CAPILLARY STOPPERED PYKNOMETERS
qSTANDARD
EN ISO 3838, NF T66 007
86-D1115
Hubbard-Carmick specific gravity
bottle 24 ml cap.
86-D1120
Hubbard-Carmick specific gravity
bottle 25 ml cap.
81-B0147
81-B0147/1
86-D1115, 86-D1120
WILHELMI SOFTENING POINT
qSTANDARD
EN 1871, DIN 1996-15
81-B0147
Wilhelmi softening point apparatus
General description and specifications
Used for determining the softening point
of bituminous materials for road construc-
tions. Comprising a metal support frame, a
ring divided in two halves, a steel ball 15
mm dia. and a glass beaker.
A Weight approx.: 1.5 kg
STORAGE STABILITY
OF ASPHALT EMULSIONS
qSTANDARD
NF T66 022
81-B0114
Apparatus for the determination of
storage stability of emulsions.
230 V, 50 Hz, 1 ph.
The test is based on settlement measure-
ment conforming to NF T66 022. It consist
of a 12 V current source, vessel, cylindrical
electrode and holder.
B Overall dimensions:
200x200x520 mm
A Weight approx.: 4 kg
81-B0114
397
81
Accessories
s
82-B0150/10 Low distillation
thermometer, ASTM 7 C, -2 +300C,
subd. 1C
s
81-B0150/12
Crow receiver 25 ml cap.
s
81-B0150/13
Crow receiver 50 ml cap.
s
81-B0150/14
Crow receiver 100 ml cap.
Spare parts
s
81-B0150/1 Distillation flask
s
82-B0150/11 High distillation
thermometer, ASTM 8 C, -2 +400C,
subd. 1C
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Testing bitumen and bituminous binders
Distillation of cut-back asphaltic (bituminous) products / Bitumen ageing
ASPHALT
81-B0150
81-B0260
PRESSURE AGEING VESSEL (PAV)
Introduction
Aging is today one of the fundamental
parameters for the evaluation of the
performance qualities during field service.
The SHRP program gives great importance
to ageing to evaluate the performance
grade of bituminous binders.
The Pressure Aging Vessel has been develo-
ped to simulate in-service ageing of
asphalt binder after 5 to 10 years. The bin-
der is exposed to high pressure and tempe-
rature for 20 hours to simulate the effects
of long term oxidative ageing.
qSTANDARD
AASHTO PP-I, ASTM PS36, SHRP test
method B 005
81-B0260
Automatic pressure ageing vessel.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
81-B0260/Z
Same as above but 110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
DISTILLATION OF CUT-BACK
ASPHALTIC PRODUCTS
qSTANDARD
ASTM D402, AASHTO T78, NF T66-003,
UNE 7112, 7072
81-B0150
Apparatus for distillation of cut-
back asphalt
General description
This apparatus is used for the examination
of cut-back asphaltic materials by the
distillation test. Comprising: distillation
flask, condenser, adapter, shield, shield and
flask support, Bunsen burner, cylinder
receiver, thermometer -2 +400C.
A Weight approx.: 6 kg
General description and specifications
The apparatus consists of a stainless steel
pressure vessel with encased band heaters
and integral pressure and temperature
controls. A platinum RTD measures internal
test temperature to 0.1C. Selectable test
temperatures (standard 90/100/110C) are
controlled to 0.2C. Pressure is monitored
by transducer and controlled to 2.1 0.1
MPa. Temperature and pressure digital indi-
cators display both set points and actual
values.
Temperature and pressure calibration can
be site executed. An excess pressure relief
valve and a temperature high limit are
standard safety features. Data logging of
both temperature and pressure and PC
transfer of data at the end of the test.
Bottled compressed air with regulator must
be user provided.
Supplied complete with 10 stainless AASH-
TO/ASTM T179 thin-film oven test pans,
precision assembled rack to support the
pans power card, operators manual, spare
"O" ring gasket and serial data cable.
Power:
550 W, 50 W at preheat temperature
B Dimensions: 650x430x405 mm
A Weight approx.: 73 kg
I N T R O D U C T I O N
Testing equipment for the construction
Industry includes a large number of item that cannot
be located in a specific application field such as con-
crete, cement, asphalt etc. but are for general use or
for more than one application.
Furthermore, the ISO 9000 standards concer-
ning Quality Assurance Systems require a number of
measuring instruments which are employed either in
the central or field laboratories to check the testing
equipment and the environmental conditions. All
these items along with the core drilling equipment
and mobile laboratories have been grouped in this
large General family.
General
399
Measuring instruments
Verification of force transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400
Strain gauged column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
Digital instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
High capacity strain gauge load cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402
Serial printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
Low capacity strain gauge load cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
Strain gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404
Linear potentiometric transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
Pressure transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405
Electronic instrumentation. Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406
Load measuring rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407
Assessment of flatness, perpendicularity
and straightness of test specimens and moulds . . . . . . . .408
Dial indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
Digital dial indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
Hardness measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
Roughness measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408
Thermometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409
Digital timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
Humidity and temperature measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
Mechanical watches and stop clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
Sound measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
Speed measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412
Conductivity measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
Rain gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
Airflow - Anemometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414
Hygrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
Thermohygrograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415
Core drilling equipment
Portable universal core drilling machines . . . . . . . . . . . . .416
Heavy-duty universal coring machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
Coring bits and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
Pavement coring machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419
General laboratory apparatus
Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
Laboratory glassware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
Mortar and pestles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
Porcelain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422
Bunsen and Meker burners, miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . .423
Funnels, crucibles, stirring rods, triangle, glass rods . . . . .423
Plasticware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
Laboratory hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
Trays and containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
Circulating water baths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
Immersion heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
Vacuum pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
Air compressors and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
Filter paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Liquid refrigerator-circulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Water stills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
Water conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
Mobile laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
General
Contents
86
83
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
400
82
Verification of the force transfer of a compression tester by the strain gauged column 82-E0105/1
Digital tester 82-P0804/E, PC, Printer and 82-P0804/E1 software
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Verification of force transfer
VERIFICATION OF FORCE TRANSFER
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-4
Introduction
The verification of force transfer includes:
- Accuracy of force indication
- Self-alignment of the upper machine
plate
- Alignment of the upper machine
plate
- Restraint of movement of the upper
plate
Conforming to the new EN 12390-4 stan-
dard, all compression machines have to be
tested to verify not only the accuracy of
force indication but: the self-alignment,
alignment and restraint of movement of
the upper plate too. These verifications can
be performed using the strain gauged
column 82-E0105/1 and the digital tester
82-P0804/E with suitable software as
described on the following pages. The
accuracy of force indication only can be
performed using the same above apparatus
or the 82-P0801/E tester with a suitable
load cell as shown on page 402.
platen using a special strain gauged
column (e.g. our model 82-E0105/1)
connected to a suitable data acquisi-
tion and processing system (e.g. our
model 82-P0804/E).
The same apparatus has been adopted
by most of the national European
specifications and, recently by the
EN specifications (EN 12390-4).
All EN compression testers shown
in this catalogue meet these strin-
gent specifications.
Unsatisfactory premature sample failure is caused by an incorrect load application.
The resultant compression resistance can be up to 30-35% lower than the true resistance
Unsatisfactory failure
Satisfactory failure
Importance of the verification
of force transfer
The result of a compression test on a
cube or cylinder specimen is affected
to a considerable extent (up to 30-
35%) by a non-uniform application of
the load on the surface of the sample
- this results in an exceptional force
being applied to the material and its
premature failure.
For this reason the calibration certifi-
cate for the force measurement
instrument mounted on the machine
does not guarantee the accuracy of
the strength result. Usually a non-
uniform application of the load leads
to unsatisfactory failures as shown
opposite, which cannot be related to a
known loss of strength.
Since 1983, the BS 1881 specifications
have included a testing procedure in
addition to the normal calibration
test, which verifies the self-alignment
of machine components and the
restraint on movement of the upper
Testing equipment for the construction industry
401
82
Accessories
s
82-P0172 24-column serial prin-
ter. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
82-P0804/E1 Testing software
for the automatic data acquisition
and processing of the plate self-ali-
gnment, alignment and restraint of
movement verification (stability) of
compression testers
s
82-P0804/E2 Testing software
for the automatic data acquisition
and processing of force measure-
ments for the calibration verification
of compression testers
s
82-P0804/E3 Force transfer veri-
fication MS Excel spreadsheet
s
82-P0804/E4 Force calibration
verification MS Excel spreadsheet
82-P0804/E with 82-E0105/1 Strain gauged column and 82-P0172 24-column printer that can be
used to download the test results for further processing using programs developed by the user. The
strain-gauged column is supplied complete with auxiliary platen and spacers for an easy and precise
placing of the column either centrally or 6 mm displaced from the centre. It can be used as a 3000
kN load cell for force verification.
Final Force Transfer Verification certificate.
The complete document includes other 3 certifi-
cates concerning upper plate self-alignment, ali-
gnment and restraint of movement.
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Verification of force transfer (continued)
GENERAL
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
82-P0804/E
Force transfer digital tester.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
This unit when connected to the 82-E0105/1
strain gauged column, to a PC and printer
using the specific software 82-P0804/E1 and
82-P0804/E2, provides completely automatic
data acquisition, processing and print of the
verification test certificates concerning either
the accuracy of force indication or the other
force transfer verifications. During operation,
acquired data are displayed on the graphic
screen of the tester and then downloaded by
the serial port to the PC and printer. The
system can also be used directly connected to
a simple 24-column printer (e.g. our model
82-P0172) or to download the test results for
further processing using programs developed
by the user. Supplied complete with carrying
case.
Specifications
No. of channels: 4
Resolution: with strain gauged column:
1/128.000; with load cells: 1/256.000
Large permanent memory to store data
and test results
Graphic display 240x128 pixel
B Dimensions: 250x220x150 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
STRAIN GAUGED COLUMN
82-E0105/1
Strain gauged column/load cell
3000 kN cap.
To test the self-alignment, alignment,
restraint of movement of the upper plate
and the accuracy of force indication of com-
pression testers. The device consists of a
3000 kN cap. strain gauged column, 100 mm
dia., 200 mm high with hardness and tole-
rances conforming to the Standard.
Supplied complete with auxiliary platen and
spacers for easy and precise placing of the
column either centrally or 6 mm displaced
from the centre. The column can also be
used as a load cell 3000 kN cap. to test the
accuracy of force indication. The performan-
ce and accuracy are identical to those of the
HP High Performance load cells. Supplied
complete with carrying case. It has to be
used with a suitable digital tester (e.g. our
model 82-P0804/E).
A Weight approx.: 17.5 kg
- One cell only 3000 kN cap. to test either the force accuracy and force transfer
- Also connectable to other load cells
- It can be completed with official calibration certificate issued by a European accredita-
tion laboratory
- Suitable for calibration of Class 1 compression testers
402
82
Accessories
s
82-P0172 24-column serial prin-
ter. 230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
s
82-P0804/E4 Force calibration
verification MS Excel spreadsheet
Digital tester 82-P0801/E (in the middle),
among the load cell 3000 kN capacity model
82-E0100/F and the printer 82-P0172
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
High capacity strain gauge load cells and digital instrumentation
HIGH CAPACITY STRAIN GAUGE
LOAD CELLS
qSTANDARD
EN 10002-3, ASTM E74
Two series available: Standard and High
Performance (HP) models, which are particu-
larly suitable for calibration of Class 1 testers.
All load cells must be individually calibrated
together with the digital electronic tester.
SIT or UKAS verification certificate can be
supplied on order. Supplied complete with
carrying case.
General specifications
Non-linearity and hysteresis % FS: 0.1
Repeatability: 0.03
Full scale output mV/V: 2 0.1%
Nom. voltage excitation DC: 12
Uncertainty:
0.25% (Standard), 0.05% HP models
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
82-P0801/E
Digital tester for force verification.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
This system, connected to any standard or
HP load cell and to a PC and printer with
spreadsheet software 82-P0804/E4 provi-
des the force verification test certificate. It
can also be used directly connected to a
simple 24 column printer (e.g. our model
82-P0172) to download the test results for
further processing using programs develo-
ped by the users. It has to be calibrated
together with the load cell(s). The official
calibration certificate issued by a European
accreditation laboratory is available on
order. However the system 82-P0801/E plus
the load cell or cells is supplied with a tra-
ceable calibration certificate produced in
the Controls calibration laboratory.
Specifications
Microprocessor based
Clock/calendar chip
Large permanent memory
to store data and test results
Two RS 232 serial ports
for connecting PC and printer
1 analogic channel for strain gauge
load cell/transducers
with resolution of 256,000 points
Graphic display 240x128 pixel
B Dimensions: 250x220x150 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
- High resolution: 256,000 points
- Large graphic display: 240x128 pixel
- Language selection: English, French,
Spanish, German and Italian
- Large permanent memory: up to 960
readings
- 2 RS 232 serial ports for PC and
printer connection
- Remote control
s
Code Cap. Dim. mm Weight
kN (dia. x h) kg
82-E0100/AS 30 82x44 4.5
82-E0100/AS1 60 100x48 5
82-E0100/AS2 100 100x48 5
82-E0100/BS 300 135x200 12.5
82-E0100/CS 600 135x200 14
82-E0100/DS 1000 135x200 15
82-E0100/ES 2000 135x200 17
82-E0100/FS 3000 135x200 19
82-E0100/GS 5000 180x200 30
Standard load cell.
EN 10002-3 Class 2, ASTM E74 Class A
s
Code Cap. Dim. mm Weight
kN (dia. x h) kg
82-E0100/A 30 97x127 4.5
82-E0100/B 300 140x160 9
82-E0100/C 600 140x170 10
82-E0100/D 1000 150x180 12
82-E0100/E 2000 135x200 14
82-E0100/F 3000 135x200 18
82-E0100/G 5000 158x258 35
High Performance load cell (HP).
EN 10002-3 Class 1, ASTM E74 Class AA
82-P0800/C hard plastic carrying case for
82-P0801/E tester and 82-P0172 printer
Example of print of calibra-
tion test results obtained
by simply connecting the
82-P0172 printer to the
82-P0801/E digital tester
Digital tester
82-P0801/E with
printer 82-P0172
and load cell
during calibra-
tion
403
82
Centro SIT 92
Accessories
s
82-P0402/1 Adaptor 5/6-pins
suitable for all our instruments
Note. Special adaptors and connec-
tions are available on order.
82-P0402
Final Force calibration certificate. The complete
document include other 2 certificates concer-
ning the data recording and the data processing
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Signal simulator and Serial printers
GENERAL
From November 1996 Controls spa. has been accredited as a calibration centre for
compression testing machines conforming to EN 12390-4, BS 1610-1881 by SIT
which is a member of the EUROPEAN ACCREDITATION LABORATORIES (EAL) which
comprises:
Certificates and reports issued by bodies accredited by EAL are considered to have
the same degree of credibility and are accepted by the above countries.
DENMARK : DANAK
FINLAND : FINAS
FRANCE : COFRAC
GERMANY : DKD
IRELAND : ILAB
ITALY : SIT
THE NETHERLAND : RVA
NORWAY : NA
SPAIN : ENAC
SWEDEN : SWEDAC
SWITZERLAND : SAS
UNITED KINGDOM : UKAS
Calibration Centre
SERIAL PRINTERS
These palm size lightweight digital printers
are ideal either for laboratory or field use.
They are available in three versions:
82-P0172
Serial printer mains operated
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/Z
Serial printer mains operated
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
82-P0172/A
Serial printer with rechargeable
internal battery or standard battery
82-P0172/1
Cable for RS 232 C connections
General specifications
Printing method: serial dot impact
Font: 5x8 matrix
No. of columns: 24
Paper width: 57.5 mm
Interface: Serial RS 232
BExternal dimensions: 120x172x100 mm
A Weight approx.: 1 kg
SIGNAL SIMULATOR
82-P0402
Signal simulator
Used to calibrate the readout system simu-
lating load cells / pressure transducers.
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
File manager screen.
All the readings are permanently stored
Test menu. Load changes shown in division
Example of display
404
82
Accessories
s
82-P0399/A Strain gauge appli-
cation kit comprising bonding
agents, soldering unit, little accesso-
ries and instruction manual. Weight
approx. 7 kg
s
82-P0390/1 Contacts for strain
gauges
s
82-P0399/P22 Bonding and
catalyst agent to glue the strain
gauges
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Low capacity strain gauge load cells / Strain gauges
LOW CAPACITY STRAIN GAUGE
LOAD CELLS
They provide a very accurate electrical
signal strictly proportional to the applied
load.
- The 82-P370 to 82-P375/T series features
M20x1.5 (except 82-P0377 model:
M30x2) top thread and lower connection
with hole (2.5 to 10 kN models) or M30x2
thread (50 to 100 kN models). They are
normally used with low capacity univer-
sal testers, triaxial and shear testing
machines, etc.
s
Code Capacity kN Dimensions dia.xh mm Weight kg
82-P0370 2.5 57x80 1.5
82-P0370/T* 2.5 57x80 1.5
82-P0373 10 57x80 1.5
82-P0373/T* 10 57x80 1.5
82-P0375 50 82x110 4.45
82-P0375/T* 50 82x110 4.45
82-P0376/T* 100 82x110 4.45
82-P0377 75 82x110 4.45
* With adapters for triaxial machine
STRAIN GAUGES
82-P0390
Strain gauge, 9.53 mm gauge
length. Pack of 5
82-P0391
Strain gauge, 20 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
82-P0392
Strain gauge, 30 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
82-P0393
Strain gauge, 60 mm gauge length.
Pack of 10
General description and specifications
They provide a very accurate electrical
signal strictly proportional to the strain of
the rock or concrete specimen submitted to
load application. The strain gauges must be
used in conjunction with a suitable tester
(e.g. our model DATALOG 82-P0908/B).
Specifications Models
82-P0390 82-P0391 82-P0392 82-P0393
Grid width (mm) 4.53 3 2 1
Gauge length (mm) 9.53 20 30 60
Matrix dim. (mm) 17x6.9 31x7 43x8 74x8
Resistance () 120 120 120 120
Bridge
Gauge factor (approx.) 2 2.1 2.1 2.1
No. of gauges per package 5 10 10 10
82-P0375
82-P0390 to 82-P0393
Readout unit for strain gauges
mod. 82-P0908/B (see page 153)
405
82
82-P0332, 82-P0332/A
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Linear potentiometric transducers / Pressure transducers
GENERAL
82-P0330/M
Miniature linear potentiometric
transducer, 10 mm travel
82-P0330
82-P0336/D - 82-P0330/M
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
82-P0349
Pressure transducer 0-10 bar range
82-P0350
Pressure transducer 0-20 bar range
82-P0351
Pressure transducer 0-50 bar range
82-P0354
LINEAR POTENTIOMETRIC TRANSDUCERS
82-P0330
Linear potentiometric transducer,
10 mm travel
82-P0332
Linear potentiometric transducer,
25 mm travel
82-P0334
Linear potentiometric transducer,
50 mm travel
82-P0336
Linear potentiometric transducer
100 mm travel
82-P0336/D
Linear potentiometric transducer
100 mm travel, for fitting inside the
34-T0107 Multispeed tester
82-P0332/A
Mounting bracket for 82-P0332,
82-P0334 and 82-P0336 Linear
potentiometric transducers for con-
nection to load rings only
82-P0332/AS
Mounting bracket for 82-P0332 for
fitting to shear testing machines only
General description and specifications
They provide an electrical signal proportio-
nal to the linear shaft displacement. The
transducers are housed in a incorrodable
metal case. The extremely low spring force
on spindle and the excellent linearity make
these transducers ideal for laboratory use.
Linearity: 0.25%
A Weight approx.: 150 to 220 g
82-P0352
Pressure transducer 0-100 bar range
82-P0352/A
Pressure transducer 0-200 bar range
82-P0353
Pressure transducer 0-350 bar range
82-P0353/A
Pressure transducer 0-500 bar range
82-P0354
Pressure transducer 0-700 bar
range, complete with protection for
use with compression testing frame
General description and specifications
They provide a very accurate electrical
signal strictly proportional to the pressure
of the hydraulic circuit of the testing
machine or apparatus. Featuring fully sea-
led, stainless steel pressure chambers and
diaphragms. The transducers use a full
Wheatstone bridge circuit.
Accuracy: 0.5%
Resolution: infinite
Operating temperature range:
-40 to +100C
Sensitivity: 2 mV/V applied (nominal)
Full scale output: 20 mV nominal
Cable: 4 core PVC insulated 1 m length
Connection thread: " BSP
A Weight approx.: 150 g
HIGH PRECISION
DISPLACEMENT TRANSDUCERS
82-P0331/A
High precision displacement
transducer, 2 mm travel
82-P0331/B
High precision displacement
transducer, 5 mm travel
82-P0331/C
High precision displacement
transducer, 10 mm travel
82-P0331/C
406
82
Accessories
s
82-P0908/SOF Datasoft software
and serial cable for PC connection
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Electronic instrumentation. Data Logger
DATALOG 82-P0908/A - 82-P0908/B
8-CHANNEL MULTIPURPOSE DATA LOGGER
Introduction
This latest range of multipurpose data log-
ger has been developed for a number of
laboratory and site applications for data
acquisition, processing and storing unit of:
- Force, by load cells and pressure transdu-
cers
- Pressure, by pressure transducers
- Displacement, by linear potentiometric
and inductive transducers
- Temperature, by thermocouples and
PT100 type transducers
- Others
The performances of the apparatus can be
further upgraded with the battery-opera-
ted option, ideal for site use. See Upgrading
option 82-P0908/UP1.
The Datalog is available in two configura-
tions:
82-P0908/A
DATALOG, 8 channels data acquisi-
tion, processing and storing unit,
DPT version
For connection to displacement, pressure
and temperature transducers. See pages
263 and 265 as example of applications.
And
82-P0908/B
DATALOG, 8 channels data acquisi-
tion, processing and storing unit,
EM version
For connection to the load cell or pressure
transducer of the compression tester and
to the strain gauges 1/4 bridge type for the
determination of the elastic modulus. See
page 153 as example of application.
Voltages: 110-240 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
It can also be 12-24 V DC battery operated
by the option 82-P0908/UP1.
General specifications
Hardware
- 8 measuring channels
- Sensors output: 10 V (82-P0908/A)
or 2 V (82-P0908/B)
- Power output for transducers excitation:
10 V. If needed power output can be
adjusted at other rates by jumpers
setting
- Individual jumper setting of transducer
type (differential or single ended)
- A/D converter 32000 divisions
- Individual trimmer adjusting of 0 point
and slope (gain) for each channel
- RS 232 programmable serial output
- Real time clock and date
- 256 kB data memory
- 128 kB RAM memory
- 128x64 pixel back-lighted graphic
display
- Easy operation with 4-function keys and
numerical keypad
- PS/2 sockets for transducers connection
- Sampling rate: up to 3 Hz (3 readings per
channels per second)
Internal software (firmware)
- 4 languages: English, French, Italian, and
Spanish
- Software calibration of each channel by
user defined polynomial curve or auto-
calculation of linear calibration curve
- Single channel and all channels zeroing
always available
- Memory individually configurable as:
linear start-stop or number of readings
(max. 18000 readings each channel)
- Two criteria for data storage: time inter-
val and/or reading variation interval
- On-screen recall of stored data
- Real time and delayed data downloading
- Programmable warning thresholds
max./min.
- Start/Stop function activated by key-
board or by external trigger
PC software (see accessory)
B Dimensions: 320x250x110 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
Datalog 82-P0908/A-B with PC and printer (optional)
PC software sample screen
Main features:
- Displays readings on the PC screen
both as numeric values and graphic
plots (axes and scales adjustable)
- Performs statistical elaboration of
groups of readings (min. value,
max. value, average value, standard
deviation)
- Saves measuring sessions genera-
ting files
- Allows data-files management
- MS Windows 98/2000/ME/XP
compatible.
407
82
B
A
B
A
M10 M5
D
M6 M6
M10
35
C
= =
Accessories
s
28-T1049 Connection with coni-
cal seat for load rings. It has to be
screwed on the lower base of the
proving ring to receive the hemi-
spherical end of the triaxial cell
piston. Weight 50 g approx.
s
82-T1050 Suspension ball seat
for testing machines. Supplied com-
plete with connection for load rings
s
82-D1258 Stem brake device for
dial gauges. To maintain the maxi-
mum reading after the failure of the
specimen
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Load measurement and calibration apparatus
Load measuring rings
GENERAL
LOAD MEASURING RINGS
General description and specifications
Used for load measurement and for cali-
bration of testing machines. Made from
special alloy steel. All standard models are
supplied complete with dial gauge 5x0.001
mm and the electronic models (suffix E) are
fitted with an electronic transducer. The
repeatability is within the 0.2% and the
accuracy is held within 1% over the
upper 80% of the full range.
The load rings can be supplied in different
versions depending upon the use and the
machine to be used with. For an easy and
complete identification of the ring model,
the code number is followed, with the
exception of the standard model by a suf-
fix letter as specified above.
No suffix letters
Example: 82-T1001
Identifies the standard model, which is
used for all tests, with the exception of the
shear box apparatus, which requires a ring
with special ends.
Suffix "/E" = with electronic transducer
Example: 82-T1004/E. This suffix identifies
the standard models in which are mounted
the conventional dial gauge together with
electronic transducer providing an electri-
cal signal for connection to a readout unit
or electronic data acquisition system.
Available up to 5 kN load capacity.
n o t e
All load rings are supplied with a
calibration chart prepared by a computer.
If necessary the calibration can be made
in other units.
82-T1009
No suffix
letter
82-T1001
to 82-T1012
Suffix E
82-T1001/E
to
82-T1004/E
No suffix
letter
82-T1001
to 82-T1012
Suffix E
82-T1001/E
to
82-T1004/E
82-T1002/E
- High resolution dial gauge: 0.001 mm
- Accuracy 1%
- Large range: 1 to 100 kN cap.
s
Code Max. load Resol. Dimensions Net weight
kN mm A B C D E kg
82-T1001 1.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.2
82-T1001/E 1.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.2
82-T1002 2.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.4
82-T1002/E 2.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.4
82-T1003 5.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.7
82-T1003/E 5.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 1.7
82-T1004 10.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 2.2
82-T1004/E 10.0 0.001 214 182 46 6.5 15 2.2
82-T1005 15.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 2.5
82-T1006 20.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 3
82-T1007 30.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 3.5
82-T1008 40.0 0.001 214 182 70 6.5 27 3.9
82-T1009 50.0 0.001 214 182 70 7 27 3.9
82-T1010 60.0 0.001 214 182 70 7 27 3.9
82-T1012 100.0 0.001 308 270 109 9.5 46.5 15
408
82
Accessories
s
82-D1258 Stem brake device for dial
gauges. To maintain the maximum rea-
ding after the failure of the specimen
s
82-D1260 Magnetic holder for
dial gauges
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Metrology
Dial indicators
Roughness and hardness measurements / Vernier calipers, square, straightedge, feeler strips
DIAL INDICATORS
The following dial indicators are used for a
wide range of applications appearing
throughout this catalogue and can also be
used for general laboratory requirements.
Clockwise rotation, 58 mm dia. approx.
complete with rear mount.
s
Code Travel Graduation
82-D1250 5 mm 0.001 mm
82-D1252 10 mm 0.002 mm
82-D1255 10 mm 0.01 mm
82-D1256/C 25 mm 0.01 mm
82-D1257 30 mm 0.01 mm
82-D1259 50 mm 0.01 mm
Note. 82-D1250 is used mounted in our
load rings.
DIGITAL DIAL INDICATORS
Three models available: 10, 20, and 50 mm
range, 54 mm dia. with 0.01 mm resolution
and one model 25 mm range with 0.001
mm resolution.
82-D1261
Digital dial indicator 10x0.01 mm
82-D1261/B
Digital dial indicator 50x0.01 mm
82-D1262
High-resolution digital indicator
25x0.001 mm
HARDNESS MEASUREMENTS
82-C0113/A
Portable hardness tester
Ideal for site testing of the hardness of
compression platens, cement moulds and
any other steel or cast iron piece within the
operating range described below. It can be
connected to PC or printer by the RS 232
output for data processing and print.
Hardness ranges: HB from 30 to 655,
HRC from 20 to 68, HRB from 13 to 100,
HV from 80 to 977, HS from 32 to 100
RS 232 output
Battery operated: rechargeable
B Dimensions: 135x49x25 mm
A Weight: 200 g
The apparatus is supplied complete with
probe, calibration anvil, batteries and 230 V
adaptor.
ASSESSMENT OF FLATNESS,
PERPENDICULARITY AND STRAIGHTNESS
OF TEST SPECIMENS AND MOULDS
qSTANDARD
EN 12390-1
The following apparatus, which are essen-
tial for the correct verification of moulds
and specimens, can also be supplied with
certificate of calibration issued by an
Accredited Laboratory such as UKAS, SIT,
COFRAC etc. For this certificate version ask
for the item plus code 82-C0106/CAL, asso-
ciated with the item code number.
82-C0106/1
Go/No go gauges for 100 mm
cube moulds
82-C0106/2
Go/No go gauges for 150 mm
cube moulds
82-C0107/1
Engineers square 150 mm
82-C0108/1
Straightedge 300 mm
82-C0109/1
Digital vernier caliper 155 mm
82-C0110/1
Set of feeler strips covering 13
blades from 0.03 to 0.50 mm
82-C0106/CAL
Calibration certificate of the cube
and cylinders verification apparatus
issued by an Accredited Laboratory
Note. For more information see page 229.
82-D1261 to
82-D1261/B
82-D1250
82-D1260
with dial gauge
Rear mount
82-C0113/A
409
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Temperature measurement
Digital thermometers
GENERAL
Vernier calipers
s
82-D1652
Vernier caliper 0-150 mm x 0.1 mm
s
82-D1653
Vernier caliper 0-160 mm x 0.05 mm
s
82-D1654
Vernier caliper 0-205 mm x 0.05 mm
s
82-D1655
Vernier caliper 0-300 mm x 0.05 mm
Steel rules and tapes
s
82-D1694
Steel rule, 500 mm long, metric
s
82-D1695
Steel tape in case, 2 m long
Standard calibration masses
See section 11.
DIGITAL THERMOMETERS
We propose different models, which cover practically all applications in the construction industry.
I m p o r t a n t n o t e
All digital thermometers are supplied with the certificate of conformity and, on request can be supplied with Certificate of Calibration
issued by the Official Authority. The calibration can be performed in the following range of temperatures:
a) from -80 to 0C; b) from 0 to 100C; c) from 0 to 250C; d) from 0 to 600C.
Please specify in case of request.
s
Code Temp. Reso- Accu- Probe Battery Dim. Wei- Applications
range C lution racy type/(life) (mm) ght
C C (g)
82-D1226 -50 +150 0.1 0.3 Stainless steel 1x1.4 V 66x50x25 50 Liquid, air,
- 0.5 3 mm dia. (3000 hours) semisolids, frozen
x 105 mm material, granulars
82-D1226/A -50 +150 0.1 0.3 Remote stainless 1x1.5 V 106x58x19 80 Liquid, air,
- 0.5 steel 3 mm dia. AA semisolids, frozen
x 160 mm (3000 hours) material, granulars.
1 m cable Ideal for concrete
82-D1227 -50 +170 0.1 0.3 Stainless steel 1x1.5 V 175x41x23 65 Ideal for industrial
1 0.4 5 mm dia. AAA applications.
x 125 mm (3000 hours) Liquid, air, semisolids
82-D1228 -40 +550 1 2 Stainless steel 4x1.4 V 175x41x23 92 Liquid, air, semisolids.
Penetration type (700 hours) Ideal for bitumen
3 mm dia.
x 130 mm
82-D1695 82-D1694
82-D1652 to 82-D1655
82-C0106/1, C0106/2, C0107/1, C0108/1,
C0109/1, C0110/1
82-D1226, D1227, D1228, D1226/A
410
82
Accessories
s
82-D1229/1
Penetration probe 120 mm long
s
82-D1229/2
Surface probe
s
82-D1229/3
Air probe
s
82-D1229/5
Penetration probe 200 mm long
s
82-D1229/6 T bar probe 660
mm long to BS 594
s
82-D1229/7
Sword probe 500 mm long
s
82-D1229/8
K type thermocouple 5 m long
s
82-D1229/9
Coupling unit for 82-D1229/8
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Temperature measurement
Digital thermometers / Infrared thermometers
MULTIPURPOSE DIGITAL THERMOMETER
82-D1229
Digital thermometer
range -50 +950C
General description and specifications
A portable, easy to use unit for monitoring
temperature of asphalt, concrete mortar
etc. Dual range, high resolution, housed in
a rugged ABS case. Memory functions: sim-
ply press a button and the meter will recall
the highest and lowest temperatures mea-
sured in the cycle. Read both C and F.
Wide variety of interchangeable probes are
available: see accessories.
Ranges
a) -50 to 150C (-58 to 199.8 F).
Resolution -0.1C
b) -50 to 950C (-58 to 1742 F).
Resolution -1C
Accuracy: 0.5% full scale
Battery type/life: 1x9 V/approx. 500
hours of continuous use
B Dimensions: 180x83x40 mm
A Weight approx.: 350 g
The meter is supplied without probes,
which have to be selected and ordered
separately. See accessories.
N o t e
The most suitable probes for asphalt use
are the 82-D1229/5 Penetration probe, the
82-D1229/6 "T" bar probe and the
82-D1229/2 Surface probe.
82-D1220
82-D1229 with probes
82-D1229 with 82-D1229/5
INFRARED NON-CONTACT THERMOMETER
82-D1220
Non-contact infrared thermometer.
-10 to 300C
General description and specifications
This stick type infrared thermometer mea-
sures surface temperatures without tou-
ching the object being measured. The clo-
ser the instrument is to the object being
measured, the smaller the spot size beco-
mes. This can be as small as 5 mm at a
distance of 65 mm.
Measuring range: -10 to 300C
Resolution: 1C
Precision: 2C
Display: 20 mm hi-contrast LCD display
Max. value: retained for 15 seconds
Battery type: 9 V battery
B Dimensions: 143x80x38 mm
A Weight approx.: 300 g
Note. A traceable ISO 9000 certificate of
calibration is available.
82-D1215, 82-D1216, 82-D1217 82-D1208/5 82-D1206
411
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Temperature measurement
Glass thermometers / Dial thermometers
GENERAL
GLASS THERMOMETERS
FOR GENERAL LABORATORY USE
s
Code Range Graduation
C C
82-D1199 0 to 50 0.5
82-D1200 -10 to 110 1.0
82-D1201 0 to 150 1.0
82-D1203 0 to 250 1.0
82-D1204 0 to 360 1.0
STANDARD THERMOMETERS TO BS 593
(TOTAL IMMERSION)
s
Code BS ref. Range C
82-D1205 A 40C -0.5 to 40.5
Graduation C: 0.1
s
Code IP ref. ASTM ref. Range C Gradua- Immersion
tionC
82-B0100/6 38C - 23 to 27 0.1 Total
82-B0121/4 76C - 10 to 55 0.5 93 mm
82-B0122/3 I8C - 0 to 44 0.2 65 mm
82-B0158/3 42C - -38 to +30 0.5 250 mm
82-B0150/10 5C 7C -2 to 300 1 Total
82-B0150/11 6C 8C -2 to 400 1 Total
82-B0135/1 15C 9C -5 to 110 0.5 57 mm
82-B0135/2 16C 10C 90 to 370 2 57 mm
82-B0130/2 28C 11C -6 to 400 2.0 Total
82-B0160/10 47C 13C 150 to 175 0.5 Total
82-D1200/1 60C 15C -2 to 80 0.2 Total
82-D1200/2 61C 16C 30 to 200 0.5 Total
82-B0125/2 - 17C 19 to 27 0.1 Total
82-B0125/3 23C 18C 34 to 42 0.1 Total
82-B0125/4 - 19C 49 to 57 0.1 Total
82-B0125/5 - 20C 57 to 65 0.1 Total
82-B0125/6 - 21C 79 to 87 0.1 Total
82-B0121/1 - 23C 18 to 28 0.2 90 mm
82-B0121/2 - 24C 33 to 54 0.2 90 mm
82-B0121/3 - 25C 95 to 105 0.2 90 mm
82-B0138/A1 20C 33C -38 o 42 0.2 50 mm
82-B0138/A3 59C 35C 90 to 170 0.2 50 mm
82-B0116/40 35C 47C 58.6 to 61.4 0.05 Total
82-B0137/A1 - 57C -20 to 50 0.5 Total
82-B0122/4 63C 63C -8 to 32 0.1 Total
82-B0116/45 93C 110C 133.6 to 136.4 0.05 Total
82-D1200/3 89C 113C -1 to 175 0.5 Total
IP AND ASTM THERMOMETERS
s
Code Range Dial Stem Stem
C dia. mm length mm dia. mm
Standard
82-D1210 0 to 60 50 200 3
82-D1211 0 to 100 50 200 3
82-D1212 0 to 200 50 200 3
82-D1213 0 to 260 50 200 3
Pocket size
82-D1206 +50 to +260 45 150 4
82-D1207 -30 to +60 45 150 4
Long stem
82-D1208/5 +50 to +250 100 750 12
Surface model
82-D1214 0 to +200 50 / /
DIAL THERMOMETERS
MAX./MIN. THERMOMETERS
s
82-D1215 Max.-Min. thermometer,
-30 to 50C
s
82-D1215/1 Max.-Min. thermometer,
double scale -20 to 50C and 10 to 130F
ARMOURED THERMOMETERS
s
82-D1216 Armoured thermometer
0-60C, div. 1C
s
82-D1217 Armoured thermometer
0-200C, div. 2C
s
82-D1218 Armoured thermometer
-10 to 110C
82-D1199
82-D1205
82-D1210 to 82-D1213
82-D1214
412
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Measuring instruments
Mechanical watches / Digital timers
Sound, speed, humidity and temperature measurements
MECHANICAL WATCHES
AND STOP CLOCKS
82-D1230
Stopwatch
Nickel chromium case, graduated 0-60
seconds x 0.2 seconds, calibrated to 30
minutes.
82-D1235
Timing device (ringer time)
Graduated to 60 minutes in 1 minute divi-
sions with audible time interval buzzer.
82-D1236
High resolution interval 60 minutes
timer
Spring driven, 60 minutes timer.
Start/Stop/Zeroing buttons.
B Dimensions: 90x115x38 mm approx.
A Weight: 500 g
HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE
MEASUREMENT
82-D2220
Portable thermo-hygrometer
General description and specifications
It provides readings with 98% precision in
a very short time for both R.H. and tempe-
rature.
Range: R.H. 10.0 to 95.0%; C 0.0 to 60.0;
F 32 to 140
Resolution: R.H. 0.1%; C 0.1; F 1
Accuracy: R.H. 2%; C 0.4; F 1
Battery type/life: 1x9 V / approx. 100
hours of continuous use
B Dimensions: 185x82x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 315 g
DIGITAL TIMERS
82-D1240
Digital clock/timer
Timer displays time-of-day in the clock
mode, time elapsed in the stopwatch mode
and time remaining in the alarm mode.
Time counts up to or down from 24 hours
with 1 second resolution. Alarm sounds for
1 minute at the completion of the cycle.
1.5 V button cell battery.
B Dimensions: 140x65x60 mm approx.
A Weight: 100 g
82-D1241
Two-channel digital clock/timer
Featuring a dual large digital display that
tilts for easy viewing. Two channels can be
operated and displayed simultaneously to
count up or down.
82-D1231
82-D1235, D1236, D1241, D1240
82-D1230
82-D2210
82-D2220
SPEED MEASUREMENTS
82-D2210
Combined optical and contact
tachometer
This model lets you measure both contact
and optical speeds.
Measuring ranges:
- optical from 0.5 to 99999 r.p.m.
- contact from 0.5 to 19999 r.p.m.
Accuracy: 0.5% 1 digit
Power: No. 4x1.5 V batteries
B Dimensions: 215x65x38 mm
A Weight approx.: 300 g
A 70 dB alarm sounds at the end of the
countdown. Timing capacity 24 hours.
Power: one AAA battery
B Dimensions: 140x95x30 mm approx.
A Weight: 300 g
82-D1231
Digital stopwatch
1/100
th
seconds stopwatch. Hours, minutes,
seconds. Normal time. Date.
413
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Meteorological equipment
Conductivity measurement / Rain gauges
GENERAL
CONDUCTIVITY MEASUREMENTS
82-D2230
Multirange conductivity meter
General description and specifications
Ideal for quick measurement of conducti-
vity in soils from 0 to 199.9 S/cm.
Measuring ranges Resolution
- S/cm: 0.0 to 199.9 0.1
- S/cm: 0.0 to 1999 1
- mS/cm: 0.00 to 19.99 0.01
- mS/cm: 0.0 to 199.9 0.1
Accuracy: 1% full scale
Temperature compensation: automatic
from 0 to 50C
Battery type/life: 1x9 V / approx. 100
hours of continuous use
B Dimensions: 185x82x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 355 g
82-D3005
Association rain gauge
Description
Consisting of a zinc container with metal
filter.
Supplied complete with graduated cylinder.
Funnel dia.: 226 mm
Surface: 400 cm
2
Height: 300 mm
A Weight approx.: 3 kg
RAIN GAUGES
82-D3000
Rain gauge
Description
For measuring rainfall up to 20 mm.
Cylindrical top section is provided with a
bevelled rim giving a 200 cm
2
collecting
area.
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
82-D3002
Simple rain gauge, copper
Description
Three-part rain gauge consisting of conical
funnel, cylindrical base, and inner can,
complete with glass measure.
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
82-D2230
82-D3002
82-D3000 82-D3005
414
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Measuring instruments
Meteorological equipment
Airflow - Anemometers / Weather stations / Barometer
AIRFLOW - ANEMOMETERS
82-D3024
Hand anemometer cup
Description
A robust, portable, hand-held instrument
giving direct reading of wind speed in 4
scales. Complete with plastic outer cover,
cups, and engraved scales.
km/h: 30-120
Beaufort: 0-12
m/s: 0-35
Knots: 0-60
A Weight approx.: 500 g
WEATHER STATIONS / BAROMETER
82-D3145
Weather station for external use
Description
For measuring pressure, humidity and tem-
perature. Comprising aneroid barometer,
hair hygrometer and max.-min. thermome-
ter.
B Dimensions: 450x200 mm
A Weight approx.: 2 kg
82-D3146
Weather station battery operated,
comprising barometer, thermometer
and hygrometer.
Description
Battery operated, comprising barometer,
thermometer and hygrometer.
Temperature range: -30 +70C
Meteorological forecast
82-D3024
82-D3036
82-D3145 82-D3235
82-D3146
82-D3036
Digital anemometer (vane type)
Description
This portable anemometer with multi-
functional measurement capability of m/s,
km/h, ft./min, knots. The large easy to read
LCD display produces fast accurate rea-
dings with a data hold function. It also has
the added advantage of a separate remote
sensor.
Display: 18 mm LCD, 3.5 digit
Range: 0.4 to 30.0 m/s
1.4 to 108.0 km/h
80 to 5910 ft./min
0.8 to 58.3 knots
Accuracy: 2% +1 digit
Battery: 9 V PP3
B Dimensions: 168x80x35 mm
A Weight approx.: 325 g
Function time, alarm and calendar
B Dimensions: 115x170x36 mm
A Weight approx.: 205 g
82-D3235
Precision aneroid barometer
Description
This instrument combines a high degree of
sensitivity and accuracy with a rugged
design for wall mounting.
Range: 880 mbar to 1040 mbar
Subdivision: 0.5 mbar
Dial face: 135 mm
A Weight approx.: 0.5 kg
415
82
Testing equipment for the construction industry
Measuring instruments
Meteorological equipment
Hygrometers / Thermohygrograph
GENERAL
Spare parts
s
82-D3280/1
Spare charts, pack of 55
82-D3280
82-D3260
HYGROMETER
82-D3260
Wet and dry bulb hygrometer
Description
A simple to read unit designed for general
purpose use. Two undivided thermometers
are mounted on a printed plastic scale.
Between the thermometers is a unique
slide with pointer, which allows relative
humidity to be easily read. The scale is hou-
sed in a plastic case, which also holds a
reservoir with antifrost device.
Accuracy: 5% to 20% R.H.
Thermometers: scale length 140 mm x
1C, range -5 +50C
B Dimensions: 340x82x45 mm
A Weight approx.: 225 g
THERMOHYGROGRAPH
82-D3280
Thermohygrograph
Description
Simultaneous recording of both tempera-
ture and humidity. Spring operated.
Supplied complete with 55 charts, spare
pen, bottle of ink, instruction manual.
Temperature range: -35 +45C
Humidity range: 0 to 100%
Time scale: 24 hours or 7 days
B Overall dimensions:
375x290x230 mm
A Weight approx.: 5 kg
416
83
Testing equipment for the construction industry
GENERAL
Core drilling equipment
Portable universal core drilling machines
Accessories
s
83-C0350/1 Kit attachment for
vacuum connection. Fits the opening in
the middle of basement. Comprising the
connection plate with gasket, the
vacuum gauge and the base gasket.
Vacuum pump not included. This kit fits
all models
s
83-D2020 Portable water pressure
tank 10-15 litres cap. Useful when tap
water is not available
PORTABLE UNIVERSAL
CORE DRILLING MACHINES
General description
These machines consist essentially in three
main parts:
- The motor (electric, petrol driven or air
driven)
- The base with adjustable feet and wheels
- The support column.
These three parts can be easily assembled
and disassembled for transportation. The
support steel column can be angled with
respect to the base. The motor support is
mounted on rollers and ball bearings. The
aluminium base can be easily fitted on site
by anchors, by suitable holding column or
by vacuum using the appropriate accessory.
Both the electric and petrol driven models
can be used at any angle within the hori-
zontal position using an appropriate fixing
making sure that flushing water does not
drop directly onto the motor and there is
no petrol leakage. For vertical ceiling coring
it is preferable to use the air motor model.
For internal use we suggest the machine is
fitted with a water collector system. (See
accessories)
The machines have to be completed with
the coring bits. See table on next page.
Electric models
83-C0350
Universal core drilling machine.
Electric motor. Three speeds.
230 V, 50-60 Hz, 1 ph.
83-C0351
Universal core drilling machine.
Electric motor. Three speeds.
110 V, 60 Hz, 1 ph.
Petrol driven model
83-C0355
Universal core drilling machine.
Petrol driven
Air motor model
83-C0360
Universal core drilling machine.
Air motor
Technical specifications 83-C0350 83-C0355 83-C0360
83-C0351
Drive Electric Petrol Air
Power (W) 2200
(1)
4800 3300
Speeds, full loading (r.p.m.) 670/1140/1580
(2)
530 to 660 300 to 460
Min/max. core dia. (mm) 35/150 35/150 70/200
Air consumption (l/s) - - 50
Overall dimensions (mm) 451x290x860 451x290x1067 527x330x1352
Weight approx. (kg) 36 40 70
(1) 1800 W at 110 V, 60 Hz
(2) Full load speeds at 230 V, 50 Hz: 800/1350/1900 and 670/1140/1580 at 110 V, 60 Hz
83-C0350 (or 83-C0351) with core bit 83-C0355 with core bit
s
83-C0350/5 Water collecting ring
for 83-C0350, 83-C0351 models. For
bits up to 150 mm dia. Confines waste
water on the surface. It has to be con-
nected to a suitable electric pump
s
83-C0300/1
Extension rod 228 mm long
s
83-C0300/2 Strap wrench for fitting
and removal of core bits
s
83-C0300/3 Expansion bolts for
fixing coring machine base. Pack of 50
s
83-C0350/2 Tie-rod for fastening
coring machines
417
83
min M12
60- 75
Copyright 2005
Gr oup
Cover Print INGLESE 2005 09-09-2004 12:35 Pagina 1